<PAGE>
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
----------
FORM 10-K/A
----------
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934.
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: NOT ASSIGNED
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
NEW YORK 16-0834173
- ----------------------------------- ----------------
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
189 VAN RENSSELAER STREET, P.O. BOX 1271 BUFFALO, NY 14240
- ----------------------------------------------------- ----------------
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER INCLUDING AREA CODE: (716) 853-7500
----------------
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
NONE NONE
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
(TITLE OF EACH CLASS) (NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
ON WHICH REGISTERED)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
NONE
------------------------------------------------
(TITLE OF CLASS)
INDICATE BY CHECK MARK WHETHER THE REGISTRANT (1) HAS FILED ALL REPORTS REQUIRED
TO BE FILED BY SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 DURING
THE PRECEDING 12 MONTHS (OR FOR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THE REGISTRANT WAS REQUIRED
TO FILE SUCH REPORTS), AND (2) HAS BEEN SUBJECT TO SUCH FILING REQUIREMENTS FOR
THE PAST 90 DAYS.
YES [X] NO [ ]
INDICATE BY CHECK MARK IF DISCLOSURE OF DELINQUENT FILERS PURSUANT TO ITEM 405
OF REGULATION S-K IS NOT CONTAINED HEREIN, AND WILL NOT BE CONTAINED, TO THE
BEST OF REGISTRANT'S KNOWLEDGE, IN DEFINITIVE PROXY OR INFORMATION STATEMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN PART III OF THIS FORM 10-K OR ANY AMENDMENT TO THIS
FORM 10-K. [X]
AT THE DATE OF THIS FILING, THERE WERE 100 SHARES OF $1.00 PAR VALUE COMMON
STOCK OUTSTANDING, ALL OF WHICH WAS OWNED BY GRAPHIC HOLDINGS, INC. NO VOTING
STOCK IS HELD BY NON-AFFILIATES NOR TRADED ON AN ESTABLISHED PUBLIC TRADING
MARKET.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
NONE
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM PAGE
- ---- ----
PART I
1. Business............................................................ 1
2. Properties.......................................................... 12
3. Legal Proceedings................................................... 12
4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders................. 12
PART II
5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity
and Related Stockholder Matters..................................... 13
6. Selected Financial Data............................................. 13
7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations....................... 15
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data......................... 19
9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure................................................ 38
PART III
10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.................. 38
11. Executive Compensation.............................................. 41
12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management...................................................... 48
13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...................... 48
PART IV
14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.... 50
15. Signatures.......................................................... 51
<PAGE>
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
Graphic Controls Corporation (the "Company"), wholly-owned by Bessemer
Holdings, L.P. and its affiliates (collectively, "Bessemer") and management
(through their 100% ownership of Graphic Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), of which
the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary), is a leading North American
manufacturer and marketer of disposable medical and surgical products and
industrial recording supplies. Medical products, which represented 74% of the
Company's 1996 net sales, include five principal product lines: (i) cardiology
and critical care, (ii) neurology, (iii) perinatology, (iv) infection control
and (v) Devon(R) brand operating room products. Industrial products, which
represented 26% of the Company's 1996 net sales, include recording charts and
marking systems used in recording physical measurements such as temperature,
humidity, rate and volume of flow, liquid level, electric current and magnetic
and seismic activity.
The Company offers a broad range of products to a large and diverse customer
base. The Company has grown through expanded sales of existing products,
development of new or modified products and through a series of acquisitions in
the medical industry where the Company has been able to leverage its sales and
market presence.
In February 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Devon Industries, Inc., ("Devon") a manufacturer and marketer of disposable
medical and surgical supplies, for a cost of $99 million, including expenses of
approximately $5 million, and up to an additional $7 million in deferred
consideration contingent upon Devon's future financial performance. The Devon
Transaction was financed with approximately $67.5 million of bank indebtedness
and $31.5 million of new equity provided by Bessemer.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The Company believes the following factors have been critical to its success to
date and will be important in realizing growth in the future:
Leading Manufacturer and Marketer. The Company believes that it is the leading
North American manufacturer and marketer of many of its products, including
medical charts, diagnostic electrodes, cables and leadwires and industrial
recording charts and marking systems. In 1996, net sales of these products
represented over 80% of the Company's net sales.
Broad Product Offering. The Company offers a broad range of products, selling
more than 90 types of medical products and more than 90 types of industrial
products (representing more than 100,000 medical and industrial SKUs). In the
medical products industry, the breadth of the Company's product offering has
become increasingly important as customers seek to reduce the number of
suppliers with whom they conduct business. With respect to the industrial
products market, the Company's extensive library of over 98,000 different charts
enables it to more effectively service the diverse needs of its customers and
often positions the Company as the sole source of supply of many such charts.
1
<PAGE>
Extensive and Focused Sales Organization. The Company has an extensive and
experienced sales organization comprised of 115 medical and 47 industrial sales
personnel. Unlike many of its competitors, who are primarily original equipment
manufacturers, the Company concentrates solely on providing supplies to its
customers. This focus enables the Company's sales force to provide its customers
with a broad line of supplies that are compatible with a wide range of medical
and industrial recording equipment. The composition of the Company's medical
products sales organization, which is divided between field sales and telesales
forces, permits the Company to effectively and efficiently provide coverage and
service to large hospital chains and other GPOs, as well as smaller hospitals,
medical practice groups and clinics. The field sales force employs value-added
selling techniques, such as on-site training seminars, and enhances the
Company's ability to communicate with doctors, nurses and other medical
personnel, which provides the Company with valuable feedback on its products.
The Company's industrial products sales force, which is divided between field
sales and tele salesforces, which the Company believes is the largest sales
organization dedicated to selling industrial recording supplies, permits it to
effectively service its large base of industrial customers. The Company believes
that its extensive and focused sales organizations enable it to achieve strong
market penetration for both existing and new products.
Established Relationships with GPOs and JIT Distributors. The Company has
contracts with the majority of the 50 national or regional GPOs in North
America, sales to which represented more than 50 percent of the Company's 1996
North American medical products net sales. The Company has also established
sales relationships with several of the largest national and regional
distributors, which effectively act as hospital logistics and purchasing agents.
The Company believes that it developed these relationships with distributors
earlier than many of its competitors and that these established relationships
with GPOs and distributors, together with its broad product offering, position
the Company to expand its sales because these large GPOs and distributors are
expected to represent an increasing proportion of medical products purchases and
to concentrate their purchases with fewer, larger suppliers.
Flexible and Cost-Effective Manufacturing. The Company believes that it is a
low-cost producer due to, among other things, volume efficiencies, modern
manufacturing techniques and a consistent focus on process improvements. The
Company operates diverse types of equipment for the production of recording
charts. Much of this equipment has been customized by Company engineers to
permit specialized manufacturing applications, such as the manufacture of both
medical and industrial recording charts using the same equipment and a
production line for the continuous printing of fetal charts, both of which
result in significant volume efficiencies. The Company has also developed and
built proprietary, high-speed equipment used to manufacture medical electrodes
with minimal labor content. The Company continuously applies its engineering
expertise in an effort to lower the costs of manufacturing other products. The
Company believes that it has the ability to respond quickly and efficiently to
specific customer requests and to fabricate a wide variety of customized
products, ranging from a simple identification heading being imprinted on a
medical chart to a specially packaged diagnostic electrode used for diagnostic
cardiac testing.
Customer Service Focus. The Company's large customer service department provides
its customers with fast, knowledgeable responses to their inquiries and with
fast and accurate order turnaround through its electronic data interchange order
system. The Company's flexible manufacturing and nationwide distribution network
enable it to ship virtually all its medical product orders within 24-48 hours of
receipt.
Experienced Management Team with Significant Equity Stake. Members of the
Company's senior operating management have an average of approximately 15 years
of experience in designing, manufacturing and marketing disposable medical and
industrial recording products. In addition, the senior operating management owns
on a fully diluted basis, approximately 10% of the capital stock of Holdings
(and indirectly of the Company).
2
<PAGE>
INDUSTRY TRENDS
Medical Products. Healthcare industry trends as well as broader population
demographic trends affect the sales of the Company's products. The overriding
trend in the healthcare industry is the move to managed care and its resulting
emphasis on cost reduction. This places significant pressure on pricing as well
as product utilization. In addition, it has caused the consolidation of
suppliers, group purchasing organizations (GPOs), distributors and hospital or
customer consolidation. For medical device manufacturers, the ability to
provide the customer with all of their product needs for a particular
application or across a broad product line provides leverage in achieving sole
source agreements for product lines. As a result of the foregoing, the Company
has pursued a selective acquisition strategy to fill in the gaps in product line
offerings. As part of the cost containment effort in healthcare, reducing the
length of stay (LOS) in a hospital is a primary goal. Consequently, early
diagnosis or prevention of diseases is pursued with an increase in diagnostic
testing and minimally invasive surgery. Many of the Company's products are used
in diagnostic testing so this trend may increase product usage. Healthcare is
more often being provided in a variety of alternate care centers ranging from
subacute care to freestanding surgery centers and diagnostic imaging centers as
well as doctor's offices and clinics. Hospital consolidation is a result of
overcapacity in most areas, and a need to rationalize specialties provided for a
given population density. The number of procedures in which the Company's
products may be used continue to increase overall, but they are significantly
shifting from the acute care or hospital setting into the alternate care
channel. Information systems are beginning to be used in hospitals in an effort
to reduce redundant testing and paperwork processing. However, much of the
effort is still niche focused and not well integrated so as to truly affect
cost, improve access to data and deliver more efficient patient care. A paper
record at the point of care is still mandatory for clinicians. The focus on the
safety of healthcare workers favors the use of disposable, safety products in
the operating room as well as in-room sharps containers to avoid potential
contamination and the labor and energy required to clean and sterilize equipment
or products for re-use.
The market for the Company's products is also affected by the aging population
and an increase in high-risk obstetrics. The increasing average age of the
population increases the use of cardiology and neurology services including EKG
and EEG testing and the use of related products. The rise in high-risk
obstetrics results in a higher demand for fetal monitoring services and
products.
Industrial Products. The market for industrial charts and marking systems has
been and will continue to be affected by the digitization and computerization of
industrial recording equipment which, based on the Company's experience, has
resulted in declining unit volumes and accelerated industry consolidation as
competitors exit the business. The Company believes that the negative impact of
continued digitization will be partly mitigated by (i) the large installed base
of paper-based industrial recording equipment (estimated at approximately 4.7
million recorders worldwide), (ii) the continued development by many original
equipment manufacturers of paper-based recorders and/or digital recorders that
include paper chart functions, (iii) the significant cost of converting to
digital equipment compared to the limited savings resulting from reduced paper
usage and (iv) the continued Federal and state regulatory requirements to
maintain hard copy records of processes and business activities. In this market
environment, the Company believes that companies with economies of scale and
leadership positions in specific product categories or applications are expected
to outperform those without such competitive advantages.
COMPANY STRATEGY
The Company's strategic objective is to profitably grow its net sales and market
presence in North America and internationally. The Company's operating strategy
includes: (i) increasing its market presence in its existing North American
disposable medical supplies and industrial recording supplies markets; (ii)
leveraging its extensive sales organization through the sale of new medical
products acquired, licensed or developed internally; (iii) continuing to
increase operating efficiencies; and (iv) expanding its international medical
product operations.
3
<PAGE>
Increase North American Market Presence. The Company is focused on increasing
its market presence by capitalizing on its competitive strengths, including the
breadth and quality of its product lines, the effectiveness of its sales
organization and the high level of its customer service. In order to meet the
expected growth in diagnostic and preventative medicine, the Company intends to
continue to increase its presence by targeting the specific product and service
needs of the cardiology, neurology and perinatology disciplines. The Company
believes it is currently well-positioned within the disposable medical products
industry to benefit from certain industry trends including increased focus on
cost containment, end-user preferences for purchasing from medical suppliers
having a broad range of products and using disposable products, and certain
demographic trends such as an aging population and an increasing rate of high
risk births. Additionally, the Company expects to continue to increase its
leading position in the industrial recording supplies industry as a result of
further industry consolidation, the comprehensive nature of the Company's chart
library and the Company's focused sales force.
Leverage Sales Organization through New Product Introductions. The Company's
extensive and focused sales organization is one of its primary competitive
strengths, providing it with strong customer relations and significant industry
and product knowledge. This sales force also enables the Company to effectively
sell new products to its existing customer base without incurring significant
incremental sales costs. The Company intends to leverage this strength by
obtaining new disposable medical products through selective acquisitions,
licensing agreements or through internal product development.
. Acquisitions of New Products. The Company intends to make selective
acquisitions of companies and/or individual products in order to augment its
existing product lines, add additional product lines or facilitate capacity
consolidation and rationalization. In February 1996, the Company acquired Devon
Industries, Inc., and integrated the sales, marketing and administrative
functions with Graphic Controls. In February 1993, the Company acquired
Tronomed and Upbeat and began distributing their products through its existing
sales force.
. Internal Development of New Products. Within the last few years, the Company
has expanded its new product development activities with the hiring of seven
new research and development personnel and has emphasized the integration of
customer input into the product development process. The Company's development
activities are focused on disposable FDA Class I and II products, which are
defined as those medical products which cannot cause death if they malfunction
and thus require shorter approval times. This focus enables the Company to
bring new products to market faster and to minimize potential product liability
exposure. The Company has concentrated on cardiology and perinatology in which
it has extensive product knowledge and strong customer relationships. As a
result of its recent efforts, the Company expects to introduce several new
products in these areas within the next year.
Improve Operating Efficiencies. The Company is continually focused on reducing
costs and improving manufacturing and other operating efficiencies in order to
increase profitability and enhance its competitive position. As a result of such
efforts, the Company believes it is a low cost producer of many of its products.
The Company intends to continue to pursue cost reductions through, among other
things, increased automation, improved production processes, increased economies
of scale from increases in volume and new product introductions and plant
consolidations.
Expand International Sales. The Company believes it has significant growth
opportunities outside North America, particularly with regard to sales of
disposable medical products. In 1996, only approximately 6% of the Company's
medical products net sales were made outside North America. Industry sources,
however, estimate that over 50% of all medical products are sold in markets
outside North America. The Company intends to focus initially on markets in
Western Europe, by increasing its sales and marketing efforts and by considering
strategic partnerships and joint ventures with local companies.
4
<PAGE>
The foregoing discussion of competitive strengths, industry trends and Company
strategy includes forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A
of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934. Although the Company believes that its expectations are based on
reasonable assumptions, it can give no assurance that its goals or strategies
will be achieved. Important factors that would cause actual results to differ
materially from those in the forward looking statements or projections included
herein include, among others, the pace and direction of change in the healthcare
industry, the degree and pace of digitization and computerization of industrial
recording equipment, the development of new products, competitive developments
and the timing and extent of the Company's efforts to implement the strategies
planned by management.
MEDICAL PRODUCTS
Products
The Company offers a broad range of medical products to a large customer base.
The Company manufactures more than 90 principal types of medical products
comprised of approximately 4,000 SKUs. No single product type represented more
than 5% of the Company's 1996 net sales.
The table below sets forth certain information concerning the net sales of the
Company's medical products for each of the five years in the period ended
December 31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-------------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995/(3)/ 1996
------ ------------ ------ ----------- ------------
(Dollars In Million)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Medical product sales $68.6 $ 84.8/(2)/ $97.4 $ 105.6 $176.6/(4)/
Annual growth percentage/(1)/ 4.5% 23.6%/(2)/ 14.9% 8.4% 67.2%
Percentage of total net sales 49.4% 56.2% 60.0% 62.1% 74.2%
- ---------------
</TABLE>
(1) Refers to the percentage change in the Company's medical products net sales
as compared to those of the prior year.
(2) Includes the Company's acquisition of Tronomed and Upbeat in February 1993,
which together contributed net sales of $10.2 million during 1993.
(3) As a result of the Acquisition on September 28, 1995, the 1995 sales
consist of the predecessor company's sales for the nine months ended September
28, 1995 and the Company's sales for the three months ended December 31, 1995.
(4) As a result of the Devon acquisition on February 29, 1996, the 1996 sales
include of Devon(R) brand sales for the 10 months ended December 31, 1996 of
$60.6 million.
The Company's medical products, which represented 74% of its 1996 net sales, are
divided into five principal product lines: (i) cardiology and critical care,
(ii) neurology, (iii) perinatology, (iv) infection control, and (v) Devon(R)
brand operating room products. Virtually, all of the Company's medical products
are disposable, FDA Class I or II devices that are noninvasive or minimally
invasive. The Company focuses on this type of medical products in order to
enable its customers to reduce labor costs and setup times and to take advantage
of shorter FDA approval times and reduced product liability exposure.
Cardiology and Critical Care. The Company's largest medical products line,
cardiology and critical care items, consists of recording charts used with a
large variety of electronic monitors in cardiology (EKGs) and cardiology
electrodes.
The Company believes it is the leading manufacturer and marketer of cardiology
medical charts in North America. These recording charts provide hard copy forms
of data used by healthcare professionals in the diagnosis of illness and the
treatment of patients. Cardiac charts are used for diagnostic EKGs (static,
stress testing, ambulatory, echocardiography), pre-surgical patient testing,
intensive care unit records, routine check-ups for cardiac (including high blood
pressure) patients, in-hospital monitoring, routine check-up and pre-birth
monitoring of mothers, sports medicine and physical fitness training, and
emergency room care.
The Company's diagnostic and monitoring electrodes product line includes
disposable electrodes that self-adhere to a patient's body and are connected to
EKG or other medical machines. They are required for both electronic digital and
paper-based recording machines which are used for cardiac related testing and
monitoring. The Company believes that it is the leading North American
manufacturer and marketer of diagnostic electrodes, which are worn for 20 to 30
minutes at a time and are used for resting EKG tests and physical examinations,
and a leading North American manufacturer and marketer of monitoring electrodes,
which are worn for extended periods of time ranging from 24 hours to 72 hours
and are used to monitor heart rates. The Company has recently introduced several
new products such as the Q-Trace(R) Gold diagnostic electrode and the LT and MT
series monitoring electrodes.
Neurology. The Company's neurology items consists of recording charts and other
supplies used with a large variety of electronic monitors in
electroencephalography (EEG) testing and monitoring, and this category also
includes the diagnostic imaging media (DIM) product family.
Neurology charts are used in EEG departments and sleep analysis laboratories to
monitor the electrical activity of the brain to help diagnose many neurological
disorders such as epilepsy, narcolepsy, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's
disease.
5
<PAGE>
Diagnostic imaging media includes print media used for varied applications
found in X-Ray, echo, ultrasound, nuclear medicine, endoscopy, cath lab,
pathology, micro-surgery and the operating room. It also includes videotapes and
audio tapes used in diagnostic testing. Although most products are manufactures
by the Company, certain diagnostic imaging media are sourced through other
companies.
Perinatology. This category includes fetal monitoring charts, fetal monitoring
electrodes, intrauterine pressure catheters, and related accessories.
Fetal monitoring charts are used in antepartum clinics and labor and delivery
departments to monitor the fetal heart rate response to uterine contractions.
Fetal monitoring products are used in labor and delivery rooms to monitor the
health and condition of mothers and fetuses and new born babies during and after
delivery. The Company's products include abdominal belts for the mother, fetal
scalp electrodes, disposable leg plates and intrauterine pressure catheters
(under the Company's LIFE-TRACE(R) trademark). Many of these products are used
in normal births and particularly in high risk births, including those involving
mothers over 35 years of age and with medical ailments, drug addictions or other
impairments.
Infection Control. The Company's infection control products include Sharps
containers and disposable systems used in infection control. These items are
collection units used by medical professionals to safely dispose of used and
potentially contaminated sharp objects such as needles, syringes, scalpel
blades, suture needles, etc. The Company believes that sales of disposable
products will continue to grow in response to continuing concerns over hospital
personnel safety and controlling spread of infectious diseases that may spread
by needle sticks or medical waste.
Devon(R) Brand Operating Room Supplies. Devon-brand products are used in
virtually all types of surgical procedures. The product line includes disposable
needle and blade counting and containment systems, disposable surgical light
handles and covers, surgical markers, instrument protection products, operating
utility products, non-sterile surgical supplies, patient positioning devices,
and other products. The Company also assembles surgical kits, which include
several products used regularly in many surgical procedures.
6
<PAGE>
Customers
The Company's products are typically sold directly to end user customers or
pursuant to supply agreements in which the purchaser specifies whether such
products are to be supplied through a national or regional distributor. The
Company's healthcare business comprises hospitals, national and regional
distributors, group purchasing organizations, integrated healthcare networks,
original equipment manufacturers, medical centers, clinics, physicians offices,
alternate care facilities, nursing homes and dialysis centers.
Sales and Marketing
A primary strength of the Company is its experienced and dedicated 174 person
sales organization for medical products, consisting of an 118 person acute
care field sales force, a 27 person alternate care sales force which is
predominately telesales and 29 regional managers. The field sales force calls on
hospitals and large hospital chains as well as GPOs, regional integrated
healthcare networks (IHNs) and distributors. The field sales force employs
value-added selling techniques, such as in-servicing products and providing cost
saving analysis for accounts on a quarterly basis. The sales force facilitates
communication with clinicians which helps to obtain customer input for the new
product development process, and to identify customer needs for services and
programs. Sales are made to end-users in specific hospital departments (e.g.,
operating room, EKG department, sleep labs, stress and holter, emergency room,
intensive care unit, critical care unit, telemetry, labor and delivery) as well
as to materials management and infection control personnel. The Company has
numerous long-term relationships with customers including contracts with GPOs
covering over 60% of all hospital beds in the United States .
The alternate care sales force calls on specialty dealers for coverage of
this extensive and evolving customer base. Telesales member of the alternate
care sales force call on the end-user in smaller or remotely located hospitals
as well as freestanding surgery centers, multi-specialty group practices,
physician's offices, ambulatory care centers, emergency medical services and
diagnostic imaging centers.
The industrial sales force is also augmenting the medical sales of sharps
disposal and collection systems by calling on medical waste haulers. The trend
in the industry appears to be the bundling of both waste disposal services and
the sale of the containers themselves.
The Company provides marketing support for its sales forces with a mix of
direct mail, trade show participation, advertising and other promotional
techniques.
INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
Products
The Company has an extensive offering of industrial products. The Company
manufactures more than 90 principal types of industrial products comprised of
approximately 8,000 stock SKUs and approximately 90,000 nonstock SKUs. No single
industrial product type represented more than 4% of the Company's 1996 net
sales.
7
<PAGE>
The table below sets forth information concerning the net sales of the Company's
industrial products for each of the five years in the period ended December 31,
1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995/(1)/ 1996
------------ ------ ------ ---------- -----------
(Dollars In Million)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Industrial Product sales....... $ 70.3 $ 66.0 $ 64.9 $ 64.4 61.4
Annual growth percentage/(3)/.. (9.1)%/(2)/ (6.1)% (1.7)% (.8)% (4.7%)
Percentage of total net sales.. 50.6% 43.8% 40.0% 37.9% 25.8
</TABLE>
_______________
(1) As a result of the Acquisition on September 28, 1995, the 1995 sales
consist of the predecessor company's sales for the nine months ended September
28, 1995 and the Company's sales for the three months ended December 31, 1995.
(2) In February 1992, the Company sold its Mexican operations, which accounted
for approximately $2.3 million of industrial product sales in 1991.
(3) Refers to the percentage change in the Company's industrial products net
sales as compared to those of the prior year.
The Company's industrial products, which represented 26% of its 1996 net sales,
are divided into two principal product lines: (i) industrial recording charts
and (ii) marking systems. These industrial products are used for recording
physical measurements such as temperature, humidity, rate and volume of flow,
liquid level, electric current/voltage and magnetic and seismic activity, for
purposes such as monitoring and control device process flow, environmental
compliance assessment and wastewater monitoring. The Company, which has been
engaged in the industrial products business for over 85 years, believes it is
the leading manufacturer and marketer of industrial recording charts and marking
systems in North America.
The Company's recording charts include a wide combination of printed charts
configured in various forms (such as circular, strip, roll and Z-folded) and
printed on ink-absorbing, pressure sensitive or thermal papers. The Company's
marking systems include the pens and inks used to record relevant information on
these recording charts. These products are sold for a large variety of
electronic monitors made by recording device companies, including devices
manufactured by Honeywell Inc., General Electric Company, The Foxboro Company,
Yokogawa Electric Corporation and Leeds & Northrup Company, and provide hard
copy forms of data used by customers for monitoring and archiving data. Many of
the Company's products are used by customers in their efforts to satisfy
compliance obligations imposed by various Federal, state and local governmental
regulations. In many cases, the Company believes it is the sole source of supply
for certain industrial charts because of its extensive collection of over
100,000 printing plates.
Customers
The Company has a large, diverse and established customer base of over 60,000
customers, including a variety of participants in the oil and gas, chemical,
pulp and paper, electric and gas utility, pharmaceutical, food, aerospace and
automotive industries. In addition to end users, the Company's customers include
manufacturers of recording equipment who wish to market their own branded
supplies and third party regional distributors who offer industrial customers
several specialty product lines, including the Company's recording supplies.
8
<PAGE>
The Company's industrial products sales are made to a highly diversified group
of customers representing a variety of industries, which helps protect the
Company's business from economic downturns in any one industry. In 1996, the
Company's top 20 customers of industrial products accounted for approximately
15% of the Company's industrial products net sales, and no single industrial
customer represented more than 3% of such net sales. Customers located in North
America accounted for approximately 91% of the Company's 1996 industrial
products net sales.
Sales and Marketing
The Company sells its industrial products directly to industrial customers as
well as through private label manufacturers and specialty distributors. The
Company employs a 52 person sales organization for its industrial products,
consisting of a 52 person field sales force and an 8 person telesales
force. The Company believes that it maintains the largest sales organization
dedicated to selling industrial recording supplies. Such sales organization,
which focuses principally on maintaining and servicing the Company's large
existing base of customers, makes sales by calling upon the purchasing and
materials managers and engineers in maintenance, manufacturing controls and
environmental departments of a variety of industrial customers, including public
utilities and oil and gas refineries. The field sales force focuses on larger
customers near major cities, while the telesales force covers smaller customers
in smaller cities and more geographically dispersed locations.
The Company also concentrates on making sales to private label manufacturers of
recording devices, who wish to market the Company's products under their own
brand. The Company's sales force works with these manufacturers in customizing
the Company's products to meet their particular requirements. Several of these
manufacturers have turned over responsibility for the distribution of their
products to the Company. Agreements with other customers allow the Company to
produce private label products for distribution by both the Company and the
customer.
The Company also sells its industrial products to selected regional third party
dealers who offer industrial customers several specialty product lines,
including the Company's recording supplies. Sales through these dealers
generally provides the Company exposure in focused niches where customer size
and buying patterns make direct sales a less efficient means of distribution.
INTERNATIONAL SALES
The Company's business outside of North America, with 1996 sales of $14.1
million or 5.7% of the Company's net sales, is conducted through two operating
groups: a Spanish subsidiary which represented approximately 41% of the
Company's 1996 international net sales and a Buffalo-based direct/export sales
effort which represented approximately 45% of the Company's 1996 international
net sales. Through these operating groups, the Company has entered into sales
distribution agreements for its products in approximately 87 countries
worldwide, including those in Latin America, Continental Europe and the Far
East. The Company's direct international business sells through national
distributors in the foreign jurisdictions by means of the Company's multi-
lingual customer service department and through direct sales presentations
conducted by a group of three professionals.
On September 30, 1996, the Company completed the sale of its Australian
medical products and industrial products businesses to two separate buyers,
while entering into sales and distribution agreements with both. The Company's
Australian subsidiary accounted for approximately 14% of the Company's 1996
international net sales.
9
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
The Company maintains manufacturing facilities in the United States as well as
in each of the foreign countries in which it operates. See "--Properties".
Principal manufacturing facilities are in Buffalo, New York (patient data
supplies), Gananoque, Ontario (electrode and fetal monitoring supplies), Cherry
Hill, New Jersey (marking systems and medical devices), Methuen, Massachusetts
(electrode and fetal monitoring supplies), Chatsworth, California (Devon(R)
brand products) and Rock Hill, South Carolina (Devon(R) brand products).
The Company possesses diverse types of equipment for the production of
recording charts. The Company has assembled what it believes to be the largest
library of chart printing plates in the world. The Company has developed and
built automated machinery used in the manufacture of medical electrodes which it
believes provides it with a cost advantage over most of its competitors. As
fetal monitoring supplies sales increase, the Company is using its manufacturing
and engineering expertise developed with charts and electrodes to lower
manufacturing costs in this area.
Much of the Company's production equipment has been customized and manufactured
by Company engineers for specialized manufacturing applications. The Company
has developed and built proprietary, high speed equipment used to manufacture
medical electrodes with minimal labor content. The Company's manufacturing
facilities are linked to its data processing center in Buffalo, New York,
enabling production scheduling and inventory requirements to be computer
controlled.
The Company has expanded its offering of disposable medical supplies through
its acquisition of Devon Industries, Inc. in February 1996. This acquisition
has increased the Company's molding capabilities, allowing it to provide Sharps
Containers used in the disposal of needles and infectious waste materials. The
Chatsworth and Rock Hill facilities also produce kits used for surgical
procedures.
The Gananoque, Ontario and Methuen, Massachusetts facilities have increased
their capacity to produce monitoring and diagnostic electrodes to service
worldwide requirements. In addition, Gananoque continues to produce a growing
number of belts and straps used in hospital applications.
The Cherry Hill, New Jersey facility produces Industrial Markers. In
addition, Cherry Hill has introduced water-based Ink Jet products that have been
designed and developed at that facility. Cherry Hill also produces the
intrauterine transducer-tipped catheter which was a new product introduced in
1996. Production of cables and leadwires was transferred from the former San
Juan Capistrano, California facility to the Cherry Hill facility in September
1996. The San Juan Capistrano facility ceased all significant manufacturing
operations during 1996.
The Company has established extensive product quality programs to ensure
customer requirements are fully met. Quality assurance includes documentation of
device master records and new product development activities, coordination of
all engineering change order requests, inspection of in-process manufacturing
and finished goods. The Company coordinates all its quality assurance
activities, in all its manufacturing facilities through a Quality Council that
concerns itself with global quality issues not limited to manufacturing
activities. Currently, all of the Company's North American manufacturing
facilities have been awarded ISO 9001 certification, indicating that the Company
has achieved and sustained a high degree of quality and consistency with respect
to its products. ISO 9001 certification meets the stringent European Community
manufacturing standards and therefore permits the products manufactured in these
facilities to be sold in the European Common Market.
10
<PAGE>
INVENTORY CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION
The Company stocks a variety of different products in finished goods inventory
which, coupled with its computerized inventory control system, electronic data
interchange system, and its order management system, enables it to respond
rapidly and accurately to customer orders and requests. Virtually all orders
for stocked items are shipped within 24-48 hours of receipt.
With the acquisition of Devon Industries, the Company re-evaluated its
distribution network and strategy and embarked on a plan to outsource some of
the distribution function to a third party supplier. A new third party
warehousing arrangement allows the Company to meet the space requirements
necessitated by the rapid growth the Company is experiencing at continued high
service levels to customers at reduced costs.
As the Company's medical products business has grown, the need for various new
applications and technologies such as electronic data interchange (EDI) and
barcoding have increased. Approximately 40% of the Company's North American
order volume is now through EDI and the Company barcodes all its products.
The Company is now analyzing its order entry and order fulfillment processes, as
well as its computer systems to improve cycle times from order receipt to
delivery of product while reducing inventory levels.
RAW MATERIALS
Paper is the Company's largest raw material component in dollar terms and it
represented over 30% of the Company's 1996 raw material purchases. It is
purchased in a variety of sizes, weights and specified grades from major paper
suppliers. Other raw materials such as resins, foams, wire and packaging
materials are also procured from a number of major suppliers.
The Company continues to shift its thermal paper purchases from Japanese sources
to North American-based sources. Throughout 1996 the Company experienced some
paper price decreases as well as decreases in resin costs. The Company does not
believe that operations would be seriously affected by the loss of products or
services by any one supplier.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 1996, the Company employed approximately 1,820 persons, of
whom approximately 61% were employed in manufacturing and distribution, 16%
were in sales and marketing and the balance of 23% were in executive and
administrative positions. The Company considers its employee relations to be
good and has never experienced a work stoppage or strike. None of the Company's
North American employees is represented by a union.
11
<PAGE>
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The following table presents information, as of December 31, 1996, with respect
to the principal real properties owned or leased by the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Approximate
Square Nature of
Location Footage Occupancy Primary Use
- -------- ------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Buffalo, New York.................... 580,000 Owned Administrative offices, chart
manufacturing, warehousing
Rock Hill, South Carolina............ 128,496 Leased Offices, warehouse and Devon(R) brand product
manufacturing
Chatsworth, California............... 121,000 Leased Offices, warehouse and Devon(R) brand product
manufacturing
Gananoque, Ontario................... 76,000 Owned EEG chart, electrode and fetal
monitoring supplies manufacturing
Cherry Hill, New Jersey.............. 65,000 Owned Marking systems and medical
device manufacturing
Methuen, Massachusetts............... 60,000 Leased Electrode and fetal monitoring
supplies manufacturing
San Juan Capistrano, CA.............. 27,300 Leased Sales office
Madrid, Spain........................ 19,000 Leased Chart manufacturing
Houston, Texas....................... 14,400 Leased Distribution center
St. Laurent, Quebec.................. 1,500 Leased Service center
</TABLE>
All the Company's leased properties are held pursuant to operating leases with
expiration dates ranging from November 30, 1998 to September 30, 2004, subject
in most cases to renewal at the option of the Company.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company's medical products are subject to regulation by several governmental
authorities, including in particular the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
("FDA"). The Company's manufacturing facilities and medical products are
required to be registered with, and are subject to periodic inspection by or
approval of, the FDA. Such products are all registered with the FDA as Class I,
Class II or Class III devices and therefore must comply with Good Manufacturing
Practices and Standards of Performance promulgated by the FDA to ensure that
they are safe and effective. New medical products also are subject to these
regulations and must be approved by the FDA prior to their release. The Company
believes that it is in material compliance with all applicable FDA regulations.
The Company produces certain toxic wastes as by-products of its manufacturing
operations. The Company disposes of certain hazardous material through
contractors that transport the material to regulated sites. From time to time,
the Company has been required to perform certain environmental removal and
remedial work at certain of its facilities. The Company does not believe that
any of its facilities currently require significant environmental removal or
remedial actions. The Company is also engaged in certain routine litigation
arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company does not believe
that an adverse determination of any pending litigation, either singly or in the
aggregate, would have a material adverse effect upon its business or financial
condition.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
Not applicable.
12
<PAGE>
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
There is no established public trading market for the Common Stock of the
Company and the Company has only one shareholder of record, Graphic Holdings,
Inc. The Company has not routinely paid in the past, and has no intention of
paying in the foreseeable future, cash dividends on its Common Stock.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following tables set forth selected historical financial data of the Company
for the five years ended December 31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995/(1)/ 1996
-------------- -------------- --------- ------------ --------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net Sales:
Medical products.................. $ 68,554 $84,763/(2)/ $ 97,353 $ 105,602 $176,601/(3)/
Industrial products............... 70,298 65,970 64,882 64,413 61,423
------------- ------------ -------- ----------- -------------
138,852 150,733 162,235 170,015 238,024
------------- ------------ -------- ----------- -------------
Gross profit....................... 69,035 71,827 76,649 77,886 108,134
Selling, general and
administrative expenses......... 43,401 48,470 49,651 48,630 70,270
Nonrecurring and other charges..... -- 3,018/(4)/ -- -- 7,721/(5)/
Amortization....................... 853 870 897 2,074 8,058
Operating income................... 24,781 19,469 26,101 27,182 22,085
Interest expense (net)............. 10,891 4,840 4,513 7,344 21,104
Income from continuing operations
before income taxes,
accounting change and
extraordinary charge............ 13,890 14,629 21,588 19,838 981
Income tax expense................. 6,839 6,273 8,437 6,890 2,073
Income (loss) from continuing
operations before accounting
change and extraordinary
charge.......................... 7,051 8,356 13,151 12,948 (1,092)
Income (loss) from discontinued
operation (net)................. (270) (1,582) 160 (298) --
Extraordinary charge............... (3,913)/(6)/ -- -- (791)/(6)/ --
Accounting change.................. (4,557)/(7)/ -- -- -- --
------------- ------------ -------- ----------- -------------
Net income (loss).................. $ (1,689) $ 6,774 $ 13,311 $ 11,859 $ (1,092)
============= ============ ======== =========== =============
OTHER DATA AND RATIOS:
EBITDA/(8)/........................ 30,961 29,109 32,872 34,316 44,275
Depreciation and amortization...... 6,180 6,622 6,771 7,134 14,469
Capital expenditures............... 3,749 3,979 3,569 2,319 6,281
Dividends paid..................... 1,620 -- -- 118,652 --
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Cash and cash equivalents.......... 1,290 2,008 1,517 1,481 563
Total assets....................... 87,844 83,751 77,788 250,912 365,017
Total long-term debt............... 73,590 67,369 51,425 160,131 227,743
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..... (23,072) (17,262) (4,096) 51,499 81,765
</TABLE>
(Footnotes on following page)
13
<PAGE>
_________________
(1) As a result of the Acquisition on September 28, 1995, results of operations
represents the results of the predecessor company for the nine months ended
September 28, 1995 and the results of the Company for the three months ended
December 31, 1995.
(2) Includes the Company's acquisition of Tronomed and Upbeat in February 1993,
which together contributed net sales of $10.2 million during 1993.
(3) Includes Devon(R) brand sales for the 10 months since its acquisition on
February 29, 1996 of $60.6 million.
(4) Represents a $2.0 million restructuring charge taken by the Company for
employee severance and losses arising from the disposal of property and
equipment related to consolidating the Company's Clayton, New York operations
into the Buffalo, New York facility and revising its corporate management
structure, and a $1.0 million charge taken by the Company for its share of the
environmental cleanup costs pertaining to the Company's no-longer active
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania facility pursuant to a settlement with the Pennsylvania
Department of Environmental Resources.
(5) These consist primarily of consolidation expenses pertaining to the Devon
Acquisition, the physical move of Tronomed manufacturing from California to New
Jersey, outsourcing of distribution to a third party provider and the sale of
the Australian subsidiary.
(6) Represents an extraordinary charge associated with early retirement of debt.
(7) Represents the effects of an accounting change made by the Company in 1992
that related to accounting for postretirement benefits.
(8) "EBITDA" means earnings from continuing operations before interest expense,
taxes, depreciation, amortization, nonrecurring and other charges, extraordinary
items and accounting changes. EBITDA is included because it is commonly used by
certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare on the basis of operating
performance and to determine a company's ability to service and incur debt.
EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net
income, cash flows from operating activities or other consolidated income or
cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles or as a measure of profitability or liquidity.
14
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS.
General
The Company's net sales reflect the manufacturing, marketing and reselling of
medical and industrial supplies to both North American and international
customers. In 1996, 74% of the Company's net sales were derived from the sale of
medical products, with the remaining net sales derived from the sale of
industrial products. Approximately 94% of the Company's 1996 net sales were made
to North American customers, with the remaining net sales made to international
customers.
In general, the Company's gross margins reflect the following characteristics:
(i) gross margins on industrial product sales are significantly higher than
those realized on medical products sales; (ii) gross margins on North American
sales are higher than those realized on international sales; and (iii) gross
margins on products manufactured by the Company are higher than those realized
on products sold under distribution agreements.
Selling, general and administrative expenses supporting sales of medical
products are slightly higher than those supporting sales of industrial products.
As a result of the foregoing, operating margins realized on sales of industrial
products are higher than those realized on sales of medical products, and in
1996, operating income from sales of industrial products accounted for
approximately 42% of the Company's total income from continuing operations. See
Note L, "Business Segment Information", of the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements appearing elsewhere in this Report.
Results of Operations
Change in Ownership. On September 28, 1995, the Company was acquired by
Bessemer, affiliates of Bessemer and management. The description of the results
of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 includes the results
of the predecessor company for the nine months ended September 28, 1995 and the
results of the Company for the three months ended December 31, 1995.
The following table sets forth, on a comparative basis, certain income statement
data as a percentage of net sales for the last three years:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------
1994 1995 1996
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales:
Medical products........................... 60.0% 62.1% 74.2%
Industrial products........................ 40.0% 37.9% 25.8%
----- ----- -----
Total net sales......................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of goods sold........................... 52.8 54.2 54.6
Gross profit................................. 47.2 45.8 45.4
Selling, general and administrative expense.. 30.6 28.6 29.5
Nonrecurring and other costs................. -- -- 3.2
Amortization................................. .5 1.2 3.4
Operating income............................. 16.1 16.0 9.3
</TABLE>
15
<PAGE>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
NET SALES. Net sales increased by $68.0 million or 40% from $170.0 million in
1995 to $238.0 million in 1996. The increase was primarily attributable to the
incremental sales from the acquisition of Devon Industries, Inc. ("Devon") which
was completed on February 29, 1996 (the "Devon Acquisition"). Domestic Medical
sales excluding Devon brand products increased by 8.5% for the year ended
December 31, 1996, primarily the result of increased market penetration and new
fetal monitoring product sales. Domestic Industrial product sales declined by
3.1% from the prior year which is in line with the historical trend.
International sales increased by 6.3%.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased from $77.9 million in 1995 to $108.1
million in 1996. The Company's gross profit percentage was 45.4% in 1996
compared to 45.8% in 1995. The decrease is primarily attributable to the
continued increased product mix of lower margin medical products. In 1996,
medical sales accounted for 74.2% of total sales compared to 62.1% to total
sales in 1995.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE ("SG&A") EXPENSES. SG&A expenses increased
by $21.6 million or 44.5% from $48.6 million in 1995 to $70.3 million in 1996
due primarily to the Devon Acquisition. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A
increased to 29.5% in 1996 from 28.6% in 1995. The integration of Devon and
Graphic Controls was completed in June of 1996 which resulted in cost savings
from the elimination of duplicate SG&A expenses. These savings are expected to
be fully realized in 1997.
NONRECURRING AND OTHER COSTS. For 1996, the Company incurred nonrecurring and
other costs of $7.7 million. These costs consist primarily of consolidation
expenses pertaining to the Devon Acquisition, the physical move of the Tronomed
manufacturing from California to New Jersey, outsourcing of the Company's
distribution operations to a third party provider and the sale of the Company's
Australian subsidiary.
AMORTIZATION EXPENSES. Amortization expenses increased from $2.1 million in
1995 to $8.1 million in 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to the
increased goodwill expense due to the acquisition of the Company by Bessemer and
management (the "Acquisition") and the Company's subsequent acquisition of
Devon.
OPERATING INCOME. Operating income decreased from $27.2 million in 1995 to
$22.1 million in 1996. Excluding the nonrecurring costs and the amortization
charges mentioned above, income from operations increased from $29.3 million in
1995 to $37.9 million in 1996 or an increase of 29.4%.
INTEREST EXPENSE NET. Net interest expense increased to $21.1 million in 1996
from $7.3 million in 1995. The increase was the result of the increased
indebtedness in connection with the Acquisition and the Devon Acquisition.
INCOME TAX EXPENSES. Taxes on income decreased $4.8 million. This was due to
the impact of the reported net loss, which is primarily attributable to the
increased non-recurring expense, higher non-cash amortization expense
attributable to the Acquisition and Devon Acquisition, and higher interest
charges.
16
<PAGE>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
NET SALES. Net sales increased by $7.8 million or 4.8% from $162.2 million in
1994 to $170.0 million in 1995. The increase in net sales was due to higher
sales in medical products. Medical product sales increased by $8.2 million or
8.5% in 1995. This increase was primarily a result of increased volume in almost
all of the Company's major medical product lines. In particular, the Company
experienced significant sales growth on its electrode products which increased
by 21.2% from the prior year due in part to continued expansion of national
accounts and the introduction of new products, on sales of diagnostic imaging
products which increased by 28.7% from the prior year due to strong demand and
significantly higher volume of international sales which increased by 24.8% from
the previous year resulting from increased sales focus and favorable foreign
exchange rates. Partially offsetting the medical products growth was lower sales
in the Company's cable and leadwire products. Sales in those products declined
by 25% from the previous year as its primary customer base of medical original
equipment manufacturers experienced reduced demand for their products. Excluding
sales of cables and leadwires, the Company's medical products experienced growth
of 13.8% in 1995. Industrial product sales declined by $.4 million or .7% in
1995. The rate of decline slowed compared to prior years due in part to the
acquisition of Leeds and Northrup Company's chart business in June of 1994 and
an increase in export chart product sales.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased by $1.3 million or 1.7% from $76.6 million
in 1994 to $77.9 million in 1995. This increase was primarily due to the higher
sales volume in medical products. Overall, gross margins declined from 47.2% to
45.8%. This decrease was the result of the increased sales in medical product
sales which have lower margins than industrial products and unfavorable
manufacturing variances relating to the reduced cable and leadwire volume. In
addition, gross margins were further impacted by significant raw material cost
increases on paper materials consistent with the overall market trends in paper
prices. The cost increase was partially offset by selling price increases on the
Company's industrial products and selected medical products.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE ("SG&A") EXPENSES. SG&A expenses increased
by $.2 million or .4% from $50.5 million in 1994 to $50.7 million in 1995.
Expressed as a percentage of sales, SG&A expenses decreased from 31.1% in 1994
to 29.8% in 1995. The decrease was partly the result of the consolidation of
sales, marketing and administrative departments supporting the Company's
industrial products and lower costs at Tronomed due principally to volume
related cost reductions resulting from the lower cable and leadwire sales.
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net, increased by $2.8 million from
$4.5 million in 1994 to $7.3 million in 1995. The increase was the result of the
increased indebtedness in connection with the Acquisition. Prior to the
Acquisition, interest expense for the nine months ended September 28,
1995 declined by $.4 million or 11.1% from the prior period as a result of lower
debt levels.
INCOME TAX EXPENSE. Income tax expense decreased by $1.5 million from $8.4
million in 1994 to $6.9 million in 1995. The effective income tax rate decreased
from 38.9% in 1994 to 34.8% in 1995. The decrease was primarily attributable to
(1) the decrease in taxable earnings; (2) an increase in usable foreign tax
credits of $.5 million; (3) the donation of pollution control emissions credits
of $.4 million; and (4) reduced state and local tax rates of $.2 million.
Offsetting the decrease in taxes was an increase in non-deductible goodwill
amortization of $.4 million.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS. In 1993, the Company announced its intention to divest
its plotter and fax supplies business unit. The net loss on disposal of these
discontinued operations of $1.5 million was provided for in 1993 and 1994, and
revised in 1995 by an additional $.3 million based on actual results.
17
<PAGE>
NET INCOME. Net income decreased by $1.4 million or 10.5% from $13.3 million
in 1994 to $11.9 million in 1995. This decrease reflects the factors discussed
above.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES. The Company's primary capital requirements
consist of debt service related to the financing for the Acquisition and the
Devon Acquisition, the Company's capital expenditures, the Company's working
capital needs and the short-term payments related to the nonrecurring and other
costs (as described above). In connection with the Acquisition and Devon
acquisition, the Company borrowed approximately $235,000,000. In addition, the
book value of certain tangible and intangible assets increased in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, the Company's
results of operations include a significant level of non-cash expenses related
to the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of intangible assets,
including goodwill. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by
$7,335,000 in 1996.
Cash flow provided by operating activities was $4,952,000 for 1996 as compared
to $23,478,000 provided from operations in 1995. Operating cash flows for 1996
were impacted by the net loss which was partially attributable to the $7,721,000
increase in nonrecurring and other costs and the increase in interest expense of
$13,692,000 in connection with the Company acquisitions. Cash flow provided by
operations increased due to the increase in depreciation and amortization in
1996 which is primarily attributable to the Company acquisition. Cash flows from
operations were negatively impacted by increases in working capital, primarily
increases in inventory, accounts receivable, and a decrease in accrued expenses.
The increase in working capital is related to higher sales in the fourth quarter
1996 compared to the fourth quarter 1995. In addition, outstanding accounts
receivable has increased due to startup interruptions caused by the installation
of a new accounting system. The Company incurred $6,281,000 in capital
expenditures during 1996, primarily for the purchase of machinery and equipment.
In 1996, the Company acquired all the outstanding common stock of Devon
Industries, Inc. for a total cost of approximately $97,000,000, including
expenses of approximately $5,000,000. The Devon Acquisition was financed with
$67,500,000 of bank debt and $31,500,000 of new equity provided by Bessemer.
During the year, the Company made $6,125,000 in term loan payments.
As a result of the integration of Devon and the identification of several new
areas of potential costs savings, in 1996 the Company spent approximately $7.7
million on a one-time basis to achieve what management expects will be
substantial future cost savings and increased efficiencies. In connection with
such increased expenditure, on March 31, 1997, the Company received a waiver
from compliance with certain covenants under the agreement governing its bank
debt. The waiver expires 60 days from March 31, 1997, prior to which date
management expects that an amendment to the agreement modifying the relevant
covenants will have been obtained .
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Set forth below are the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the periods in
the three years ended December 31, 1996.
18
<PAGE>
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
DECEMBER 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors.............................. 20
Consolidated Balance Sheets................................. 21
Consolidated Statements of Operations....................... 22
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder's Equity.. 23
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................... 24
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. 25
</TABLE>
19
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors
Graphic Controls Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Graphic Controls
Corporation and subsidiaries (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Graphic Holdings,
Inc.) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements
of income, changes in shareholder's equity and cash flows for the three-month
period ended December 31, 1995 and the year ended December, 1996. We have also
audited the consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholder's
equity (deficit) and cash flows of the Pre-Acquisition Company and subsidiaries
for the year ended December 31, 1994 and the nine-month period ended September
28,1995. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in
the Index at Item 14(a). These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Graphic
Controls Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the three-
month period ended December 31, 1995 and the year ended December 31, 1996 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion,
the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated results of the operations and cash flows of
the Pre-Acquisition Company and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31,
1994 and the nine-month period ended September 28, 1995 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Buffalo, New York
February 14, 1997
20
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
1995 1996
---- ----
A S S E T S
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Current Assets:
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents........................... $ 1,481 $ 563
Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful
accounts and returns (1995-$700, 1996-$782)........ 25,430 37,208
Inventories......................................... 22,009 32,697
Income taxes recoverable............................ -- 1,755
Other............................................... 858 1,138
-------- --------
Total current assets............................. 49,778 73,361
Property, plant and equipment:
Land................................................ 1,097 1,097
Buildings and improvements.......................... 7,766 11,160
Machinery and equipment............................. 12,976 29,589
-------- --------
21,839 41,846
Less accumulated depreciation....................... 585 6,750
-------- --------
Net property, plant and equipment................ 21,254 35,096
Deferred income taxes................................ 581 --
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of
$1,035 (1995)and $6,553(1996)....................... 164,719 229,693
Financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of
$321 (1995) and $2,338 (1996)....................... 9,203 11,150
Acquisition escrow accounts.......................... 4,376 9,002
Other assets......................................... 1,001 6,715
-------- --------
$250,912 $365,017
======== ========
<CAPTION>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
<S> <C> <C>
Cash overdraft....................................... $ -- $ 2,954
Accounts payable..................................... 10,186 14,261
Employees' compensation.............................. 5,561 7,154
Accrued expenses..................................... 6,797 5,009
Income taxes payable................................. 357 --
Deferred income taxes................................ 679 1,970
Current portion of long-term debt.................... 2,131 8,015
-------- --------
Total current liabilities......................... 25,711 39,363
Long-term debt........................................ 158,000 219,728
Deferred income taxes................................. -- 1,199
Other non-current liabilities......................... 15,702 22,962
Shareholder's equity:
Common stock ($1 par)
Authorized - 5,000,000 shares; issued & outstanding
100 shares......................................... -- --
Additional paid-in capital........................... 50,866 82,366
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit).............. 804 (288)
Equity adjustment from foreign currency translation.. (171) (313)
-------- --------
Total shareholder's equity........................ 51,499 81,765
-------- --------
$250,912 $365,017
======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes
21
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
-----------------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT. 28 DEC. 31 DEC. 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
---------------- ----------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales................................................ $162,235 $127,895 $ 42,120 $238,024
Cost of sales............................................ 85,586 69,440 22,689 129,890
Selling, general and administration expenses......... 49,651 37,011 11,619 70,270
Nonrecurring and other costs............................. -- -- -- 7,721
Amortization............................................. 897 668 1,406 8,058
-------- -------- -------- --------
136,134 107,119 35,714 215,939
-------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income........................................ 26,101 20,776 6,406 22,085
Interest income......................................... 155 56 50 38
Interest expense........................................ (4,668) (3,125) (4,325) (21,142)
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
and extraordinary charge............................. 21,588 17,707 2,131 981
Income tax expense...................................... 8,437 5,563 1,327 2,073
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing operations before
extraordinary charge................................. 13,151 12,144 804 (1,092)
Discontinued operations (Note B):
Income (loss) from disposal, net of income tax
(expense) benefit of ($107) for 1994 and
$190 for the nine months ended September 28, 1995.. 160 (298) -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary charge............... 13,311 11,846 804 (1,092)
Extraordinary charge from early retirement of debt,
net of income taxes of $505........................ -- 791 -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)....................................... $ 13,311 $ 11,055 $ 804 $ (1,092)
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes
22
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Equity
Retained Adj From
Add'l Earnings Foreign
Common Paid-In (Accumulated Currency
Stock Capital Deficit) Translation Total
------ --------- ------------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 1, 1994
(Pre-Acquisition)............... $ -- $ 19,467 $ (35,985) $(744) $ (17,262)
Net income for 1994............ -- -- 13,311 -- 13,311
Translation losses............. -- -- -- (145) (145)
------ -------- --------- ----- ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994
(Pre-Acquisition)............... -- 19,467 (22,674) (889) (4,096)
Net income for nine months
ended September 28, 1995..... -- -- 11,055 -- 11,055
Income tax benefit of stock
options exercised............ -- -- 525 -- 525
Translation gains.............. -- -- -- 640 640
Dividends ($1,186,520 per
share)....................... -- (19,467) (99,185) -- (118,652)
------ -------- --------- ----- ---------
Balance at September 28, 1995
(Pre-Acquisition)............... $ -- $ -- $(110,279) $(249) $(110,528)
====== ======== ========= ===== =========
Balance at September 28, 1995. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Capital contribution........... -- 50,866 -- -- 50,866
Net income for three months
ended December 31, 1995...... -- -- 804 -- 804
Translation losses............. -- -- -- (171) (171)
------ -------- --------- ----- ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.... -- 50,866 804 (171) 51,499
Capital contribution........... -- 31,500 -- -- 31,500
Net loss for 1996.............. -- -- (1,092) -- (1,092)
Translation losses............ -- -- -- (142) (142)
------ -------- --------- ----- ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.... $ -- $ 82,366 $ (288) $(313) $ 81,765
====== ======== ========= ===== =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes
23
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
----------------------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT. 28 DEC. 31 DEC. 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
------ --------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)....................................... $ 13,311 $ 11,055 $ 804 $ (1,092)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization......................... 6,771 5,143 1,991 14,469
Write-off of unamortized financing costs.............. -- 1,296 -- --
Deferred income taxes................................. 634 (253) 277 3,071
Disposal of discontinued operations................... (160) 298 -- --
Change in assets and liabilities excluding effects
from purchases or sales of businesses:
Accounts receivable................................. 830 1,176 (1,503) (5,368)
Inventory........................................... (315) (2,627) 1,774 (1,980)
Other current assets................................ (102) 582 58 370
Accounts payable and accrued expenses............... (3,316) 1,800 2,911 (2,803)
Income taxes........................................ (164) (1,044) (37) (2,176)
Other non-current liabilities....................... 312 12 (261) 590
Other, net.......................................... (230) 37 (11) (129)
-------- --------- ------- ---------
Total Adjustments.................................. 4,260 6,420 5,199 6,044
-------- --------- ------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 17,571 17,475 6,003 4,952
Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to property, plant, and equipment............. (3,569) (1,505) (814) (6,281)
Payments for businesses acquired........................ (275) -- -- (96,251)
Payments for other assets............................... -- -- -- (1,496)
Payment of acquisition fees............................. -- (2,212) -- --
Net proceeds from sale of product line.................. 656 463 -- --
Payments on notes receivable............................ 964 -- -- --
-------- --------- ------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (2,224) (3,254) (814) (104,028)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from senior bank facilities.................... -- 92,000 -- 73,541
Cash overdraft.......................................... -- -- -- 2,954
Capital contribution.................................... -- -- -- 31,500
Proceeds from senior subordinated notes................. -- 75,000 -- --
Repayment of senior debt................................ (15,944) (51,178) (7,116) (6,125)
Financing fees.......................................... -- (9,524) -- (3,964)
Dividends paid.......................................... -- (118,652) -- --
Other................................................... -- -- -- 196
-------- --------- ------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.. (15,944) (12,354) (7,116) 98,102
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash................... 106 26 (2) 56
-------- --------- ------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...... (491) 1,893 (1,929) (918)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.......... 2,008 1,517 3,410 1,481
-------- --------- ------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period................ $ 1,517 $ 3,410 $ 1,481 $ 563
======== ========= ======= =========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest............................................. $ 5,388 $ 3,116 $ 330 $ 22,650
Income taxes......................................... 7,970 6,309 974 1,167
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes
24
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- ---------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS: Graphic Controls Corporation (the "Company") (a
- ---------------------------
wholly-owned subsidiary of Graphic Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings")) is a leading
manufacturer and marketer of a number of disposable single use medical products
and industrial recording supplies. Medical products, which represent a majority
of the Company's net sales, include five principal product lines: (i) Cardiology
and critical care, (ii) neurology, (iii) perinatology, (iv) infection control
and (v) Devon(R) brand operating room products. Industrial products include
recording charts and marking systems used in recording physical measurements
such as temperature, humidity, rate and volume of flow, liquid level, electric
current and magnetic and seismic activity. Medical products are sold primarily
to healthcare providers, including hospitals, clinics, physicians' offices and
other alternate care providers. Industrial products are sold to customers
primarily in the oil and gas, chemical, pulp and paper, electric and gas
utility, pharmaceutical, feed, aerospace and automotive industries. The Company
markets its products both domestically and internationally.
ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION: On September 28, 1995, GH Acquisition
- --------------------------------------
Corporation, a newly organized subsidiary of Bessemer Holdings, L.P.
("Bessemer"), merged with and into Holdings, with Holdings being the surviving
corporation and becoming a direct subsidiary of Bessemer (The "Acquisition").
The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The
total purchase price, including fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and
its financing, was approximately $218,000,000.
In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company borrowed $92,000,000 of senior
debt and $75,000,000 of senior subordinated notes. These proceeds were used to
pay existing debt, pay acquisition and financing fees and pay a dividend of
$118,652,000 to Holdings. Holdings used the proceeds from the dividend for the
redemption of the prior shareholders. The cash flows related to the transaction
are reflected in the statement of cash flows for the nine months ended September
28, 1995.
The Acquisition permits Bessemer to hold approximately $4,300,000 of the
purchase price in escrow for potential liabilities related to matters such as
taxes, environmental issues, transaction expenses and other indemnified
liabilities. The agreement calls for escrow funds to be released to the selling
shareholders starting on the first anniversary of the transaction and ending on
the fifth anniversary of the transaction. During 1996, no escrow funds were
released to the selling shareholders. Escrow funds totalling approximately
$200,000 were returned to the Company during 1996 as reimbursement for certain
environmental expenditures. The escrow amount is recorded in acquisition escrow
accounts in the Company's balance sheets with a corresponding liability to the
selling shareholders in other long-term liabilities.
In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company repaid the existing
indebtedness outstanding under its credit agreement and wrote off the
unamortized financing fees related to this indebtedness. This write-off has
been shown as an extraordinary charge, net of income taxes, in the consolidated
statement of operations of the Company for the nine months ended September 28,
1995.
25
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: The consolidated financial statements include the
- ---------------------------
accounts of Graphic Controls Corporation and its subsidiaries. All material
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company's
total investment in its foreign subsidiaries is approximately $16,800,000 at
December 31, 1995 and $17,600,000 at December 31, 1996.
REVENUE RECOGNITION: The Company recognizes revenue at the point of passage of
- --------------------
title, which is generally at the time of shipment to the customer. The Company
provides for probable future returns and uncollectible accounts as revenue is
recognized.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: The Company considers all highly liquid debt
- -------------------------
instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost
- -----------
of substantially all domestic inventories is determined under the last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method. The cost of the remaining inventories, principally at
foreign operations, is determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method
(see Note C).
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT: Land, buildings and improvements, and machinery
- -----------------------------
and equipment are carried on the basis of cost. Expenditures for maintenance
and repairs are charged directly against income; major renewals and betterments
are capitalized. Depreciation is provided over estimated useful lives using the
straight-line method for buildings and improvements and the double declining
balance method for machinery and equipment, except for used equipment which is
depreciated on the straight-line method. Depreciation expense was $5,874,000
for 1994, $4,475,000 for the period ended September 28, 1995, $585,000 for the
period ended December 31, 1995, and $6,411,000 for 1996.
GOODWILL: Goodwill is being amortized over forty years on a straight-line
- --------
basis. The Company periodically reviews goodwill to assess recoverability.
Impairments would be recognized in operating results if a permanent reduction in
value were to occur.
FINANCING COSTS: Financing costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis
- ---------------
over the term of the credit facilities.
INCOME TAXES: Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of
- ------------
temporary differences by applying enacted statutory rates applicable to future
years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the
tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred taxes of a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date. The significant temporary differences include accounting for
property, plant and equipment, pension and other postretirement benefits,
accrued liabilities, inventory valuation, and discontinued operations.
The provision for income taxes includes Federal, foreign, state, and local
income taxes. Investment tax credits are accounted for using the flow-through
method.
It is the Company's policy to repatriate approximately 50% of the earnings of
its foreign subsidiaries. All remaining undistributed earnings are reinvested
in these subsidiaries. Total undistributed earnings for which no federal income
taxes have been provided, including those earnings reinvested in the
subsidiaries, are approximately $12,700,000.
26
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES: The financial statements of the Company's
- ---------------------------------
foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using the applicable local
currency as the functional currency. Accordingly, balance sheet accounts are
translated using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and revenue
and expense accounts are translated using an average exchange rate during the
year. Resulting translation adjustments are made directly to a separate
component of shareholder's equity. Foreign currency transaction gains (losses)
included in the determination of net income approximated $287,000 for 1994,
($132,000) for the period ended September 28, 1995, $(102,000) for the period
ended December 31, 1995 and ($56,000) for 1996.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS AND ROYALTY ARRANGEMENTS: Product research and
- -------------------------------------------------------
development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development
expense approximated $5,369,000 for 1994, $2,897,000 for the period ended
September 28, 1995, $1,199,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1995 and
$4,651,000 for 1996.
Costs related to royalty arrangements are charged to expense as incurred.
Royalty expense approximated $811,000 for 1994, $650,000 for the period ended
September 28, 1995, $180,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1995 and
$502,000 for 1996. Most of the Company's royalty agreements are in effect for
an indefinite period of time.
RETIREMENT PLANS AND POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS: The Company has domestic non-
- ----------------------------------------------
contributory defined benefit retirement plans covering substantially all U.S.
employees. Benefits under the plans are based on earnings and years of benefit
service. The Company's foreign subsidiaries provide plans for employees
consistent with local practices. Amounts charged to earnings relative to these
plans are determined in accordance with the Company's accounting practices
described in Note F. The Company's policy is to fund the U.S. plans on a
current basis in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
Certain employees may be eligible for post-retirement health care and life
insurance benefits upon retirement from the Company. It is the Company's policy
to accrue the cost of these benefits during the active service period of the
employee.
USE OF ESTIMATES: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
- ----------------
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
LONG-LIVED ASSETS: In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
- -----------------
issued Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", which requires impairment losses
to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of
impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated
by those assets are less than the assets' carrying amount. Statement No. 121
also addresses the accounting for long-lived assets that are expected to be
disposed of. The Company adopted Statement No. 121 in the first quarter of
1996. The impact of adoption was not material.
27
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE B - ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES
- --------------------------------------
On February 28, 1996, the Company acquired all the outstanding common stock of
Devon Industries, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of medical supplies
primarily for use in operating rooms (the "Devon Acquisition"). The total cost
of the transaction was approximately $99,000,000 including expenses of
approximately $5,000,000, plus up to an additional $7,000,000 in deferred
consideration contingent upon Devon's future financial performance. The Devon
Acquisition was financed with $67,500,000 of bank debt and $31,500,000 of new
equity provided by Bessemer. The Devon Acquisition agreement permits the
Company to hold $5,657,000 of the purchase price in escrow.
The Devon Acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting and the resulting goodwill of approximately $70,200,000 is being
amortized over its forty year life. The results of the acquired entity are
included in the 1996 consolidated statement of operations since the February 28,
1996 acquisition date.
The following condensed pro forma results of operations for the year ended
December 31, 1996, the three month period ended December 31, 1995 and the nine
month period ended September 28, 1995 were prepared based on the historical
statements of operations for the respective periods, adjusted to give effect to
the Devon Acquisition, the Acquisition and the related financing, as if each had
occurred on January 1, 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED
SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC 31
1995 1995 1996
--------- ----------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales.......................... $181,351 $58,389 $249,268
Income before extraordinary items.. $ 1,049 $ (542) $ (1,312)
Net income (loss).................. $ 1,049 $ (542) $ (1,312)
</TABLE>
During 1993, the Company announced its intention to divest its plotter and fax
supplies business units. The loss on disposal of these discontinued operations
was initially provided in 1993 and revised in 1994 and 1995 based on actual
results. The plotter supplies business was sold on September 9, 1994 and the
facsimile business was sold on April 28, 1995.
The plotter and fax supplies business units have been reported as discontinued
operations. Revenue for the discontinued operations was $22,153,000 in 1994 and
$4,483,000 for the period ended September 28, 1995.
NOTE C - INVENTORIES
- --------------------
Inventories at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the following (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Finished products.. $13,846 $17,781
Work in process.... 1,239 2,094
Raw materials...... 6,924 12,822
------- -------
$22,009 $32,697
======= =======
</TABLE>
Domestic inventories determined primarily on the last-in, first-out (LIFO)
method were $19,206,000 and $29,549,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
respectively, and would have been lower by $3,465,000 in 1996 had the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method been used exclusively. As a result of the Acquisition on
September 28, 1995, the value of reported inventory on the LIFO method is the
same as the FIFO method as of December 31, 1995.
28
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE D - LONG-TERM DEBT
- -----------------------
Long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1996 was as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Senior bank facilities..................... $ 85,000 $152,416
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 at 12%
per annum................................ 75,000 75,000
Other...................................... 131 327
-------- --------
160,131 227,743
Less: current portion..................... 2,131 8,015
-------- --------
$158,000 $219,728
======== ========
</TABLE>
Credit Agreement: The Company has entered into a Credit Agreement which
provides an aggregate term loan of up to $150,000,000 (subject to the repayment
terms of the Credit Agreement described below) and revolving credit facility of
up to $30,000,000 (subject to an availability requirement described below).
Advances under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
1.5% over the bank's base rate (as defined) or 2.5% over the Eurodollar rate (as
defined), at the option of the Company for $102,500,000 of the facility and 2.0%
over the bank's base rate or 3.0% over the Eurodollar rate for $77,500,000 of
the facility. Interest is payable periodically in arrears.
In connection with the Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement, the
Company has granted mortgages on the manufacturing facilities and offices owned
by the Company and security interests in its machinery and equipment, certain
accounts receivable, inventory and certain other collateral. In addition, a
non-recourse guaranty by Holdings further secures the performance of the
Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement.
The following is a summary of the other principal terms of the Credit
Agreement:
Terms Loans: The term loans are repayable in quarterly installments, with a
final maturity date in September 2003. Amounts repaid under the term loans
may not be reborrowed.
Revolving Credit: Under the revolving credit facility, the Company may borrow,
repay and reborrow from time to time up to the lesser of (a) $30,000,000 or
(b) the Company's total availability. The Credit Agreement defines the
Company's total availability as the sum of 85% of eligible accounts
receivable plus 60% of eligible raw material inventory plus 50% of eligible
finished inventory plus 50% of the net book value of property, plant and
equipment (limited to $5,000,000) acquired pursuant to a permitted business
acquisition.
All outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility will mature
in September 2002. The amount the Company may borrow under the revolving
credit facility also is reduced by the full amount of any letters of credit
issued by the bank for the account of the Company.
Senior Subordinated Notes: On September 28, 1995, $75,000,000 of 12% Senior
Subordinated Notes were sold. These notes will mature on September 15, 2005.
There are no sinking fund requirements. Interest is payable in arrears on March
15 and September 15. The notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, at any time on or after September 15, 2000, initially at 106%
of the principal amount, declining annually to 100% of the principal amount on
September 15, 2003, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. In
addition, at any time prior to September 15, 1998, the Company may redeem up to
$25,000,000 of the notes with the proceeds of one or more public equity
offerings at 112% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of
redemption. These notes are subordinated to all existing and future senior
indebtedness of the Company. The indenture restricts, among other things, the
payment of cash dividends on, or other distributions in respect of, the
Company's capital stock.
29
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE D- LONG-TERM DEBT - (CONTINUED)
- ------------------------------------
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt, excluding contingent payments, if
any, are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REVOLVING
TERM LOANS CREDIT FACILITY NOTES OTHER TOTAL
---------- --------------- ------- ----- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997........ $ 7,688 $ -- $ -- $327 $ 8,015
1998........ 12,062 -- -- -- 12,062
1999........ 13,250 -- -- -- 13,250
2000........ 14,250 -- -- -- 14,250
2001........ 15,125 -- -- -- 15,125
Thereafter.. 84,000 6,041 75,000 -- 165,041
-------- --------------- ------- ----- --------
$146,375 $6,041 $75,000 $327 $227,743
======== =============== ======= ===== ========
</TABLE>
Restrictive Covenants: The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive
financial covenants. At December 31, 1996, the Company was in compliance with
such requirements. In addition to the financial covenants, the Credit Agreement
imposes certain other restrictions on the Company's business and operations.
The Company is prohibited from incurring consolidated capital expenditures in
excess of $8,500,000 per year. The Company's ability to declare or pay
dividends on any class of stock, other than in shares of such stock, is limited.
The Credit Agreement also restricts the Company from incurring certain
additional indebtedness.
NOTE E - OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
- --------------------------------------
Other non-current liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Retiree health and life insurance benefit obligation.. $ 6,413 $ 6,683
Accrued non-current pension costs..................... 4,343 5,345
Purchase escrows...................................... 4,376 9,002
Lease provision....................................... -- 1,382
Accrued long-term disability costs.................... 250 250
Minority interest..................................... 320 300
------- -------
$15,702 $22,962
======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE F - RETIREMENT PLANS
- -------------------------
The costs charged to earnings relative to the United States and Canadian plans
for the year ended December 31, 1994, the periods ended September 28, 1995, and
December 31, 1995 and the year ended December 31, 1996 were determined in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87. The
provisions of this Statement have not been applied to a foreign plan as it is
not material to the financial statements.
30
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
---------------------------------------------
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE F - RETIREMENT PLANS - (CONTINUED)
- ---------------------------------------
United States and foreign retirement plan expenses were $1,088,000 for 1994,
$934,000 for the period ended September 28, 1995, $311,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1995, and $1,931,000 for 1996. This included net periodic pension
expense for the United States and Canadian plans of $1,082,000 for 1994,
$909,000 for the period ended September 28, 1995, $303,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1995, and $1,900,000 for 1996, which is comprised of the following
components (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
-------------------------------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC. 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- ---------- ----------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost - benefits earned during the period.. $ 1,086 $ 683 $ 228 $ 1,792
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..... 1,929 1,523 556 2,512
Actual return on plan assets...................... 97 (3,658) (743) (3,156)
Net amortization and deferral..................... (2,030) 2,361 262 752
------- ------- ----- -------
Net periodic pension expense...................... $ 1,082 $ 909 $ 303 $ 1,900
======= ======= ===== =======
</TABLE>
Unrecognized gains (losses) and prior service costs are amortized on a
straight-line basis over a period approximating the average remaining service
period for active employees.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Actuarial assumptions used:
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Discount rate................... 7.50 - 8.75% 7.25 - 7.50% 7.50 - 7.75%
Salary increases................ 4.00 - 6.00% 3.50 - 6.00% 3.50 - 6.00%
Expected return on plan assets.. 7.50 - 9.00% 7.50 - 9.00% 7.50 - 9.00%
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the United States and Canadian plans' estimated
funded status at December 31, 1995 and 1996, based on the most recent actuarial
valuation available (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested
benefits of $24,393 and $25,650................ $24,839 $26,251
======= =======
Projected benefit obligation...................... 30,026 31,777
Plan assets at fair value......................... 24,199 29,514
------- -------
Excess of projected benefit obligation over plan
assets........................................ (5,827) (2,263)
Unrecognized net loss............................. 584 (3,023)
------- -------
Accrued pension cost.............................. $(5,243) $(5,286)
======= =======
</TABLE>
All previously unrecognized gains, losses, and prior service costs were
recognized at the date of the Acquisition. The accrued pension cost is recorded
in the December 31, 1995 and 1996 balance sheets as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Account payable and accrued employees' compensation.. $1,532 $ 601
Other assets......................................... (632) (660)
Other non-current liabilities........................ 4,343 5,345
------ ------
$5,243 $5,286
====== ======
</TABLE>
The plans' assets consist of listed stocks and corporate and government fixed
income securities.
Changes to the discount rate actuarial assumptions resulted in a decrease in the
vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation and the projected
benefit obligation of approximately $1,972,000, 2,075,000 and $2,725,000
respectively in 1996.
31
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE F - RETIREMENT PLANS - (CONTINUED)
- ---------------------------------------
The Company also sponsors 401(k) personal retirement savings plans covering all
eligible employees. The Company contributes an amount equal to 100% of each
participant's total contribution, not to exceed amounts specified in the plans.
The amount charged to expense for matching contributions was $330,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1994, $236,000 for the period ended September 28, 1995,
$78,000 for the period ended December 31, 1995 and $456,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1996.
NOTE G - RETIREE HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------
The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits to
eligible retired employees. All participants generally become eligible for
retiree health care benefits after reaching age 55 with 10 years of service or
after reaching age 65 with at least 5 years of service. The plan provides
benefits of a maximum of $50.00 per month for health care and $5,000 of life
insurance for retirees with 5-10 years of service and a maximum of $100.00 per
month for health care and $10,000 of life insurance for retirees with over 10
years of service.
The Company accrues the cost of providing postretirement benefits, including
medical and life insurance coverage, during the active service period of the
employee. The United States retiree health care and life insurance benefit
expenses were $552,000 for 1994, $318,000 for the period ended September 28,
1995, $163,000 for the period ended December 31, 1995 and $634,000 for 1996. The
Company funds these benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The following table sets forth the funded status of the plans at December 31, 1995 and 1996 (in
thousands).
1995 1996
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Retirees...................................................................................... $3,418 $3,486
Fully eligible active plan participants....................................................... 1,624 561
Other active plan participants................................................................ 1,759 $2,380
------ ------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation................................................. 6,801 6,427
Unrecognized net gain (loss).................................................................. (388) 490
------ ------
Accrued postretirement benefit obligation..................................................... $6,413 $6,917
====== ======
</TABLE>
All previously unrecognized gains and losses were recognized at the date of
the Acquisition. The accrued postretirement benefit obligation is recorded in
other non-current liabilities and accrued expenses in the Company's balance
sheets.
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1994, the periods ended September
28, 1995 and December 31, 1995, and 1996 included the following components (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
-----------------------------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC. 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- ---------- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost - benefits earned during the
period..................................... $ 149 $ 81 $ 36 $ 174
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation......................... 450 359 127 460
Net amortization and deferral................ (47) (122) -- --
----- ----- ----- -----
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost..... $ 552 $ 318 $ 163 $ 634
===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
32
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE G - RETIREE HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS - (CONTINUED)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
For measuring the postretirement benefit obligation, the assumed rate of
increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 15% for
1997, decreasing gradually to 6% in 2001. Additionally, the Medicare Part B
premium was assumed to increase at 5% per annum. Increasing these rates by one
percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation as of December 31, 1996 by $395,000 and the annual net
periodic postretirement benefit cost by $51,000. The discount rate used in
determining the postretirement benefit obligation was 7.25% in 1995 and 7.75% in
1996. The increase in the discount rate in 1996 decreased the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation by $372,000.
Unrecognized gains and losses are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
average remaining service period of active participants.
NOTE H - LEASES
- ---------------
Rental expense under operating leases amounted to $2,723,000 for 1994,
$2,159,000 for the period ended September 28, 1995, $704,000 for the period
ended December 31, 1995 and $5,413,000 for 1996. The future minimum lease
payments for all noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
1997..................... $ 3,421
1998..................... 2,821
1999..................... 2,478
2000..................... 2,234
2001 & Thereafter........ 5,740
NOTE I - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
- --------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated
balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximates its fair value.
Long and short-term debt under senior bank facilities: The carrying amounts of
the Company's borrowings under its senior bank facilities approximate their fair
value, as the underlying instrument is comprised of notes that are repriced on a
short-term basis.
Senior subordinated notes: The Company estimates the fair value of its
borrowings under the senior subordinated notes using a discounted cash flow
analysis, based on market interest rates for similar debt instruments. At
December 31, 1995 and 1996, the carrying amount reported in the consolidated
balance sheet for these obligations approximates its fair value.
33
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE J- INCOME TAXES
- --------------------
The components of income before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
------------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ended ended ended ended
Dec 31 Sept 28 Dec 31 Dec 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
---------- ---------------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Domestic.................................................................... $19,696 $15,580 $1,345 $(1,928)
Foreign..................................................................... 1,892 2,127 786 2,909
------- ------- ------ -------
$21,588 $17,707 $2,131 $ 981
======= ======= ====== =======
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
----------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ended ended ended ended
Dec 31 Sept 28 Dec 31 Dec31
1994 1995 1995 1996
------- ------- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current: Federal............................................................. $ 5,977 $ 4,285 $ 750 $(1,968)
State...................................................................... 1,193 568 112 (368)
Foreign.................................................................... 633 963 88 1,338
Deferred: Federal............................................................. 449 (177) 137 2,698
State...................................................................... 96 (32) 24 406
Foreign.................................................................... 89 (44) 116 (33)
------- ------- ------ -------
$ 8,437 $ 5,563 $1,327 $ 2,073
======= ======= ====== =======
</TABLE>
Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the Federal
statutory rate to income before income taxes. This difference is reconciled as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
----------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC.31
1994 1995 1995 1996
------- ------- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
35% of pretax income......................................................... $ 7,556 $ 6,197 $ 746 $ 343
State and local taxes, net of Federal effect................................. 838 348 88 25
Taxes (credits) on dividends from foreign
subsidiaries................................................................ 213 (350) 48 --
Expenses without tax benefits, primarily
goodwill amortization....................................................... 21 15 362 1,494
Contribution of emission credits............................................. -- (382) -- --
Foreign subsidiary's net operating loss...................................... -- -- -- 158
Other........................................................................ (191) (265) 83 53
------- ------- ------ -------
$ 8,437 $ 5,563 $1,327 $ 2,073
======= ======= ====== =======
</TABLE>
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components
of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1995 and
1996 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Pension and other postretirement benefits.. $ 4,195 $ 4,696
Employee compensation...................... 1,030 1,175
Accrued expenses........................... 1,096 538
Other...................................... 325 262
------- -------
Total deferred tax assets.............. 6,646 6,671
Property, plant, and equipment............. (3,663) (3,419)
Inventory.................................. (3,033) (3,945)
Purchased intangibles...................... (48) (2,476)
------- -------
Total deferred tax liabilities......... (6,744) (9,840)
------- -------
Net deferred tax liabilities........ $ (98) $(3,169)
======= =======
</TABLE>
34
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE K - STOCK OPTIONS
- ----------------------
Certain of the Company's employees have received options to purchase the stock
of Holdings. In connection with the Acquisition on September 28, 1995, all
outstanding options were either redeemed for cash or exchanged for a total of
7,628.087 new options to purchase preferred stock (at prices ranging from $8.13
to $90.30) and 25,433 new options to purchase common stock (at prices ranging
from $.81 to $9.03). These non-qualified options are currently outstanding and
exercisable at any time until their expiration on September 28, 2005.
During 1996, the Company issued options to key employees for the purchase of
36,630 shares of preferred stock of Holdings for $100 per share and 122,098
shares of common stock of Holdings for $10 per share. All of these options
remaining outstanding at December 31, 1996, vest ratably over three years and
are exercisable through February 28, 2006.
In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation", which is effective for the Company's 1996 fiscal year. The
statement encourages but does not require financial reporting to reflect
compensation expense for grants of stock, stock options and other equity
instruments to employees based on changes in the fair value of the option. The
Company intends to continue using the measurement prescribed by APB Opinion No.
25 which bases compensation on the intrinsic value of the award on the
measurement date. SFAS 123 requires companies that choose not to adopt the new
fair value accounting rules to disclose pro forma net income and earnings per
share under the new method. The pro forma disclosures for the Company are not
material.
NOTE L - BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------
The Company operates primarily in two industries: medical products and
industrial products. Operations in medical products involve the manufacturing
and marketing of medical recording charts and other patient data supplies,
disposable medical and surgical supplies, disposable diagnostic and monitoring
electrodes, fetal monitoring supplies and cables and leadwires. Operations in
industrial products involve the manufacture and marketing of industrial
recording supplies and marking systems for recording instruments. Following is
a summary of segment information (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
--------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC. 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
--------- ---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales to unaffiliated customers:
Medical products.......................... $ 97,353 $ 78,682 $26,920 $176,601
Industrial products....................... 64,882 49,213 15,200 61,423
-------- -------- ------- --------
$162,235 $127,895 $42,120 $238,024
======== ======== ======= ========
Intersegment sales:
Medical products.......................... $ -- $ -- -- $ --
Industrial products....................... 18,171 14,962 4,584 19,782
-------- -------- ------- --------
$ 18,171 $ 14,962 $ 4,584 $ 19,782
======== ======== ======= ========
Income from continuing operations:
Medical products.......................... $ 12,906 $ 10,636 $ 4,042 $ 24,685
Industrial products....................... 18,097 14,294 5,117 18,127
-------- -------- ------- --------
31,003 24,930 9,159 42,812
Interest income........................... 155 56 50 38
Interest expense.......................... (4,668) (3,125) (4,325) (21,142)
General corporate expenses:
General................................. (4,005) (3,486) (1,347) (4,948)
Nonrecurring and other charges.......... -- -- -- (7,721)
Amortization............................ (897) (668) (1,406) (8,058)
-------- -------- ------- --------
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes............................ $ 21,588 $ 17,707 $ 2,131 981
======== ======== ======= ========
</TABLE>
35
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
---------------------------------------------
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE L - BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
--------------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC. 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
--------------- --------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Capital expenditures:
Medical products........................................................... $ 2,104 $ 921 $ 504 $ 4,501
Industrial products........................................................ 1,168 431 179 1,353
Corporate.................................................................. 297 153 131 427
-------- -------- -------- --------
$ 3,569 $ 1,505 $ 814 $ 6,281
======== ======== ======== ========
Depreciation:
Medical products........................................................... $ 3,055 $ 2,519 $ 241 $ 4,484
Industrial products........................................................ 2,156 1,471 298 1,375
Corporate.................................................................. 663 485 46 552
-------- -------- -------- --------
$ 5,874 $ 4,475 $ 585 $ 6,411
======== ======== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
PRE-
ACQUISITION
---------------
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Identifiable assets:
Medical products........................................................... $ 48,692 $ 46,028 $ 47,056 $ 89,679
Industrial products........................................................ 21,814 18,665 20,008 21,149
-------- -------- -------- --------
70,506 64,693 67,064 110,828
General corporate assets:
Goodwill.................................................................... 3,500 165,754 164,719 229,693
Financing costs............................................................. 1,781 9,524 9,203 11,150
Acquisition escrow accounts................................................. -- 4,376 4,376 9,002
Other....................................................................... 2,001 10,259 5,550 4,344
-------- -------- -------- --------
$ 77,788 $254,606 $250,912 $365,017
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The Company operates in two principal geographic areas, the United States
and Canada.
The following is a summary of information by area (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
-------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC 31
-------- --------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales to unaffiliated customers:
United States (including net sales exported to
foreign countries)......................................................... $140,636 $111,189 $ 36,362 $214,944
Canada..................................................................... 13,753 10,532 3,736 15,360
All other areas............................................................ 7,846 6,174 2,022 7,720
-------- -------- -------- --------
$162,235 $127,895 $ 42,120 $238,024
======== ======== ======== ========
Sales between geographic areas:
United States.............................................................. $ 12,541 $ 10,807 $ 3,543 $ 16,438
Canada..................................................................... 8,124 7,757 2,926 13,240
All other areas............................................................ 33 25 10 7
-------- -------- -------- --------
$ 20,698 $ 18,589 $ 6,479 $ 29,685
======== ======== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
PRE-
ACQUISITION
-----------
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC. 31
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Identifiable assets:
United States.............................................................. $ 63,330 $241,095 $237,209 $351,459
Canada..................................................................... 8,247 7,438 7,648 8,932
All other areas............................................................ 6,211 6,073 6,055 4,626
-------- -------- -------- --------
$ 77,788 $254,606 $250,912 $365,017
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
36
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996
NOTE L - BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRE-ACQUISITION
--------------------
YEAR NINE MOS. THREE MOS. YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DEC. 31 SEPT 28 DEC 31 DEC. 31
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income from continuing operations:
United States (including net sales exported to
foreign countries)............................. $28,549 $22,841 $ 8,494 $ 39,767
Canada.......................................... 1,276 1,489 552 2,551
All other areas................................. 1,178 600 113 494
------- ------- ------- --------
$31,003 $24,930 $ 9,159 $ 42,812
Interest income................................. 155 56 50 38
Interest expense................................ (4,668) (3,125) (4,325) (21,142)
General corporate expenses:
General....................................... (4,005) (3,486) (1,347) (4,948)
Nonrecurring and other charges................ -- -- -- (7,721)
Amortization.................................. (897) (668) (1,406) (8,058)
------- ------- ------- --------
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes................................... $21,588 $17,707 $ 2,131 $ 981
======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
Intersegment and intergeographic sales are accounted for principally based on
cost plus a pre-determined mark-up based on sales to unaffiliated customers and
are excluded from net sales reported in the accompanying statements of
operations. Income from operations represents net sales, less operating
expenses for each industry segment/geographic area and excludes general
corporate expenses and other income and expenses of a general corporate nature.
Identifiable assets are those that are identifiable with operations in each
industrial segment/geographic area. Other general corporate assets consist
primarily of buildings and equipment.
37
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of the directors and
executive officers of the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- ----------------------------------- --- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Duane B. Hopper...................... 50 President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and
Director
Larry R. Drake....................... 54 Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Information
Services
Anthony W. Borowicz.................. 40 Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Kenneth D. Rolfes.................... 49 Vice President, Operations
M. Catherine Militello............... 39 Vice President, North American Medical Marketing
Edward J. Sulick..................... 47 Vice President, North American Medical Sales
Edward M. Roth III................... 53 Vice President, North American Industrial Sales and Marketing
Patricia A. Baubonis................. 50 Corporate Secretary and Manager, Legal Services
Michael B. Rothfeld.................. 49 Chairman of the Board
Ward W. Woods, Jr.................... 54 Director
Stuart S. Janney, III................ 48 Director
Russell D. Sternlicht................ 31 Director
</TABLE>
Duane B. Hopper has been President and Chief Operating Officer since December
1992, Chief Executive Officer since May 1994 and a Director since 1993. He was
Executive Vice President from August to December 1992. Prior to that, he was
Vice President and General Manager of the Medical Products Division since 1988.
Before joining the Company, Mr. Hopper held general management, operations
management and marketing management positions in the medical products industry,
including service with divisions of Bristol-Myers Squibb (Zimmer, Inc.) and
British Oxygen Corporation (Ohmeda).
Larry R. Drake has been Vice President of Human Resources and Corporate
Information Services since 1983. Mr. Drake has served in various other
capacities at the Company since 1977.
Anthony W. Borowicz, who became Vice President, Finance as of January 1, 1996,
has been Controller of the medical products group since 1993, and prior thereto
was an Accounting Operations Manager of the medical products group since 1985.
Mr. Borowicz has served in various other capacities at the Company since 1981.
Kenneth D. Rolfes, who became Vice President, Operations, on January 1, 1996,
has been the Manager of the Cherry Hill, New Jersey Manufacturing and Product
Development Operation of the Company for the past eight years. Mr. Rolfes has
over twenty-five years experience in manufacturing companies, including NCR and
Control Data Corporation, with technically based products, equipment and
consumables. Mr. Rolfes is currently National Director for the Association for
Manufacturing Excellence and is a Director for the Mid Atlantic Employers
Association, a manufacturing association located in Southeastern Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, Maryland and Delaware.
38
<PAGE>
M. Catherine Militello who became Vice President, Marketing as of July 1996,
has been Director, North American Medical Marketing since December 1993. Prior
thereto, Ms. Militello was a Product Manager, Fetal Monitoring Products/New
Product Development since 1991.
Edward J. Sulick who has become Vice President, Medical Sales as of July 1996,
has held the position of Director, North American Medical Sales since 1991.
Prior to 1991, Mr. Sulick was a District Sales Manager (U.S.) since 1985.
Edward M. Roth III who became Vice President, Industrial Sales and Marketing
as of July 1996 has been Director, North American Industrial Sales and Marketing
since 1993 and prior thereto, he was a Sales and Marketing Manager (U.S.) since
1981.
Patricia A. Baubonis has been Corporate Secretary since 1989. In addition, she
has been the Manager of Legal Services since 1979. Ms. Baubonis has served in
various other capacities at the Company since 1970.
Michael B. Rothfeld became the Chairman of the Board of the Company upon
consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. Rothfeld has since 1989 been the sole
shareholder and president of corporations which are the manager and/or general
partner of the general partner of Bessemer and its predecessor. Mr. Rothfeld is
the sole shareholder of a corporation which is a general partner of Bessemer
Partners & Co. Mr. Rothfeld was Managing Director of Bessemer Securities
Corporation ("BSC"), the principal limited partner of Bessemer and its
predecessor, from July 1989 to June 1993. He is a director of Overhead Door
Incorporated, Kelley Oil & Gas Corporation and several private companies.
Ward W. Woods became a Director of the Company upon consummation of the
Acquisition. Mr. Woods has since 1989 been the sole shareholder and president of
corporations which are the principal manager and/or managing general partner of
the general partner of Bessemer and its predecessor. Mr. Woods is the sole
shareholder of a corporation which is the managing general partner of Bessemer
Partners & Co. Mr. Woods is President and Chief Executive Officer of BSC, the
principal limited partner of Bessemer and its predecessor. Mr. Woods joined BSC
in 1989. He is a Director of Freeport-McMoRan, Inc., McMoRan Oil & Gas Co.,
Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold Inc., Boise Cascade Corporation, Kelley Oil & Gas
Corporation and several private companies, as well as Chairman of the Board of
Stant Corporation, BCP/Essex Holdings, Inc., and Overhead Door Incorporated.
Stuart S. Janney, III became a Director of the Company upon consummation of
the Acquisition. Mr. Janney was elected in January 1995 as Chairman of the Board
of Directors of BSC, the Bessemer Group Incorporated, Bessemer Trust Company,
N.A., and Bessemer Trust Company of Florida. BSC is the principal limited
partner of Bessemer and its predecessor. Prior to January 1995, Mr. Janney was
with Alex. Brown & Sons Inc., where he spent nine years, most recently as
Managing Director and head of asset management. Mr. Janney is a director of a
number of private companies, foundations and institutions.
Russell D. Sternlicht became a Director of the Company on December 18, 1995.
Since March 1995, Mr. Sternlicht has been a principal of Bessemer Partners & Co.
Prior to joining Bessemer, Mr. Sternlicht was associated with Lehman Brothers,
Inc., where he spent five years, most recently as a senior associate in the
investment banking area. From September 1990 to June 1992, Mr. Sternlicht earned
his M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Sternlicht is a Class B member
of the limited liability company that is the general partner of Bessemer.
Pursuant to the By-laws of the Company, as amended in connection with the
Acquisition, the Company's Board of Directors consists of five directors or such
greater or lesser number as may be fixed from time to time by a majority of the
total number of directors which the Company would have if there were no
vacancies on the Company's Board of Directors.
The term in office of each director ends when his successor has been elected
at the next following annual meeting of stockholders and qualified or upon his
removal or resignation. The term in office of each executive officer ends when
his successor has been elected and qualified or upon his removal or resignation.
39
<PAGE>
The Executive Compensation Committee of the Company consists of three
directors, a majority of whom may not be employees of the Company. The Executive
Compensation Committee is responsible for policies, procedures and other matters
relating to employee benefit and compensation plans, including compensation of
the executive officers as a group. The Executive Compensation Committee is also
responsible for policies, procedures and other matters relating to management
development. The members of the Executive Compensation Committee are Michael B.
Rothfeld, Ward W. Woods and Stuart S. Janney, III.
Directors who are not employees will continue to receive an annual retainer of
$7,500, a fee of $1,000 for each meeting of the Company's Board of Directors
attended and a fee of $500 per year per committee of the Board such director
serves on. All directors will be reimbursed for all expenses in connection with
rendering services as such.
40
<PAGE>
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth certain information concerning compensation
earned by the chief executive officer and each of the other four most highly
compensated executive officers who received cash compensation in excess of
$100,000 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") for services rendered in
all capacities (including service as a director of Holdings or an officer or
director of its subsidiaries) during the Company's last fiscal year.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
-----------------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION AWARDS PAYOUTS
------------------------------ ----------- ----------
SECURITIES
NAME AND UNDERLYING LTIP ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY ($) BONUS ($)(a) OPTIONS (#) PAYOUTS($) COMPENSATION($)(b)
- ------------------------------------ ---- ---------- ------------ ----------- ---------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Duane B. Hopper
President and Chief
Executive Officer . 1996 325,000 143,203 23,088 -- 20,058
Kenneth D. Rolfes
Vice President, North
American Operations . 1996 190,000 43,071 13,588 -- 14,345
Anthony W. Borowicz
Vice President,
Finance . 1996 150,000 34,003 13,588 -- 5,259
Edward J. Sulick
Vice President, North
American Medical Sales .
1996 135,000 30,804 7,807 -- 17,642
Edward M. Roth III
Vice President, North American
Industrial Sales and Marketing . 1996 135,000 33,417 7,807 -- 14,444
- --------------
</TABLE>
(a) Includes bonuses earned pursuant to the Company's 1995 Bonus Program.
(b) Includes life insurance and travel insurance premiums paid by the Company,
tax preparation and financial estate planning, the matching by the Company
of employee contributions under the Company's Savings Program.
41
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION GRANTS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to employee
options ("options") to purchase shares of common stock and preferred stock of
Holdings awarded during 1996 to the Named Executive Officers. All such options
were non-qualified options.
OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF POTENTIAL REALIZED VALUE AT
SECURITIES % OF TOTAL ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
UNDERLYING OPTIONS GRANTED STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES IN EXERCISE PRICE OPTION TERM(1)
NAME GRANTED (#) 1996 ($/SHARE) EXPIRATION DATE 5% ($) 10% ($)
---- ------------- ---- -------------- --------------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Duane B. Hopper 13,813 28.6% $ 10 2/28/2006 86,871 220,145
4,144/(3)/ $100 2/28/2006 260,614 660,447
3,947/(2)/ $ 10 2/28/2006 -- --
1,184/(2)(3)/ $100 2/28/2006 -- --
Kenneth D. Rolfes 10,453 16.9% $ 10 9/28/2005 65,740 166,595
1,938/(3)/ $100 9/28/2005 121,880 308,867
1,197/(3)/ $100 2/28/2006 75,279 190,771
Anthony W. Borowicz 10,453 16.9% $ 10 9/28/2005 65,740 166,595
1,938/(3)/ $100 9/28/2005 121,880 308,867
1,197/(3)/ $100 2/28/2006 75,279 190,771
Edward J. Sulick 6,005 9.7% $ 10 9/28/2005 37,766 95,705
1,114/(3)/ $100 9/28/2005 70,059 177,543
688/(3)/ $100 2/28/2006 43,268 109,650
Edward M. Roth III 6,005 9.7% $ 10 9/28/2005 37,766 95,705
1,114/(3)/ $100 9/28/2005 70,059 177,543
688/(3)/ $100 2/28/2006 43,268 109,650
</TABLE>
- --------------
/(1)/ As required by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the
dollar amounts in the these two columns represent the hypothetical gain or
"option spread" that would exist for the options based on assumed 5% and 10%
annual compounded rates of stock price appreciation over the full option term.
/(2)/ These options vest only if Bessemer and its affiliates realize a 25%
internal rate of return on their investment in Holdings.
/(3)/ Consists of options to purchase 15% Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock
of Holdings having a stated value of $100 per share and being subject to
mandatory redemption on September 15, 2010. Upon exercise, the holder of these
options will receive the indicated number of shares of Preferred Stock
underlying the options plus an additional number of shares of Preferred Stock
having a stated value equal to the cumulative dividends which would have been
payable on such underlying shares from the date of grant through the date of
exercise.
The following table sets forth as to each of the Named Executive Officers
information with respect to options exercised during 1996 and the status of
their options on December 31, 1996: (i) the number of shares of common stock of
Holdings underlying options exercised during 1996; (ii) the aggregate dollar
value realized upon exercise of such options; (iii) the total number of shares
of common stock and preferred stock of Holdings underlying exercisable and non-
exercisable stock options held on December 31, 1996; and (iv) the aggregate
dollar value of in-the-money exercisable and non-exercisable stock options on
December 31, 1996.
42
<PAGE>
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES
IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
WITH RESPECT TO HOLDINGS COMMON STOCK AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXCERCISED
ACQUIRED UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
ON OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ($) (2)
NAME EXERCISE # VALUE REALIZED ($) (EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE) (EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE)
---- ---------- ------------------ ----------------------------- ---------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Duane B. Hopper -- -- 98,387 / 80,941 751,396 / 354,512
Kenneth D. Rolfes -- -- 4,130 / 9,458 13,062 / 45,120
Anthony W. Borowicz -- -- 4,130 / 9,458 13,062 / 45,120
Edward J. Sulick -- -- 5,173 / 5,434 41,317 / 25,942
Edward M. Roth III -- -- 2,373 / 5,434 7.502 / 25,942
</TABLE>
/(1)/Includes options to acquire common stock of Holdings and options to acquire
----
preferred stock of Holdings.
/(2)/Based on a price of approximately $10 per share of common stock and $100
per share of preferred stock on December 31, 1996.
The option exercise price of all the options held by the Named Executive
Officers is the fair market value of the underlying securities on the date of
grant or, in the case of roll-over options, the exercise price equivalent to the
exercise price of the predecessor option based on the fair market value of the
underlying securities at the time of the Acquisition.
The options may generally be exercised for one year after death or total
disability. All options terminate immediately if the holder's employment is
terminated. The terms of the options shown in the above table are generally ten
years.
PENSION PLAN
The Company's domestic pension plan (the "Pension Plan"), restated as of
January 1, 1989, generally covers all domestic employees who have completed one
year of service (including employees covered by the Pension Plan prior to the
amendment), excluding employees covered by collective bargaining agreements that
do not provide for participation. Under the Pension Plan, the amount of annual
benefits payable at age 65 are (subject to a maximum benefit limitation) equal
to (a) 1.5% of the participant's final average salary (defined generally as the
participant's average monthly earnings for the participant's five highest-paid
consecutive years within such participant's last ten years of service)
multiplied by the total number of years of service with the Company and
fractions thereof, less (b) 1.5% of such participant's estimated primary Social
Security benefit multiplied by the total number of years of service with the
Company and fractions thereof. The amount computed under clause (b) of the
preceding sentence may not exceed 50% of the primary Social Security benefit.
Earnings considered for purposes of determining benefits under the Pension Plan
include full salary, wages and regular commissions, but do not include bonuses,
incentive commissions or amounts included in a participant's gross income with
respect to stock options or restricted stock. The Pension Plan provides for
reduced benefits upon early retirement for participants who reach age 55 and are
vested. Employees who were participants on January 1, 1978 are entitled to the
larger of the benefit computed under the current plan formula or the formula in
effect prior to an amendment to the Pension Plan on January 1, 1978. An employee
becomes 100% vested upon the earliest to occur of: (i) completion of five years
of service, (ii) the date such employee reaches age 65, provided that such
employee is then employed by the Company or, (iii) the date such employee
suffers a disability, as determined by the committee administering the Pension
Plan, while employed by the Company.
43
<PAGE>
The following table illustrates estimated annual benefits calculated as a
straight life annuity provided through the Pension Plan assuming retirement in
1995 at age 65. The estimated annual benefits shown have been reduced by 50% of
the employee's primary Social Security benefit payable at retirement.
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINAL
AVERAGE ANNUAL YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE*
-----------------------------------------------------------
COMPENSATION 5 YEARS 10 YEARS 15 YEARS 20 YEARS 25 YEARS 30 YEARS
-------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 75,000 $ 4,546 $ 9,092 $13,638 $18,184 $22,730 $27,275
100,000 6,421 12,842 19,263 25,684 32,105 38,525
125,000 8,296 16,592 24,888 33,184 41,480 49,775
150,000 10,171 20,342 30,513 40,684 50,855 61,025
175,000 12,046 24,092 36,138 48,184 60,230 72,275
200,000 13,921 27,842 41,763 55,684 69,605 83,525
250,000 14,613 29,225 43,838 58,451 73,064 87,676
<CAPTION>
Maximum eligible compensation for final 5 years:
<S> <C>
1996 ............................. $150,000
1995 ............................. 150,000
1994 ............................. 235,840
1993 ............................. 228,860
1992 ............................. 222,220
$986,920
--------
Average:........................... $197,384
======== ========
</TABLE>
- --------------
* The Pension Plan contains maximum benefit limitations (generally $120,000)
based on the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code").
The credited years of service under the Pension Plan, and the amounts of
covered compensation received during the twelve months preceding January 1,
1997, for the officers named in the cash compensation table are as follows:
Duane B. Hopper, 8 years, $150,000; Kenneth D. Rolfes, 10 years, $150,000;
Anthony W. Borowicz, 15 years, $150,000; Edward J. Sulick, 22 years, $135,000
and Edward M. Roth III, 28 years, $135,000.
SAVINGS PROGRAM
The Company maintains a savings program for employees (the "Savings Program"),
which is qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code. All regular employees of
the Company in the United States are eligible to participate in the Savings
Program. The Savings Program consists of a tax deferred account to which
participants may contribute on a pre-tax basis. For each eligible employee who
elects to participate in the Savings Program and makes a contribution thereto,
the Company makes a matching contribution. The matching contribution is 100% of
the first 1% of the amount contributed by the employee to the extent that the
employee contributes at least 1% of his compensation. The maximum contribution
for any participant for any year is 6% of such participant's compensation.
Contributions to the Savings Program are invested, as the employee directs, in a
money market fund, guaranteed investment contract (GIC) fund, fixed income fund,
balanced fund or equity funds.
44
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH DUANE B. HOPPER
Holdings and the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hopper
effective September 28, 1995, which was amended by the parties on December 12,
1996 (the "Hopper Employment Agreement"). The Hopper Employment Agreement
expires on December 31, 1998 subject to renewal by mutual agreement unless
either party gives 180 days prior notice of its intention not to renew. The
Hopper Employment Agreement also provides for a three-year noncompetition
covenant. Under the Hopper Employment Agreement, Mr. Hopper receives a base
salary of $325,000, subject to cumulative annual increases for inflation, and
is entitled to receive an annual bonus as determined by the Company's Board of
Directors.
Under the Amendment to the Hopper Employment Agreement, the Company agreed to
grant Mr. Hopper a Base Option to purchase 60,541 shares of Holdings common
stock and 18,163 shares of Holdings preferred stock, a Performance Option to
purchase 17,298 shares of Holdings common stock and 5,189 shares of Holdings
preferred stock and a Special Common Option to purchase additional shares of
Holdings common stock in certain circumstances (collectively, the " New
Options"). In addition, Mr. Hopper has received roll-over options ("Rollover
Options") to acquire Holdings common stock and Holdings preferred stock in
substitution for all existing options held by Mr. Hopper prior to the
consummation of the Transactions, which have exercise prices determined in
accordance with specified formulas and which entitle Mr. Hopper to receive, at
the option of Holdings, either cash or shares of Holdings common stock or
Holdings preferred stock, as the case may be, equal to the number of such shares
he could have received if he reinvested the value of his existing options in
shares of Holdings common stock or Holdings preferred stock, as the case may be,
at the price paid by Bessemer in the Acquisition.
Additional terms of the Hopper Employment Agreement are described below.
Employee Loan
The Company has made available to Mr. Hopper a loan (the "Employee Loan") up to
a maximum amount of $400,000. The Employee Loan matures on the tenth
anniversary of the Effective Time unless earlier prepaid. Mr. Hopper is
required to prepay the Employee Loan upon the occurrence of certain events,
including the Company's acceleration of such loan following the termination of
Mr. Hopper's employment. The Employee Loan is a recourse loan and is secured by
a first priority security interest in Mr. Hopper's shares of Holdings' capital
stock and Rollover Options.
In the event the Company accelerates the Employee Loan as provided in the Hopper
Employment Agreement, then Mr. Hopper shall have the right, subject to certain
limitations, to require Holdings to repurchase the shares of Holdings capital
stock or Rollover Options (at Mr. Hopper's option) (but not New Options) held by
Mr. Hopper in an amount such that the net cash proceeds are sufficient to repay
all amounts due under the Employee Loan, at a cash purchase price equal to the
then fair market value of such securities. Mr. Hopper will be required to use
such proceeds to pay all amounts then outstanding under the Employee Loan
(including accrued but unpaid interest).
Severance
If Holdings terminates the employment of Mr. Hopper without cause, Mr. Hopper
will be entitled to receive certain payments and benefits as severance including
(i) continuation of his base salary for a specified period, (ii) a prorated
bonus, (iii) except in certain circumstances, continuation of coverage under all
non-cash, non-retirement benefit plans of the Company
(i.e., medical, life, accident and disability insurance) for a period of 18
months after such termination and (iv) the Rollover Options remaining
outstanding.
45
<PAGE>
Termination upon Death or Incapacity
If Mr. Hopper's employment is terminated due to his death or incapacity, then
(i) the coverage in effect under the Company's medical plan immediately prior to
his death or incapacity shall continue in effect for a period of 12 months from
the date of such termination of employment, (ii) Mr. Hopper (or his estate) will
be entitled to receive a prorated bonus to the date of termination, and (iii)
the Rollover Options remain outstanding.
Put Options
In the event of termination of Mr. Hopper's employment either (i) due to Mr.
Hopper's death or incapacity or (ii) by Holdings and the Company without cause,
then Mr. Hopper shall have the right to require Holdings to repurchase all (but
not less than all) the Holdings capital stock and Rollover Options (but not New
Options) held by Mr. Hopper for a cash purchase price equal to the then fair
market value of such securities.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER SENIOR EXECUTIVES
The Company has entered into employment agreements with Mr. Larry R. Drake, Mr.
Anthony W. Borowicz, Mr. Kenneth D. Rolfes, Mr. Edward M. Roth III, Mr. Edward
J. Sulick, Ms. Patricia A. Baubonis and Ms Catherine M. Militello on the terms
described below.
The Company's employment agreement with Mr. Drake has expired and the Company
has provided him with notice, in accordance with its terms, that his employment
shall terminate effective May 16, 1997. Mr. Drake is entitled to receive
continuation payments of his annual base salary ($122,750) and continuation of
benefits (including participation in employee benefit plans) for a period of 12
months following termination.
The terms of the employment agreements with its others senior executives (the
"Senior Executive Employment Agreements") are substantially similar and are
described below.
Term
The term of each of the Senior Executive Other Employment Agreements commenced
on September 28, 1995 and terminates on December 31, 1997. Each of the Senior
Executive Employment Agreements may be extended for an additional term upon
mutual agreement of the parties.
Compensation
Under the Senior Executive Employment Agreements, base salaries are: Ms.
Baubonis, $95,000; Mr. Rolfes, $190,000; Mr. Borowicz, $150,000; Mr. Roth,
$135,000; Mr. Sulick, $135,000; and Ms. Militello, $125,000, in each case
subject to cumulative annual increases for inflation. The Senior Executive
Employment Agreements also provide for the payment of an annual a bonus as
determined by the Board of Directors.
Severance
In the event of termination of the employment without cause, the senior
executive will be entitled to the following payments and benefits as severance:
(i) continuation of the base salary for a period of 12 months from the date of
termination (subject to extension in certain circumstances), (ii) a prorated
bonus and (iii) continuation of coverage under all non-cash, non-retirement
benefit plans of the Company for a period of up to 12 months after such
termination.
46
<PAGE>
Termination upon Death or Incapacity
If employment is terminated due to death or incapacity, then the senior
executive (or his or her estate) is entitled to: (i) continuation of coverage
under the Company's medical plan for a period of up to 12 months and (ii) a
prorated bonus.
Non-Competition/Non-Disclosure
Each of the Senior Executive Employment Agreements contains a two-year non-
competition covenant effective following termination of employment (subject to
certain limitations) and a confidentiality agreement with regard to non-
disclosure of proprietary information of Holdings, the Company and their
subsidiaries.
1996 OFFICERS INCENTIVE PLAN
The senior executives of the Company are eligible to participate in the 1996
Officers Incentive Plan. The 1996 Officers Incentive Plan provides for the
payment of cash awards of up to 100% of such executive's base salary based on
the achievement of performance goals.
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN
The Graphic Holdings 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") authorizes the grant to
officers and key employees of the Company of options to purchase not more than
200,000 shares of Holdings common stock and not more than 60,000 shares of
Holdings preferred stock. No person may be granted options under the Plan
representing an aggregate of more than 80,000 shares of Common Stock and an
aggregate of more than 25,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The options granted
under the Plan are non-qualified stock options and will be granted by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee"). To date,
122,098 options to purchase Common Stock and 36,630 options to purchase
Preferred Stock have been granted to employees of the Company.
The purchase price of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, as applicable,
under each option shall be determined by the Committee, but generally shall not
be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the Common Stock or
Preferred Stock, as applicable, on the date the option is granted.
Conditions to exercisability and expiration of Options under the Plan are
contained in the Plan and the stock option agreements evidencing such Options to
be entered into between Holdings and each participant. The Committe may in its
discretion prescribe that any option is exercisable in installments. The Plan
provides that, upon the termination of the employment of any participant for
cause or the voluntary termination of any participant, the option will expire
upon such termination date, and such option will no longer be exercisable by
such participant after such termination date. The Plan also provides that if a
participant (i) dies or (ii) terminates employment due to disability, the option
must be exercised prior to the date of its expiration or 180 days from the date
of the participant's death or cessation of employment due to disability,
whichever occurs first; and if the participant's employment is involuntarily
terminated without cause by the Company, to the extent that the option may be
exercised it must be exercised prior to the date of expiration or 30 days from
the date of the participant's termination of employment, whichever occurs first.
In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or
outstanding voting securities of the Company, on the effective date of such sale
the Plan and, to the extent not then exercised, all then outstanding option
grants thereunder shall be terminated and cancelled without further cost or
liability to the Company provided, however, that in the event the Company enters
into a binding agreement with respect to any such sale, the Company shall
provide notice of such agreement to each holder of options by not fewer than 30
days before the effective date of such sale transaction.
47
<PAGE>
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
As a result of the Acquisition, all the outstanding capital stock of Holdings
is owned by Bessemer and its affiliates (which own, on a fully diluted basis,
approximately 90% of such outstanding capital stock) and the Management
Investors (who collectively own, on a fully diluted basis, the remaining
approximately 10%), and Holdings owns 100% of the capital stock of the Company.
In connection with the Transactions, Bessemer and the Management Investors
entered into the Stockholders Agreement described below.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
DEVON ACQUISITION
In connection with the financing of the Devon Acquisition, on February 29,
1996, Holdings issued a total of 787,500 shares of Common Stock and 236,250
shares of Preferred Stock to Bessemer and its affiliates for an aggregate
consideration of $31,500,000. All of the shares are subject to the Stockholders
Agreement.
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
The Stockholders Agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement") among Bessemer, GH
Acquisition and the Management Investors contains customary provisions relating
to the rights and obligations of the Management Investors, such as the
following: (i) the Management Investors have agreed to vote all their shares of
Holdings capital stock in the manner directed by Bessemer, except in certain
limited circumstances; (ii) the Management Investors are generally permitted to
transfer such capital stock for 10 years (or following any earlier public
offering); (iii) the Management Investors have tag-along rights in the event of
a public offering or private sale of such capital stock by Bessemer, and
Holdings and Bessemer have drag-along rights and rights of first refusal with
respect to the Management Investors' shares; (iv) Holdings has the right to call
any or all shares of a Management Investor at any time within one year following
cessation of such Management Investor's employment with the Company; and (v)
each Management Investor has the right to put all his shares (and any roll-over
options) to Holdings at any time within specified periods following cessation of
such Management Investor's employment due to death or disability.
ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT
Pursuant to an advisory services agreement among Holdings, the Company and an
affiliate of Bessemer, the Company has agreed to pay such affiliate an annual
advisory fee of $750,000.
48
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEE LOAN
As described under "Item 11. Executive Compensation--Employment Agreement with
Duane B. Hopper" the Company has agreed to make loans of up to $400,000
available to Mr. Hopper, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
pursuant to the Hopper Employment Agreement. The Employee Loan bears interest at
a rate equal to the lowest interest rate that would not result in its being a
"below market loan" as defined in Section 7872 of the Internal Revenue Code. No
loans are outstanding under the Employee Loan as of December 31, 1996.
49
<PAGE>
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:
(1) CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
1996 AND FOR THE PERIODS IN THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996.
The consolidated financial statements filed as a part of this Report are
listed beneath Item 8 at page 22 of this Report.
(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following financial statement schedule is filed as a part of this
Report:
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Schedule 2)
All other schedules are omitted as the required informtion is not applicable
or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or the
related notes.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K.
None.
(c) Exhibits
The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index on page 54 are filed
as part of this Form 10-K.
50
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION
Date: March 29, 1996 By /s/ DUANE B. HOPPER
--------------------------------------
Duane B. Hopper (President and Chief
Executive Officer)
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Duane B. Hopper and Michael B. Rothfeld,
and each of them his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full
power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of
them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
required and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that the attorneys-in-fact and any of them, or his or their
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
--------- ----- ----
/s/ DUANE B. HOPPER President, Chief Executive April 8, 1997
- ------------------------------ Officer and Chief
Duane B. Hopper Operating Officer and
Director
/s/ ANTHONY W. BOROWICZ Vice President, Finance April 8, 1997
- ------------------------------ and Principal Financial
Anthony W. Borowicz Officer and Principal
Accounting Director
/s/ MICHAEL B. ROTHFELD Chairman of the Board April 8, 1997
- ------------------------------ and Director
Michael B. Rothfeld
/s/ WARD W. WOODS Director April 8, 1997
- ------------------------------
Ward W. Woods
/s/ STUART S. JANNEY, III Director April 8, 1997
- ------------------------------
Stuart S. Janney, III
/s/ RUSSELL D. STERNLICHT Director April 8, 1997
- ------------------------------
Russell D. Sternlicht
51
<PAGE>
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH
HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT
No annual report or proxy material has been sent to security holders of the
Company.
52
<PAGE>
(d) Financial Statement Schedules
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION & QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS
-------------------------
BALANCE AT BALANCE
BEGINNING CHARGED TO CHARGED TO AT END
DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSE OTHER ACCTS. DEDUCTIONS OF PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ---------- ----------- ------------ ------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Period ended December 31, 1996:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts............................ $338 $ 16 $49 $ 21 $382
Allowance for returns...................................... 362 2,426 2,388 400
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
Total................................................... $700 $2,442 $49 $2,409 $782
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
Period ended December 31, 1995:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts............................ $474 $ (43) $ 93(1) $338
Allowance for returns...................................... 334 470 442(2) 362
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
Total................................................... $808 $ 427 $0 $ 535 $700
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
Period ended September 28, 1995:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts............................ $403 $ 96 $ 25(1) $474
Allowance for returns...................................... 406 1,614 1,686(2) 334
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
Total................................................... $809 $1,710 $0 $1,711 $808
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
Period ended December 31, 1994:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts............................ $420 $ 160 $ 177(1) $403
Allowance for returns...................................... 516 2,374 2,484(2) 406
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
Total................................................... $936 $2,534 $0 $2,661 $809
---- ------ ------------ ------ ----
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
(2) Returns from customers during the year.
53
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT INDEX LIST OF EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ----------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
3.2 By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
4.1 Indenture, dated as of September 15, 1995, between the Company and
United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
4.2 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 28,
1995, between the Company and Chemical Securities Inc. (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
4.3 Form of 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 of the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
10.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 3, 1995, among GH
Acquisition Corporation, Graphic Holdings, Inc. and the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
10.2 Purchase Agreement dated September 21, 1995, between the
Company and Chemical Securities, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File
No. 33-99094)).
</TABLE>
(54)
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. Description
- ----------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
10.3 Employment Agreement dated as of September 28, 1995, among GH
Acquisition Corporation, Graphic Holdings, Inc., the Company and
Duane B. Hopper (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
10.4 Commercial Lease between Acadia Properties, Inc. and the Company
dated November 1, 1984, as modified (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File
No. 33-99094)).
10.5 Share Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1995, among
the Company, Dan S. Sandel and the selling shareholders named
therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-99094)).
10.6 Credit Agreement dated as of September 28, 1995, as Amended and
Restated through February 29, 1996, among the Company, Graphic Holdings,
Inc., various lending institutions and Chase Bank, as Agent.*
10.7 Lease for 9530 Desoto Avenue, Chatsworth, California*
10.8 Lease for 9540 Desoto Avenue, Chatsworth, California*
10.9 Lease for Rock Hill, South Carolina*
10.10 1996 Stock Option Plan*
10.11 First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
21.1 List of subsidiaries of the Company.
24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page).*
- -------------------
</TABLE>
* Filed herewith.
(55)
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.6
CONFORMED COPY
================================================================================
CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
GRAPHIC HOLDINGS, INC.,
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION,
VARIOUS LENDING INSTITUTIONS,
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
and
FLEET BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, N.A.,
AS CO-AGENTS,
CHEMICAL BANK,
AS AGENT
____________________________________
Dated as of September 28, 1995, as
amended and restated through
February 29, 1996
____________________________________
$179,937,500
================================================================================
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SECTION 1. Amount and Terms of Credit..................................1
1.1 Commitment..................................................1
1.2 Minimum Borrowing Amounts, etc. ............................3
1.3 Notice of Borrowing.........................................3
1.4 Disbursement of Funds.......................................3
1.5 Notes.......................................................4
1.6 Conversions.................................................5
1.7 Pro Rata Borrowings.........................................5
1.8 Interest....................................................5
1.9 Interest Periods............................................6
1.10 Increased Costs, Illegality, etc. ..........................7
1.11 Compensation................................................8
1.12 Change of Lending Office....................................8
1.13 Replacement of Lenders......................................9
SECTION 2. Letters of Credit...........................................9
2.1 Letters of Credit...........................................9
2.2 Minimum Stated Amount..................................... 10
2.3 Letter of Credit Requests; Notices of Issuance............ 10
2.4 Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings.............. 10
2.5 Letter of Credit Participations........................... 10
2.6 Increased Costs........................................... 12
2.7 Existing Letters of Credit................................ 12
SECTION 3. Fees; Commitments......................................... 12
3.1 Fees...................................................... 12
3.2 Voluntary Reduction of Commitments........................ 13
3.3 Mandatory Adjustments of Commitments, etc. ............... 13
SECTION 4. Payments.................................................. 13
4.1 Voluntary Prepayments..................................... 13
4.2 Mandatory Prepayments..................................... 14
4.3 Method and Place of Payment............................... 17
4.4 Net Payments.............................................. 18
SECTION 5. Conditions Precedent...................................... 20
5.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing Date............ 20
5.2 Conditions Precedent to Additional Borrowing Date......... 24
5.3 Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events................. 29
SECTION 6. Representations, Warranties and Agreements................ 29
6.1 Corporate Status.......................................... 29
6.2 Corporate Power and Authority............................. 30
6.3 No Violation.............................................. 30
6.4 Litigation................................................ 30
6.5 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations....................... 30
6.6 Governmental Approvals.................................... 31
6.7 Investment Company Act.................................... 31
6.8 Public Utility Holding Company Act........................ 31
6.9 True and Complete Disclosure.............................. 31
<PAGE>
Page
----
6.10 Financial Condition; Financial Statements................. 31
6.11 Security Interests........................................ 33
6.12 Representations and Warranties in Documents............... 33
6.13 Consummation of Merger; Issuance of Subordinated Notes;
Consummation of Devon Acquisition....................... 34
6.14 Tax Returns and Payments.................................. 34
6.15 Compliance with ERISA..................................... 34
6.16 Subsidiaries.............................................. 35
6.17 Intellectual Property..................................... 35
6.18 Pollution and Other Regulations........................... 35
6.19 Properties................................................ 36
6.20 Collective Bargaining Agreements.......................... 36
6.21 Holding Company Status.................................... 36
SECTION 7. Affirmative Covenants..................................... 36
7.1 Information Covenants..................................... 36
(a) Annual Financial Statements....................... 36
(b) Quarterly Financial Statements.................... 37
(c) Budgets; etc. .................................... 37
(d) Officer's Certificates............................ 37
(e) Notice of Default or Litigation................... 37
(f) Auditors' Reports................................. 37
(g) Borrowing Base Certificate;
Total Availability Certificate.................. 37
(h) Other Information................................. 38
7.2 Books, Records and Inspections............................ 38
7.3 Maintenance of Insurance.................................. 38
7.4 Payment of Taxes.......................................... 38
7.5 Consolidated Corporate Franchises......................... 39
7.6 Compliance with Laws, Statutes, etc. ..................... 39
7.7 ERISA; FDA................................................ 39
7.8 Good Repair............................................... 39
7.9 End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters...................... 40
7.10 Use of Proceeds........................................... 40
7.11 Additional Security; Further Assurances................... 40
7.12 Interest Rate Agreements.................................. 41
SECTION 8. Negative Covenants........................................ 41
8.1 Changes in Business....................................... 41
8.2 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc. .. 41
8.3 Liens..................................................... 42
8.4 Indebtedness.............................................. 44
8.5 Capital Expenditures...................................... 45
8.6 Advances, Investments and Loans........................... 45
8.7 Leases.................................................... 46
8.8 Prepayments of Indebtedness; Amendments to Documents, etc. 46
8.9 Dividends, etc. .......................................... 47
8.10 Transactions with Affiliates.............................. 48
8.11 Consolidated Net Worth.................................... 49
8.12 Debt Service Coverage Ratio............................... 49
8.13 Cash Interest Coverage Ratio.............................. 49
8.14 Leverage Ratio............................................ 49
8.15 Current Ratio............................................. 50
8.16 Issuance of Stock......................................... 50
<PAGE>
Page
----
SECTION 9. Events of Default......................................... 50
9.1 Payments.................................................. 50
9.2 Representations etc. ..................................... 50
9.3 Covenants................................................. 50
9.4 Default Under Other Agreements............................ 51
9.5 Bankruptcy, etc. ......................................... 51
9.6 ERISA..................................................... 51
9.7 Security Documents........................................ 51
9.8 Guaranty.................................................. 52
9.9 Judgments................................................. 52
9.10 Subordination Provisions.................................. 52
SECTION 10. Definitions.............................................. 52
SECTION 11. The Agent and Co-Agents.................................. 76
11.1 Appointment............................................... 76
11.2 Delegation of Duties...................................... 76
11.3 Exculpatory Provisions.................................... 76
11.4 Reliance by Agent and Co-Agents........................... 77
11.5 Notice of Default......................................... 77
11.6 Non-Reliance on Agent, Co-Agents and Other Lenders........ 77
11.7 Indemnification........................................... 77
11.8 The Agent and Co-Agents in their Individual Capacity...... 78
11.9 Successor Agent........................................... 78
SECTION 12. Miscellaneous............................................ 78
12.1 Payment of Expenses, etc. ................................ 78
12.2 Right of Setoff........................................... 79
12.3 Notices................................................... 79
12.4 Benefit of Agreement...................................... 79
12.5 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative............................ 81
12.6 Payments Pro Rata......................................... 81
12.7 Calculations; Computations................................ 81
12.8 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver
of Jury Trial............................................. 82
12.9 Counterparts.............................................. 82
12.10 Effectiveness............................................. 82
12.11 Headings Descriptive...................................... 83
12.12 Amendment or Waiver....................................... 83
12.13 Survival.................................................. 83
12.14 Domicile of Loans......................................... 83
12.15 Confidentiality........................................... 83
12.16 Release of Liens and Guarantees........................... 84
12.17 Pre-Closing Funding Arrangements.......................... 84
SECTION 13. Guaranty................................................. 84
13.1 The Guaranty.............................................. 84
13.2 Bankruptcy................................................ 85
13.3 Nature of Liability....................................... 85
13.4 Independent Obligation.................................... 85
13.5 Authorization............................................. 85
13.6 Reliance.................................................. 85
13.7 Subordination............................................. 85
13.8 Waiver.................................................... 85
13.9 Limitation on Enforcement................................. 86
<PAGE>
ANNEXES:
1.1 Commitments and Addresses
2.7 Existing Letters of Credit
5.1(i) Preferred Stock
5.1(l) Mortgaged Properties
5.2(i) Preferred Stock
6.4 Litigation
6.16 Subsidiaries
6.18 Environmental Matters
6.19 Real Property
6.20 Collective Bargaining Agreements
7.1(d) Adjustments
7.3 Insurance
8.3(d) Existing Liens
8.4(e) Existing Indebtedness
8.4(f) Interest Rate Agreements
8.6(d) Existing Investments
8.10 Affiliate Transactions
10 Devon EBITDA Adjustments
EXHIBITS FOR INITIAL BORROWING DATE:
A Form of Notice of Borrowing
B-1 Form of Tranche A Term Note
B-2 Form of Tranche B Note
B-3 Form of Revolving Note
B-4 Form of Swingline Note
B-5 Form of Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note
C Form of Letter of Credit Request
D Form of Assignment Agreement
E Form of Officers' Certificate
F Form of Exemption Certificate
G Form of Opinion of Counsel
H-1 Form of Holdings Pledge Agreement
H-2 Form of Borrower Pledge Agreement
H-3 Form of Subsidiary Guarantor Pledge Agreement
I-1 Form of Holdings Security Agreement
I-2 Form of Borrower Security Agreement
I-3 Form of Subsidiary Security Agreement
J Form of Subsidiary Guaranty
K-1 Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
K-2 Form of Total Availability Certificate
L Form of Officer's Solvency Certificate
M Form of Mortgage
<PAGE>
EXHIBITS FOR ADDITIONAL BORROWING DATE:
N Form of Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore
O Form of Officers' Certificate
P-1 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Holdings Pledge Agreement
P-2 Form of Amendment to Borrower Pledge Agreement
Q-1 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Holdings Security Agreement
Q-2 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Borrower Security Agreement
Q-3 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Subsidiary Security Agreement
Q-4 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Subsidiary Security Agreement
Q-5 Form of Devon Subsidiary Security Agreement
R-1 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
R-2 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
R-3 Form of Devon Subsidiary Guaranty
S-1 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Patent Security Agreement
S-2 Form of Devon Subsidiary Patent Security Agreement
T-1 Form of Supplement No. 1 to Trademark Security Agreement
T-2 Form of Devon Subsidiary Trademark Security Agreement
U Form of Amendment to Mortgage on the Mortgaged Properties
V Form of Officer's Solvency Certificate
<PAGE>
CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of September 28, 1995, as amended and
restated through February 29, 1996, among GRAPHIC HOLDINGS, INC. ("Holdings"),
a Delaware corporation, GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION (the "Borrower"), a New
York corporation, the lending and other financial institutions listed from time
to time on Annex 1.1 hereto (each a "Lender" and, collectively, the "Lenders"),
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as successor to NBD BANK and FLEET BANK OF
MASSACHUSETTS, N.A., as co-agents (the "Co-Agents"), and CHEMICAL BANK, a New
York banking corporation, as agent (the "Agent"). Unless otherwise defined
herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in Section 10 are used
herein as so defined.
W I T N E S S E T H:
-------------------
WHEREAS, Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders (the "Original
Lenders") party to this Agreement on February 29, 1996, the Co-Agents and the
Agent are parties to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 28, 1995 and as
in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement (the
"Original Credit Agreement");
WHEREAS, the parties to the Original Credit Agreement wish to amend
and restate the Original Credit Agreement pursuant to this Agreement in order,
inter alia, to increase the Tranche A Term Facility by $15,000,000 and
- ----- ----
the Tranche B Term Facility by $52,500,000 and for any other revisions
reasonably necessary or incidental thereto; and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have elected to amend and restate the
Original Credit Agreement pursuant to this Agreement rather than amend the
Original Credit Agreement or enter into a new credit agreement for their
convenience and intend that all indebtedness, obligations and liens created
under the Original Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents be continued
hereunder and thereunder and remain in full force and effect and not be
discharged, paid, satisfied or cancelled;
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:
SECTION 1. Amount and Terms of Credit.
--------------------------
1.1 Commitment. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions
----------
herein set forth, each Lender severally agrees to make a loan or loans (each a
"Loan" and, collectively, the "Loans") to the Borrower, which Loans shall be
drawn, to the extent such Lender has a Commitment under such Facility, under
the Term Facilities, the Revolving Facility and the Swingline Facility, as set
forth below:
(a)(i) Loans under the Initial Tranche A Term Facility (each an
"Initial Tranche A Term Loan" and, collectively, the "Initial Tranche A
Term Loans") (x) shall be made pursuant to a single borrowing which shall
be on the Initial Borrowing Date and (y) shall not exceed in aggregate
principal amount for any Lender at the time of incurrence thereof the
Initial Tranche A Term Commitment, if any, of such Lender. Once repaid,
Initial Tranche A Term Loans borrowed hereunder may not be reborrowed.
(ii) Loans under the Additional Tranche A Term Facility (each an
"Additional Tranche A Term Loan" and, collectively, the "Additional
Tranche A Term Loans") (x) shall be made pursuant to a single borrowing
which shall be on the Additional Borrowing Date and (y) shall not exceed
in aggregate principal amount for any Lender at the time of incurrence
thereof the Additional Tranche A Term Commitment, if any, of such Lender.
Once repaid, Additional Tranche A Term Loans borrowed hereunder may not be
reborrowed.
(b) (i) Loans under the Initial Tranche B Term Facility (each an
"Initial Tranche B Term Loan" and, collectively, the "Initial Tranche B
Term Loans") (x) shall be made pursuant to a single borrowing which shall
be on the Initial Borrowing Date and (y) shall not exceed in aggregate
principal
<PAGE>
2
amount for any Lender at the time of incurrence thereof the Initial
Tranche B Term Commitment, if any, of such Lender. Once repaid, Initial
Tranche B Term Loans borrowed hereunder may not be reborrowed.
(ii) Loans under the Additional Tranche B Term Facility (each an
"Additional Tranche B Term Loan" and, collectively, the "Additional
Tranche B Term Loans") (x) shall be made pursuant to a single borrowing
which shall be on the Additional Borrowing Date and (y) shall not exceed
in aggregate principal amount for any Lender at the time of incurrence
thereof the Additional Tranche B Term Commitment, if any, of such Lender.
Once repaid, Additional Tranche B Term Loans borrowed hereunder may not be
reborrowed.
(c) Loans under the Revolving Facility (each a "Revolving Loan"
and, collectively, the "Revolving Loans"), (i) shall be made at any time
and from time to time on and after the Initial Borrowing Date and prior
to the Revolving Facility Final Maturity Date, (ii) except as hereinafter
provided, may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained
as, and/or converted into, Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans,
provided that all Revolving Loans made as part of the same Borrowing
--------
shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist of
Revolving Loans of the same Type, (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in
accordance with the provisions hereof, (iv) shall not exceed for any
Lender at any time outstanding that aggregate principal amount which,
when added to the product of (x) such Lender's Revolving Percentage and
(y) the sum of (I) the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings
at such time and (II) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline
---
Loans then outstanding, equals the Revolving Commitment of such Lender at
such time and (v) shall not exceed in aggregate principal amount at any
time outstanding, when added to the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of
Letters of Credit Outstandings at such time and (y) the aggregate
principal amount of all Swingline Loans then outstanding, the lesser of
the Total Availability and the Total Revolving Commitment.
(d) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set
forth, Chemical in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from
time to time after the Initial Borrowing Date and prior to the Swingline
Expiry Date, to make a loan or loans (each a "Swingline Loan" and,
collectively, the "Swingline Loans") to the Borrower, which Swingline
Loans (i) shall be made and maintained as Base Rate Loans, (ii) shall not
exceed at any time outstanding the Swingline Commitment, (iii) shall not
exceed in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, when
combined with (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans
then outstanding and (y) all Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time,
the lesser of the Total Availability and the Total Revolving Commitment
then in effect, and (iv) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with
the provisions hereof. On the Swingline Expiry Date, all Swingline Loans
shall be repaid in full. Chemical shall not make any Swingline Loan
after receiving a written notice from the Borrower or any Lender stating
that a Default or an Event of Default exists and is continuing until such
time as Chemical shall have received written notice of (i) rescission of
all such notices from the party or parties originally delivering such
notice (which notice of rescission such Person or Persons shall give to
Chemical promptly upon the discontinuance of such Default or Event of
Default) or (ii) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in
accordance with this Agreement. Also, Chemical shall have no obligation
to make any Swingline Loan in the event a Lender Default exists unless
Chemical has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the
Borrower to eliminate Chemical's risk with respect to any such Defaulting
Lender's or Lenders' obligations to fund Mandatory Borrowings, including
by collateralizing such Defaulting Lender's or Lenders' Revolving
Percentages of the Swingline Loans outstanding from time to time. On any
Business Day, Chemical may, in its sole discretion, give notice to the
Lenders that all then outstanding Swingline Loans shall be funded with a
Borrowing of Revolving Loans (provided that such notice shall be deemed
to have been automatically given upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default under Section 9.5), in which case a Borrowing of Revolving Loans
constituting Base Rate Loans (each such Borrowing, a "Mandatory
Borrowing") shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by
all Lenders with a Revolving Commitment pro rata based on each
--- ----
such Lender's Revolving Percentages and the proceeds thereof shall be
applied directly to Chemical to repay such outstanding Swingline Loans.
Each Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment hereby irrevocably agrees to
make such Revolving Loans upon one Business Day's notice pursuant to each
Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the
preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by Chemical
notwithstanding
<PAGE>
3
(i) that the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the
minimum amount for a Borrowing specified in Section 1.2, (ii) whether any
conditions specified in Section 5 are then satisfied, (iii) the date of
such Mandatory Borrowing and (iv) any reduction in the Total Revolving
Commitment after any such Swingline Loans were made. In the event that any
Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise
required above (including, without limitation, as a result of the
commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the
Borrower), each Lender with a Revolving Commitment hereby agrees that it
shall forthwith purchase from Chemical (without recourse or warranty),
by assignment, such outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to
cause such Lenders to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon
their respective Revolving Percentages, provided that all interest
--------
payable on such Swingline Loans shall be for the account of Chemical
until the date the respective purchase is made and, to the extent
attributable to such purchase, shall be payable to such Lender purchasing
same from and after such date of purchase.
1.2 Minimum Borrowing Amounts, etc. The aggregate principal
-------------------------------
amount of each Borrowing under a Facility shall not be less than the Minimum
Borrowing Amount for such Facility (except that Mandatory Borrowings shall be
made in the amounts required by Section 1.1(d)). More than one Borrowing may
be incurred on any day, provided that at no time shall there be outstanding
--------
more than eleven Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans.
1.3 Notice of Borrowing. (a) Whenever the Borrower desires to
-------------------
incur Loans under any Facility (other than the Swingline Facility and any
Mandatory Borrowings), it shall give the Agent at its Notice Office, prior to
12:00 Noon (New York time), at least three Business Days' prior written notice
(or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of
Eurodollar Loans and at least one Business Day's prior written notice (or
telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Base Rate
Loans to be made hereunder. Each such notice (each a "Notice of Borrowing")
shall be in the form of Exhibit A and shall be irrevocable and shall specify
(i) the Facility pursuant to which such Borrowing is being made, (ii) the
aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing,
(iii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) whether
the respective Borrowing shall consist of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans
and, if Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable
thereto. The Additional Tranche A Term Loans and Additional Tranche B Term
Loans shall be made initially as Base Rate Loans. The Agent shall promptly
give each Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in
writing) of each proposed Borrowing, of such Lender's proportionate share
thereof and of the other matters covered by the Notice of Borrowing.
(b) Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Swingline Loans
hereunder, it shall give the Agent no later than 12:00 Noon (New York time) on
the day such Swingline Loan is to be made, written notice (or telephonic notice
promptly confirmed in writing) of such incurrence. Each such notice shall be
irrevocable and specify in each case (i) the date of Borrowing (which shall be
a Business Day) and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans
to be made pursuant to such Borrowing. The Agent shall promptly give Chemical
written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each
proposed Borrowing of Swingline Loans and of the other matters covered by the
Notice of Borrowing.
(c) Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified
in Section 1.1(d), with the Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of
any Swingline Loan, to the making of Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in such
Section.
(d) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to
confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the
Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon
the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Agent in good faith to be
from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as a person entitled to give
telephonic notices under this Agreement on behalf of the Borrower. In each
such case, the Agent's record of the terms of such telephonic notice shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.
1.4 Disbursement of Funds. (a) No later than 1:00 P.M. (2:00
---------------------
P.M. in the case of Swingline Loans) (New York time) on the date specified in
each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender with a Commitment under
<PAGE>
4
the respective Facility will make available its pro rata share of each
--- ----
Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below. All
amounts shall be made available to the Agent in U.S. dollars and immediately
available funds at the Payment Office and the Agent promptly will make
available to the Borrower by depositing to its account at the Payment Office
the aggregate of the amounts so made available in the type of funds received.
Unless the Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of
Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Agent its
portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Agent may
assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Agent on such
date of Borrowing, and the Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its
sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the
Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact
made available to the Agent by such Lender and the Agent has made available
same to the Borrower, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding
amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount
forthwith upon the Agent's demand therefor, the Agent shall promptly notify the
Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to
the Agent. The Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the
Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect
of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the
Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the
Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (x) if paid by such Lender, the overnight
Federal Funds Effective Rate or (y) if paid by the Borrower, the then
applicable rate of interest, calculated in accordance with Section 1.8, for the
respective Loans.
(b) Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its
obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights
which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by
such Lender hereunder.
1.5 Notes. (a) The Borrower's obligation to pay the principal
-----
of, and interest on, the Loans made to it by each Lender shall be evidenced (i)
if Tranche A Term Loans, by a promissory note substantially in the form of
Exhibit B-1 with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each a
"Tranche A Term Note" and, collectively, the "Tranche A Term Notes"), (ii) if
Tranche B Term Loans, by a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit
B-2 with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each, a
"Tranche B Term Note" and collectively, the "Tranche B Term Notes"; together
with the Tranche A Term Notes, the "Term Notes"), (iii) if Revolving Loans, by
a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 with blanks
appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each a "Revolving Note" and,
collectively, the "Revolving Notes") and (iv) if Swingline Loans, by a
promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in
the form of Exhibit B-4, with blanks appropriately completed in conformity
herewith (the "Swingline Note").
(b) The Tranche A Term Note issued to each Lender with a Tranche A
Term Commitment shall (i) be executed by the Borrower, (ii) be payable to the
order of such Lender and be dated the Additional Borrowing Date, (iii) be in a
stated principal amount equal to (x) the Initial Tranche A Term Loans made by
such Lender outstanding on the Additional Borrowing Date plus (y) the
----
Additional Tranche A Term Loans made by such Lender on the Additional Borrowing
Date, and be payable in the principal amount of Tranche A Term Loans evidenced
thereby, (iv) mature on the Tranche A Term Facility Final Maturity Date, (v)
bear interest as provided in the appropriate clause of Section 1.8 in respect
of the Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, evidenced
thereby, (vi) be subject to mandatory repayment as provided in Section 4.2 and
(vii) be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents.
(c) The Tranche B Term Note issued to each Lender with a Tranche B
Term Commitment shall (i) be executed by the Borrower, (ii) be payable to the
order of such Lender and be dated the Additional Borrowing Date, (iii) be in a
stated principal amount equal to (x) the Initial Tranche B Term Loans made by
such Lender outstanding on the Additional Borrowing Date plus (y) the
----
Additional Tranche B Term Loans made by such Lender on the Additional Borrowing
Date, and be payable in the principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans evidenced
thereby, (iv) mature on the Tranche B Term Facility Final Maturity Date, (v)
bear interest as provided in the appropriate clause of Section 1.8 in respect
of the Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, evidenced
thereby, (vi) be subject to mandatory repayment as provided in Section 4.2 and
(vii) be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents.
<PAGE>
5
(d) The Revolving Note issued to each Lender with a Revolving
Commitment shall (i) be executed by the Borrower, (ii) be payable to the order
of such Lender and be dated the Initial Borrowing Date, (iii) be in a stated
principal amount equal to the Revolving Commitment of such Lender and be
payable in the principal amount of the Revolving Loans evidenced thereby, (iv)
mature on the Revolving Facility Final Maturity Date, (v) bear interest as
provided in the appropriate clause of Section 1.8 in respect of the Base Rate
Loans and Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, (vi) be
subject to mandatory repayment as provided in Section 4.2 and (vii) be entitled
to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
(e) The Swingline Note issued to Chemical shall (i) be payable to
the order of Chemical and be dated the Initial Borrowing Date, (ii) be in a
stated principal amount equal to the Swingline Commitment and be payable in the
outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans evidenced thereby, (iii)
mature on the Swingline Expiry Date, (iv) bear interest as provided in the
appropriate clause of Section 1.8 in respect of the Base Rate Loans evidenced
thereby, (v) be subject to mandatory prepayment as provided in Section 4.2 and
(vi) be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents.
(f) Each Lender will note on its internal records the amount of
each Loan made by it and each payment in respect thereof and will, prior to any
transfer of its Note, endorse on the reverse side thereof the outstanding
principal amount of Loans evidenced thereby. Failure to make any such notation
or any error in any such notation shall not affect the Borrower's obligations
in respect of such Loans.
1.6 Conversions. The Borrower shall have the option to
-----------
convert on any Business Day all or a portion at least equal to the applicable
Minimum Borrowing Amount of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing
pursuant to a single Facility (other than under the Swingline Facility, with
all Swingline Loans to at all times be maintained as Base Rate Loans) into a
Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to such Facility of another Type of Loan,
provided that (i) except as otherwise provided in Section 1.10(b),
- --------
Eurodollar Loans may be converted into Base Rate Loans only on the last day of
an Interest Period applicable thereto and no partial conversion of a Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of the
Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to less than the Minimum
Borrowing Amount applicable thereto, (ii) Base Rate Loans may only be converted
into Eurodollar Loans if no Default or Event of Default is in existence on the
date of the conversion and (iii) Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans resulting from
this Section 1.6 shall be limited in numbers as provided in Section 1.2. Each
such conversion shall be effected by the Borrower giving the Agent at its
Notice Office, prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time), at least three Business
Days' (or one Business Day's, in the case of a conversion into Base Rate Loans)
prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each
a "Notice of Conversion") specifying the Loans to be so converted, the Type of
Loans to be converted into and, if to be converted into a Borrowing of
Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The
Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of any such proposed conversion
affecting any of its Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing or the provisions of
Section 1.9, if a Default under Section 9.1 or an Event of Default is in
existence at the time any Interest Period in respect of any Borrowing of
Eurodollar Loans is to expire and the Agent or the Required Lenders have
determined that a continuation of Eurodollar Loans as such is not appropriate,
such Loans may not be continued as Eurodollar Loans but instead shall be
automatically converted on the last day of such Interest Period into Base Rate
Loans.
1.7 Pro Rata Borrowings. All Borrowings of Loans under this
-------------------
Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their
--- ----
Initial Tranche A Term Commitments, Additional Tranche A Term Commitments,
Initial Tranche B Term Commitments, Additional Tranche B Term Commitments or
Revolving Commitments, as the case may be. It is understood that no Lender
shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to
make Loans hereunder and that each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans
provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other
Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder.
1.8 Interest. (a) The unpaid principal amount of each Base
--------
Rate Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until
maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum which shall
at all times be the Applicable Base Rate Margin plus the Base Rate in effect
from time to time.
<PAGE>
6
(b) The unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan shall bear
interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum which shall at all times be the
Applicable Eurodollar Margin plus the relevant Eurodollar Rate.
(c) All overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law,
overdue interest in respect of each Loan and any other overdue amount payable
hereunder shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in
effect from time to time plus the sum of (i) 2% and (ii) the Applicable Base
Rate Margin, provided that each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest after
--------
maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) until the end of the Interest
Period then applicable thereto at a rate per annum equal to 2% in excess of the
rate of interest applicable thereto at maturity.
(d) Interest shall accrue from and including the date of any
Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be
payable (i) in respect of each Base Rate Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last
Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing December,
1995, (ii) in respect of each Eurodollar Loan, on the last day of each Interest
Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period of six months,
on the date occurring three months after the first day of such Interest Period
and (iii) in respect of each Loan, on any prepayment or conversion (on the
amount prepaid or converted), at maturity (whether by acceleration or
otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.
(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in
accordance with Section 12.7(b).
(f) The Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any
Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, shall promptly notify
the Borrower and the Lenders thereof.
1.9 Interest Periods. (a) At the time the Borrower gives a
----------------
Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion in respect of the making of, or
conversion into, a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans (in the case of the initial
Interest Period applicable thereto) or prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time) on
the third Business Day prior to the expiration of an Interest Period applicable
to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, it shall have the right to elect by giving
the Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing)
of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period
shall, at the option of the Borrower, be a one, two, three or six month period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above and subject to the last
sentence of Section 1.6,:
(i) the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurodollar
Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of
any conversion from a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans) and each Interest
Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence
on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;
(ii) if any Interest Period begins on a day for which there is no
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such
Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day
of such calendar month;
(iii) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day which
is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next
succeeding Business Day, provided that if any Interest Period would
--------
otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day but is a day of the
month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such
Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;
(iv) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the applicable Final
Maturity Date;
(v) no Interest Period with respect to any Borrowing of Term
Loans may be elected that would extend beyond any date upon which a
Scheduled Repayment in respect of such Term Loans is required to be made
if, after giving effect to the selection of such Interest Period, the
aggregate principal amount of Term Loans maintained as Eurodollar Loans
with Interest Periods ending after such date would
<PAGE>
7
exceed the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans permitted to be
outstanding after such Scheduled Repayment; and
(vi) no Interest Period may be elected at any time when a Default
under Section 9.1 or an Event of Default is then in existence.
(b) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period, the Borrower
has failed to (or may not) elect a new Interest Period to be applicable to the
respective Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans as provided above, the Borrower shall
be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing into a Borrowing of Base
Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.
1.10 Increased Costs, Illegality, etc. (a) In the event that
---------------------------------
(x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Agent or (y) in the case of clauses
(ii) and (iii) below, any Lender shall have determined (which determination
shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all
parties hereto):
(i) on any date for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any
Interest Period that, by reason of any changes arising after the date of
this Agreement affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, adequate and
fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on
the basis provided for in the definition of Eurodollar Rate; or
(ii) at any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or
reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder in an amount
which such Lender deems material with respect to any Eurodollar Loans
(other than any increased cost or reduction in the amount received or
receivable resulting from the imposition of or a change in the rate of
taxes or similar charges) because of any change since the Effective Date
in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order
(or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the
introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline
or order) (such as, for example, but not limited to, a change in official
reserve requirements, but, in all events, excluding reserves required
under Regulation D to the extent included in the computation of the
Eurodollar Rate); or
(iii) at any time, that the making or continuance of any Eurodollar
Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Lender in good faith with
any change since the Effective Date in any law, governmental rule,
regulation, guideline or order (or interpretation or application
thereof);
then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Agent in the case of clause
(i) above) shall (x) on such date and (y) within ten Business Days of the date
on which such event no longer exists give notice (by telephone confirmed in
writing) to the Borrower and to the Agent of such determination (which notice
the Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter
(x) in the case of clause (i) above, Eurodollar Loans shall no longer be
available until such time as the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders
that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Agent no longer exist,
and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the Borrower with
respect to Eurodollar Loans which have not yet been incurred shall be deemed
rescinded by the Borrower or, in the case of a Notice of Borrowing, shall, at
the option of the Borrower, be deemed converted into a Notice of Borrowing for
Base Rate Loans to be made on the date of Borrowing contained in such Notice of
Borrowing, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall pay to such
Lender, upon written demand therefor, such additional amounts (in the form of
an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or
otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine) as shall be
required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in
amounts receivable hereunder (a written notice as to the additional amounts
owed to such Lender, showing the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted
to the Borrower by such Lender shall, absent manifest error, be final and
conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of clause
(iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section
1.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period
required by law.
(b) At any time that any Eurodollar Loan is affected by the
circumstances described in Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), the Borrower may (and
in the case of a Eurodollar Loan affected pursuant to Section 1.10(a)(iii)
<PAGE>
8
the Borrower shall) either (i) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then being
made pursuant to a Borrowing, by giving the Agent telephonic notice (confirmed
promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Borrower was notified by
a Lender pursuant to Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), cancel said Borrowing or
convert the related Notice of Borrowing into one requesting a Borrowing of Base
Rate Loans, or (ii) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, upon
at least one Business Day's notice to the Agent, require the affected Lender to
convert each such Eurodollar Loan into a Base Rate Loan, provided that if
--------
more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be
treated the same pursuant to this Section 1.10(b).
(c) If any Lender shall have determined that after the Effective
Date, the adoption or effectiveness of any applicable law, rule or regulation
regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central
bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by such Lender with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
authority, central bank or comparable agency, in each case made subsequent to
the Effective Date, has or would have the effect of reducing by an amount
deemed by such Lender to be material the rate of return on such Lender's
capital or assets as a consequence of its commitments or obligations hereunder
to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such
adoption, effectiveness, change or compliance (taking into consideration such
Lender's policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time,
within 15 days after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Agent), the
Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender for such reduction. Each Lender, upon determining in
good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section
1.10(c), will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice
shall set forth the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts,
although the failure to give any such notice shall not release or diminish any
of the Borrower's obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 1.10(c) upon the subsequent receipt of such notice.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of Section 1.10 or 2.6, no
Lender shall demand compensation for any increased cost or reduction or other
amount referred to above or in Section 2.6 if it shall not at the time be the
general policy or practice of such Lender to demand such compensation in
similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements.
1.11 Compensation. (a) The Borrower shall compensate each
------------
Lender, upon its written request (which request shall set forth the basis for
requesting and the method of calculating such compensation), for all reasonable
losses, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss,
expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of
deposits or other funds required by such Lender to fund its Eurodollar Loans)
which such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by
such Lender or the Agent) a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans does not occur on a
date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion
(whether or not withdrawn by the Borrower or deemed withdrawn pursuant to
Section 1.10(a)); (ii) if any repayment or conversion of any of its Eurodollar
Loans occurs on a date which is not the last day of an Interest Period
applicable thereto; (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Loans is
not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower;
or (iv) as a consequence of (x) any other default by the Borrower to repay its
Eurodollar Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement or (y) an
election made pursuant to Section 1.10(b).
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to
the extent any notice required by Section 1.10, 2.6 or 4.4 is given by any
Lender more than 60 days after such Lender obtained, or reasonably should have
obtained, knowledge of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the
additional costs of the type described in such Section, such Lender shall not
be entitled to compensation under Section 1.10, 2.6 or 4.4 for any amounts
incurred or accruing prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower.
1.12 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon
------------------------
the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 1.10(a)(ii)
or (iii) or 4.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the
Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of
such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such
event, provided that such designation is made on such terms that such
--------
Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory
disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the
<PAGE>
9
consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section.
Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of
the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 1.10 or 4.4.
1.13 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender is owed increased
----------------------
costs or additional amounts, or the Borrower receives notice from any Lender or
the Agent, under Section 1.10, 2.6 or 4.4, or any Lender becomes a Defaulting
Lender, then the Borrower shall have the right, unless such Lender has
theretofore removed or cured the conditions which resulted in the obligation to
pay such increased costs or additional amounts or which caused it to be a
Defaulting Lender, to replace in its entirety such Lender (the "Replaced
Lender"), on ten Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such
Replaced Lender, with one or more other Eligible Transferee or Transferees
(collectively, the "Replacement Lender") reasonably acceptable to the Agent
(which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, that: (i)
--------
at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 1.13, the Replaced
Lender and the Replacement Lender shall enter into one or more Assignment
Agreements, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (appropriately completed),
pursuant to which the Replacement Lender shall acquire all of the Commitment
and outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender and, in connection therewith,
shall pay to the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount equal to the sum
of (a) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued but unpaid interest
on, all outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender and (b) an amount equal to all
accrued, but theretofore unpaid, Fees owing to the Replaced Lender pursuant to
Section 3.1 and (c) any other amounts payable to the Replaced Lender under this
Agreement (including, without limitation, amounts payable under Section 1.11)
and (ii) a Defaulting Lender shall be a Replaced Lender only to the extent
permitted by law. Upon the execution of the respective assignment
documentation, the payment of amounts referred to in the preceding sentence
and, if so requested by the Replacement Lender, delivery to the Replacement
Lender of appropriate Notes executed by the Borrower, the Replacement Lender
shall become a Lender hereunder and the Replaced Lender shall cease to
constitute a Lender hereunder, except with respect to indemnification
provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such Replaced
Lender.
SECTION 2. Letters of Credit.
-----------------
2.1 Letters of Credit. (a) Subject to and upon the terms and
-----------------
conditions herein set forth, the Borrower may request the Letter of Credit
Issuer at any time and from time to time on or after the Initial Borrowing Date
and prior to the Revolving Facility Final Maturity Date to issue, for the
account of the Borrower and in support of (i) obligations of the Borrower
and/or its Subsidiaries, contingent or otherwise, incurred in the ordinary
course of their respective businesses and (ii) such other obligations of the
Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to any other Person that are reasonably
acceptable to the Agent, and subject to and upon the terms and conditions
herein set forth the Letter of Credit Issuer agrees to issue from time to time,
irrevocable letters of credit in such form as may be approved by the Letter of
Credit Issuer and the Agent (each such letter of credit, and each letter of
credit described in Section 2.7, a "Letter of Credit" and collectively, the
"Letters of Credit").
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall
be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letter of Credit
Outstandings (exclusive of Unpaid Drawings which are repaid on the date of, and
prior to or at the time of, the issuance of the relevant Letter of Credit) at
such time, would exceed either (x) $10,000,000 or (y) when added to the
aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans then
outstanding, an amount equal to the Total Revolving Commitment at such time
(after giving effect to any reductions to the Total Revolving Commitment on
such date), (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of
which, when added to (x) the Letter of Credit Outstandings (exclusive of Unpaid
Drawings which are repaid on the date of, and prior to or at the time of, the
issuance of the relevant Letter of Credit) at such time and (y) the aggregate
principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans then outstanding,
would exceed an amount equal to the Total Availability at such time, and (iii)
each Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date occurring not later than one
year after such Letter of Credit's date of issuance although any Letter of
Credit may be automatically renewable for successive periods of up to 12
months, but not beyond the fifth Business Day next preceding the Revolving
Facility Final Maturity Date, on terms acceptable to the Agent and the Letter
of Credit Issuer and in no event shall any Letter of Credit have an expiry date
occurring later than the fifth Business Day next preceding the Revolving
Facility Final Maturity Date.
<PAGE>
10
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Lender Default
exists, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be required to issue any Letter
of Credit unless the Letter of Credit Issuer has entered into arrangements
satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate the Letter of Credit Issuer's
risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of the Defaulting
Lender or Lenders, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender's
or Lenders' Revolving Percentage of the Letter of Credit Outstandings.
2.2 Minimum Stated Amount. The initial Stated Amount of each
---------------------
Letter of Credit shall be not less than $10,000 or such lesser amount
acceptable to the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer.
2.3 Letter of Credit Requests; Notices of Issuance. (a)
----------------------------------------------
Whenever it desires that a Letter of Credit be issued, the Borrower shall give
the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer written notice (including by way of
telecopier) in the form of Exhibit C thereof prior to 1:00 P.M. (New York time)
at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the
Letter of Credit Issuer) prior to the proposed date of issuance (which shall be
a Business Day) (each a "Letter of Credit Request"), which Letter of Credit
Request shall include an application for such Letter of Credit and any other
documents that the Letter of Credit Issuer customarily requires in connection
therewith. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of each Letter of
Credit Request.
(b) The Letter of Credit Issuer shall, on the date of each
issuance of a Letter of Credit by it, give the Agent, each Lender and the
Borrower written notice of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, accompanied
by a copy to the Agent of the Letter of Credit or Letters of Credit issued by
it.
2.4 Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings.
--------------------------------------------
(a) The Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer, by
making payment to the Agent in immediately available funds at the Payment
Office, for any payment or disbursement made by the Letter of Credit Issuer
under any Letter of Credit (each such amount so paid or disbursed until
reimbursed, an "Unpaid Drawing") immediately after, and in any event on the
date on which, such Letter of Credit Issuer notifies the Agent and the Borrower
of such payment or disbursement, with interest on the amount so paid or
disbursed by such Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not reimbursed prior
to 1:00 P.M. (New York time) on the date of such payment or disbursement, from
and including the date paid or disbursed to but not including the date the
Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate per annum which shall
be the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans (plus an additional 2% per annum
if not reimbursed by the third Business Day after the date of such payment or
disbursement), such interest also to be payable on demand.
(b) The Borrower's obligation under this Section 2.4 to reimburse
the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each
case, interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all
circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to
payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the Letter of Credit
Issuer, the Agent or any Lender, including, without limitation, any defense
based upon the failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit to conform to
the terms of the Letter of Credit or any non-application or misapplication by
the beneficiary of the proceeds of such drawing provided that, to the
--------
extent the Borrower has derived no benefit therefrom, the Borrower shall not be
obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for any wrongful payment
made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a result of
acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the
part of such Letter of Credit Issuer, provided, further, that the
-------- -------
foregoing shall not impair the Borrower's right to claim damages suffered as a
result of such wrongful payment made.
2.5 Letter of Credit Participations. (a) Immediately upon the
-------------------------------
issuance by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit (which date
shall be the Initial Borrowing Date in the case of Existing Letters of Credit),
such Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to
each Lender, and each Lender (each a "Participant") shall be deemed irrevocably
and unconditionally to have purchased and received from such Letter of Credit
Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation,
to the extent of such Lender's Revolving Percentage, in such Letter of Credit,
each substitute letter of credit, each drawing made thereunder and the
obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto (although
Letter of Credit Fees shall be payable directly to the Agent for the account of
the Lenders as provided in Section 3.1(b) and the Participants shall have no
right to receive any portion of any Facing Fees) and any security therefor or
guaranty
<PAGE>
11
pertaining thereto. Upon any change in the Revolving Commitments of the
Lenders pursuant to Section 12.4(b), it is hereby agreed that, with respect to
all outstanding Letters of Credit and Unpaid Drawings, there shall be an
automatic adjustment to the participations pursuant to this Section 2.5 to
reflect the new Revolving Percentages of the assigning and assignee Lender.
(b) In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the
Letter of Credit Issuer shall not have any obligation relative to the
Participants other than to determine that any documents required to be
delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear
to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any
action taken or omitted to be taken by the Letter of Credit Issuer under or in
connection with any Letter of Credit if taken or omitted in the absence of
gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not create for the Letter of
Credit Issuer any resulting liability.
(c) In the event that the Letter of Credit Issuer makes any
payment under any Letter of Credit and the Borrower shall not have reimbursed
such amount in full to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 2.4(a),
the Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Agent, and the Agent
shall promptly notify each Participant of such failure, and each Participant
shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Agent for the account of the
Letter of Credit Issuer, the amount of such Participant's Revolving Percentage
of such payment in U.S. dollars and in same day funds, provided however
-------- -------
that no Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Agent its Revolving
Percentage of such unreimbursed amount for any wrongful payment made by the
Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a result of acts or
omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of
the Letter of Credit Issuer. If the Agent so notifies any Participant required
to fund a payment under a Letter of Credit prior to 11:00 A.M. (New York time)
on any Business Day, such Participant shall make available to the Agent for the
account of the Letter of Credit Issuer such Participant's Revolving Percentage
of the amount of such payment on such Business Day in same day funds. If and
to the extent such Participant shall not have so made its Revolving Percentage
of the amount of such payment available to the Agent for the account of the
Letter of Credit Issuer, such Participant agrees to pay to the Agent for the
account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand such amount,
together with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such
amount is paid to the Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer at
the overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate. The failure of any Participant to
make available to the Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its
Revolving Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not
relieve any other Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to
the Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving
Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit on the date required, as
specified above, but no Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Participant to make available to the Agent for the account of the Letter
of Credit Issuer such other Participant's Revolving Percentage of any such
payment.
(d) Whenever the Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment of a
reimbursement obligation as to which the Agent has received for the account of
the Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the Participants pursuant to
clause (c) above, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the Agent and the
Agent shall promptly pay to each Participant which has paid its Revolving
Percentage thereof, in U.S. dollars and in same day funds, an amount equal to
such Participant's Revolving Percentage of the principal amount thereof and
interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective participations.
(e) The obligations of the Participants to make payments to the
Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of
Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other
defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all
circumstances, including, without limitation, any of the following
circumstances:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or
any of the other Credit Documents;
(ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
which the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a
Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person
for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Letter of
Credit Issuer, any Lender,
<PAGE>
12
or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of
Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated
transactions (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower
and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);
(iii) any draft, certificate or other document presented under the
Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect;
(iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the
performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit
Documents; or
(v) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.
2.6 Increased Costs. If after the Effective Date, the
---------------
adoption or effectiveness of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any
change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof
by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with
the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Letter of
Credit Issuer or any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) by any such authority, central bank or comparable
agency (in each case made subsequent to the Effective Date) shall either (i)
impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or
similar requirement against Letters of Credit issued by the Letter of Credit
Issuer or such Lender's participation therein, or (ii) shall impose on the
Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender any other conditions affecting this
Agreement, any Letter of Credit or such Lender's participation therein; and the
result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Letter of Credit
Issuer or such Lender of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of
Credit, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Letter
of Credit Issuer or such Lender hereunder (other than any increased cost or
reduction in the amount received or receivable resulting from the imposition of
or a change in the rate of taxes or similar charges), then, upon demand to the
Borrower by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender (a copy of which notice
shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender to the Agent), the
Borrower shall pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or
such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate submitted to
the Borrower by the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender, as the case may be
(a copy of which certificate shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or
such Lender to the Agent), setting forth the basis for the determination of
such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Letter of Credit
Issuer or any such Lender as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the
Borrower absent manifest error, although the failure to deliver any such
certificate shall not release or diminish any of the Borrower's obligations to
pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.6.
2.7 Existing Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit issued
--------------------------
or deemed issued under the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth on Annex 2.7
shall be deemed to be issued under this Agreement.
SECTION 3. Fees; Commitments.
-----------------
3.1 Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent a
----
Commitment Fee ("Commitment Fee") for the account of each Lender for the period
from and including the Allocation Date to but not including the date the Total
Commitment has been terminated, computed at a rate for each day equal to 1/2 of
1% per annum for such day on such Lender's Unutilized Commitment provided
--------
that the Commitment Fee with respect to such Lender's Additional Term
Commitment shall accrue from and including February 22, 1996 to, but not
including, the Additional Borrowing Date. Such Commitment Fee shall be due and
payable in arrears on the Initial Borrowing Date and the Additional Borrowing
Date and on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December
and on the first date upon which all Commitments shall have been terminated,
commencing December, 1995.
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of each
Lender pro rata on the basis of its Revolving Percentage, a fee in respect of
each Letter of Credit (the "Letter of Credit Fee") for each day computed at the
rate equal to the rate applicable for such day as determined in accordance with
Annex 7.1(d) on the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit on such day.
Accrued Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable
<PAGE>
13
quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September
and December of each year and on the date upon which the Total Revolving
Commitment is terminated, commencing December, 1995.
(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the
Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit (the "Facing
Fee") computed at the rate of 1/4 of 1% per annum on the average daily Stated
Amount of such Letter of Credit. Accrued Facing Fees shall be due and payable
quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September
and December of each year and on the date upon which the Total Revolving
Commitment is terminated, commencing December, 1995.
(d) The Borrower agrees to pay directly to the Letter of Credit
Issuer upon each issuance of, drawing under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of
Credit such amount as shall at the time of such issuance, drawing or amendment
be the administrative charge which the Letter of Credit Issuer is customarily
charging for issuances of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit
issued by it.
(e) The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (x) on the Initial
Borrowing Date and on the Additional Borrowing Date for its own account and/or
for distribution to the Lenders such fees as heretofore agreed by the Borrower
and the Agent and (y) for its own account such other fees as may be agreed to
from time to time between the Borrower and the Agent, when and as due.
(f) All computations of Fees shall be made in accordance with
Section 12.7(b).
3.2 Voluntary Reduction of Commitments. Upon at least three
----------------------------------
Business Days' prior written notice (or telephonic notice confirmed in writing)
to the Agent at its Notice Office (which notice the Agent shall promptly
transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without
premium or penalty, to terminate or partially reduce the Total Unutilized
Revolving Commitment, provided that (x) any such termination shall apply to
--------
proportionately and permanently reduce the Revolving Commitment of each of the
Lenders with such a Commitment and (y) any partial reduction pursuant to this
Section 3.2 shall be in the amount of at least $1,000,000.
3.3 Mandatory Adjustments of Commitments, etc. (a) The
------------------------------------------
Additional Tranche A Term Commitment and Additional Tranche B Term Commitment
of each Lender shall terminate on the Expiration Date unless the Additional
Borrowing Date has occurred on or before such date.
(b)(x) The Total Initial Tranche A Term Commitment and the Total
Initial Tranche B Term Commitment of each Lender shall terminate in their
entirety on the Initial Borrowing Date (after giving effect to the making of
the Initial Term Loans on such date).
(y) The Total Additional Tranche A Term Commitment and the
Total Additional Tranche B Term Commitment of each Lender shall terminate in
their entirety on the Additional Borrowing Date (after giving effect to the
making of the Additional Term Loans on such date).
(c) The Total Revolving Commitment (and the Revolving Commitment
of each Lender) shall terminate on the earlier of the Revolving Facility Final
Maturity Date and the date on which any Change of Control occurs.
(d) The Swingline Commitment shall terminate on the Swingline
Expiry Date.
(e) The Total Revolving Commitment shall be permanently reduced at
the times and in the amounts required under Section 4.2(B)(d).
SECTION 4. Payments.
--------
4.1 Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right
---------------------
to prepay Term Loans and/or Revolving Loans and/or Swingline Loans, in whole or
in part, without premium or penalty, from time to time on the following terms
and conditions: (i) the Borrower shall give the Agent at the Payment Office
written notice (or
<PAGE>
14
telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to prepay the
Loans, whether such Loans are Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans,
Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, the amount of such prepayment and (in the
case of Eurodollar Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made,
which notice shall be received by the Agent by 11:00 A.M. (New York time) one
Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment (or 11:00 A.M. on the date of
prepayment, in the case of Swingline Loans), which notice shall promptly be
transmitted by the Agent to each of the Lenders; (ii) each partial prepayment
of any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least
$1,000,000 (or $100,000 in the case of Swingline Loans), provided that no
--------
partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall
reduce the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding pursuant to such
Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable
thereto; (iii) each prepayment in respect of any Loans made pursuant to a
Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans; (iv) subject to
--- ----
the provisions of Section 4.2(B)(e), each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to
this Section 4.1 shall be allocated pro rata between the Tranche A Term
--- ----
Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans based upon the respective outstanding
principal amounts thereof; and (v) each prepayment of Tranche A Term Loans or
Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be applied to the then
remaining Scheduled Repayments thereof in the direct chronological order of
such Scheduled Repayments (based upon the then remaining principal amount of
each such Scheduled Repayment).
4.2 Mandatory Prepayments.
---------------------
(A) Requirements:
------------
(a) If on any date (after giving effect to any other repayments or
prepayments on such date) the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Total
Revolving Commitment as then in effect, the Borrower shall repay on such
date that principal amount of Swingline Loans and, after Swingline Loans
have been paid in full, Unpaid Drawings and, after Unpaid Drawings have
been paid in full, Revolving Loans, in an aggregate amount equal to such
excess. If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding
Swingline Loans, Unpaid Drawings and Revolving Loans, the aggregate
amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Total Revolving
Commitment as then in effect (any such excess, a "Total Revolving
Commitment Excess Amount"), the Borrower shall pay to the Agent an amount
in cash and/or Cash Equivalents equal to such Total Revolving Commitment
Excess Amount and the Collateral Agent shall hold such payment as
security for the obligations of the Borrower hereunder pursuant to a cash
collateral agreement to be entered into in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent and the Borrower which shall permit certain
investments in Cash Equivalents satisfactory to the Agent and the
Borrower, until the proceeds are applied to the secured obligations and
which shall provide that a portion of the balance, if any, held in a cash
collateral account established under such cash collateral agreement equal
to the amount by which such balance exceeds the Total Revolving
Commitment Excess Amount from time to time, shall be released to the
Borrower provided that (x) as a result of such release, a mandatory
--------
prepayment shall not be required under the first sentence of this
paragraph (a) unless such prepayment is made concurrently with such
release, and (y) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would result
from such release.
(b) If on any date the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit
Outstandings exceeds the Total Availability as then in effect, the
Borrower shall repay on such date that principal amount of Swingline
Loans and, after Swingline Loans have been paid in full, Unpaid Drawings
and, after Unpaid Drawings have been paid in full, Revolving Loans in an
aggregate amount equal to such excess. If, after giving effect to any
such prepayment of all outstanding Unpaid Drawings and Loans, the
aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Total
Availability then in effect (any such excess, the "Total Availability
Excess Amount"), the Borrower shall pay to the Agent an amount in cash
and/or Cash Equivalents equal to such Total Availability Excess Amount
and the Agent shall hold such payment as security for the obligations of
the Borrower hereunder pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be
entered into in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
and the Borrower which shall permit certain investments in Cash
Equivalents satisfactory to the Agent and the Borrower, until the
proceeds are applied to the secured obligations and
<PAGE>
15
which shall provide that a portion of the balance, if any, held in a cash
collateral account established under such cash collateral agreement equal
to the amount by which such balance exceeds the Total Availability Excess
Amount from time to time, shall be released to the Borrower provided
--------
that (x) as a result of such release, a mandatory prepayment shall not be
required under the first sentence of this paragraph (b) unless such
prepayment is made concurrently with such release and (y) immediately
after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred or be continuing or would result from such release.
(c) The Borrower shall be required to repay (x) the principal
amount of Initial Tranche A Term Loans in 23 consecutive installments
payable on the last day of March, June, September and December of each
year and on the Tranche A Term Facility Final Maturity Date, commencing
on March 31, 1997 (after giving effect to the prepayments made on
November 24, 1995 and February 20, 1996) (each such repayment, as the
same may be reduced as provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2(B), an "Initial
Tranche A Scheduled Repayment"), each such installment on any such date
to be in an amount equal to (i) for the year 1997, the amount set forth
below opposite each such date which occurs in 1997 and (ii) for the years
1998 through 2002, 25% of the amount set forth below opposite the year
during which such date occurs:
Year[1] Amount
------
March 31, 1997 $ 1,125,000
June 30, 1997 $ 1,937,500
September 30, 1997 $ 1,937,500
1998 8,750,000
1999 9,750,000
2000 10,750,000
2001 11,500,000
2002 11,750,000
and (y) the principal amount of Additional Tranche A Term Loans in 26
consecutive installments payable on the last day of March, June, September and
December of each year and on the Tranche A Term Facility Final Maturity Date,
commencing on June 30, 1996 (each such repayment, as the same may be reduced as
provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2(B), an "Additional Tranche A Scheduled
Repayment"), each such installment on any such date to be in an amount equal to
(i) for the year 1996, the amount set forth below opposite each such date which
occurs in 1996 and (ii) for the years 1997 through 2002, 25% of the amount set
forth below opposite such year during which such date occurs:
Year[2] Amount
------
June 30, 1996 $ 375,000
September 30, 1996 375,000
1997 1,250,000
1998 2,250,000
1999 2,500,000
2000 2,500,000
2001 2,750,000
2002 3,000,000
- --------------------
[1] For purposes of this amortization schedule, each year commences on October
1 of the prior calendar year and ends on September 30 of the current
calendar year.
[2] For purposes of this amortization schedule, each year commences on October
1 of the prior calendar year and ends on September 30 of the current
calendar year.
<PAGE>
16
(d) The Borrower shall be required to repay: (x) the principal
amount of the Initial Tranche B Term Loans (i) in 28 consecutive installments
of $62,500 payable on the last day of March, June, September and December of
each year, commencing on December 31, 1995 and (ii) in four consecutive
quarterly installments of $5,812,500 payable on December 31, 2002, March 31,
2003, June 30, 2003 and on the Tranche B Term Facility Final Maturity Date
(each such repayment, as the same may be reduced as provided in Sections 4.1
and 4.2(B), an "Initial Tranche B Scheduled Repayment"); and (y) the principal
amount of the Additional Tranche B Term Loans (i) in two consecutive
installments of $187,500 payable on June 30, 1996 and September 30, 1996, (ii)
commencing on December 31, 1996, in 24 consecutive installments of $125,000
payable on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and
(iii) in four consecutive quarterly installments of $12,281,250 payable on
December 31, 2002, March 31, 2003, June 30, 2003 and on the Tranche B Term
Facility Final Maturity Date (each such repayment, as the same may be reduced
as provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2(B), an "Additional Tranche B Scheduled
Repayment").
(e) On the Business Day following the date of receipt thereof by
Holdings and/or any of its Subsidiaries of the Cash Proceeds from any Asset
Sale, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds then received from such
Asset Sale shall be applied as a mandatory repayment of principal of the then
outstanding Term Loans and then in accordance with Section 4.2(B)(d),
provided that up to an aggregate of $3,500,000 of Net Cash Proceeds from
- --------
Asset Sales from and after the Initial Borrowing Date, shall not be required to
be used to so repay Term Loans or applied in accordance with Section 4.2(B)(d)
to the extent the Borrower elects, as hereinafter provided, to cause such Net
Cash Proceeds to be reinvested in Reinvestment Assets (a "Reinvestment
Election"); provided further that no such repayment pursuant to this
-------- -------
Section 4.2(A)(e) will be required to be made until the aggregate Net Cash
Proceeds required to be applied pursuant to this Section 4.2(A)(e) and not yet
so applied equals $500,000, at which time all such net cash proceeds in excess
of such $500,000 shall be so applied. The Borrower may exercise its
Reinvestment Election (within the parameters specified in the preceding
sentence) with respect to an Asset Sale if (x) the Reinvestment Test is
satisfied on the date of delivering the Reinvestment Notice referred to below
and (y) the Borrower delivers a Reinvestment Notice to the Agent by the
Business Day following the date of the consummation of the respective Asset
Sale, with such Reinvestment Election being effective with respect to the Net
Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale equal to the Anticipated Reinvestment Amount
specified in such Reinvestment Notice.
(f) On the date of the receipt thereof by Holdings and/or any of
its Subsidiaries, an amount equal to 100% of the cash proceeds (net of
underwriting discounts and commissions, other banking and investment banking
fees, attorneys' and accountants' fees and other customary fees and other costs
associated therewith) of the incurrence of Indebtedness by Holdings and/or any
of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.4), shall
be applied as a mandatory repayment of principal of the then outstanding Term
Loans and then in accordance with Section 4.2(B)(d).
(g) On each date which is 90 days after the last day of each
fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31,
1996), an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) a percentage of Excess
Cash Flow for such fiscal year equal to the Applicable Cash Flow Percentage for
such fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries over (ii) the aggregate
principal amount of Term Loans prepaid during such fiscal year pursuant to
Section 4.1, shall be applied as a mandatory repayment of principal of the then
outstanding Term Loans, and then in accordance with Section 4.2(B)(d).
(h) On the Reinvestment Prepayment Date with respect to a
Reinvestment Election, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount,
if any, for such Reinvestment Election shall be applied as a repayment of the
principal amount of the then outstanding Term Loans.
(i) On the date of any Change of Control, the outstanding
principal amount of the Term Loans, if any, shall be due and payable in full.
<PAGE>
17
(B) Application:
-----------
(a) Each mandatory repayment of Term Loans required to be made
pursuant to Sections 4.2(A)(e), (f), (g) or (h) shall be applied to the
repayment of the then remaining applicable Scheduled Repayments on a pro
rata basis (based upon the then remaining principal amount of each such
Scheduled Repayment).
(b) With respect to each prepayment of Loans required by Section
4.2, the Borrower may designate the Types of Loans which are to be
prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) under the affected Facility
pursuant to which made, provided that (i) the Borrower shall first so
--------
designate all Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans with Interest Periods
ending on the date of repayment prior to designating any other Eurodollar
Loans and (ii) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing
shall be applied pro rata among such Loans. If the Borrower is
--- ----
required by this Section 4.2 (other than pursuant to Sections 4.2(A)(c)
or (d)) to repay any Eurodollar Loans and such prepayment will result in
the Borrower being required to pay breakage costs under Section 1.11 (any
such Eurodollar Loans, "Affected Loans"), the Borrower may elect, by
notice to the Agent, to have the provisions of the following sentence be
applicable. At the time any Affected Loans are otherwise required to be
prepaid, the Borrower may elect to deposit 100% (or such lesser
percentage elected by the Borrower) of the principal amounts that
otherwise would have been paid in respect of the Affected Loans with the
Agent to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, with such cash
collateral to be released from such cash collateral account (and applied
to repay the principal amount of such Loans) upon each occurrence
thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the
relevant Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by
the Borrower), with the amount to be so released and applied on the last
day of each Interest Period to be the amount of the relevant Loans to
which such Interest Period applies (or, if less, the amount remaining in
such cash collateral account). In the absence of a designation and/or
election by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentences, the
Agent shall, subject to the first sentence of this paragraph, make such
designation in its sole discretion with a view, but no obligation, to
minimize breakage costs owing under Section 1.11.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2(B)(e), each
prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 4.2(A) (e), (f), (g) and (h)
shall be allocated pro rata between the Tranche A Term Loans and
--- ----
the Tranche B Term Loans based upon the respective outstanding principal
amounts thereof. Each such prepayment shall be further allocated pro
---
rata between the Initial Term Loans and the Additional Term Loans in
----
the applicable Tranche based upon the respective outstanding principal
amounts thereof.
(d) If the Term Loans shall have been prepaid in full, then, on
each occasion that a mandatory prepayment under Sections 4.2(A)(e), (f),
(g) or (h) would have been required if Term Loans were outstanding, the
Revolving Commitments shall be reduced by the amount of the prepayment
that would have been so required.
(e) Any Lender holding Tranche B Term Loans may, to the extent
Tranche A Term Loans are outstanding, elect on not less than one Business
Day's prior written notice to the Agent with respect to any optional
prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.1 or any mandatory prepayment made
pursuant to Section 4.2(A)(e), (f), (g) and (h) not to have such
prepayment applied to such Lender's Tranche B Term Loans until all
Tranche A Term Loans shall have been paid in full in which case the
amount not so applied shall be applied to prepay Tranche A Term Loans.
4.3 Method and Place of Payment. Except as otherwise
---------------------------
specifically provided herein and subject to Section 4.2(B)(e), all payments
under this Agreement shall be made to the Agent for the ratable (based on its
pro rata share) account of the Lenders entitled thereto, not later than
- --- ----
1:00 P.M. (New York time) on the date when due and shall be made in immediately
available funds and in lawful money of the United States of America at the
Payment Office, it being understood that written notice by the Borrower to the
Agent to make a payment from the funds in the Borrower's account at the Payment
Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds
held in such account. Any payments under this Agreement which are made later
than 1:00 P.M. (New
<PAGE>
18
York time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business
Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a
day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the
next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal,
interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in
effect immediately prior to such extension.
4.4 Net Payments. (a) All payments made by the Borrower
------------
hereunder, under any Note or any other Credit Document, will be made without
setoff, counterclaim or other defense. Except as provided for in Section
4.4(b), all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction
or withholding for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees,
assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any
jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein (but excluding, except as provided in the second succeeding sentence,
any tax imposed on or measured by the net income (or any franchise tax based on
net income) of a Lender pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction (or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) under which such
Lender is organized or in which the principal office or applicable lending
office of such Lender is located or under the laws of any political subdivision
or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction in which the principal office or
applicable lending office of such Lender is located) and all interest,
penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto (collectively, "Taxes").
If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, the Borrower agrees to pay the full
amount of such Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that
every payment of all amounts due hereunder, under any Note or under any other
Credit Document, after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes,
will not be less than the amount provided for herein or in such Note or in such
other Credit Document. If any amounts are payable in respect of Taxes pursuant
to the preceding sentence, then the Borrower shall also reimburse each Lender,
upon the written request of such Lender, for taxes imposed on or measured by
the net income of such Lender pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which
the principal office or applicable lending office of such Lender is located or
of any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction and
for any withholding of income or similar taxes imposed by the United States of
America as such Lender shall determine are payable by, or withheld from, such
Lender in respect of Taxes paid to or on behalf of such Lender pursuant to this
or the preceding sentence. The Borrower will furnish to the Agent within 45
days after the date the payment of any Taxes, or any withholding or deduction
on account thereof, is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax
receipts evidencing such payment by the Borrower. The Borrower will indemnify
and hold harmless the Agent and each Lender, and reimburse the Agent or such
Lender upon its written request, for the amount of any Taxes so levied or
imposed and paid or withheld by such Lender.
(b) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as such term
is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to deliver to the
Borrower and the Agent (i) on or prior to the Additional Borrowing Date (or in
the case of a Lender that is an assignee, transferee or participant of an
interest under this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.4 hereof (unless the
respective Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such
assignment or transfer) on the date of such assignment or transfer to such
Lender) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue
Service Form 4224 or 1001 (or successor forms) certifying to such Lender's
entitlement to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with
respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and under any Note and
under any other Credit Document, or (ii) if the Lender is not a "bank" within
the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and cannot deliver either
Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to clause (i) above, on or
prior to the Additional Borrowing Date (or in the case of a Lender that is an
assignee, transferee or participant of an interest under this Agreement
pursuant to Section 12.4 hereof, on the date of such assignment, transfer or
participation to such Lender) (x) a duly executed certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit F (any such certificate, a "Section 4.4(b)(ii)
Certificate") and (y) two accurate and complete original signed copies of
Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or successor form). Each Lender that
delivers a statement in the form of Exhibit F (or such other form of statement
as shall have been requested by the Borrower) agrees that it shall hold only
Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes and that it shall be the sole beneficial and
record owner of all Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes held by it. In addition,
each Lender agrees that from time to time upon the reasonable request by the
Borrower or the Agent after the Additional Borrowing Date, when a lapse in time
or change in circumstances renders the previous certification obsolete or
inaccurate in any material respect, it will deliver to the Borrower and the
Agent two new accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue
Service Form 4224 or 1001, or Form W-8 and a Section 4.4(b)(ii) Certificate, as
the case may be, and such other forms as may be required in order to conform or
establish the entitlement of such Lender to a continued complete exemption from
United States withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and
any Note, or it shall immediately notify the
<PAGE>
19
Borrower and the Agent of its inability to deliver any such Form or Certificate.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.4(a), the
Borrower shall be entitled, to the extent it is required to do so by law, to
deduct or withhold income or similar taxes imposed by the United States (or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from interest,
fees or other amounts payable hereunder, under any Note or under any other
Credit Document (without obligation under Section 4.4(a) to pay the respective
Lender such Taxes or any additional amounts with respect thereto) for the
account of any Lender which is not a United States person (as such term is
defined in Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes
to the extent that such Lender has not provided to the Borrower such forms
required to be provided to the Borrower by a Lender pursuant to this Section
4.4(b), provided, that if the Borrower shall so deduct or withhold any such
--------
taxes, it shall provide a statement to the Agent and such Lender, setting forth
the amount of such taxes so deducted or withheld, the applicable rate and any
other information or documentation which such Lender may reasonably request for
assisting such Lender in obtaining any allowable credits or deductions for the
taxes so deducted or withheld in the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which such
Lender is subject to tax. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Section 4.4, the Borrower agrees to pay additional amounts and to indemnify
each Lender in the manner set forth in Section 4.4(a) (without regard to the
identity of the jurisdiction requiring the deduction or withholding) in respect
of any amounts deducted or withheld by it as described in the immediately
preceding sentence as a result of any changes after the Effective Date in any
applicable law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in
the interpretation thereof, relating to the deducting or withholding of income
or similar taxes.
(c) If a Lender shall become aware that it is entitled to claim a
refund from a Governmental Authority in respect of Taxes to which it has been
indemnified by the Borrower, or with respect to which the Borrower has paid
additional amounts, pursuant to this Section 4.4, it shall promptly notify the
Borrower of the availability of such refund claim and shall, within 60 days
after receipt of a request by the Borrower, make a claim to such Governmental
Authority for such refund at the Borrower's expense. If a Lender receives a
refund (including pursuant to a claim for refund made pursuant to the preceding
sentence) in respect of any Taxes to which it has been indemnified by the
Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts
pursuant to this Section 4.4, it shall within 30 days from the date of such
receipt pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of
indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this
Section 4.4 with respect to the Taxes or other taxes giving rise to such
refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender and without interest
(other than interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect
to such refund); provided, however, that the Borrower, upon the request
-------- -------
of such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus
penalties, interest or other charges) to such Lender in the event such Lender
is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.
(d) Any Lender claiming any indemnity payment or additional
amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall use reasonable efforts
(consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or
document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or to change the
jurisdiction of its applicable lending office if the making of such a filing or
change would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any such indemnity
payment or additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not be
otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender in the sole determination of such
Lender).
(e) If the Borrower pays any additional amount under this Section
4.4 to a Lender and such Lender determines in its sole discretion that it has
received or realized in connection therewith any credit against its Tax
liabilities in or with respect to the taxable year in which the additional
amount is paid, such Lender shall pay to the Borrower an amount that the Lender
shall, in its sole discretion, determine is equal to the net benefit, after
tax, which was obtained by the Lender in such year as a consequence of such
credit.
Each Lender that delivers a statement in the form of Exhibit F (or such other
form of statement as shall have been requested by the Borrower) agrees that it
shall hold only Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes and that it shall be the sole
beneficial and record owner of all Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes held by it.
<PAGE>
20
SECTION 5. Conditions Precedent.
--------------------
5.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing Date. The
----------------------------------------------
obligation of the Lenders to make each Loan hereunder, and the obligation of
the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, in each case
on the Initial Borrowing Date are subject to the satisfaction of each of the
following conditions at such time:
(a) Execution of Original Credit Agreement. On or prior to
--------------------------------------
the Initial Borrowing Date, (i) the Original Credit Agreement shall have
been executed and delivered as provided in Section 12.10(a) and (ii)
there shall have been delivered to the Agent for the account of each
Lender the appropriate Tranche A Term Note, Tranche B Term Note,
Revolving Note and/or Swingline Note executed by the Borrower, in each
case, in the amount, maturity and as otherwise provided herein.
(b) Opinions of Counsel. On the Initial Borrowing Date, the
-------------------
Agent shall have received opinions, addressed to the Agent, the
Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Initial Borrowing
Date, from (i) Cravath, Swaine & Moore, counsel to Holdings and the
Borrower, which opinion shall cover the matters covered in Exhibit G
hereto and (ii) local counsel satisfactory to the Agent as the Agent may
request, which opinions shall cover the perfection of the security
interests granted pursuant to the Security Documents (other than the
Mortgages) and such other matters incident to the transactions
contemplated herein as the Agent may reasonably request and shall be in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(c) Corporate Proceedings. (i) On the Initial Borrowing
---------------------
Date, the Agent shall have received from each Credit Party a certificate,
dated the Initial Borrowing Date, signed by the President or any
Vice-President of each such Credit Party in the form of Exhibit E with
appropriate insertions and deletions, together with (x) copies of the
certificate of incorporation, any certificate of designation, the
by-laws, or other organizational documents of each such Credit Party, (y)
the resolutions, or such other administrative approval, of each such
Credit Party referred to in such certificate to be reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent and (z) in the case of the certificate
delivered by the Borrower, a statement that all of the applicable
conditions set forth in Sections 5.1(g), (h) and (i) and 5.3(a) exist as
of such date.
(ii) On the Initial Borrowing Date, all corporate and legal
proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Original Credit Agreement and the other
Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the
Agent, and the Agent shall have received all information and copies of
all certificates, documents and papers, including good standing
certificates and any other records of corporate proceedings and
governmental approvals, if any, which the Agent may have reasonably
requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers, where
appropriate, to be certified by proper corporate or governmental
authorities.
(d) Plans: Collective Bargaining Agreements; Existing
--------------------------------------------------
Indebtedness Agreements; Shareholders' Agreements; Management
-------------------------------------------------------------
Agreements; Employment Agreements; Tax Sharing Agreements. On or
---------------------------------------------------------
prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, there shall have been delivered to
the Agent copies, certified as true and correct by an appropriate officer
of Holdings of:
(i) any Plans, and for each Plan (x) that is a "single-employer
plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) the most recently
completed actuarial valuation prepared therefor by such Plan's regular
enrolled actuary and the Schedule B, "Actuarial Information" to the IRS
Form 5500 (Annual Report) most recently filed with the Internal Revenue
Service and (y) that is a "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA), each of the documents referred to in clause (x)
either in the possession of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or any
ERISA Affiliate or reasonably available thereto from the sponsor or
trustees of such Plan;
(ii) any collective bargaining agreements or any other similar
agreement or arrangements covering the employees of Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Collective Bargaining Agreements");
<PAGE>
21
(iii) all agreements evidencing or relating to the Subordinated
Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (the "Existing Indebtedness
Agreements");
(iv) all agreements entered into by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries governing the terms and relative rights of its capital
stock, and any agreements entered into by members or shareholders
relating to any such entity with respect to their capital stock
(collectively, the "Shareholders' Agreements");
(v) any agreement with members of, or with respect to, the
management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the
"Management Agreements");
(vi) any employment agreements entered into by Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Employment Agreements"); and
(vii) all tax sharing, tax allocation and other similar agreements
entered into by Holdings and/or any Subsidiary of Holdings (collectively,
the "Tax Sharing Agreements");
all of which Plans, Collective Bargaining Agreements, Existing Indebtedness
Agreements, Shareholders' Agreements, Management Agreements, Employment
Agreements and Tax Sharing Agreements shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent acknowledges that it is satisfied with
the form and substance of each Plan, Collective Bargaining Agreement, Existing
Indebtedness Agreement, Shareholders' Agreement, Management Agreement,
Employment Agreement and Tax Sharing Agreement, as the case may be, delivered
to it on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date in the form so delivered.
(e) Adverse Change, etc. From December 31, 1994 to the
--------------------
Initial Borrowing Date, nothing shall have occurred (and neither the Lenders
nor the Agent shall have become aware of any facts or conditions not previously
known) which the Agent or the Required Lenders on such date shall determine (a)
has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the rights
or remedies of the Lenders or the Agent under the Original Credit Agreement or
any other Credit Document, or on the ability of any Credit Party to perform its
obligations to them, or (b) has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material
adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, operations, condition
(financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.
(f) Litigation. On the Initial Borrowing Date, there shall be
----------
no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or
the Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party (a) with respect to this
Agreement or any other Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby (including the Merger) which could be reasonably expected to have a
material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Lenders under the
Credit Documents or (b) which the Agent or the Required Lenders shall determine
could reasonably be expected to (i) have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) have
a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Lenders hereunder or
under any other Credit Document or on the ability of any Credit Party to
perform its respective obligations to the Lenders hereunder or under any other
Credit Document.
(g) Approvals. On the Initial Borrowing Date, all necessary
---------
governmental approvals and all necessary authorizations, consents, approvals or
waivers of other third parties in connection with the transactions contemplated
by the Credit Documents and the other Documents shall have been obtained and
remain in effect (except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), and all applicable waiting periods
shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority
which restrains or prevents such transactions or imposes, in the reasonable
judgment of the Required Lenders or the Agent, materially adverse conditions
upon the consummation of such transactions.
(h) Consummation of the Merger. (i) On or prior to the
--------------------------
Initial Borrowing Date, there shall have been delivered to the Lenders true and
correct copies of the Merger Agreement, and all terms of the Merger Agreement
and the other Merger Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agent. The Agent acknowledges that it is satisfied with the
form and substance of the Merger Agreement and the other Merger Documents
delivered to it prior to the Initial Borrowing Date in the form so delivered.
The Merger, including all of the terms and conditions thereof, shall have been
duly approved by the board of directors and the
<PAGE>
22
stockholders of Holdings and GH, and all Merger Documents shall have been duly
executed and delivered by the parties thereto and shall be in full force and
effect. Each of the material conditions precedent to Holdings' and GH's
obligation to consummate the Merger as set forth in the Merger Documents shall
have been satisfied, or waived, all to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Agent, and concurrently with the making of the Term Loans on the Initial
Borrowing Date the Merger shall have been consummated for an aggregate merger
consideration not to exceed $207,000,000 in accordance with the Merger
Documents, any waivers relating thereto (which, if material, have been approved
by the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), if any, and all
applicable laws, rules and regulations.
(ii) The Agent shall be satisfied that fees and expenses relating
to the Merger shall not exceed $11,000,000.
(i) Existing Credit Agreements; Indebtedness. (i) On the
----------------------------------------
Initial Borrowing Date, the commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement
shall have been terminated, all loans thereunder shall have been repaid in
full, together with interest thereon, all letters of credit issued thereunder
shall have been terminated or incorporated hereunder as, or supported hereunder
by, Letters of Credit, and all other amounts owing pursuant to the Existing
Credit Agreement shall have been repaid in full, and the Agent shall have
received evidence in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to it
that the matters set forth in this Section 5.1(i)(i) have been satisfied at
such time.
(ii) On the Initial Borrowing Date, the creditors under the
Existing Credit Agreement shall have terminated and released all Liens on the
capital stock of and assets owned by Holdings and its Subsidiaries, and the
Agent shall have received all such releases as may have been requested by the
Agent, which releases shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent.
(iii) After giving effect to the Merger and the other transactions
contemplated hereby, Holdings, the Borrower and the Borrower's Subsidiaries
shall have no preferred stock issued or outstanding other than as set forth in
Annex 5.1(i), and shall have no Indebtedness other than pursuant to (x) the
Facilities, (y) the Subordinated Notes and (z) Indebtedness permitted under
Section 8.4.
(j) Holdings Stock Issuance. On or prior to the Initial
-----------------------
Borrowing Date, (x) Holdings shall have received cash proceeds (or
contributions of Holdings Common Stock or rollover of options outstanding
immediately prior to the Initial Borrowing Date to purchase Holdings Common
Stock, valued at the original price per share paid by the Investors, in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $9,000,000) of at least $51,000,000, in
connection with the sale of Holdings Common Stock, Holdings Preferred Stock or
options in respect thereof to the Investors, which cash proceeds, when
aggregated with the proceeds of the Term Loans, Revolving Loans made on the
Initial Borrowing Date, the Subordinated Notes and existing cash held by the
Borrower on the Initial Borrowing Date, shall be sufficient to consummate the
Merger and to pay all fees and expenses owing in connection therewith, and (y)
the Lenders shall have received complete and correct copies of all documents
executed and delivered in connection with such sale of Holdings Common Stock
and Holdings Preferred Stock, each of which shall be in full force and effect
and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(k) Subordinated Notes. On the Initial Borrowing Date, (x)
------------------
the Borrower shall have received at least $75,000,000 of gross cash proceeds
from the sale or issuance of the Subordinated Notes less any underwriting
discounts and/or commissions, which cash proceeds, when aggregated with the
proceeds of the Holdings Common Stock and Holdings Preferred Stock issued on or
prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, the proceeds of the Term Loans, Revolving
Loans made on the Initial Borrowing Date and existing cash held by the Borrower
on the Initial Borrowing Date, shall be sufficient to consummate the Merger and
to pay all fees and expenses owing in connection therewith, and (y) the Lenders
shall have received true, complete and correct copies of all documents executed
and delivered in connection with such issuance, each of which shall be in full
force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Required Lenders.
(l) Security Documents; Subsidiary Guaranty. (i) On the
---------------------------------------
Initial Borrowing Date, each of Holdings, the Borrower and Domestic
Subsidiaries which own capital stock of any other Subsidiary shall have each
duly
<PAGE>
23
authorized, executed and delivered a Pledge Agreement in the form of Exhibits
H-1, H-2, and H-3, respectively (each as modified, amended or supplemented from
time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof and together with
the pledge agreements required under Section 7.11(d), a "Pledge Agreement" and
collectively, the "Pledge Agreements"), and each shall have delivered to the
Collateral Agent, as pledges thereunder, all of the certificates representing
the Pledged Securities referred to therein, endorsed in blank or accompanied by
executed and undated stock powers, and each Pledge Agreement shall be in full
force and effect.
(ii) On the Initial Borrowing Date, each of Holdings, the Borrower
and the Domestic Subsidiaries shall have duly authorized, executed and
delivered a Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibits I-1, I-2
and I-3, respectively (each as modified, supplemented or amended from time to
time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof and together with the
security agreements required under Section 5.2(k) and 7.11(d), a "Security
Agreement" and collectively, the "Security Agreements") covering all of such
Credit Party's present and future Security Agreement Collateral, in each case
together with:
(w) executed copies of Financing Statements (Form UCC-1) in
appropriate form for filing under the UCC of each
jurisdiction as may be necessary to perfect the security
interests purported to be created by each Security Agreement;
(x) certified copies of Requests for Information or Copies (Form
UCC-11), or equivalent reports, each of recent date listing
all effective financing statements that name each such Credit
Party as debtor and that are filed in the jurisdictions
referred to in clause (w), together with copies of such
financing statements (none of which shall cover the
Collateral except (x) those with respect to which appropriate
termination statements executed by the secured lender
thereunder have been delivered to the Agent and (y) to the
extent evidencing liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.3);
(y) evidence of the completion of, or arrangements to complete,
all other recordings and filings of, or with respect to, each
Security Agreement as may be necessary or, in the opinion of
the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the security
interests intended to be created by such Security Agreement;
and
(z) evidence that all other actions reasonably necessary or, in
the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to
perfect and protect the security interests purported to be
created by each Security Agreement have been, or are in the
process of being, taken.
(iii) On the Initial Borrowing Date, the Agent shall have received
(A) fully executed counterparts of deeds of trust, leasehold deeds of trust,
mortgages, leasehold mortgages and similar documents in each case in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and substantially in the form of
Exhibit M (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time
each, a "Mortgage" and collectively, the "Mortgages") covering all the
Mortgaged Properties, and arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the
Collateral Agent shall be in place to provide that counterparts of such
Mortgages shall be recorded on the Initial Borrowing Date or promptly
thereafter in all places to the extent necessary or desirable, in the judgment
of the Collateral Agent, effectively to create a valid and enforceable first
priority Lien, subject only to Permitted Liens, on each Mortgaged Property in
favor of the Collateral Agent (or such other trustee as may be required or
desired under local law) for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, (B) a
lender's title insurance policy; paid for by the Borrower, issued by a
nationally recognized title insurance company, together with such endorsements,
coinsurance and reinsurance as may be requested by the Agent, in form and
substance acceptable to the Agent, insuring each Mortgage as a first lien on
the relevant Mortgaged Property and subject only to Liens expressly agreed to
by the Agent) and (C) such other documents and legal opinions reasonably
requested by the Agent or the Required Lenders.
(iv) On the Initial Borrowing Date, each Domestic Subsidiary shall
have duly authorized, executed and delivered a Guaranty in the form of Exhibit
J hereto (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance
with the terms hereof and thereof and together with the subsidiary guaranties
required under Section 7.11(d), the "Subsidiary Guaranty"), and the Subsidiary
Guaranty shall be in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
24
(m) Solvency. On the Initial Borrowing Date, the Agent shall
--------
have received from Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin, a solvency opinion with
respect to each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case after giving
effect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(n) Insurance Policies. On the Initial Borrowing Date, the
------------------
Collateral Agent shall have received evidence of insurance complying with the
requirements of Section 7.3 and the applicable provisions of the Security
Documents for the business and properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and, with respect to all
casualty insurance, naming the Collateral Agent as an additional insured and
loss payee. In addition, on the Initial Borrowing Date the Agent shall have
received an insurance broker's or agent's certificate certifying that the
insurance coverage to be maintained by Holdings and its Subsidiaries after the
Initial Borrowing Date will be usual and customary for similarly situated
companies in the same lines of business and that the insurance policies
maintained by Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the
applicable provisions of the Security Documents are endorsed or amended to
include a "standard" or "New York" lender's loss payable endorsement and name
the Collateral Agent as additional insured.
(o) Fees. On the Initial Borrowing Date, the Borrower shall
----
have paid to the Agent and the Lenders all Fees and expenses agreed upon by
such parties to be paid on or prior to such date.
(p) Environmental Reports. On or prior to the Initial
---------------------
Borrowing Date, the Agent shall have received a certificate signed by the
President or any Vice-President of the Borrower attaching a true and correct
copy of the environmental report from Pilko & Associates, Inc., dated August
10, 1995, in respect of the real property assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, and such other materials as the Borrower deems necessary in
connection with such certificate, describing the remedial action taken by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to correct any material deficiencies
identified by such environmental report.
(q) Financial Information. The Lenders shall have received
---------------------
copies of (i) audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries for fiscal years ending and as at December 31, 1994, 1993 and
1992, prepared in accordance with GAAP, accompanied by an unqualified report of
Ernst and Young, and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries dated March 31, 1995 and June 30, 1995, (ii)
audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for fiscal years ending and as at December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, prepared in
accordance with GAAP, accompanied by an unqualified report of Ernst and Young,
and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries dated June 30, 1995, (iii) unaudited monthly financial statements,
(in form and detail comparable to the monthly financial statement previously
prepared), prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the months ended July
31, 1995 and August 30, 1995, and each other fiscal month ended prior to the
Effective Date for which such monthly financial statements are available prior
to the Effective Date, which financial statements shall not, in the reasonable
judgment of the Lenders, reflect any material adverse change in the
consolidated financial condition of the Borrower as reflected in the financial
statements or projection delivered to the Lenders or the Agent on or prior to
the dates of their respective commitments to the Facilities and (iv) the Pro
Forma Balance Sheets, together with a reconciliation thereof to the balance
sheets of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries, respectively, as at the Pro Forma Date.
5.2 Conditions Precedent to Additional Borrowing Date. The
-------------------------------------------------
obligation of the Lenders to make each Additional Tranche A Term Loan and
Additional Tranche B Term Loan hereunder on the Additional Borrowing Date are
subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions at such time:
(a) Execution of this Agreement. On or prior to the
---------------------------
Additional Borrowing Date, (i) this Agreement shall have been executed
and delivered as provided in Section 12.10(b) and (ii) there shall have
been delivered to the Agent for the account of each Lender with a Tranche
A Term Commitment or a Tranche B Term Commitment the appropriate Tranche
A Term Note or Tranche B Term Note, executed by the Borrower in the
amount of its Tranche A Term Loan or Tranche B Term Loan, as the case may
be, after giving effect to this Agreement.
<PAGE>
25
(b) Opinions of Counsel. On the Additional Borrowing Date,
-------------------
the Agent shall have received opinions, addressed to the Agent, the
Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Additional
Borrowing Date, from (i) Cravath, Swaine & Moore, counsel to Holdings and
the Borrower, which opinion shall cover the matters covered in Exhibit N
hereto and (ii) local counsel satisfactory to the Agent as the Agent may
request, which opinions shall cover the perfection of the security
interests granted pursuant to the Security Documents with respect to the
assets acquired in the Devon Acquisition and such other matters incident
to the Devon Acquisition as the Agent may reasonably request and shall be
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(c) Corporate Proceedings. (i) On the Additional Borrowing
---------------------
Date, the Agent shall have received from each Credit Party a certificate,
dated the Additional Borrowing Date, signed by the President or any
Vice-President of each such Credit Party in the form of Exhibit O with
appropriate insertions and deletions, together with (x) copies of the
certificate of incorporation, any certificate of designation, the
by-laws, or other organizational documents of each such Credit Party, (y)
the resolutions, or such other administrative approval, of each such
Credit Party referred to in such certificate to be reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent and (z) in the case of the certificate
delivered by the Borrower, a statement that all of the applicable
conditions set forth in Sections 5.2(g), (h) and (i) and 5.3(a) exist as
of such date.
(ii) On the Additional Borrowing Date, all corporate and legal
proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Documents shall
be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, and the
Agent shall have received all information and copies of all certificates,
documents and papers, including good standing certificates and any other
records of corporate proceedings and governmental approvals, if any,
which the Agent may have reasonably requested in connection therewith,
such documents and papers, where appropriate, to be certified by proper
corporate or governmental authorities.
(d) Plans of Devon; Collective Bargaining Agreements; Existing
----------------------------------------------------------
Indebtedness Agreements; Shareholders' Agreements; Management
-------------------------------------------------------------
Agreements; Employment Agreements; Tax Sharing Agreements. On or
---------------------------------------------------------
prior to the Additional Borrowing Date, there shall have been delivered
to the Agent copies, certified as true and correct by an appropriate
officer of either Holdings or the Borrower of:
(i) any Plans of Devon or any of its Subsidiaries, and for each
such Plan (x) that is a "single-employer plan" (as defined in Section
4001(a)(15) of ERISA) the most recently completed actuarial valuation
prepared therefor by such Plan's regular enrolled actuary and the
Schedule B, "Actuarial Information" to the IRS Form 5500 (Annual Report)
most recently filed with the Internal Revenue Service and (y) that is a
"multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), each of
the documents referred to in clause (x) either in the possession of
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate or reasonably
available thereto from the sponsor or trustees of such Plan;
(ii) any collective bargaining agreements or any other similar
agreement or arrangements covering the employees of Devon or any of its
Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Devon Collective Bargaining
Agreements");
(iii) all agreements evidencing or relating to the Indebtedness of
Devon or any of its Subsidiaries (the "Devon Existing Indebtedness
Agreements");
(iv) all agreements entered into by Devon or any of its
Subsidiaries governing the terms and relative rights of its capital
stock, and any agreements entered into by members or shareholders
relating to any such entity with respect to their capital stock
(collectively, the "Devon Shareholders' Agreements");
(v) any agreement with members of, or with respect to, the
management of Devon or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Devon
Management Agreements");
<PAGE>
26
(vi) any employment agreements entered into by Devon or any of its
Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Devon Employment Agreements"); and
(vii) all tax sharing, tax allocation and other similar agreements
entered into by Devon or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the
"Devon Tax Sharing Agreements");
all of which Plans of Devon, Devon Collective Bargaining Agreements, Devon
Existing Indebtedness Agreements, Devon Shareholders' Agreements, Devon
Management Agreements, Devon Employment Agreements and Devon Tax Sharing
Agreements shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent
acknowledges that it is satisfied with the form and substance of each Plan of
Devon, Devon Collective Bargaining Agreement, Devon Existing Indebtedness
Agreement, Devon Shareholders' Agreement, Devon Management Agreement, Devon
Employment Agreement and Devon Tax Sharing Agreement, as the case may be,
delivered to it on or prior to the Additional Borrowing Date in the form so
delivered.
(e) Adverse Change, etc. Nothing shall have occurred (and
--------------------
neither the Lenders nor the Agent shall have become aware of any facts or
conditions not previously known) which the Agent or the Required Lenders shall
determine (i) has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect
on the rights or remedies of the Lenders or the Agent under this Agreement or
any other Credit Document, or on the ability of any Credit Party to perform its
obligations to them from December 31, 1994 to the Additional Borrowing Date,
(ii) has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the
business, properties, assets, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or
prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole from December 31,
1995 to the Additional Borrowing Date or (iii) has, or is reasonably likely to
have, a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets,
operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Devon and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole from December 31, 1995 to the Additional
Borrowing Date.
(f) Litigation. On the Additional Borrowing Date, there shall
----------
be no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or
the Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party (a) with respect to this
Agreement or any other Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby (including the Devon Acquisition) which could be reasonably expected to
have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Lenders under
the Credit Documents or (b) which the Agent or the Required Lenders shall
determine could reasonably be expected to (i) have a Material Adverse Effect or
(ii) have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Lenders
hereunder or under any other Credit Document or on the ability of any Credit
Party to perform its respective obligations to the Lenders hereunder or under
any other Credit Document.
(g) Approvals. On the Additional Borrowing Date, all
---------
necessary governmental approvals and all necessary authorizations, consents,
approvals or waivers of other third parties in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Credit Documents and the other Documents shall have been
obtained and remain in effect (except where the failure to do so would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), and all applicable
waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any
competent authority which restrains or prevents such transactions or imposes,
in the reasonable judgment of the Required Lenders or the Agent, materially
adverse conditions upon the consummation of such transactions.
(h) Consummation of the Devon Acquisition. (i) On or prior
-------------------------------------
to the Additional Borrowing Date, there shall have been delivered to the
Lenders true and correct copies of the Devon Acquisition Agreement, and all
terms of the Devon Acquisition Agreement and the other Devon Acquisition
Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.
The Agent acknowledges that it is satisfied with the form and substance of the
Devon Acquisition Agreement and the other Devon Acquisition Documents delivered
to it prior to the Additional Borrowing Date in the form so delivered. The
Devon Acquisition, including all of the terms and conditions thereof, shall
have been duly approved by the board of directors of the Borrower and the board
of directors and shareholders of Devon, and all Devon Acquisition Documents
shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and shall be
in full force and effect. Each of the material conditions precedent to the
Borrower's obligation to consummate the Devon Acquisition as set forth in the
Devon Acquisition Documents shall have been satisfied, or waived, all to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Agent, and concurrently with the making of the
Additional Term Loans on the Additional Borrowing Date the Devon Acquisition
shall have been
<PAGE>
27
consummated for an aggregate share purchase consideration not to exceed
$94,000,000 in accordance with the Devon Acquisition Documents, any waivers
relating thereto (which, if material, have been approved by the Agent, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld), if any, and all applicable laws,
rules and regulations.
(ii) The Agent shall be satisfied that fees and expenses relating
to the Devon Acquisition shall not exceed $7,000,000.
(i) Existing Devon Credit Agreements; Indebtedness. (i) On
----------------------------------------------
the Additional Borrowing Date, the commitments under the Existing Devon Credit
Agreements shall have been terminated, all loans thereunder shall have been
repaid in full, together with interest thereon, all letters of credit issued
thereunder shall have been terminated, or supported hereunder by, Letters of
Credit, and all other amounts owing pursuant to the Existing Devon Credit
Agreements shall have been repaid in full, and the Agent shall have received
evidence in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to it that the
matters set forth in this Section 5.2(i)(i) have been satisfied at such time.
(ii) On the Additional Borrowing Date, the creditors under the
Existing Devon Credit Agreements shall have terminated and released all Liens
on the capital stock of and assets owned by Devon and its Subsidiaries, and the
Agent shall have received all such releases as may have been requested by the
Agent, which releases shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent.
(iii) After giving effect to the Devon Acquisition and the other
transactions contemplated hereby, Holdings, the Borrower and the Borrower's
Subsidiaries shall have no preferred stock issued or outstanding other than as
set forth in Annex 5.2(i), and shall have no Indebtedness other than pursuant
to (x) the Facilities, (y) the Subordinated Notes and (z) Indebtedness
permitted under Section 8.4.
(j) Borrower Stock Issuance. On or prior to the Additional
-----------------------
Borrowing Date (x) Holdings shall have received cash proceeds of at least
$31,500,000 in connection with the sale of Holdings Common Stock and Holdings
Preferred Stock to the Investors in connection with the Devon Acquisition, (y)
the Borrower shall have received cash proceeds of at least $31,500,000 in
connection with the sale of capital stock of the Borrower or options in respect
thereof to Holdings (or as a capital contribution from Holdings), which cash
proceeds, when aggregated with the proceeds of the Additional Tranche A Term
Loans and Additional Tranche B Term Loans made on the Additional Borrowing Date
and existing cash held by the Borrower on the Additional Borrowing Date, shall
be sufficient to consummate the Devon Acquisition and to pay all fees and
expenses owing in connection therewith and (z) the Lenders shall have received
complete and correct copies of all documents executed and delivered in
connection with such sale of Holdings Common Stock and Holdings Preferred Stock
and capital stock of the Borrower (or such capital contribution from Holdings)
each of which shall be in full force and effect and shall be in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(k) Security Documents. (i) On the Additional Borrowing Date,
------------------
(x) Holdings shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered Supplement No.
1 to Pledge Agreement in the form of Exhibit P-1 and (y) the Borrower shall
have duly authorized, executed and delivered the Amendment to Pledge Agreement
in the form of Exhibit P-2, and shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent,
as a pledgee thereunder, all of the certificates representing the Pledged
Securities referred to therein, endorsed in blank or accompanied by executed
and undated stock powers, and the Amendment to Pledge Agreement shall be in
full force and effect.
(ii) On the Additional Borrowing Date, (x) each of Holdings, the
Borrower and each of Tronomed, Inc. and Tronomed Express, Inc. shall have duly
authorized, executed and delivered each respective Supplement No. 1 to Security
Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibits Q-1, Q-2, Q-3 and Q-4,
respectively, covering all of each of Holdings', the Borrower's and the
Domestic Subsidiaries' present and future Security Agreement Collateral,
respectively, and (y) Devon shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered
the Subsidiary Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit Q-5
covering all of Devon's and its Subsidiaries' present and future Security
Agreement Collateral together with:
<PAGE>
28
(A) executed copies of Financing Statements (Form UCC-1) in
appropriate form for filing under the UCC of each
jurisdiction as may be necessary to perfect the security
interests purported to be created by such Security Agreement;
(B) certified copies of Requests for Information or Copies (Form
UCC-11), or equivalent reports, each of recent date listing
all effective financing statements that name Devon or any of
its Subsidiaries as debtor and that are filed in the
jurisdictions referred to in clause (w), together with copies
of such financing statements (none of which shall cover the
Collateral except (x) those with respect to which appropriate
termination statements executed by the secured lender
thereunder have been delivered to the Agent and (y) to the
extent evidencing liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.3);
(C) evidence of the completion of, or arrangements to complete,
all other recordings and filings of, or with respect to, such
Security Agreement as may be necessary or, in the opinion of
the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the security
interests intended to be created by such Security Agreement;
and
(D) evidence that all other actions reasonably necessary or, in
the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to
perfect and protect the security interests purported to be
created by such Security Agreement have been, or are in the
process of being, taken.
(iii) On the Additional Borrowing Date, (x) each of Tronomed, Inc.
and Tronomed Express, Inc. shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered
each respective Supplement No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty in the form of Exhibits
R-1 and R-2, respectively, hereto and each such Supplement No. 1 to Subsidiary
Guaranty shall be in full force and effect and (y) Devon shall have duly
authorized, executed and delivered the Subsidiary Guaranty in the form of
Exhibit R-3 hereto and such Subsidiary Guaranty shall be in full force and
effect.
(iv) On the Additional Borrowing Date, (x) the Borrower shall have
duly authorized, executed and delivered Supplement No. 1 to Patent Security
Agreement in the form of Exhibit S-1 hereto and Supplement No. 1 to Patent
Security Agreement shall be in full force and effect and (y) Devon shall have
duly authorized, executed and delivered the Subsidiary Patent Security
Agreement in the form of Exhibit S-2 hereto and such Subsidiary Patent Security
Agreement shall be in full force and effect.
(v) On the Additional Borrowing Date, (x) the Borrower shall have
duly authorized, executed and delivered Supplement No. 1 to Trademark Security
Agreement in the form of Exhibit T-1 hereto and Supplement No. 1 to Trademark
Security Agreement shall be in full force and effect and (y) Devon shall have
duly authorized, executed and delivered the Subsidiary Trademark Security
Agreement in the form of Exhibit T-2 hereto and such Subsidiary Trademark
Security Agreement shall be in full force and effect.
(vi) On the Additional Borrowing Date, the Borrower shall have
duly authorized, executed and delivered amendments to Mortgages on the
Mortgaged Properties with appropriate title policy endorsements in the form of
Exhibit U.
(l) Solvency Certificate. On the Additional Borrowing Date,
--------------------
the Agent shall have received a solvency certificate, executed by the chief
financial officer or president of the Borrower, substantially in the form of
Exhibit V.
(m) Insurance Policies. On the Additional Borrowing Date, the
------------------
Collateral Agent shall have received an insurance report from Johnson & Higgins
with respect to insurance arrangements for Devon.
(n) Fees. On the Additional Borrowing Date, the Borrower
----
shall have paid to the Agent and the Lenders all Fees and expenses agreed upon
by such parties to be paid on or prior to such date.
<PAGE>
29
(o) Financial Information. The Lenders shall have received
---------------------
copies of (i) audited consolidated financial statements of Devon for fiscal
years ending and as at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, prepared in accordance
with GAAP, accompanied by an unqualified report of Price-Waterhouse L.L.P., and
(ii) the Devon Pro Forma Balance Sheets, together with a reconciliation thereof
to the balance sheets of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, respectively, as at the Devon Pro
Forma Date.
(p) Compliance Requirements. Holdings shall be in compliance,
-----------------------
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Devon Acquisition with
--- -----
the covenants contained in Sections 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14 and 8.15 as if the
Devon Acquisition had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for
testing such compliance. For purposes of determining such compliance, (i) such
covenants for the relevant periods ending March 31, 1996 shall be required to
be complied with and (ii) calculations for such covenants shall be computed as
at December 31, 1995. On or prior to the Additional Borrowing Date, Holdings
shall have delivered to the Agent an officers' certificate setting forth the
calculations required to establish such compliance.
(q) Consent. This Agreement shall have been executed by the
-------
Required Lenders and, without duplication, the Lenders with Additional Term
Commitments.
(r) Borrowing Base Certificate; Total Availability
-----------------------------------------------
Certificate. Each of the Borrowing Base Certificate and the Total
- -----------
Availability Certificate for the month ending January 31, 1996 shall have been
delivered to each Lender in accordance with Section 7.1(g).
5.3 Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events. The
-----------------------------------------
obligation of the Lenders to make each Loan hereunder, and the obligation of
the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, is subject,
at the time of each such Credit Event, to the satisfaction of the following
condition:
(a) No Default; Representations and Warranties. At the time
------------------------------------------
of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto, (i) there
shall exist no Default or Event of Default and (ii) all representations
and warranties contained herein or in the other Credit Documents in
effect at such time shall be true and correct in all material respects
with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had
been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event, except to the
extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an
earlier date.
The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall
constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrower to each
of the Lenders that all of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.1
and/or 5.2 and/or 5.3, as the case may be (other than the required satisfaction
of the Agent or any Lender as specified therein), exist as of that time. All
of the certificates, legal opinions and other documents and papers referred to
in this Section 5, unless otherwise specified, shall be delivered to the Agent
at its Notice Office for the account of each of the Lenders and, except for the
Notes, in sufficient counterparts for each of the Lenders and shall be
satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.
SECTION 6. Representations, Warranties and Agreements.
------------------------------------------
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to
make the Loans and issue and/or participate in Letters of Credit provided for
herein, each of Holdings and the Borrower makes the following representations
and warranties to, and agreements with, the Lenders, all of which shall survive
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans (with
the making of each Credit Event thereafter being deemed to constitute a
representation and warranty that the matters specified in this Section 6 are
true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of each such
Credit Event unless such representation and warranty expressly indicates that
it is being made as of any specific date):
6.1 Corporate Status. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
----------------
(i) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power
and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in
which it is engaged and presently proposes to engage and (ii) has duly
qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in all
<PAGE>
30
jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified and where the failure to
be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.2 Corporate Power and Authority. Each Credit Party has the
-----------------------------
corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and
provisions of the Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary
corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the
Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and
delivered each Document to which it is a party and each such Document
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person enforceable
in accordance with its terms.
6.3 No Violation. Neither the execution, delivery and
------------
performance by any Credit Party of the Documents to which it is a party nor
compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, nor the consummation of the
transactions contemplated therein (i) will contravene any applicable provision
of any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any
court or governmental instrumentality, (ii) will conflict or be inconsistent
with or result in any breach of, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or
provisions of, or constitute a default under, or (other than pursuant to the
Security Documents) result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation
to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of Holdings,
the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which
Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which it
or any of its property or assets are bound or to which it may be subject or
(iii) will violate any provision of the Charter or By-Laws of Holdings, the
Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries.
6.4 Litigation. Except as set forth in Annex 6.4, there are
----------
no actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened with respect to
Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries (i) that are likely to have
a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on (a) the rights or remedies of the Lenders or on the
ability of any Credit Party to perform its obligations to them hereunder and
under the other Credit Documents to which it is a party or (b) the ability to
consummate the Transaction or (c) the ability to consummate the Devon
Acquisition or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6.5 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. (a) The proceeds of
-----------------------------------
Initial Tranche A Term Loans and Initial Tranche B Term Loans together with the
entire amount of the proceeds of the issuance of Holdings Common Stock
described in Section 5.1(j), Holdings Preferred Stock and the Subordinated
Notes shall be utilized for the purposes described in clause (ii) or (iii)
below or paid as a dividend or advanced by the Borrower to Holdings on the
Initial Borrowing Date and used by Holdings on the Initial Borrowing Date
solely (i) to pay the consideration to be paid in connection with the Merger
(or for general corporate purposes to the extent that a portion of the
consideration is paid from cash of the Borrower or Holdings held prior to the
Initial Borrowing Date), (ii) to refinance existing Indebtedness of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (iii) to pay costs and expenses related to
the Transaction.
(b) The proceeds of the Additional Tranche A Term Loans and the
Additional Tranche B Term Loans together with the entire amount of the proceeds
of the issuance of Holdings Common Stock and Holdings Preferred Stock described
in Section 5.2(j) shall be used by the Borrower on the Additional Borrowing
Date solely (i) to pay the consideration to be paid in connection with the
Devon Acquisition (or for general corporate purposes to the extent that a
portion of the consideration is paid from cash of the Borrower or Devon held
prior to the Additional Borrowing Date), (ii) to refinance existing
Indebtedness of Devon and its Subsidiaries and (iii) to pay costs and expenses
related to the Devon Transaction.
(c) The proceeds of all Revolving Loans shall be utilized (i) for
general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (ii) to
finance Permitted Business Acquisitions; provided that proceeds of
--------
Revolving Loans used to fund Contingent Payments (as defined in the Devon
Acquisition Agreement) shall not exceed the lesser of (x) $3,500,000 plus
accrued interest thereon, if any, and (y) 50% of the Contingent Payments
required to be paid under Section 10 of the Devon Acquisition Agreement.
(d) Neither the making of any Loan hereunder, nor the use of the
proceeds thereof, will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of
Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
<PAGE>
31
System and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or
carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation U or to extend credit for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.
6.6 Governmental Approvals. No order, consent, approval,
----------------------
license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration
with, or exemption by, any foreign or domestic governmental or public body or
authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required to authorize or is required
in connection with (i) the execution, delivery and performance of any Credit
Document or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of
any Credit Document.
6.7 Investment Company Act. None of Holdings, the Borrower or
----------------------
any of their Subsidiaries is an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "ICA") or a company
"controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the ICA (other
than any investment company (including, without limitation, Bessemer and its
Affiliates) which has been exempted from all provisions of the ICA pursuant to
an order of the SEC under Section 6(c) of the ICA).
6.8 Public Utility Holding Company Act. None of Holdings, the
----------------------------------
Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary
company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of
a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.
6.9 True and Complete Disclosure. (a) All information and
----------------------------
data (excluding projections) concerning each of Holdings and the Borrower and
the transactions contemplated herein which have been prepared by Holdings and
the Borrower and that have been made available to the Agent or any Lender by or
on behalf of Holdings and the Borrower prior to the Effective Date in
connection with the Transaction or prior to the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement Effective Date in connection with the Devon Transaction, when taken
as a whole, do not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein not materially misleading and all financial projections that
have been prepared by Holdings and the Borrower and that have been made
available prior to the Effective Date or prior to the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement Effective Date, as the case may be, to the Agent and/or any
Lender by Holdings and the Borrower have been prepared in good faith based upon
assumptions believed by Holdings and the Borrower at the time to be reasonable.
Without limiting the foregoing, the Agent and each of the Lenders acknowledge
that certain of the information provided to the Agent and each such Lender in
respect of Holdings and the Borrower has been prepared by GH and/or its advisors
and not by Holdings or the Borrower.
(b) All other factual information (taken as a whole) furnished on
or after the Effective Date or (in respect of the Devon Transaction) on or
after the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Effective Date by or on behalf
of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries in writing to the Agent
or any Lender (including, without limitation, all information contained in the
Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any
transaction contemplated herein is, and will be, true and accurate in all
material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or
certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary
to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in
light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. The
projections and pro forma financial information contained in such
--- -----
materials are based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such
Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders
that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and
that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such
projections may differ from the projected results. There is no fact known to
any Credit Party which materially and adversely affects the business,
operations, property, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of any such
Credit Party and its respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which has not
been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements
furnished to the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby.
6.10 Financial Condition; Financial Statements. (a) On and as
-----------------------------------------
of the Initial Borrowing Date, on a pro forma basis after giving effect
--- -----
to the Transaction and to all Indebtedness incurred, and to be incurred, and
Liens created, and to be created, by each Credit Party and its respective
Subsidiaries taken as a whole in connection therewith, (x) the sum of the
assets, at a fair valuation, of each Credit Party and its respective
Subsidiaries taken as
<PAGE>
32
a whole will exceed its debts, (y) no such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole will have incurred or intended to, or believes that it will,
incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as such debts mature and (z)
each such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will have
sufficient capital with which to conduct its business. On and as of the
Additional Borrowing Date, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
--- -----
the Devon Transaction and to all Indebtedness incurred, and to be incurred, and
Liens created, and to be created, by each Credit Party and its respective
Subsidiaries taken as a whole in connection therewith, (x) the sum of the
assets, at a fair valuation, of each Credit Party and its respective
Subsidiaries taken as a whole will exceed its debts, (y) no such Credit Party
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will have incurred or intended to, or
believes that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as such
debts mature and (z) each such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole will have sufficient capital with which to conduct its business. For
purposes of this Section 6.10, "debt" means any liability on a claim, and
"claim" means (i) right to payment whether or not such a right is reduced to
judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured,
disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured; or (ii) right to
an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a
payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to
judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured
or unsecured.
(b) (i) The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries dated as of December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993,
copies of which have been heretofore furnished to each Lender, were prepared in
accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance with the past
practice of the Borrower except for any changes required by GAAP and fairly
present the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of their respective dates.
(ii) The audited consolidated statements of operations, statements
of changes in shareholder's deficit and statements of cash flows of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month periods ended December 31, 1994
and 1993, copies of which have been heretofore furnished to each Lender, were
prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance
with the past practice of the Borrower except for any changes required by GAAP
and fairly present the consolidated results of operations, the cash flows and
changes in shareholder's deficit of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such
period.
(iii) The audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries dated as of December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993, copies of
which have been heretofore furnished to each Lender, were prepared in
accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance with the past
practice of Holdings except for any changes required by GAAP and fairly present
the consolidated financial position of Holdings and the Subsidiaries as of
their respective dates.
(iv) The audited consolidated statements of operations, statements
of changes in shareholder's deficit and statements of cash flows of Holdings
and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month periods ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,
copies of which have been heretofore furnished to each Lender, were prepared in
accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance with the past
practice of Holdings and fairly present the consolidated results of operations,
the cash flows and changes in shareholder's deficit of Holdings and the
Subsidiaries for such period.
(v) (x) The pro forma consolidated balance sheets of each
--- -----
of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (the
"Pro Forma Balance Sheets"), dated as of June 30, 1995 (the "Pro Forma Date"),
copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, present a good
faith estimate of the consolidated pro forma financial condition of the
--- -----
respective entities as of the Pro Forma Date (after giving effect to the
Transaction and the related financing thereof).
(y) The pro forma consolidated balance sheets of each
--- -----
of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (the
"Devon Pro Forma Balance Sheets"), dated as of December 31, 1995 (the "Devon
Pro Forma Date"), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each
Lender, present a good faith estimate of the consolidated pro forma
--- -----
financial condition of the respective entities as of the Devon Pro Forma Date
(after giving effect to the Devon Transaction and the related financing
thereof).
<PAGE>
33
(vi) Except for the incurrence of Indebtedness to finance the
Transaction or to finance the Devon Transaction, nothing has occurred since
September 30, 1995 that has had a Material Adverse Effect.
(vii) The audited consolidated balance sheets of Devon and its
Subsidiaries dated as of December 31, 1995, December 31, 1994 and December 31,
1993, copies of which have been heretofore furnished to each Lender, were
prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance
with the past practice of Devon and fairly present the consolidated financial
position of Devon and its Subsidiaries as of their respective dates.
(viii) The audited consolidated statements of operations,
statements of changes in shareholder's deficit and statements of cash flows of
Devon and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month periods ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, copies of which have been heretofore furnished to each Lender,
were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis in
accordance with the past practice of Devon and fairly present the consolidated
results of operations, the cash flows and changes in shareholder's deficit of
Devon and its Subsidiaries for such periods.
(c) Except as fully reflected in the financial statements and the
notes thereto described in Section 6.10(b), there were as of the Initial
Borrowing Date and as of the Additional Borrowing Date no material Contingent
Obligations, contingent liability or liability for taxes, or any long-term
lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment, including, without
limitation, interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction with
respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which, either individually or in
aggregate, would be material to Holdings, Devon or the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except as incurred by the Borrower in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices subsequent to
September 30, 1995 and except agreements entered into subsequent to the Initial
Borrowing Date in compliance with Section 7.12.
6.11 Security Interests. (a) On and after the Initial
------------------
Borrowing Date, each of the Security Documents creates, as security for the
Obligations purported to be secured thereby, a valid and enforceable perfected
security interest in and Lien on all of the Collateral subject thereto,
superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no
other Liens (except (x) that the Security Agreement Collateral may be subject
to the security interests evidenced by Permitted Liens relating thereto and (y)
the Mortgaged Properties may be subject to Permitted Liens relating thereto)),
in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders. No filings or
recordings are required in order to perfect the security interests created
under any Security Document except for filings or recordings required in
connection with any such Security Document (other than the Pledge Agreement)
which shall have been made, or for which satisfactory arrangements have been
made, upon or prior to the execution and delivery thereof.
(b) On and after the Additional Borrowing Date, all of the
Security Documents (including, without limitation, the patent and trademark
security agreements executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and Devon)
create, as security for the Obligations purported to be secured thereby, a
valid and enforceable perfected security interest in and Lien on all of the
Collateral subject thereto, superior to and prior to the rights of all third
Persons and subject to no other Liens (except that (x) the Security Agreement
Collateral may be subject to the security interests evidenced by Permitted
Liens relating thereto and (y) the Mortgaged Properties may be subject to
Permitted Liens relating thereto), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders. No filings or recordings are required in order to
perfect the security interests created under any such Security Document except
for filings or recordings required in connection with any such Security
Document (other than the Pledge Agreement of the Borrower) which shall have
been made, or for which satisfactory arrangements have been made, upon or prior
to the execution and delivery thereof.
6.12 Representations and Warranties in Documents. (a) All
-------------------------------------------
representations and warranties of Holdings, the Borrower and GH under the
Merger Agreement and the Subordinated Note Documents were true and correct in
all material respects as of the time such representations and warranties were
made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Initial
Borrowing Date as if such representations and warranties were made on and as of
such date, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case
such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material
respects as of such earlier date.
<PAGE>
34
(b) All representations and warranties of the Borrower and Devon
under the Devon Acquisition Agreement were true and correct in all material
respects as of the time such representations and warranties were made and shall
be true and correct in all material respects as of the Additional Borrowing
Date as if such representations and warranties were made on and as of such
date, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such
representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material
respects as of such earlier date.
6.13 Consummation of Merger; Issuance of Subordinated Notes;
--------------------------------------------------------
Consummation of Devon Acquisition. (a) As of the Initial Borrowing Date,
- ---------------------------------
the Merger has been consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions of
the Merger Documents (as satisfied or waived) and the Subordinated Notes have
been issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Subordinated
Note Documents (as satisfied or waived). All consents and approvals of, and
filings and registrations with, and all other actions in respect of, all
governmental agencies, authorities or instrumentalities required in order to
consummate the Merger in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Merger
Documents and all applicable laws have been, or prior to the time required,
will have been, obtained, given, filed, taken, or waived, and are, or will be
at the time required, in full force and effect. All applicable waiting periods
with respect thereto have, or, prior to the time when required, will have,
expired or been terminated without, in all such cases, any action being taken
by any competent authority which restrains, prevents, or imposes material
adverse conditions upon the consummation of the Merger. As of the Initial
Borrowing Date, there does not exist any judgment, order, or injunction
prohibiting or imposing material adverse conditions upon the Merger or the
making of Loans or the issuance of the Subordinated Notes or the performance by
any Credit Party of their respective obligations under the Documents.
(b) As of the Additional Borrowing Date, the Devon Acquisition has
been consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Devon
Acquisition Documents (as satisfied or waived). All consents and approvals of,
and filings and registrations with, and all other actions in respect of, all
governmental agencies, authorities or instrumentalities required in order to
consummate the Devon Acquisition in accordance with the terms and conditions of
the Devon Acquisition Documents and all applicable laws have been, or prior to
the time required, will have been, obtained, given, filed, taken, or waived,
and are, or will be at the time required, in full force and effect. All
applicable waiting periods with respect thereto have, or, prior to the time
when required, will have, expired or been terminated without, in all such
cases, any action being taken by any competent authority which restrains,
prevents, or imposes material adverse conditions upon the consummation of the
Devon Acquisition. As of the Additional Borrowing Date, there does not exist
any judgment, order, or injunction prohibiting or imposing material adverse
conditions upon the Devon Acquisition or the making of Loans or the performance
by any Credit Party of their respective obligations under the Devon Acquisition
Documents or any other Document.
(c) All Obligations of the Borrower, including Obligations
consisting of the Additional Term Loans and interest thereon, constitute Senior
Indebtedness under the Subordinated Note Indenture and, after giving effect to
this Agreement, no default under the Subordinated Note Indenture shall have
occurred.
(d) Each Subsidiary's Guaranty of the Subordinated Notes is by its
terms subordinated to the obligations of such Subsidiary under the Subsidiary
Guaranty pursuant to subordination provisions no less favorable to the Lenders
than set forth in the Subordinated Note Indenture.
6.14 Tax Returns and Payments. Each of Holdings and its
------------------------
Subsidiaries has filed all federal income tax returns and all other material
tax returns, domestic and foreign, required to be filed by it and has paid all
material taxes and assessments payable by it which have become due, other than
those not yet delinquent and except for those contested in good faith.
Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries have paid, or have provided adequate
reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) for the
payment of, all federal, state and foreign income taxes applicable for all
prior fiscal years and for the current fiscal year to the date hereof.
6.15 Compliance with ERISA. Each Plan is in substantial
---------------------
compliance with ERISA and the Code; no Reportable Event has occurred with
respect to a Plan; no Plan is insolvent or in reorganization; no Plan has an
Unfunded Current Liability; no Plan has an accumulated or waived funding
deficiency, has permitted decreases in its funding standard account or has
applied for an extension of any amortization period within the meaning of
Section
<PAGE>
35
412 of the Code; all contributions required to be made with respect to a Plan
have been timely made; neither a Credit Party, nor any Subsidiary of a Credit
Party, nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability to or on
account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063,
4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or
expects to incur any liability (including any indirect, contingent or secondary
liability) under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan; no
proceedings have been instituted to terminate or appoint a trustee to
administer any Plan; no condition exists which presents a material risk to a
Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate of
incurring a liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of ERISA and the Code; no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on
the assets of a Credit Party, or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party or any ERISA
Affiliate exists or is reasonably likely to arise on account of any Plan; and
the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries do not maintain or contribute to any
employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) which
provides benefits to retired employees (other than as required by Section 601
of ERISA) or any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of
ERISA) the obligations with respect to which could reasonably be expected to
have a material adverse effect on the ability of Holdings, the Borrower or any
other Credit Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the
other Documents to which it is a party, except to the extent that all events
described in the preceding clauses of this Section 6.15 and then in existence
would not, in the aggregate, be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. With
respect to Plans that are multiemployer plans (within the meaning of Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA) the representations and warranties in this Section 6.15
are made to the best knowledge of Holdings and the Borrower.
6.16 Subsidiaries. (a) Annex 6.16 hereto lists each
------------
Subsidiary of Holdings and of the Borrower (and the direct and indirect
ownership interest of Holdings therein), in each case existing on the Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement Effective Date. Holdings and the Borrower will
at all times own directly or indirectly the percentages specified in said Annex
6.16 of the outstanding capital stock of all of said entities except to the
extent otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.2.
(b) There are no restrictions on Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transfer of cash or other
assets from any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower, other than
prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) this Agreement,
the other Credit Documents and the Subordinated Note Documents, (ii) applicable
law, (iii) customary non-assignment provisions entered into in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practices, (iv) any restriction or
encumbrance with respect to a Subsidiary of the Borrower imposed pursuant to an
agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
substantially all of the capital stock or assets of such Subsidiary, so long as
such sale or disposition is permitted under this Agreement, and (v) any
documents or instruments governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other
obligations secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.3, provided that such
--------
prohibitions or restrictions apply only to the assets subject to such Liens.
6.17 Intellectual Property. The Borrower and each of its
---------------------
Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all material trademarks, trade names,
copyrights, technology, know-how, patents, servicemarks, licenses and processes
and other rights ("Intellectual Property") free from burdensome restrictions
that are necessary for the conduct of their business taken as a whole as
currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.
6.18 Pollution and Other Regulations. Except as set forth
--------------------------------
on Annex 6.18, (a) each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries is, and has been, in
compliance with all Environmental Laws governing or relating to its business,
and to the knowledge of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, there is no condition or
circumstance that would be likely to prevent or interfere with such compliance
in the future, except to the extent that such failure to comply and any
resulting costs, including but not limited to, remediation expenses, penalties,
fines or forfeitures are not reasonably likely to, individually, or in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. All licenses, permits,
registrations or approvals required for the business of Holdings and each of
its Subsidiaries, as conducted as of the Initial Borrowing Date and as of the
Additional Borrowing Date, under any Environmental Law have been secured and
Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries is, and has been, in substantial
compliance therewith, except for such licenses, permits, registrations or
approvals the failure to secure or to comply therewith is not reasonably likely
individually, or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither
Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written communication
from any Person alleging that it is in noncompliance with, breach of or default
under any applicable writ, order, judgment, injunction, or decree to which
Holdings or such Subsidiary is a
<PAGE>
36
party or which would affect the ability of Holdings or such Subsidiary to
operate its business or any real property, except in each such case, such
noncompliance, breaches or defaults as are not reasonably likely to,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. There are,
as of the Initial Borrowing Date and as of the Additional Borrowing Date, no
Environmental Claims pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or its
Subsidiaries, threatened, including, without limitation, those which question
the validity, term or entitlement of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for
any permit, license, order, registration or approval required under any
Environmental Law for the operation of any facility which Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries currently operates and wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling
or finding would be reasonably likely, individually or in the aggregate, to
have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no facts, circumstances, conditions
or occurrences relating to the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, on or relating to
any Real Property or, on any property adjacent to any such Real Property or at
any other location that could reasonably be expected (i) to form the basis of
an Environmental Claim against Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any Real
Property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) to cause such Real
Property to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or
transferability of such Real Property under any Environmental Law, except in
each such case, such Environmental Claims or restrictions that individually or
in the aggregate are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Hazardous Materials have not at any time been (i) generated,
used, treated or stored on, or transported to or from, any Real Property of
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) released on or from any Real
Property, in each case where such occurrence or event is reasonably likely,
individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.19 Properties. Holdings, the Borrower and each of their
----------
Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all material properties owned by
them, including all property reflected in the most recent consolidated balance
sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Devon and its Subsidiaries as
referred to in Section 6.10(b), free and clear of all Liens, other than (i) as
referred to in such consolidated balance sheet or in the notes thereto or (ii)
otherwise permitted by Section 8.2 or 8.3. Annex 6.19 contains a true and
complete list of each Real Property owned or leased by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries on the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Effective Date and
the type of interest therein held by Holdings or the respective Subsidiary.
6.20 Collective Bargaining Agreements. Set forth on Annex
--------------------------------
6.20 hereto is a list and description (including dates of termination) of all
Collective Bargaining Agreements or similar agreements between or applicable to
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and any union, labor organization or other
bargaining agent in respect of the employees of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Effective Date.
6.21 Holding Company Status. Holdings does not engage in any
----------------------
business or operations other than owning capital stock of the Borrower and
activities incidental thereto.
SECTION 7. Affirmative Covenants. Each of Holdings and the
---------------------
Borrower covenants and agrees that on the Initial Borrowing Date and thereafter
and until the Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit or Notes are
outstanding and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and
all other Obligations incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
7.1 Information Covenants. Holdings will furnish to each
---------------------
Lender:
(a) Annual Financial Statements. Within 90 days after the
---------------------------
close of each fiscal year of Holdings, the consolidated balance sheet of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries and of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements
of operations and of changes in shareholder's deficit and of cash flows
for such fiscal year, in each case setting forth comparative consolidated
figures for the preceding fiscal year, and examined by independent
certified public accountants of recognized national standing whose
opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit and as to the
status of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries as a going concern, together with a certificate of
such accounting firm stating that in the course of its regular audit of
the business of Holdings and of the Borrower, which audit was conducted
in accordance with
<PAGE>
37
generally accepted auditing standards, such accounting firm has obtained
no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default which has occurred and is
continuing or, if in the opinion of such accounting firm such a Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the
nature thereof, all of the foregoing to be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Required Lenders.
(b) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available and
------------------------------
in any event within 45 days after the close of each of the first three
quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year, the consolidated
balance sheet of each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such quarterly period and the
related consolidated statements of operations and of changes in
shareholder's deficit and of cash flows for such quarterly period and for
the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such
quarterly period, and in each case setting forth comparative consolidated
figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year, all of which
shall be certified by the chief financial officer, controller, chief
accounting officer or other Authorized Officer of Holdings or the
Borrower, as the case may be, subject to changes resulting from audit and
normal year-end audit adjustments.
(c) Budgets; etc. Not more than 75 days after the
-------------
commencement of each fiscal year of Holdings budgets of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in reasonable detail for each of the four fiscal
quarters of such fiscal year, as customarily prepared by management for
its internal use, setting forth, with appropriate discussion, the
principal assumptions upon which such budgets are based. Together with
each delivery of consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section
7.1(a) and (b), a comparison of the current year to date financial
results (other than in respect of the balance sheets included therein)
against the budgets required to be submitted pursuant to this clause (c)
shall be presented.
(d) Officer's Certificates. At the time of the delivery of
----------------------
the financial statements provided for in Section 7.1(a) and (b), a
certificate of the chief financial officer, controller, chief accounting
officer or other Authorized Officer of Holdings to the effect that no
Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default
does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate,
in the case of the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) and
(b), shall set forth the calculations required to establish (I) the
applicable Level then in effect under Annex 7.1(d) for the Measured
Period (as defined in Annex 7.1(d)) ending on the last day of such fiscal
period or year and (II) whether Holdings and its Subsidiaries were in
compliance with the provisions of Sections 8.5, 8.7, 8.9(a) (but only to
the extent Holdings has made payments of the type described in clause
(ii) thereof in such period or year), 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14 and 8.15 as
at the end of such fiscal period or year, as the case may be.
(e) Notice of Default or Litigation. Promptly, and in any
-------------------------------
event within three Business Days after Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (x) the occurrence of
any event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default which notice
shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and
what action Holdings or such Subsidiary proposes to take with respect
thereto and (y) the commencement of or any significant development in any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending against Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries which is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
business, properties, assets, operations, condition (financial or
otherwise) or prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole
or is likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Holdings
or any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or under any
other Credit Document.
(f) Auditors' Reports. Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy
-----------------
of each other report or "management letter" submitted to Holdings or the
Borrower by its independent accountants in connection with any annual,
interim or special audit made by it of the books of Holdings or the
Borrower.
(g) Borrowing Base Certificate; Total Availability
-----------------------------------------------
Certificate. (i) (A) Promptly and in any event no later than October
-----------
31, 1995, (B) not later than 15 days after the end of each month,
commencing October, 1995 (each such last day being called a
"Determination Date"), and (C) on the date which is 10 Business Days
prior to the consummation of a Permitted Business Acquisition to be
financed (to the extent permitted under this Agreement) by the Revolving
Facility (such date, the "Permitted Business Acquisition Determination
Date"), a borrowing base certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit
K-1 hereto (a
<PAGE>
38
"Borrowing Base Certificate") and applicable supporting documentation,
setting forth, as of a recent date satisfactory to the Agent, such
Determination Date or such Permitted Business Acquisition Determination
Date (or as of such other date provided in the definition of "Borrowing
Base"), the Borrowing Base.
(ii) (A) Not later than 15 days after the end of each month,
commencing October, 1995 (each such last day being called a
"Determination Date"), and (B) on each Permitted Business Acquisition
Determination Date, a total availability certificate substantially in the
form of Exhibit K-2 hereto (a "Total Availability Certificate") and
applicable supporting documentation, setting forth, as of such
Determination Date or such Permitted Business Acquisition Determination
Date (or as of such other date provided in the definition of "Total
Availability"), the Total Availability.
(h) Other Information. Promptly upon transmission thereof,
-----------------
copies of any filings and registrations with, and reports to, the
Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto (the "SEC")
by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and, with reasonable promptness,
such other information or documents (financial or otherwise) as the Agent
on its own behalf or on behalf of the Required Lenders may reasonably
request from time to time.
7.2 Books, Records and Inspections. Holdings will, and will
------------------------------
cause its Subsidiaries to, permit, upon notice to the chief financial officer,
controller or any other Authorized Officer of Holdings, (x) officers and
designated representatives of the Agent or the Required Lenders to visit and
inspect any of the properties or assets of Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries
in whomsoever's possession, and to examine the books of account of Holdings and
any of its Subsidiaries and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of
Holdings and of any of its Subsidiaries with, and be advised as to the same by,
its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable
times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Agent or the Required
Lenders may desire, including, without limitation, at such time as the Borrower
notifies the Agent that it expects to request a Borrowing to fund a Permitted
Business Acquisition and (y) the Agent, or a third party designated by the
Agent, to conduct, at the Borrower's expense (including, without limitation,
the fees and expenses associated with services performed by the Collateral
Agent's Collateral Monitoring Department (or its equivalent)), an audit and/or
collateral examination of the accounts receivable, inventories and Borrowing
Base and an independent appraisal of the property of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries at such times as the Agent shall reasonably require, including,
without limitation, at such time as the Borrower notifies the Agent that it
expects to request a Borrowing to fund a Permitted Business Acquisition.
7.3 Maintenance of Insurance. Holdings will, and will cause
------------------------
each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain in full force and effect
insurance in such amounts, covering such risks and liabilities and with such
deductibles or self-insured retentions as are in accordance with normal
industry practice, provided that in no event will any such deductible or
--------
self-insured retention in respect of liability claims or in respect of casualty
damage, exceed, in each such case, (i) $1,000,000 per occurrence or (ii)
$5,000,000 in the aggregate per fiscal year. At any time that insurance at the
levels described in Annex 7.3 is not being maintained by Holdings and its
Subsidiaries, Holdings will notify the Lenders in writing thereof and, if
thereafter notified by the Agent to do so, Holdings will, and will cause its
Subsidiaries to, obtain insurance at such levels at least equal to those set
forth in Annex 7.3 to the extent then generally available (but in any event
within the deductible or self-insured retention limitations set forth in the
preceding sentence) or otherwise as are acceptable to the Agent. Holdings
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, furnish on the Initial
Borrowing Date and annually thereafter to the Agent a summary of the insurance
carried together with certificates of insurance and other evidence of such
insurance, if any, naming the Collateral Agent as an additional insured and/or
loss payee to the extent appropriate.
7.4 Payment of Taxes. Holdings will pay and discharge, and
----------------
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its
income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on
which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might
become a Lien or charge upon any properties of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries, provided that neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary shall be
--------
required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being
contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate
reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) with
respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.
<PAGE>
39
7.5 Consolidated Corporate Franchises. Holdings will do, and
---------------------------------
will cause each Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and authority,
provided that any transaction permitted by Section 8.2 will not constitute
- --------
a breach of this Section 7.5.
7.6 Compliance with Laws, Statutes, etc. Holdings will, and
------------------------------------
will cause each Subsidiary to, comply with all applicable laws, statutes,
regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all
governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its
business and the ownership of its property (including, without limitation, (x)
all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, standards,
guidelines and orders issued or administered by the United States Food and Drug
Administration (the "FDA"), or any state or local agency similar in its purpose
to the FDA (including good manufacturing practice regulations set forth in 21
CFR Part 820 and all FDA guidelines and other policies implementing such
regulations) and (y) all Environmental Laws) other than those the
non-compliance with which would not have a Material Adverse Effect or would not
have a material adverse effect on the ability of any Credit Party to perform
its obligations under any Credit Document to which it is party.
7.7 ERISA; FDA. (a) As soon as possible and, in any event,
----------
within 15 days after a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any of the
following, Holdings will deliver to each of the Lenders a certificate of the
chief financial officer of Holdings setting forth details as to such occurrence
and such action, if any, which the Credit Party, such Subsidiary or such ERISA
Affiliate is required or proposes to take, together with any notices required
or proposed to be given to or filed with or by the Credit Party, the
Subsidiary, the ERISA Affiliate, the PBGC, a Plan participant (other than
notices relating to an individual participant's benefits) or the Plan
administrator with respect thereto: that a Reportable Event has occurred; that
an accumulated funding deficiency has been incurred or an application is
reasonably likely to be or has been made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a
waiver or modification of the minimum funding standard (including any required
installment payments) or an extension of any amortization period under Section
412 of the Code with respect to a Plan; that a contribution required to be made
to a Plan has not been timely made; that a Plan which has an Unfunded Current
Liability has been or may be terminated, reorganized, partitioned or declared
insolvent under Title IV of ERISA; that a Plan has an Unfunded Current
Liability and there is a failure to make a required contribution, which gives
rise to a lien under ERISA or the Code; that proceedings are reasonably likely
to be or have been instituted to terminate a Plan which has an Unfunded Current
Liability or to appoint a trustee to administer a Plan; that a proceeding has
been instituted pursuant to Section 515 of ERISA to collect a delinquent
contribution to a Plan; that a Credit Party, any Subsidiary of a Credit Party
or any ERISA Affiliate will or is reasonably likely to incur any material
liability (including any indirect, contingent or secondary liability) to or on
account of the termination of or withdrawal from a Plan under Section 4062,
4063, 4064, 4069, 4201, 4204 or 4212 of ERISA or with respect to a Plan under
Section 401(a)(29), 4971, 4975 or 4980 of the Code or Section 409, 502(1) or
502(i) of ERISA, or that a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party is
reasonably likely to incur any material liability pursuant to any employee
welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) that provides
benefits to retired employees (other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA)
or any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA).
Upon request of a Lender, Holdings will deliver to such Lender a complete copy
of the annual report (Form 5500) of each Plan required to be filed with the
Internal Revenue Service. In addition to any certificates or notices delivered
to the Lenders pursuant to the previous sentences hereof, copies of any
material notices received by a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party
or any ERISA Affiliate, with respect to a Plan shall be delivered to the
Lenders no later than 15 days after such are received by Holdings, the
Subsidiary or the ERISA Affiliate, as applicable.
(b) Holdings will promptly notify the Agent of any
determination by the FDA of material non-compliance of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries with applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations,
standards, guidelines and orders administered by the FDA, to the extent such
material non-compliance has not been or is not expected to be promptly
corrected.
7.8 Good Repair. Holdings will, and will cause each of its
-----------
Subsidiaries to, ensure that its properties and equipment used or useful in its
business in whomsoever's possession they may be, are kept in good repair,
working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted, and, subject to
Section 8.5, that from time to time there are made in such properties and
equipment all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements,
<PAGE>
40
extensions, additions, betterments and improvements thereto, to the extent and
in the manner useful or customary for companies in similar businesses.
7.9 End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters. Holdings will, for
------------------------------------
financial reporting purposes, cause (i) each of its, and each of its
Subsidiaries' fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (ii) each of
its, and each of its Subsidiaries', fiscal quarters to end on March 31, June
30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.
7.10 Use of Proceeds. All proceeds of the Loans shall be used
---------------
as provided in Section 6.5.
7.11 Additional Security; Further Assurances. (a) The
---------------------------------------
Borrower will, and will cause its Domestic Subsidiaries to, grant to the
Collateral Agent security interests and mortgages (an "Additional Mortgage") in
such owned or leased Real Property of the Borrower and its Domestic
Subsidiaries (other than any Real Property which secures Indebtedness permitted
under Section 8.4 and subject to a Lien permitted under Section 8.3, to the
extent prohibited by such Lien or the terms of such Indebtedness) as are
acquired after the Initial Borrowing Date by the Borrower or such Subsidiary
and that, together with any improvements thereof, individually have a value of
at least $2,500,000, and as may be requested from time to time by the Agent or
the Required Lenders, as additional security for the Obligations. Such
Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory in
form and substance to the Agent and shall constitute valid and enforceable
perfected Liens superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons other
than such Persons holding Liens permitted by Section 8.3 and subject to no
other Liens except as are permitted by Section 8.3 at the time of perfection
thereof. The Additional Mortgages or instruments related thereto shall be duly
recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to
establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral
Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Mortgages and all
taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in
full. If requested by the Agent or the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall
provide a lender's title policy with respect to each such Additional Mortgage
conforming to the requirements of Section 5.1(1)(iii).
(b) At the request of the Agent or the Required Lenders, Holdings
shall provide to the Agent appraisals satisfying and to the extent required by
applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of the
Financial Institution Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 in respect
of the Real Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries constituting
Collateral (other than the original Mortgaged Properties), in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent.
(c) With respect to any assets of the type covered by the
Security Agreements and acquired after the Initial Borrowing Date, and, upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default and at the request of the Required
Lenders, with respect to any other assets or property of Holdings and its
Domestic Subsidiaries, as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, does not have a perfected Lien, each of Holdings and its Domestic
Subsidiaries agrees to (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such
amendments to this Agreement or the Security Agreements or such other Security
Documents as the Collateral Agent reasonably requests in order to grant to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in such
assets, and (ii) take all actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent
to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security
interest in such assets that is perfected to the same extent as and with the
same priority as the comparable security interests previously granted under the
Security Documents, including without limitation, the filing of UCC financing
statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the appropriate Security
Agreements or by law or as may be requested by the Agent.
(d) With respect to any Domestic Subsidiary or any Foreign
Subsidiary owned directly by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary and
created or acquired after the Initial Borrowing Date, (i) the Borrower or the
applicable Subsidiary shall cause to be executed and delivered to the
Collateral Agent a pledge agreement, in form, scope and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, granting to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of
the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in all of the capital
stock of such Domestic Subsidiary or 65% of the capital stock of such Foreign
Subsidiary, as applicable, (ii) the Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral
Agent the certificates representing such capital stock, together with undated
stock powers, executed in blank, (iii) the Borrower shall cause such Domestic
Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Guaranty, (iv) the Borrower
shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Security
Agreement and (v) the Borrower shall execute and
<PAGE>
41
deliver such amendments to this Agreement requested by the Agent to reflect the
existence of such Domestic Subsidiary.
(e) Holdings and the Borrower agree that each action required
above by this Section 7.11 shall be completed as soon as possible, but in no
event later than 60 days (75 days in the case of clause (b) above) after such
action is requested to be taken by the Agent or the Required Lenders,
provided that in no event shall Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries be
- --------
required to take any action, other than using its commercially reasonable
efforts, to obtain consents from third parties with respect to their compliance
with this Section 7.11.
7.12 Interest Rate Agreements. The Borrower shall no later
------------------------
than 90 days following the Additional Borrowing Date enter into Interest Rate
Agreements, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, establishing a fixed or maximum
interest rate based on a eurodollar rate in respect of at least 50% of the
aggregate principal amount of Term Loans for a period which shall be
satisfactory to the Agent.
SECTION 8. Negative Covenants. Each of Holdings and the
------------------
Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that as of the Initial Borrowing Date and
thereafter until the Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit or Notes
are outstanding and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees
and all other Obligations incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
8.1 Changes in Business. Except as otherwise permitted by
-------------------
Section 8.2, Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
substantively alter the character of the business of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries from that conducted at the Additional Borrowing Date (after giving
effect to the consummation of the Devon Acquisition). Holdings will: engage
in no business or activity other than the ownership of all of the capital stock
of the Borrower and activities incidental thereto; own no capital stock other
than capital stock of the Borrower; not contract, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Indebtedness except pursuant to the Documents and as
permitted by Section 8.4; and not own any assets other than capital stock of
the Borrower and de minimis amounts of other assets incidental to the
-- -------
conduct of its business.
8.2 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc.
-------------------------------------------------------
Holdings will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, wind up, liquidate or
dissolve its affairs, or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation,
sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property or assets (other
than inventory or obsolete equipment or excess equipment no longer needed in
the conduct of the business in the ordinary course of business) or purchase,
lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of related
transactions) all or any part of the property, assets or capital stock of any
Person (other than purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, leases,
materials and equipment in the ordinary course of business) or agree to do any
of the foregoing at any future time, except that the following shall be
permitted:
(a) except as otherwise provided in the Security Documents, any
Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into, or
be liquidated into, the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
Borrower (so long as (i) the Borrower or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is
the surviving corporation and (ii) if any such merger or consolidation
involves a Domestic Subsidiary, a Domestic Subsidiary is the surviving
corporation), or all or any part of its business, properties and assets
may be conveyed, leased, sold or transferred to the Borrower or a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (which must be a Domestic
Subsidiary if the transaction involves the conveyance, lease, sale or
transfer of all or substantially all the properties and assets of a
Domestic Subsidiary), provided that the Borrower may not be a party
--------
to any merger, consolidation or liquidation otherwise permitted by this
clause (a) involving a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary,
and provided further that in each case all Liens created pursuant
-------- -------
to a Security Document on any assets of a Subsidiary affected by any of
the foregoing events (other than Liens on the capital stock issued by a
Subsidiary that does not survive such event if, in connection therewith,
such capital stock is cancelled) shall remain in full force and effect
after giving effect thereto;
(b) capital expenditures to the extent within the limitations set
forth in Section 8.5 hereof;
<PAGE>
42
(c) the investments, acquisitions and transfers or dispositions of
properties permitted pursuant to Section 8.6;
(d) Qualified Sale/Leaseback Transactions to the extent the Net
Cash Proceeds thereof are applied to repay the Loans as and to the extent
provided in Section 4.2(A)(e);
(e) other sales or dispositions of assets by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (including by way of mergers and consolidations and
including those effected in connection with the closing of a plant or
facility owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on
the Initial Borrowing Date or the consolidation of two or more such
plants and/or facilities), provided that (w) the aggregate Net Cash
--------
Proceeds received from all such sales and dispositions shall not exceed
$15,000,000 in the aggregate, (x) each such sale (other than sales not
exceeding $750,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower and $3,000,000 in
the aggregate) shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market
value thereof (as determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings) and
for proceeds of cash alone, (y) such sale or disposition shall be
permitted pursuant to the Subordinated Note Indenture and (z) the Net
Cash Proceeds of any such sale are applied to repay the Loans as and to
the extent provided in Section 4.2(A)(e), and, provided further,
-------- -------
that the sale or disposition of the capital stock of (i) the Borrower
shall be prohibited and (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be
prohibited unless it is for all of the outstanding capital stock of such
Subsidiary owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower;
(f) other sales or dispositions of assets (including those
effected in connection with the closing of a plant or facility owned or
leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the consolidation of
two or more such plants and/or facilities), in each case to the extent
the Required Lenders have consented in writing thereto and subject to
such conditions as may be set forth in such consent;
(g) the license of intellectual property in the ordinary course of
business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(h) leases or subleases by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not
materially interfering with the ordinary course of conduct of the
business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(i) the Merger; and
(j) the Devon Acquisition.
8.3 Liens. Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its
-----
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with
respect to any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or
intangible) of Holdings or any such Subsidiary whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, or sell any such property or assets subject to an understanding or
agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such property or assets
(including sales of accounts receivable or notes with recourse to Holdings or
any of its Subsidiaries) or assign any right to receive income, or file or
permit the filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar
notice of Lien under any similar recording or notice statute, except:
(a) Liens for taxes and assessments not yet due and payable or
Liens for taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings for which adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of
the management of Holdings) have been established;
(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary
course of business, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics'
Liens, statutory landlord's Liens, and other similar Liens arising in the
ordinary course of business, and (x) which do not in the aggregate
materially detract from the value of such property or assets or
materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of
Holdings or any Subsidiary or (y) which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of
preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or asset subject to
such Lien;
<PAGE>
43
(c) Liens created by or pursuant to this Agreement or the other
Credit Documents;
(d) Liens on assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries existing on
the Initial Borrowing Date and listed on Annex 8.3(d) hereto together
with each Lien on the assets of Devon existing on the Additional
Borrowing Date listed on Annex 8.3(d) as described in each officer's
certificate delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) and 5.2(c),
respectively, in each case without giving effect to any subsequent
extensions or renewals thereof;
(e) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in
circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.9;
(f) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) incurred or
deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social
security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, bids, trade contracts, leases, government
contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of
obligations in respect of the payment for borrowed money);
(g) Leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any
material respect with the business of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries;
(h) Easements, encroachments, covenants, rights-of-way,
restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar
charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the
ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
and municipal and zoning ordinances;
(i) Liens arising from UCC financing statements regarding leases
permitted by this Agreement;
(j) Purchase money Liens securing payables arising from the
purchase by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any equipment or
goods in the normal course of business, provided that such payables
--------
shall not constitute Indebtedness;
(k) Any interest or title of a lessor under any lease permitted by
this Agreement;
(l) Liens arising pursuant to purchase money mortgages relating
to, or security interests securing Indebtedness representing the purchase
price of assets acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after
the Initial Borrowing Date, provided that any such Liens attach only to
the assets so acquired and/or Liens existing on assets acquired by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the Initial Borrowing Date
which are not incurred in connection with such acquisition and which do
not attach to any other property of the Borrower and/or any of its
Subsidiaries, provided that all Indebtedness secured by Liens created
pursuant to this clause (1), when aggregated with the principal amount of
Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 8.4(o), shall not exceed
$12,500,000 at any time outstanding;
(m) Liens arising in connection with Qualified Sale/Leaseback
Transactions;
(n) Liens created pursuant to Capital Leases permitted pursuant to
Section 8.4(d);
(o) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries, provided that
--------
such Liens do not extend to, or encumber, assets which constitute
Collateral or the capital stock of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries;
(p) repurchase agreements related to inventory executed by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any third parties not to exceed
$5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding; and
<PAGE>
44
(q) Liens on cash collateral consisting of the proceeds of
drawings under a Letter of Credit in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $3,000,000 (and earnings thereon and investments thereof) to
secure reimbursement obligations in respect of Existing Letters of Credit
and related fees and expenses.
8.4 Indebtedness. Holdings will not, and will not permit any
------------
of its Subsidiaries to, contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents;
(b) Indebtedness owing by (i) any Subsidiary to another
Subsidiary, provided that, if the obligee Subsidiary is a Domestic
--------
Subsidiary, then the obligor Subsidiary shall not be a Foreign Subsidiary
with Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 8.4(k), and (ii)
Holdings to the Borrower to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness
are used promptly upon the incurrence thereof to pay when due (x) fees
owing to Bessemer and/or its Affiliates permitted pursuant to Section
8.10, (y) taxes and normal operating expenses and (z) the repurchase
price for Holdings Common Stock or Holdings Preferred Stock as permitted
by Section 8.9(a)(ii);
(c) Indebtedness owing by any Subsidiary to the Borrower,
provided such Subsidiary is not a Foreign Subsidiary with
--------
Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 8.4(k);
(d) Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate Capitalized Lease
--------
Obligations under all Capital Leases entered into after the Initial
Borrowing Date shall not at any time exceed $10,000,000;
(e) existing Indebtedness listed on Annex 8.4(e) hereto ("Existing
Indebtedness") and any renewals, extensions, refundings or refinancings
of such Indebtedness (other than the Subordinated Notes), provided the
amount thereof is not increased and the maturity of principal thereof is
not shortened (unless to a maturity occurring after the Tranche B Term
Facility Final Maturity Date);
(f) Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements listed on Annex
8.4(f) hereto and under Interest Rate Agreements entered into after the
Initial Borrowing Date;
(g) Indebtedness of Holdings represented by the obligations of
Holdings to make payments with respect to the cancellation or repurchase
of certain stock or stock options or warrants in respect of Holdings
Common Stock or Holdings Preferred Stock granted to management investors
pursuant to the Management Common Stock Agreements and the Employment
Agreements;
(h) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.3(1);
(i) the repurchase agreements permitted by Section 8.3(p);
(j) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower evidenced by the
Subordinated Notes, provided that such Indebtedness shall not exceed
--------
$75,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding;
(k) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary, provided that such
--------
Indebtedness is incurred solely for working capital purposes and is not
guaranteed by, or secured by the assets of, any entity other than the
Foreign Subsidiary incurring such Indebtedness or any other Foreign
Subsidiary;
(l) Indebtedness of the Borrower in respect of industrial revenue
bonds issued after the Initial Borrowing Date, provided that such
--------
Indebtedness shall not exceed $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any time;
(m) letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business
for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent
(i) the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower and/or such
<PAGE>
45
Subsidiary in respect thereof are unsecured and (ii) the sum of (x) the
aggregate stated amount thereof, (y) the aggregate amount of all unpaid
drawings in respect thereof and (z) the Letter of Credit Outstandings
will not exceed, when added to the aggregate principal amount of all
Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans then outstanding, either (A) the
Total Revolving Commitment in effect as of the Initial Borrowing Date or
(B) the Total Availability at the time of issuance;
(n) Stock Repurchase Notes; and
(o) additional Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries not to exceed, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of
Indebtedness subject to a Lien pursuant to Section 8.3(1), an aggregate
outstanding principal amount of $12,500,000 at any time.
8.5 Capital Expenditures. (a) Holdings will not, and will
--------------------
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur Consolidated Capital Expenditures,
provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Consolidated
- --------
Capital Expenditures during each fiscal year of the Borrower in an amount not
in excess of (x) the sum of (A) as the case may be, (1) for fiscal year 1995,
$4,000,000 or (2) for each fiscal year thereafter, $8,500,000 plus (B) in the
case of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1,
1997, the Retained Percentage Amount for the prior fiscal year minus (y) the
amount of such Retained Percentage Amount expended by the Borrower in such
fiscal year in respect of repurchases of Subordinated Notes pursuant to Section
8.8(a).
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause
(a) above, to the extent that Consolidated Capital Expenditures made by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year are less than the amount
permitted to be made for such fiscal year pursuant to clause (a) (without
taking into account any increase in the amount permitted during such period as
a result of this clause (b)) 100% of such unused amount may be carried forward
to the immediately succeeding fiscal year and utilized to make Consolidated
Capital Expenditures in excess of the amount permitted above in such following
fiscal year.
8.6 Advances, Investments and Loans. Holdings will not, and
-------------------------------
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, lend money or credit or make
advances to any Person, or purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or
securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to
any Person, except:
(a) Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may invest in cash and
Cash Equivalents;
(b) the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries may acquire and hold
receivables owing to them, if created or acquired in the ordinary course
of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary
trade terms;
(c) the intercompany Indebtedness described in Sections 8.4(b) and
(c) shall be permitted to the extent evidenced by promissory notes (if
owed to the Borrower or another Domestic Subsidiary) that are pledged
pursuant to a Pledge Agreement;
(d) the investments owned by the Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries on the Initial Borrowing Date and set forth in Annex 8.6(d)
may continue to be owned by the Borrower and such Subsidiary;
(e) loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of
business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any
time outstanding shall be permitted;
(f) the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries may acquire and own
investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the
bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement
of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and
suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(g) Interest Rate Agreements permitted by Section 8.4(f) shall be
permitted;
<PAGE>
46
(h) the Borrower may make additional capital contributions or
advances to or investments in any Person not to exceed $1,000,000 for any
Person and $3,000,000 to all Persons;
(i) Holdings may make capital contributions to the Borrower and
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make capital contributions to, or
purchase additional shares of capital stock of, their respective
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of
--------
capital contributions to, and consideration paid for the purchase of
capital stock of, Foreign Subsidiaries by the Borrower and its Domestic
Subsidiaries on and after the Initial Borrowing Date shall not at any
time exceed the sum of (i) $250,000 plus (ii) the aggregate amount of
dividends and other distributions received by the Borrower and its
Domestic Subsidiaries from Foreign Subsidiaries on and after the Initial
Borrowing Date;
(j) the Borrower may make guarantees of certain financial
obligations of a distributor of the Borrower, in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(k) (i) the Merger shall be permitted and (ii) the Devon
Acquisition shall be permitted;
(l) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Permitted Business
Acquisitions, provided that the aggregate amount of consideration
--------
(whether cash or property, as valued in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Borrower) for all Permitted Business Acquisitions
acquired after the Initial Borrowing Date (other than the Devon
Acquisition) shall not exceed (net of any return representing return of
capital of (but not return on) any such investment) at any time the
amount set forth on Annex 7.1(d) for the Level that is in effect at such
time (it being agreed that any such investment permitted when made shall
not cease to be permitted as a result of the applicable Level
subsequently changing); and
(m) the foregoing shall not prevent the redemption or repurchase
by Holdings of Holdings Common Stock or Holdings Preferred Stock (and any
options or warrants relating thereto) in accordance with Section
8.9(a)(ii).
8.7 Leases. Holdings will not permit the aggregate payments
------
(including, without limitation, any property taxes paid by Holdings and its
Subsidiaries as additional rent or lease payments) by Holdings and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis under agreements in effect as of the
Initial Borrowing Date and/or entered into after the Initial Borrowing Date
(including any such agreement that is an extension, replacement, substitution,
or renewal of any agreement entered into prior to such date) to rent or lease
any real or personal property (exclusive of Capitalized Lease Obligations) to
exceed $17,500,000 in any fiscal year of Holdings.
8.8 Prepayments of Indebtedness; Amendments to Documents, etc.
----------------------------------------------------------
Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
(a) make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any voluntary or
optional payment or prepayment or redemption or acquisition for value of
(including, without limitation, by way of depositing with the trustee
with respect thereto money or securities before due for the purpose of
paying when due) or exchange of any Existing Indebtedness or the
Subordinated Notes except that, commencing with the fiscal year beginning
January 1, 1997, the Borrower may repurchase and/or redeem Subordinated
Notes so long as (x) the aggregate amount paid by the Borrower in any
fiscal year for all such repurchases and redemptions shall not exceed an
amount equal to (A) in the case of each fiscal year commencing with the
fiscal year beginning January 1, 1997, the Retained Percentage Amount for
the immediately preceding fiscal year minus (B) the amount of such
-----
Retained Percentage Amount utilized by the Borrower to make Consolidated
Capital Expenditures in such fiscal year, (y) no Subordinated Notes shall
be purchased or redeemed at a price which exceeds 105% of the principal
amount thereof plus interest accrued thereon and (z) no Default under
Section 9.1 or Event of Default shall exist at the time of any such
repurchase and redemptions or would exist immediately after giving effect
thereto;
<PAGE>
47
(b) amend or modify, or permit the amendment or modification of,
any provisions of any Subordinated Note Document, any Merger Document or
any Devon Acquisition Document in any manner adverse to the interests of
the Lenders;
(c) designate any Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries after the Initial Borrowing Date (other than Indebtedness
hereunder) as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" (as such term is defined
in the Subordinated Note Indenture) without the prior written consent of
the Agent;
(d) exercise its legal or covenant defeasance option under the
Subordinated Note Indenture without the consent of the Required Lenders;
or
(e) amend, modify or change in any manner adverse to the interests
of the Lenders the Certificate of Incorporation (including, without
limitation, by the filing of any certificate of designation other than
that filed with respect to the Holdings Preferred Stock on or prior to
the Initial Borrowing Date) or By-Laws of Holdings, the Borrower or any
other Credit Party, or any agreement entered into by Holdings, the
Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to its capital stock, or
enter into any new agreement in any manner adverse to the interests of
the Lenders, with respect to the capital stock of Holdings, the Borrower
or any other Credit Party.
8.9 Dividends, etc. (a) Holdings will not, and will not
---------------
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or pay any dividends (other than
dividends payable solely in capital stock of such Person) or return any capital
to, its stockholders or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or
delivery of property or cash to its stockholders as such, or redeem, retire,
purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for consideration, any
shares of any class of its capital stock now or hereafter outstanding (or any
warrants for or options or stock appreciation rights in respect of any of such
shares), or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or permit
any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any
shares of any class of the capital stock of the Borrower or any other
Subsidiary, as the case may be, now or hereafter outstanding (or any options or
warrants or stock appreciation rights issued by such Person with respect to its
capital stock) (all of the foregoing "Dividends"), except that:
(i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may pay dividends to its
shareholders;
(ii) Holdings may redeem or repurchase Holdings Common Stock or
Holdings Preferred Stock (and any options or warrants relating thereto)
from management investors upon the death, permanent disability,
retirement or termination of employment of any such management investor
(any such event in respect of a management investor, a "Repurchase
Triggering Event"), provided that (x) no Default under Section 9.1 or
--------
Event of Default is then in existence or would arise therefrom, (y) the
aggregate amount of all cash paid in respect of such shares so redeemed
or repurchased from all management investors and all principal payments
made in respect of Stock Repurchase Notes shall not exceed $3,000,000 in
the aggregate during the period from the Initial Borrowing Date through
the second anniversary thereof and $5,000,000 in the aggregate thereafter
(it being understood that the amount of Stock Repurchase Notes that may
be issued for such redemptions and repurchases is not limited by the
foregoing restrictions), and, provided further that in the event
-------- -------
that Holdings subsequently resells to any member of its, the Borrower's
or any Subsidiary's management, or to a party acceptable to the Agent
provided that any such party shall simultaneously transfer all such
shares purchased by it to a member of management of Holdings, the
Borrower or of such Subsidiary, or for the benefit of one or more members
of management (to the extent that such shares are, simultaneously with
such transfer, reserved for issuance to such members of management
pursuant to an employee incentive plan), any shares redeemed or
repurchased pursuant to this clause (ii), the amount of repurchases
Holdings may make from management investors pursuant to this clause (ii)
and permitted principal payments in respect of Stock Repurchase Notes
shall be increased by an amount equal to any cash received by Holdings
upon the resale of such shares;
(iii) the Borrower may pay cash dividends to Holdings at such times
and in such amounts as are necessary to enable Holdings to (A) make
required tax payments, (B) pay normal operating expenses
<PAGE>
48
incurred in the ordinary course of business, and/or (C) effect the
payments permitted pursuant to Section 8.9(ii) and Section 8.10,
provided that in the event that Holdings has not utilized the
--------
proceeds of such dividend for the purposes for which such dividend was
paid within thirty days after the receipt of proceeds of such dividend,
Holdings shall be required to immediately utilize the proceeds of such
dividend to make a capital contribution in the Borrower;
(iv) the Borrower may pay a cash dividend to Holdings on the
Initial Borrowing Date to be used by Holdings as set forth in Sections
5.1(h), (j) and (k) and 6.5; and
(v) Holdings may pay Dividends to its stockholders (or holders of
options for Holdings Common Stock) on the Initial Borrowing Date as
required by the terms of the Merger Agreement.
(b) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction
which prohibits or otherwise restricts (A) the ability of any Subsidiary to (a)
pay dividends or make other distributions or pay any Indebtedness owed to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary or (B) the ability of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of
Holdings to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon its property
or assets to secure the Obligations, other than prohibitions or restrictions
existing under or by reason of:
(i) this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and the
Subordinated Note Documents;
(ii) applicable law;
(iii) customary non-assignment provisions entered into in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;
(iv) any restriction or encumbrance with respect to a Subsidiary
of the Borrower imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered
into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
capital stock or assets of such Subsidiary, so long as such sale or
disposition is permitted under this Agreement; and
(v) Liens permitted under Section 8.3 and any documents or
instruments governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other obligations
secured by any such Liens, provided that such prohibitions or
--------
restrictions apply only to the assets subject to such Liens.
8.10 Transactions with Affiliates. Holdings will not, and
----------------------------
will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction or series of
transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any
Affiliate other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to
Holdings or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Holdings or such
Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person
other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not
--------
apply to (i) transactions with Bessemer and its Affiliates set forth in Annex
8.10 hereto in such amounts and at such times as is permitted pursuant to the
terms of the Subordinated Note Indenture, provided that no amount shall be paid
by Holdings or any Subsidiary in connection with such transactions during the
continuation of an Event of Default, (ii) payments among Holdings and its
Subsidiaries pursuant to any Tax Sharing Agreement, (iii) employment
arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business with officers of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (iv) customary fees paid to members of the
Board of Directors of Holdings and of its Subsidiaries, (v) transactions
between or among any of the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Domestic
Subsidiaries, (vi) between the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business and (vii) payments by the Borrower to Sandel
and the other Selling Shareholders required by the Devon Acquisition Agreement
as in effect on the date hereof, provided that at least 50% of each
--------
Contingent Payment (as defined in the Devon Acquisition Agreement) required to
be made pursuant to Section 10(d) of the Devon Acquisition Agreement shall be
made from the proceeds of additional equity contributed to the Borrower through
Holdings by the Investors for that purpose.
<PAGE>
49
8.11 Consolidated Net Worth. Holdings will not (a) permit
----------------------
Consolidated Net Worth as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending on or before
December 31, 1995 of Holdings to be less than an amount equal to the sum of (x)
85% of Initial Consolidated Net Worth plus (y) the aggregate of 50% of
Consolidated Net Income, if positive, for each quarter during the period
commencing on October 1, 1995 and ending at the close of the fiscal quarter
then last ended and (b) permit Consolidated Net Worth as of the end of any
fiscal quarter of Holdings ending on or after March 31, 1996 to be less than an
amount equal to the sum of (w) $43,774,000 (which is 85% of Consolidated Net
Worth as at December 31, 1995) plus (x) $26,775,000 (which is 85% of the cash
proceeds of equity contributed to the Borrower through Holdings by the
Investors in connection with the Devon Acquisition) plus (y) the aggregate of
50% of Consolidated Net Income, if positive, for each quarter during the period
commencing on January 1, 1996 and ending at the close of the fiscal quarter
then last ended.
8.12 Debt Service Coverage Ratio. Holdings will not permit
---------------------------
the ratio of (i) Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Debt Service to (ii)
Consolidated Debt Service Expense for any Test Period to be less than 1.0 to
1.0.
8.13 Cash Interest Coverage Ratio. Holdings will not
------
permit the Cash Interest Coverage Ratio for any Test Period set forth below to
be less than the ratio set forth opposite such Test Period:
Test Period Ending Ratio
------------------ -----
December 31, 1995 1.75 to 1.00
March 31, 1996 1.75 to 1.00
June 30, 1996 1.75 to 1.00
September 30, 1996 1.75 to 1.00
December 31, 1996 1.75 to 1.00
March 31, 1997 2.00 to 1.00
June 30, 1997 2.00 to 1.00
September 30,1997 2.00 to 1.00
December 31, 1997 2.00 to 1.00
March 31, 1998 2.50 to 1.00
June 30, 1998 2.50 to 1.00
September 30, 1998 2.50 to 1.00
December 31, 1998 2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 1999 2.50 to 1.00
June 30, 1999 2.50 to 1.00
September 30, 1999 2.50 to 1.00
December 31, 1999 2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2000 2.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2000 2.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2000 2.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2000 2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2001 and each 3.00 to 1.00
March 31, June 30,
September 30 and
December 31 thereafter
8.14 Leverage Ratio. Commencing with the fiscal quarter
--------------
ending December 31, 1995, Holdings will not permit the Leverage Ratio as of the
end of any fiscal quarter of Holdings ending during the fiscal year set forth
below to be more than the ratio set forth opposite such fiscal quarter:
<PAGE>
50
Fiscal Quarter Ratio
-------------- -----
December 31, 1995 3.00 to 1.00
March 31, 1996 3.85 to 1.00
June 30, 1996 3.85 to 1.00
September 30, 1996 3.75 to 1.00
December 31, 1996 3.75 to 1.00
March 31, 1997 3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 1997 3.50 to 1.00
September 30, 1997 2.75 to 1.00
December 31, 1997 2.75 to 1.00
March 31, 1998 2.50 to 1.00
June 30, 1998 2.50 to 1.00
September 30, 1998 2.25 to 1.00
December 31, 1998 2.25 to 1.00
March 31, 1999 1.75 to 1.00
June 30, 1999 1.75 to 1.00
September 30, 1999 1.75 to 1.00
December 31, 1999 1.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2000 and thereafter 1.50 to 1.00
8.15 Current Ratio. Holdings will not permit the ratio of (x)
-------------
Consolidated Current Assets to (y) Consolidated Current Liabilities at the end
of any fiscal quarter of Holdings to be less than 1.25 to 1.00.
8.16 Issuance of Stock. Holdings will not permit any of its
-----------------
Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to issue, sell, assign, pledge or otherwise
encumber or dispose of any shares of its capital stock or other securities (or
warrants, rights or options to acquire shares or other equity securities) of
such Subsidiary, except to the extent permitted by Section 8.6, to the Borrower
or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary thereof or to qualify directors if required by
applicable law and except for pledges thereof pursuant to the Pledge
Agreements.
SECTION 9. Events of Default. Upon the occurrence of any of
-----------------
the following specified events (each an "Event of Default"):
9.1 Payments. The Borrower shall (i) default in the payment
--------
when due of any principal of the Loans or (ii) default, and such default shall
continue for five or more days, in the payment when due of any Unpaid Drawing,
any interest on the Loans or any Fees or any other amounts owing hereunder or
under any other Credit Document; or
9.2 Representations etc. Any representation, warranty or
--------------------
statement made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or in
any statement or certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant
hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date
as of which made or deemed made; or
9.3 Covenants. Any Credit Party shall (a) default in the due
---------
performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in
Sections 7.10 or 8, or (b) default in the due performance or observance by it
of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section
9.1, 9.2 or clause (a) of this Section 9.3) contained in this Agreement and
such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after
notice to the defaulting party by the Agent or the Required Lenders; or
<PAGE>
51
9.4 Default Under Other Agreements. Any Credit Party or any
------------------------------
of their Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment with respect to any
Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) or (ii) default in the observance or
performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or
contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating
thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which
default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or
holders) to cause any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated
maturity; provided that it shall not constitute an Event of Default
--------
pursuant to this Section 9.4 unless the principal amount of any one issue of
such Indebtedness exceeds $3,000,000 or the aggregate amount of all
Indebtedness referred to in this Section 9.4 exceeds $5,000,000 at any one
time; or
9.5 Bankruptcy, etc. Any Credit Party or any of its Material
----------------
Subsidiaries shall commence a voluntary case concerning itself under Title 11
of the United States Code entitled "Bankruptcy", as now or hereafter in effect,
or any successor thereto (the "Bankruptcy Code"); or an involuntary case is
commenced against any Credit Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries and the
petition is not controverted within 10 days, or is not dismissed within 60
days, after commencement of the case; or a custodian (as defined in the
Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all
of the property of any Credit Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries; or any
Credit Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries commences any other proceeding
under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors,
dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction
whether now or hereafter in effect relating to any Credit Party or any of its
Material Subsidiaries; or there is commenced against any Credit Party or any of
its Material Subsidiaries any such proceeding which remains undismissed for a
period of 60 days; or any Credit Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries is
adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order
approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or any Credit Party or any of
its Material Subsidiaries suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like
for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or
unstayed for a period of 60 days; or any Credit Party or any of its Material
Subsidiaries makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any
corporate action is taken by any Credit Party or any of its Material
Subsidiaries for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
9.6 ERISA. (a) A Plan which is a single-employer plan (as
-----
defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) shall fail to satisfy the minimum
funding standard required by Section 412 of the Code for any plan year or a
waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or
granted under Section 412 of the Code or shall provide security to induce the
issuance of such waiver or extension, (b) any Plan is or shall have been or is
likely to be terminated or the subject of termination proceedings under ERISA
or an event has occurred entitling the PBGC to terminate a Plan under Section
4042(a) of ERISA, (c) any Plan shall have had or is likely to have a trustee
appointed to administer such Plan, (d) a contribution required to be made to a
Plan has not been timely made, (e) any Plan shall have an Unfunded Current
Liability or (f) a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a Credit Party or any ERISA
Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a material liability to or on
account of a termination of or a withdrawal from a Plan under Section 515,
4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201, 4204 or 4212 of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of
the Code; and there shall result from any such event or events described in the
preceding clauses of this Section 9.6 the imposition of a lien upon the assets
of Holdings or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party, the granting of a security
interest, or a liability or a material risk of incurring a liability to the
PBGC or a Plan or a trustee appointed under ERISA or a penalty under Section
4971 of the Code, which lien, security interest, liability or penalty would
have a Material Adverse Effect; or
9.7 Security Documents. Any Security Document shall cease to
------------------
be in full force and effect, or shall cease to give the Collateral Agent the
Liens purported to be created thereby with respect to assets that are material,
individually or in the aggregate, to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, (except to the extent resulting from the failure of the Collateral Agent
to maintain possession of Collateral as to which the Liens thereon are
perfected by possession or from a sale or other disposition of such Collateral
permitted hereby) in favor of the Collateral Agent or any Credit Party shall
default (after, in the case of Mortgages only, the expiration of any applicable
grace period contained in any such Mortgage) in any material respect in the due
performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be
performed or observed pursuant to any such Security Document; or
<PAGE>
52
9.8 Guaranty. Any Guaranty or any provision thereof shall
--------
cease to be in full force or effect, except in each case to the extent
resulting from a sale or liquidation of the applicable Guarantor permitted
hereby, or any Guarantor or any Person acting by or on behalf of such Guarantor
shall deny or disaffirm such guarantor's obligations under such Guaranty or any
Guarantor shall default in the due performance or observance of any material
term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed pursuant to
the relevant Guaranty; or
9.9 Judgments. One or more judgments or decrees shall be
---------
entered against any Credit Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries involving
a liability of $3,000,000 or more in the case of any one such judgment or
decree and $5,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and
decrees (other than any judgment or decree in connection with which such Credit
Party has provided reserves on its consolidated balance sheet as of the Initial
Borrowing Date (x) not to exceed $3,000,000 in the case of any one such
judgment or decree and, (y) not to exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year for all
such judgments and decrees) for all Credit Parties and their Material
Subsidiaries (not paid or to the extent not covered by insurance or by an
indemnity) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated,
discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry
thereof; or
9.10 Subordination Provisions. The Obligations of the
------------------------
Borrower and of Holdings shall cease to constitute senior indebtedness under
the subordination provisions of the Stock Repurchase Notes or the Subordinated
Note Indenture or such subordination provisions shall be invalidated or
otherwise cease to be legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties
thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms;
then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of
Default shall then be continuing, the Agent shall, upon the written request of
the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the
following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Agent or any Lender
to enforce its claims against the Borrower, except as otherwise specifically
provided for in this Agreement (provided that, if an Event of Default
--------
specified in Section 9.5 shall occur with respect to the Borrower, the result
which would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Agent as specified
in clauses (i) and (ii) below shall occur automatically without the giving of
any such notice): (i) declare the Total Commitment terminated, whereupon the
Commitment of each Lender shall forthwith terminate immediately and any
Commitment Fee shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice
of any kind; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest in respect
of all Loans and all obligations owing hereunder (including Unpaid Drawings)
and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and
payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby waived by Holdings and the Borrower; (iii) enforce, as
Collateral Agent (or direct the Collateral Agent to enforce), any or all of the
Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Security Documents; (iv)
terminate any Letter of Credit which may be terminated in accordance with its
terms; and (v) direct the Borrower to pay (and the Borrower hereby agrees upon
receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default
specified in Section 9.5 in respect of the Borrower, it will pay) to the
Collateral Agent at the Payment Office such additional amounts of cash, to be
held as security for the Borrower's reimbursement obligations in respect of
Letters of Credit then outstanding equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all
Letters of Credit then outstanding.
Except as expressly provided in this Section and in the Security
Documents, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are
hereby expressly waived with respect to the exercise of remedies upon an Event
of Default.
SECTION 10. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms
-----------
shall have the meanings herein specified unless the context otherwise requires.
Defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural
and in the plural the singular:
"Account Debtor" shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the
obligor with respect to such Receivable.
"Additional Borrowing Date" shall mean the date upon which the
Additional Tranche A Term Loans and the Additional Tranche B Term Loans are
borrowed.
<PAGE>
53
"Additional Mortgage" shall have the meaning provided in Section
7.11.
"Additional Term Commitment" shall mean with respect to each
Lender, the collective reference to its Additional Tranche A Term Commitment
and Additional Tranche B Term Commitment.
"Additional Term Loans" shall mean the collective reference to the
Additional Tranche A Term Loans and the Additional Tranche B Term Loans.
"Additional Tranche A Scheduled Repayment" shall have the meaning
provided in Section 4.2(A)(c).
"Additional Tranche A Term Commitment" shall mean, with respect to
each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name in Annex 1.1
hereto directly below the column entitled "Additional Tranche A Term
Commitment", as the same may be reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 3.3.
"Additional Tranche A Term Facility" shall mean the Facility
evidenced by the Total Additional Tranche A Term Commitment.
"Additional Tranche A Term Loan" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(a).
"Additional Tranche B Scheduled Repayment" shall have the meaning
provided in Section 4.2(A)(d).
"Additional Tranche B Term Commitment" shall mean, with respect to
each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name in Annex 1.1
hereto directly below the column entitled "Additional Tranche B Term
Commitment", as the same may be reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 3.3.
"Additional Tranche B Term Facility" shall mean the Facility
evidenced by the Total Additional Tranche B Term Commitment.
"Additional Tranche B Term Loan" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(b).
"Adjusted Cash Flow" for any fiscal year shall mean Consolidated
Net Income for such fiscal year (after provision for taxes) plus the amount of
all net non-cash charges (including, without limitation, depreciation, deferred
tax expense, non-cash interest expense, write-downs of inventory and other
non-cash charges) that were deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for
such fiscal year less (x) the amount of all net noncash gains and gains from
sales of assets (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of
business) that were added in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such
fiscal year and (y) all other net non-cash credits included in arriving at
Consolidated Net Income.
"Adjusted Certificate of Deposit Rate" shall mean, on any day, the
sum (rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) of (1) the rate obtained by dividing
(x) the most recent weekly average dealer offering rate for negotiable
certificates of deposit with a three-month maturity in the secondary market as
published in the most recent Federal Reserve System publication entitled
"Select Interest Rates," published weekly on Form H.15 as of the date hereof,
or if such publication or a substitute containing the foregoing rate
information shall not be published by the Federal Reserve System for any week,
the weekly average offering rate determined by the Agent on the basis of
quotations for such certificates received by it from three certificate of
deposit dealers in New York of recognized standing or, if such quotations are
unavailable, then on the basis of other sources reasonably selected by the
Agent, by (y) a percentage equal to 100% minus the stated maximum rate of all
reserve requirements as specified in Regulation D applicable on such day to a
three-month certificate of deposit of a member bank of the Federal Reserve
System in excess of $100,000 (including, without limitation, any marginal,
emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves), plus (2) the annual
assessment rate in effect of such day which is payable by a member of the Bank
Insurance Fund maintained by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
"FDIC") (or any successor) classified as well-capitalized and within
supervisory subgroup "B" (or such higher subgroup classification as may be in
effect
<PAGE>
54
from time to time for the Agent) (or a comparable successor assessment risk
classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. (S)327.3(d) (or any successor
provision) to the FDIC (or any successor) for the FDIC's (or such successor's)
insuring time deposits at offices of such institution in the United States.
"Affected Loan" shall have the meaning provided in Section
4.2(B)(b).
"Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other
Person directly or indirectly controlling (including but not limited to all
directors and officers of such Person), controlled by, or under direct or
indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control
a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power (i)
to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the
election of directors of such corporation or (ii) to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
"Agent" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of
this Agreement and shall include any successor to the Agent appointed pursuant
to Section 11.9.
"Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be
from time to time further modified, amended and/or supplemented.
"Allocation Date" shall mean the earlier of (i) the Effective Date
and (ii) the Business Day prior to the Effective Date on which the Initial
Tranche A Term Commitment, the Initial Tranche B Term Commitment and the
Revolving Commitment have been allocated among the Lenders.
"Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Effective Date" shall have
the meaning provided in Section 12.10(b).
"Anticipated Reinvestment Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
Reinvestment Election, the amount specified in the Reinvestment Notice
delivered by the Borrower in connection therewith as the amount of the Net Cash
Proceeds from the related Asset Sale that the Borrower intends to use to
purchase, construct or otherwise acquire Reinvestment Assets.
"Applicable Base Rate Margin" shall mean (i) for Revolving Loans,
Swingline Loans and Tranche A Term Loans, the rate determined in accordance
with Annex 7.1(d), and (ii) for Tranche B Term Loans, 2.00%.
"Applicable Cash Flow Percentage" for any fiscal year shall mean
the percentage for such fiscal year determined in accordance with Annex 7.1(d).
"Applicable Eurodollar Margin" shall mean (i) for Revolving Loans
and Tranche A Term Loans, the rate determined in accordance with Annex 7.1(d),
and (ii) for Tranche B Term Loans, 3.00%.
"Asset Sale" shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition by
Holdings or any Subsidiary of any asset or property to any Person other than
Holdings or any Subsidiary (other than sales, transfers or other dispositions
in the ordinary course of business of inventory and/or obsolete or excess
equipment).
"Authorized Officer" shall mean any senior officer of Holdings or
the Borrower, as the case may be, designated as such in writing to the Agent by
Holdings or the Borrower, as the case may be, in each case to the extent
acceptable to the Agent.
"Bankruptcy Code" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.5.
"Base Rate" at any time shall mean the highest of (i) the rate
which is 1% in excess of the Adjusted Certificate of Deposit Rate, (ii) the
rate which is 1/2 of 1% in excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (iii)
the Prime Lending Rate.
<PAGE>
55
"Base Rate Loan" shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rates
provided in Section 1.8(a).
"Bessemer" shall mean Bessemer Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership.
"Borrower" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.
"Borrowing" shall mean the incurrence of one Type of Loan pursuant
to a single Facility by the Borrower from all of the Lenders having Commitments
with respect to such Facility on a pro rata basis on a given date (or
--- ----
resulting from conversions on a given date), having in the case of Eurodollar
Loans the same Interest Period; provided that Base Rate Loans incurred
--------
pursuant to Section 1.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans.
"Borrowing Base" shall mean an amount equal to the sum, without
duplication of (a) 85% of Eligible Receivables of the Borrower and its Domestic
Subsidiaries, (b) 60% of the Eligible Inventory value that consists of paper
raw materials and (c) 50% of the Eligible Inventory value that consists of
other Inventory reduced by (i) a rolling two-week average of freight charges
incurred (calculated by averaging actual freight charges incurred by all Credit
Party domestic operations for transporting inventory between Credit Party
locations over the two most recent fiscal months) and (ii) all unpaid
liabilities to creditors supplying freight and/or inventory transportation
services to the domestic operations of all Credit Parties in excess of the
amount calculated in clause (i) provided that if the Borrower fails to
--------
deliver any Borrowing Base Certificate in the form and at the times required by
Section 7.1(g), the Borrowing Base shall, at the close of business on the fifth
Business Day following the date on which such Borrowing Base Certificate was
required to be delivered, be reduced to $0 and shall remain $0 until such time
as a Borrowing Base Certificate in proper form is delivered, at which time the
Borrowing Base shall be calculated as set forth herein.
"Borrowing Base Certificate" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 7.1(g).
"Business Day" shall mean (i) for all purposes other than as
covered by clause (ii) below, any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day
which shall be in the City of New York a legal holiday or a day on which
banking institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to
close and (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection
with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, any day
which is a Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day for
trading by and between banks in U.S. dollar deposits in the interbank
Eurodollar market.
"CABSC" shall mean Chemical Bank, Agent Bank Services.
"capital stock" of any Person shall mean any and all shares,
interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other
equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person,
including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and
any limited liability company membership interest.
"Capital Lease" as applied to any Person shall mean any lease of
any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which,
in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance
sheet of that Person.
"Capitalized Lease Obligations" shall mean all obligations under
Capital Leases of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in each case taken at the
amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.
"Cash Equivalents" shall mean (i) securities issued or directly and
fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the
--------
United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of
not more than six months from the date of acquisition, (ii) U.S. dollar
denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances of
(x) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and
surplus in excess of $500,000,000 or (y) any bank whose short-term commercial
paper rating from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or its successor or assign
which remains in the business of rating creditworthiness of commercial paper
("S&P") is at least A-1 or the
<PAGE>
56
equivalent thereof or from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or its successor or
assign which remains in the business of rating creditworthiness of commercial
paper ("Moody's") is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank, an
"Approved Lender"), in each case with maturities of not more than six months
from the date of acquisition and (iii) commercial paper issued by any Lender or
Approved Lender or by the parent company of any Lender or Approved Lender and
commercial paper issued by, or guaranteed by, any industrial or financial
company with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least A-1 or the
equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's,
or guaranteed by any industrial company with a long term unsecured debt rating
of at least A or A2, or the equivalent of each thereof, from S&P or Moody's, as
the case may be, and in each case maturing within six months after the date of
acquisition.
"Cash Interest Coverage Ratio" shall mean for any period the ratio
of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense
for such period.
"Cash Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
aggregate cash payments (including any cash received by way of deferred payment
pursuant to a note receivable issued in connection with such Asset Sale, other
than the portion of such deferred payment constituting interest, but only as
and when so received) received by Holdings and/or any Subsidiary from such
Asset Sale.
"CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. (S) 9601 et
--
seq.
- ---
"Change of Control" shall mean and include (i) any "Change of
Control" as defined in the Subordinated Note Indenture, (ii) Bessemer and its
Affiliates shall cease to own directly at least 35% (on a fully diluted basis)
of the total of all equity interests of Holdings and at least 35% of the
combined voting power of all securities of Holdings entitled to vote in the
election of directors, (iii) any Person or two or more Persons acting in
concert other than Bessemer and its Affiliates shall have acquired beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of Holdings (or other securities
convertible into such Voting Stock), representing a greater percentage of the
combined voting power of all Voting Stock of Holdings owned directly, or
indirectly by Bessemer and its Affiliates, (iv) any Person or two or more
Persons acting in concert other than Bessemer and its Affiliates shall have
acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or
arrangement that, upon consummation, will result in its or their acquisition
of, the power to exercise directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over
the management or policies of Holdings or (v) Holdings shall cease to own all
of the capital stock of the Borrower, free of Liens and other claims except
Liens created by or permitted under the Pledge Agreements.
"Chemical" shall mean Chemical Bank, a New York banking
corporation.
"Co-Agents" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph
of this Agreement and shall include any successor to such Co-Agent appointed
pursuant to Section 11.9.
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued
thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at
the Effective Date and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory
thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
"Collateral" shall mean all of the Collateral as defined in each of
the Security Documents.
"Collateral Agent" shall mean the Agent acting as collateral agent
for the Lenders.
"Collective Bargaining Agreement" shall have the meaning provided
in Section 5.1(d).
"Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender's
Initial Tranche A Term Commitment, Additional Tranche A Term Commitment,
Initial Tranche B Term Commitment, Additional Tranche B Term Commitment and
Revolving Commitment and, in the case of Chemical, the Swingline Commitment.
<PAGE>
57
"Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1(a).
"Consolidated Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, the
aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities
and including in all events all amounts capitalized during such period under
Capital Leases but excluding any amount representing capitalized interest) by
Holdings and its Subsidiaries during that period that, in conformity with GAAP,
are or are required to be included in the property, plant or equipment
reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries,
provided that Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall exclude the purchase
- --------
price paid in connection with Permitted Business Acquisitions, and,
provided further, that notwithstanding anything contained in the
- -------- -------
immediately preceding proviso, with respect to any transaction permitted
pursuant to Section 8.2(e) and (f) and relating to sales or dispositions in
connection with the closing of a plant or facility, Consolidated Capital
Expenditures shall not include the reasonable relocation costs and expenses
(including the reasonable costs and expenses relating to reinstalling any
machinery and equipment moved from the closed plant or facility in an existing
plant or facility theretofore owned by the Borrower) incurred in connection
with such transaction.
"Consolidated Cash Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any
period, Consolidated Capital Expenditures but excluding, however, the amount
thereof not actually paid in cash during such period.
"Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Debt Service" shall mean, for
any period, (A) Consolidated EBITDA minus (B) the sum of the amounts for
-----
such period of (i) an amount of Consolidated Cash Capital Expenditures equal to
the lesser of (v) $4,000,000 and (w) the actual amount of Consolidated Cash
Capital Expenditures made during such period and (ii) provisions for taxes
based on income other than (x) changes in deferred taxes, (y) taxes on gains
resulting from sales of assets (other than sales in the ordinary course of
business) and (z) taxes on gains on extraordinary items, all as determined on a
consolidated basis for Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period,
Consolidated Interest Expense, but excluding, however, interest expense not
payable in cash, amortization of discount and deferred financing costs.
"Consolidated Current Assets" shall mean, as to any Person at any
time, the current assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) of such Person
and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP.
"Consolidated Current Liabilities" shall mean, as to any Person at
any time, the current liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding all
short-term Indebtedness for borrowed money and the current portion of any
long-term Indebtedness of such Person or its Subsidiaries, in each case to the
extent otherwise included therein and any current portion of deferred taxes.
"Consolidated Debt Service Expense" shall mean, for any period, the
sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated
Cash Interest Expense, (ii) scheduled principal payments made during such
period on Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(A)(c) and Section 4.2(A)(d) and
(iii) scheduled principal payments made during such period on other long-term
Indebtedness, all as determined on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its
Subsidiaries.
"Consolidated EBIT" shall mean, for any period, (A) the sum of the
amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated Net Income, (ii) provisions for
taxes based on income, (iii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iv) amortization
or write-off of deferred financing costs to the extent deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income and (v) losses on sales of assets (excluding sales in
the ordinary course of business) and other extraordinary losses less (B)
----
the amount for such period of gains on sales of assets (excluding sales in the
ordinary course of business) and other extraordinary gains, all as determined
on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated EBIT, (ii)
non-cash depreciation expense, (iii) non-cash amortization expense and (iv) any
other non-cash charges, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP.
<PAGE>
58
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated
Cash Flow Available for Debt Service, Cash Interest Coverage Ratio and Leverage
Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter in 1996, the actual results of
Devon, as adjusted in accordance with Annex 10, shall be included for the
period of four fiscal quarters ending on such day and shall be deemed to be the
following amounts: for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 1995, $4,115,000;
for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1995, $1,555,000; for the fiscal quarter
ending September 30, 1995, $2,303,000; and for the fiscal quarter ending
December 31, 1995, $1,412,000.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, total
interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Leases in accordance
with GAAP) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis with
respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries,
including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
financing and net costs under Interest Rate Agreements, but excluding, however,
any amortization of deferred financing costs, all as determined in accordance
with GAAP, provided that there shall be excluded all of the foregoing of
--------
any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or
is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
that Person's assets are acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
"Consolidated Net Income" shall mean for any period, the net income
(or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such
period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP,
provided that there shall be excluded (i) the income (or loss) of any
- --------
Person (other than Subsidiaries of the Borrower) in which any other Person
(other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest,
except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually
paid to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during such
period, (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it
becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person's assets are acquired by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) the income of any Subsidiary of
the Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time
permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to that Subsidiary and provided further that in calculating
-------- -------
Consolidated Net Income for 1996, amounts aggregating up to $4,000,000 incurred
or expended to achieve cost savings at the Borrower as related to facility
consolidations and/or relocations and factory and warehouse systems upgrades
and to integrate the operations of Devon with the operations of the Borrower
which would otherwise be deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income shall
not be required to be deducted.
"Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean at any time for the
determination thereof all amounts which, in conformity with GAAP, would be
included under the caption "total shareholders' equity" (or any like caption)
on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at such
date (including, to the extent not otherwise included, the Holdings Preferred
Stock).
"Consolidated Senior Debt" shall mean, as at any date of
determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness described in clause (iii), (vii) or (viii) of the
definition of Indebtedness and other than the Subordinated Notes and any Stock
Repurchase Notes), of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Working Capital" shall mean the excess of
Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated Current Liabilities.
"Contingent Obligations" shall mean as to any Person any obligation
of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases,
dividends or other obligations ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the
"primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including,
without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct
or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the
purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working
capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the
net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
<PAGE>
59
payment of such primary obligation, (d) issued pursuant to Section 8.6(j) or
(e) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such primary obligation
against loss in respect thereof, provided however, that the term
-------- -------
Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit
or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent
Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable
amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation
is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated
liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform
thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
"Credit Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the
Security Documents and each Subsidiary Guaranty.
"Credit Event" shall mean and include the making of a Loan or the
issuance of a Letter of Credit.
"Credit Party" shall mean Holdings, the Borrower and each
Subsidiary Guarantor.
"Default" shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice
or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
"Defaulting Lender" shall mean any Lender with respect to which a
Lender Default is in effect.
"Determination Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section
7.1(g).
"Devon" shall mean Devon Industries, Inc., a California
corporation.
"Devon Acquisition" shall mean the acquisition by the Borrower,
pursuant to the terms of the Devon Acquisition Agreement, of all of the capital
stock of Devon.
"Devon Acquisition Agreement" shall mean the Share Purchase
Agreement, dated as of December 23, 1995, by and among the Borrower, as
purchaser, Sandel and the Selling Shareholders set forth therein, pursuant to
which the Devon Acquisition is effected.
"Devon Acquisition Documents" shall mean the Devon Acquisition
Agreement and all other documents entered into or delivered by the Borrower,
Sandel and/or the Selling Shareholders in connection with the Devon Acquisition
Agreement.
"Devon Pro Forma Balance Sheets" shall be as defined in Section
6.10(b)(v).
"Devon Pro Forma Date" shall be as defined in Section 6.10(b)(v).
"Devon Transaction" shall mean, collectively, (a) the issuance on
or prior to the Additional Borrowing Date of capital stock of the Borrower as
required by Section 5.2(j), (b) the consummation of the Devon Acquisition, (c)
the termination of the commitments under the Existing Devon Credit Agreements
and the repayment of all loans outstanding thereunder and (d) the incurrence of
the Loans hereunder on the Additional Borrowing Date.
"Dividends" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.9.
"Documents" shall mean, collectively, (a) the Credit Documents, (b)
the Merger Documents and (c) the Devon Acquisition Documents.
"Domestic Subsidiary" shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings other
than the Foreign Subsidiaries.
"Effective Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section
12.10(a).
<PAGE>
60
"Eligible Inventory" shall mean all raw materials and finished
goods inventory of the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries valued at
the lower of (i) cost determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any LIFO
reserve) and stated on a basis consistent with the historical practices of the
Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries as of the Initial Borrowing Date or, in
the case of Devon and its Subsidiaries, on the Additional Borrowing Date, or
(ii) market value, that the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, shall deem
eligible, reduced, in the case of Inventory valued at cost, by (w) any profits
accrued in connection with transfers of Inventory between any Credit Party and
its Subsidiaries or between Subsidiaries of any Credit Party, (x) favorable
production material, production manufacturing, purchase price or other
variances that result when standard costs are greater than actual costs, (y) in
the case of Tronomed and Devon, the value of reserves which have been recorded
by the Borrower with respect to slow moving, obsolete, or excess Inventory and
in the case of IPD and MPD, respectively, a reserve equal to the sum of
write-offs in the previous 12 months with respect to slow moving, obsolete, or
excess Inventory, and (z) such other reserves as the Agent, in its reasonable
discretion after consultation with the Borrower, shall deem appropriate. The
Agent agrees, not less than 30 days prior to any revision by the Agent in any
material respect of standards of eligibility of Eligible Inventory, to notify
the Borrower and/or the relevant Subsidiary thereof. Unless otherwise approved
from time to time in writing by the Agent, no item of Inventory shall be
Eligible Inventory if:
(a) such item of Inventory is not assignable or a first priority
security interest in such item of Inventory in favor of the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Lenders has not been obtained and fully
perfected by filing UCC financing statements against the Borrower or the
relevant Domestic Subsidiary, as the case may be;
(b) such item of Inventory is subject to any Lien whatsoever,
other than Permitted Liens;
(c) such item of Inventory (i) is damaged or not in good condition
(to the extent not provided for by reserves as described above) or (ii)
does not meet all material standards imposed by any Governmental
Authority having regulatory authority over such item of Inventory, its
use or its sale;
(d) such item of Inventory is not currently either readily usable
or salable in the normal course of the business of the Borrower or the
relevant Domestic Subsidiary, as the case may be (to the extent not
provided for by reserves as described above);
(e) any event shall have occurred or any condition shall exist
with respect to such item of Inventory which would result in such item
being a discontinued item or substantially impede the ability of the
Borrower or the relevant Domestic Subsidiary, as the case may be, to
continue to use or sell such item of Inventory in the normal course of
business;
(f) any claim disputing the title of the Borrower or the relevant
Domestic Subsidiary, as the case may be, to, or right to possession of or
dominion over, such item of Inventory shall have been asserted;
(g) any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or
in any other Credit Document applicable to either Inventory in general or
to any such specific item of Inventory has been breached with respect to
such item of Inventory;
(h) the Borrower or the relevant Domestic Subsidiary, as the case
may be, does not have good and marketable title as sole owner of such
item of Inventory;
(i) such item of Inventory is held on consignment, is owned by the
Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries and has been consigned to
other Persons, or is located at, or in the possession of, a vendor of the
Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary, or is in transit to or from, or
held or stored by, third parties except for Inventory in transit between
Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdings;
(j) such item of Inventory is work-in-process;
<PAGE>
61
(k) (i) in the case of any determination of the Borrowing Base
made after the date which is three months after the Initial Borrowing
Date, such item of Inventory other than Inventory of Devon and its
Subsidiaries is located on a leasehold as to which the lessor has not
entered into a landlord's waiver and consent, satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agent, providing a waiver of any applicable landlord's
Lien; and (ii) in the case of any determination of the Borrowing Base
made after the date which is three months after the Additional Borrowing
Date, such item of Inventory is Inventory of Devon or any of its
Subsidiaries and is located on a leasehold as to which the lessor has not
entered into a landlord's waiver and consent, satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agent, providing a waiver of any applicable landlord's
Lien;
(l) such item of Inventory is located outside of the United
States;
(m) such item of Inventory is evidenced by a Receivable;
(n) such item of Inventory is subject to any licensing, patent,
royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreements with any third
party from whom the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries has
received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement that
adversely effects the marketability of such item of Inventory;
(o) such item of Inventory consists of packing, packaging and/or
shipping supplies or materials; or
(p) such item of Inventory has been otherwise determined by the
Agent (after consultation with the Borrower), exercising its commercially
reasonable discretion, to be unacceptable because the Agent believes that
such item of Inventory is not readily salable under the customary terms
on which it is usually sold.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Inventory owned by the Borrower's
Foreign Subsidiary in Canada which conforms with all eligibility criteria set
forth herein other than as set forth in clause (a) or (l) shall be Eligible
Inventory provided that (i) such Inventory is financed by loans of the
--------
Borrower or a Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary to the extent permitted under
this Agreement, such loans to be evidenced by a promissory note, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent, issued to the Borrower or such Subsidiary,
as applicable, and secured by a valid and perfected first priority security
interest in such Inventory in favor of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the
case may be (which security interest shall be duly assigned to the Collateral
Agent), (ii) such promissory note shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent
under the applicable Security Document and (iii) the lesser of (x) the
outstanding principal balance of such promissory note and (y) the value of such
Inventory (as determined as provided above) financed by such loans (as
determined in accordance with GAAP) shall constitute "Eligible Inventory."
"Eligible Receivables" shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and
its consolidated Subsidiaries, on any date, all Receivables of such Person on
such date that (i) have been invoiced and represent the bona fide sale and
delivery of merchandise, in each case in the ordinary course of business of
such person in connection with its trade operations, and (ii) are deemed by the
Agent reasonably and in its exclusive and good faith judgment to be eligible
for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. The Agent agrees, not
less than 30 days prior to any revision by the Agent in any material respect of
standards of eligibility of Eligible Receivables, to notify the Borrower and/or
the relevant Subsidiary thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, to qualify as
an Eligible Receivable, a Receivable shall indicate as sole payee and as sole
remittance party the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor. In determining the
amount to be so included, the face amount of Receivables shall be reduced by
(a) the amount of all accrued and actual returns, disputes, discounts, claims,
credits, charges, chargebacks, price adjustments or other allowances (including
any amount that the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary Guarantor may be
obligated to rebate to a customer, such as recorded and unrecorded medical
distributor rebates, pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding
(written or oral)) and (b) the aggregate amount of all reserves, limits and
deductions provided for in this definition and elsewhere in this Agreement.
Unless otherwise approved from time to time in writing by the Agent, no
Receivable shall be an Eligible Receivable if:
<PAGE>
62
(a) the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary Guarantor does not have
sole lawful and absolute title to such Receivable;
(b) it arises out of sale made by any Person to an Affiliate
(including the Borrower or a Guarantor);
(c) (i) it is unpaid more than 60 days from the due date of such
Receivable for IPD and MPD or it is unpaid for more than 90 days from the
invoice date of such Receivable for Tronomed, or (ii) it is unpaid more
than 60 days from the due date of such Receivable or more than 90 days
from the invoice date of such Receivable for any other Receivables or
(iii) it has been written off the books of such Person or has been
otherwise designated as uncollectible;
(d) more than 50% in face amount of all Receivables of the same
Account Debtor and its known affiliates, taken together, are ineligible
pursuant to clause (c) above;
(e) the Account Debtor (i) is a creditor of any Credit Party
(including distributors of the Borrower whose financial obligations are
guaranteed by the Borrower), (ii) has or has asserted a right of setoff
against any Credit Party or (iii) has disputed its liability (whether by
chargeback or otherwise) or made any claim with respect to the Receivable
or any other Receivable of any Credit Party which has not been resolved,
in each case, without duplication, to the extent of the amount owed by
such Credit Party to the Account Debtor, the amount of such actual or
asserted right of setoff, or the amount of such dispute or claim, as the
case may be;
(f) the Account Debtor is insolvent or the subject of any
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding of any kind;
(g) the Receivable is not payable in dollars or the Account Debtor
is either not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America
or any State thereof or is located outside or has its principal place of
business or substantially all of its assets outside the continental
United States, except to the extent the Receivable is supported by an
irrevocable letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (as to
form, substance and issuer) and assigned to and directly drawable by the
Collateral Agent;
(h) the sale to the Account Debtor generating the Receivable is on
a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-and-return, ship-and-return, sale
on approval or consignment or other similar basis or made pursuant to any
other written agreement providing for repurchase or return of any
merchandise which has been claimed to be defective or otherwise
unsatisfactory;
(i) the Account Debtor is the United States of America or any
department, agency or instrumentality thereof and the Receivables balance
outstanding from all such Account Debtors exceeds $600,000, unless the
Borrower or applicable Subsidiary Guarantor duly assigns its rights to
payment of such Receivable to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the
Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, which assignment and
related documents and filings shall be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent;
(j) the goods giving rise to such Receivable have not been shipped
and delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor, or otherwise do not
represent a completed sale;
(k) the Receivable does not comply in all material respects with
all requirements of applicable law, including without limitation the
Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Federal Truth in Lending Act
and Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
(l) the Receivable is subject to any adverse security deposit,
progress payment or other similar advance made by or for the benefit of
the Account Debtor to the extent thereof;
<PAGE>
63
(m) either (i) such Receivable is not subject to a valid and
perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders, subject to no other Liens other than the Liens
(if any) permitted by the Credit Documents, or (ii) such Receivable does
not otherwise conform to the representations and warranties contained in
the Credit Documents; or
(n) as to all or any part of such Receivable a check, promissory
note, draft, trade acceptance or other instrument for the payment of
money has been received, presented for payment and returned uncollected
for any reason.
Without limiting the foregoing in determining the aggregate amount
of Receivables from the same Account Debtor and any affiliates thereof that are
unpaid more than 60 days from the due date of such Receivable for IPD and MPD
and other Receivables or that are unpaid for more than 90 days from the invoice
date of such Receivable for Tronomed and other Receivables, pursuant to clause
(c) above, there shall be excluded the amount of any net credit balances
relating to Receivables with due dates for MPD and IPD and other Receivables
more than 60 days prior to the date of determination and with invoice dates for
Tronomed and other Receivables more than 90 days prior to the date of
determination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Receivables owned by the Borrower's
Foreign Subsidiary in Canada which conform with all eligibility criteria set
forth herein other than as set forth in clause (g) or (m) shall be Eligible
Receivables provided that (i) such Receivables are financed by loans of the
--------
Borrower or a Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary to the extent permitted under
this Agreement, such loans to be evidenced by a promissory note, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent, issued to the Borrower or such Subsidiary,
as applicable, and secured by a valid and perfected first priority security
interest in such Receivables in favor of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as
the case may be (which security interest shall be duly assigned to the
Collateral Agent), (ii) such promissory note shall be pledged to the Collateral
Agent under the applicable Security Document and (iii) the lesser of (x) the
outstanding principal balance of such promissory note and (y) the value of such
Receivables (as determined as provided above) financed by such loans (as
determined in accordance with GAAP) shall constitute "Eligible Receivables."
"Eligible Transferee" shall mean and include a commercial bank,
financial institution or other "accredited investor" (as defined in SEC
Regulation D), in each case which is not a direct competitor of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or engaged in the same or similar business as the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not an Affiliate of any such
competitors of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
"Employment Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(d).
"Environmental Claims" means any and all administrative, regulatory
or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of
noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating in any way
to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any
such Environmental Law (hereafter, "Claims"), including, without limitation,
(a) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for
enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or oexir actions or damages
pursuant to any Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third
party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery,
compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials arising
from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.
"Environmental Law" means any applicable Federal, state, foreign or
local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, guide, policy and rule
of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any
judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or
administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the environment,
health, safety or Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, CERCLA;
RCRA; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. (S)(S)1251
et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. (S)(S) 7401 et
- -- --- --
seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 7401 et seq.; the Safe
- --- -- ---
Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 3808 et seq.; the Oil Pollution Act of
-- ---
1990, 33 U.S.C. (S)(S) 2701 et seq. and any applicable state and local or
-- ---
foreign counterparts or equivalents.
<PAGE>
64
"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings
issued thereunder. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA, as in effect at
the Effective Date and any subsequent provisions of ERISA, amendatory thereof,
supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
"ERISA Affiliate" shall mean each person (as defined in Section
3(9) of ERISA) which together with a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a Credit
Party would be deemed to be a "single employer" within the meaning of Section
414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code.
"Eurodollar Loans" shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the
rates provided in Section 1.8(b).
"Eurodollar Rate" shall mean with respect to each Interest Period
for a Eurodollar Loan, (i) the offered quotation to first-class banks in the
interbank Eurodollar market by the Agent for dollar deposits of amounts in same
day funds comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the Eurodollar Loan
of the Agent for which an interest rate is then being determined with
maturities comparable to the Interest Period to be applicable to such
Eurodollar Loan, determined as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date which
is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period divided
(and rounded upward to the next whole multiple of 1/16 of 1%) by (ii) a
percentage equal to 100% minus the then stated maximum rate of all reserve
requirements (including without limitation any marginal, emergency,
supplemental, special or other reserves) applicable to any member bank of the
Federal Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in
Regulation D (or any successor category of liabilities under Regulation D).
"Event of Default" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.
"Excess Cash Flow" shall mean, for any fiscal year, the excess of
(a) the sum, without duplication of, (i) Adjusted Cash Flow for such fiscal
year, (ii) cash generated (if any) by the decrease, if any, in Consolidated
Working Capital of Holdings for such fiscal year, (iii) any net amounts
received by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in settlement of, or in payment of
any judgments resulting from, legal proceedings with respect to Holdings or any
such Subsidiary during such fiscal year, and (iv) any amounts received by
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from the repayment or redemption of any
long-term promissory notes or preferred stock of other Persons held by Holdings
or any of its Subsidiaries over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the
increase, if any, in Consolidated Working Capital of Holdings for such fiscal
year, (ii) the aggregate amount of all repayments during such period of
Capitalized Lease Obligations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than any
portion thereof allocable to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense), all
repayments during such period of the principal of Indebtedness of Holdings or
any Subsidiary in respect of which a Lien described in Section 8.3(1) is
incurred and all principal payments of long-term Indebtedness of Holdings and
its Subsidiaries made during such fiscal year, (iii) the amount of Consolidated
Capital Expenditures of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period
(excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with
such expenditures), (iv) the aggregate amount of all prepayments of Revolving
Loans to the extent of accompanying permanent reductions of the Total Revolving
Commitment and all payments of the Term Loans except pursuant to Sections 4.1,
4.2(A)(e) and (f), (v) the aggregate amount paid during such period as the
purchase price of Permitted Business Acquisitions, (vi) costs paid in cash
during such period in connection with the establishment of any Interest Rate
Agreement with respect to the Loans, (vii) cash expenditures of Holdings during
such period pursuant to Section 8.9(a)(ii) (less the amount of cash received by
Holdings during such period from the sale of shares of Holdings Common Stock or
Holdings Preferred Stock to or for the benefit of management investors) and
Section 8.10(i) hereof and (viii) to the extent not deducted in the calculation
of Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, amounts aggregating up to
$4,000,000 incurred or expended to achieve cost savings at the Borrower as
related to facility consolidations and/or relocations and factory and warehouse
systems upgrades and to integrate the operations of Devon with the operations
of the Borrower.
"Existing Credit Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1992 among the Borrower, the
financial institutions from time to time party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc.,
as agent.
"Existing Devon Credit Agreements" shall mean the agreements set
forth on Annex 5.2(i).
<PAGE>
65
"Existing Indebtedness" shall have the meaning provided in Section
8.4(e).
"Existing Indebtedness Agreements" shall have the meaning provided
in Section 5.1(d).
"Existing Letters of Credit" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 2.7.
"Expiration Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) March 31,
1996 and (ii) the date of termination (taking into account any extensions
thereof) of the Devon Acquisition Agreement.
"Facility" shall mean any of the credit facilities established
under this Agreement, i.e., any Term Facility, the Revolving Facility or
----
the Swingline Facility.
"Facing Fee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1(c).
"Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean for any period, a
fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of
the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for
such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding
Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not
so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations
for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal
Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent.
"Fees" shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to
in, Section 3.1.
"Final Maturity Date" shall mean the collective reference to the
Tranche A Term Facility Final Maturity Date, the Tranche B Term Facility Final
Maturity Date and the Revolving Facility Final Maturity Date.
"Foreign Subsidiary" shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings
incorporated or organized, and doing business, in a jurisdiction other than the
United States or any state or territory thereof.
"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America as in effect from time to time; it being understood
and agreed that determinations in accordance with GAAP for purposes of Section
8, including defined terms as used therein, are subject (to the extent provided
therein) to Section 12.7(a).
"GH" shall mean GH Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
"Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government, any
state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
pertaining government.
"Guaranties" shall mean the guaranty provided by Holdings pursuant
to Section 13 of this Agreement and each Subsidiary Guaranty.
"Guarantor" shall mean each of Holdings and the Subsidiary
Guarantors.
"Hazardous Materials" means (a) any petroleum or petroleum
products, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become
friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment
that contains electric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls,
and radon gas and (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or
included in the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous waste,"
"hazardous materials," "extremely hazardous waste," "restricted hazardous
waste," "toxic substances," "toxic pollutants," "contaminants," or
"pollutants," or words of similar import, under any Environmental Law.
"Holdings" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
66
"Holdings Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of Holdings.
"Holdings Preferred Stock" shall mean the 15% Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock, Series A, of Holdings having a stated value per share of $100.
"ICA" shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.7.
"Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean without duplication (i) all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) the deferred purchase
price of assets or services which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the
liability side of the balance sheet of such Person, (iii) the face amount of
all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without
duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (iv) all Indebtedness of a second
Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such first Person, whether
or not such indebtedness has been assumed, (v) all Capitalized Lease
Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations of such Person to pay a
specified purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or
accepted, i.e., take-or-pay and similar obligations, (vii) all obligations
----
of such Person under Interest Rate Agreements and (viii) all Contingent
Obligations of such Person, provided that Indebtedness shall not include
--------
trade payables and accrued expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary
course of business.
"Initial Borrowing Date" shall mean September 28, 1995.
"Initial Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean the Consolidated Net
Worth of Holdings on the Initial Borrowing Date after giving effect to the
Transaction.
"Initial Term Loans" shall mean the collective reference to the
Initial Tranche A Term Loans and the Initial Tranche B Term Loans.
"Initial Tranche A Scheduled Repayment" shall have the meaning
provided in Section 4.2(A)(c).
"Initial Tranche A Term Commitment" shall mean, with respect to
each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name in Annex 1.1
hereto directly below the column entitled "Initial Tranche A Term Commitment",
as the same may be reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 3.3.
"Initial Tranche A Term Facility" shall mean the Facility evidenced
by the Total Initial Tranche A Term Commitment.
"Initial Tranche A Term Loan" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(a).
"Initial Tranche B Scheduled Repayment" shall have the meaning
provided in Section 4.2(A)(d).
"Initial Tranche B Term Commitment" shall mean, with respect to
each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name in Annex 1.1
hereto directly below the column entitled "Tranche B Term Commitment", as the
same may be reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 3.3.
"Initial Tranche B Term Facility" shall mean the Facility evidenced
by the Total Initial Tranche B Term Commitment.
"Initial Tranche B Term Loan" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(b).
"Interest Period" with respect to any Loan shall mean the interest
period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 1.9.
"Interest Rate Agreement" shall mean any interest rate swap
agreement, any interest rate cap agreement, any interest rate collar agreement
or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against
fluctuations in interest rates.
<PAGE>
67
"Inventory" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9-109 of
the UCC as in effect in the State of New York on the Initial Borrowing Date.
"Investors" shall mean, collectively, Bessemer and its Affiliates,
certain of the officers and employees of Holdings and the Borrower and other
investors approved by the Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld).
"IPD" shall mean the Industrial Products Division of the Borrower.
"Leasehold" of any Person means all of the right, title and
interest of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or
licenses of land, improvements and/or fixtures.
"Lender" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.
"Lender Default" shall mean (i) the refusal (which has not been
retracted) of a Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of
Revolving Loans or to fund its portion of any unreimbursed payment under
Section 2.5(c) or (ii) a Lender having notified the Agent and/or the Borrower
that it does not intend to comply with its obligations under Section 1.1 or
under Section 2.5(c), in the case of either (i) or (ii) as a result of the
appointment of a receiver or conservator with respect to such Lender at the
direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority.
"Letter of Credit" shall have the meaning provided in Section
2.1(a).
"Letter of Credit Fee" shall have the meaning provided in Section
3.1(b).
"Letter of Credit Issuer" shall mean and include Chemical or, at
the option of Chemical, any affiliate of Chemical.
"Letter of Credit Outstandings" shall mean, at any time, the sum
of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding
Letters of Credit and (ii) the aggregate amount of all unpaid drawings in
respect of all Letters of Credit.
"Letter of Credit Request" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 2.3(a).
"Leverage Ratio" shall mean at any date the ratio of Consolidated
Senior Debt at such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal
quarters ending on or immediately preceding such date.
"Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of
the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any
lease in the nature thereof).
"Loan" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.1.
"Loan Parties" shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.
"Management Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(d).
"Management Common Stock Agreements" shall mean each of the common
stock agreements, stockholders agreements and/or common stock option or warrant
agreements entered into by GH or Holdings and individuals who are employees of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as in effect on the Effective Date or
otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required
Lenders.
"Mandatory Borrowing" shall have the meaning provided in Section
1.1(d).
<PAGE>
68
"Margin Stock" shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U.
"Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on
the business, property, assets, operations or condition (financial or
otherwise) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case after giving effect to the
Merger.
"Material Subsidiary" shall mean and include, at any time, any
Subsidiary of Holdings that (x) has assets at such time comprising 5% or more
of the consolidated assets of Holdings or (y) had net income in the then most
recently ended fiscal year of Holdings comprising 5% or more of the
consolidated net income of the Borrower for such fiscal year and shall in any
event include (x) the Borrower and (y) any other Subsidiary of Holdings that at
such time would constitute a "Significant Subsidiary" as defined in SEC Rule
1-02 promulgated under SEC Regulation S-X, as amended or any replacement rule.
"Merger" shall mean the merger, pursuant to the terms of the Merger
Agreement, of GH into Holdings with Holdings as the surviving corporation.
"Merger Agreement" shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated as of August 3, 1995, among GH, the Borrower and Holdings, pursuant to
which the Merger is effected.
"Merger Documents" shall mean the Merger Agreement and all other
documents entered into or delivered by Holdings and the Borrower in connection
with the Merger Agreement.
"Minimum Borrowing Amount" shall mean (i) for Base Rate Loans,
$1,000,000, (ii) for Eurodollar Loans, $2,500,000 and (iii) for Swingline Loans
$100,000.
"Mortgage" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.1(1).
"Mortgaged Properties" shall mean and include the Real Properties
owned or leased by the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent
designated as such on Annex 5.1(l).
"MPD" shall mean the Medical Products Division of the Borrower.
"Net Cash Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
Cash Proceeds resulting therefrom net of expenses of sale (including, without
limitation, attorneys', accountants', other advisors' and banking and
investment banking fees, environmental and solvency related fees, all legal,
title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes paid or
reasonably estimated to be payable, as a consequence of such Asset Sale and the
payment of principal, premium and interest of Indebtedness secured by the asset
which is the subject of the Asset Sale and required to be, and which is, repaid
under the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale), and incremental income
taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, provided that with respect to
--------
any Asset Sale resulting from a transaction permitted pursuant to Section
8.2(e) and (f) and relating to sales or dispositions in connection with the
closing of a plant or facility, the Net Cash Proceeds resulting therefrom shall
be further reduced by the reasonable closing, severance and relocation costs
and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses
relating to re-installing any machinery and equipment moved from the closed
plant or facility in an existing plant or facility theretofore owned by the
Borrower or a Subsidiary) incurred in connection with such transaction.
"Non-Defaulting Lender" shall mean each Lender other than a
Defaulting Lender.
"Note" shall mean and include each Term Note, each Revolving Note
and Swingline Note.
"Notice of Borrowing" shall have the meaning provided in Section
1.3.
"Notice of Conversion" shall have the meaning provided in Section
1.6.
<PAGE>
69
"Notice Office" shall mean the office of the Agent at 270 Park
Avenue, New York, New York or such other office as the Agent may designate to
the Borrower from time to time.
"Obligations" shall mean all amounts, direct or indirect,
contingent or absolute, of every type or description, and at any time existing,
owing to the Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
"Operating Lease" shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease
(including, without limitation, leases which may be terminated by the lessee at
any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) which is not a
Capital Lease other than any such lease under which that Person is the lessor.
"Participant" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(a).
"Payment Office" shall mean the office of the Agent at 270 Park
Avenue, New York, New York or such other office as the Agent may designate to
the Borrower from time to time.
"PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.
"Permitted Business Acquisition" shall mean any acquisition of all
or substantially all the assets of, or shares or other equity interests in, a
Person or division or line of business of a Person or other significant assets
of a Person (other than inventory, leases, materials and equipment in the
ordinary course of business) if immediately after giving effect thereto: (a)
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would
result therefrom, (b) all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in
all material respects in accordance with applicable laws, (c) at least 90% of
the capital stock of any acquired or newly formed corporation, partnership,
association or other business entity are owned directly by the Borrower or a
Domestic Subsidiary and all actions required to be taken, if any, with respect
to such acquired or newly formed subsidiary under Section 7.11 shall have been
taken and (d)(i) Holdings shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis
--- -----
after giving effect to such acquisition or formation, with the covenants
contained in Sections 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14 and 8.15 recomputed as at the last
day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Holdings as if such
acquisition had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing
such compliance, and Holdings shall have delivered to the Agent an officers'
certificate to such effect, together with all relevant financial information
for such subsidiary or assets (to the extent reasonably available), and (ii)
after giving effect to such transaction, any acquired or newly formed
subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness (except for Indebtedness
permitted by Section 8.4).
"Permitted Business Acquisition Determination Date" shall have the
meaning provided in Section 7.1(g).
"Permitted Liens" shall mean Liens described in clauses (a), (b),
(c), (d) and (h) of Section 8.3.
"Person" shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture,
firm, corporation, association, trust or other enterprise or any government or
political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.
"Plan" shall mean any multiemployer or single-employer plan as
defined in Section 4001 of ERISA, which is maintained or contributed to by (or
to which there is an obligation to contribute of) a Credit Party, a Subsidiary
of a Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five year
period immediately following the latest date on which a Credit Party, a
Subsidiary of a Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate maintained, contributed to
or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.
"Pledge Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(l).
"Pledged Securities" shall mean all the Pledged Securities as
defined in the relevant Pledge Agreement.
<PAGE>
70
"Prime Lending Rate" shall mean the rate which the Agent announces
from time to time as its prime lending rate, the Prime Lending Rate to change
when and as such prime lending rate changes. The Prime Lending Rate is a
reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate
actually charged to any customer. The Agent may make commercial loans or other
loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Lending Rate.
"Pro Forma Balance Sheets" shall be as defined in Section
6.10(b)(v).
"Pro Forma Date" shall be as defined in Section 6.10(b)(v).
"Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes" shall mean Notes registered as
provided in Section 12.4 and substantially in the form of Exhibit B-5.
"Qualified Sale/Leaseback Transactions" shall mean sale-leaseback
transactions involving plants and/or facilities owned by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, provided that (i) such transaction shall be permitted pursuant
--------
to the terms of the Subordinated Note Indenture, (ii) the termination date
(without giving effect to any extension option) of any such lease shall not
occur prior to the Tranche B Term Facility Final Maturity Date, (iii) the Net
Cash Proceeds of any such sale shall be applied as and to the extent required
by Section 4.2(A)(f) and (iv) the resulting lease shall be permitted by Section
8.4(d) or 8.7, as the case may be.
"RCRA" shall mean the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as
amended, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 6901 et seq.
-- ---
"Real Property" of any Person shall mean all of the right, title
and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements and fixtures,
including Leaseholds.
"Receivable" shall have the meaning assigned to the term "account"
provided in the UCC.
"Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to
all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements.
"Regulation U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to
all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.
"Reinvestment Assets" shall mean any assets to be employed in the
business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as described in Section
4.2(A)(e).
"Reinvestment Election" shall have the meaning provided in Section
4.2(A)(e).
"Reinvestment Notice" shall mean a written notice signed by an
Authorized Officer of the Borrower stating that the Borrower, in good faith,
intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds
of an Asset Sale to purchase, construct or otherwise acquire Reinvestment
Assets as provided in Section 4.2(A)(e).
"Reinvestment Prepayment Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
Reinvestment Election, the amount, if any, on the Reinvestment Prepayment Date
relating thereto by which (a) the Anticipated Reinvestment Amount in respect of
such Reinvestment Election exceeds (b) the aggregate amount thereof expended by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to acquire Reinvestment Assets as provided in
Section 4.2(A)(e).
"Reinvestment Prepayment Date" shall mean, with respect to any
Reinvestment Election, the earliest of (i) the date, if any, upon which the
Agent, on behalf of the Required Lenders, shall have delivered a written
termination notice with respect to such Reinvestment Election to the Borrower,
provided that such notice may only be given while an Event of Default exists,
(ii) the date occurring one year after such Reinvestment Election and (iii) the
date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have
otherwise ceased to, proceed with the
<PAGE>
71
purchase, construction or other acquisition of Reinvestment Assets with the
related Anticipated Reinvestment Amount.
"Reinvestment Test" shall be satisfied if no Default or Event of
Default then exists.
"Replaced Lender" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.13.
"Replacement Lender" shall have the meaning provided in Section
1.13.
"Reportable Event" shall mean an event described in Section 4043(b)
of ERISA with respect to a Plan as to which the 30 day notice requirement has
not been waived by the PBGC.
"Repurchase Triggering Event" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 8.9(a)(ii).
"Required Lenders" shall mean Non-Defaulting Lenders whose
outstanding Term Loans (or, if prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, Term
Commitments) and Revolving Commitments (or, if after the Total Revolving
Commitment has been terminated, outstanding Revolving Loans) constitute at
least 51% of the sum of (i) the total outstanding Term Loans of Non-Defaulting
Lenders (or, if prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, the Total Term Commitment)
and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitment less the aggregate Revolving
Commitments of Defaulting Lenders (or, if after the Total Revolving Commitment
has been terminated, the total outstanding Revolving Loans of Non-Defaulting
Lenders).
"Retained Percentage Amount" shall mean, for each fiscal year, an
amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of the Excess Cash Flow for
such fiscal year over the amount of mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans
required to be made in respect of such Excess Cash Flow pursuant to Section
4.2(A)(g) of this Agreement provided that there shall be no Retained
--------
Percentage Amount for fiscal year 1995.
"Revolving Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
amount set forth opposite such Lender's name in Annex 1.1 hereto directly below
the column entitled "Revolving Commitment", as the same may be reduced from
time to time pursuant to Section 3.2, 3.3 and/or 9 or (y) adjusted from time to
time as a result of assignments to or from such Lender pursuant to Section
12.4.
"Revolving Facility" shall mean the Facility evidenced by the Total
Revolving Commitment.
"Revolving Facility Final Maturity Date" shall mean the date which
is the seventh anniversary of the Initial Borrowing Date.
"Revolving Loan" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.1(c).
"Revolving Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.5(a).
"Revolving Obligations" shall mean "Revolving Obligations" under
and as defined in the Subsidiary Guaranty.
"Revolving Percentage" shall mean at any time for each Lender with
a Revolving Commitment, the percentage obtained by dividing such Lender's
Revolving Commitment by the Total Revolving Commitment, provided that if
--------
the Total Revolving Commitment has been terminated, the Revolving Percentage of
each Lender shall be determined by dividing such Lender's Revolving Commitment
immediately prior to such termination by the Total Revolving Commitment
immediately prior to such termination.
"Sandel" shall have the meaning provided in the Devon Acquisition
Agreement.
<PAGE>
72
"Scheduled Repayment" shall mean the Initial Tranche A Scheduled
Repayment, the Initial Tranche B Scheduled Repayment, the Additional Tranche A
Scheduled Repayment or the Additional Tranche B Scheduled Repayment, as
applicable.
"SEC" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.1(h).
"SEC Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D as promulgated under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as the same may be in effect from time to
time.
"Secured Creditors" shall have the meaning provided in the Security
Documents.
"Security Agreement Collateral" shall mean all "Collateral" as
defined in the relevant Security Agreement.
"Security Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(l).
"Security Documents" shall mean each Pledge Agreement, each
Security Agreement, each Mortgage and each Additional Mortgage, if any.
"Selling Shareholders" shall have the meaning provided in the Devon
Acquisition Agreement.
"Shareholders' Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(d).
"Stated Amount" of each Letter of Credit shall mean the maximum
available to be drawn thereunder (regardless of whether any conditions for
drawing could then be met).
"Stock Repurchase Notes" shall mean any promissory notes or other
evidence of Indebtedness issued by Holdings in consideration of the redemption
or repurchase of Holdings Common Stock or Holdings Preferred Stock (or options
or warrants relating thereto) in connection with a Repurchase Triggering Event,
provided that (i) the Indebtedness evidenced thereby is unsecured, (ii) so
- --------
long as any Obligations remain outstanding, such Indebtedness is payable only
to the extent of amounts permitted to be paid in accordance with clause (ii) of
Section 8.9(a) and (iii) such Indebtedness is by its terms subordinated to the
Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions no less favorable to the
Lenders than those set forth in the Subordinated Note Indenture.
"Subordinated Note Documents" shall mean and include each of the
documents, instruments (including the Subordinated Notes and the offering memo
therefor) and other agreements entered into by the Borrower (including, without
limitation, the Subordinated Note Indenture) relating to the issuance by the
Borrower of the Subordinated Notes, as in effect on the Initial Borrowing Date
and as the same may be supplemented, amended or modified from time to time in
accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.
"Subordinated Note Indenture" shall mean the Indenture entered into
by and between the Borrower and The United States Trust Company of New York, as
trustee thereunder, with respect to the Subordinated Notes as in effect on the
Initial Borrowing Date and as the same may be modified, amended or supplemented
from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.
"Subordinated Notes" shall mean the Senior Subordinated Notes due
2005 issued by the Borrower under the Subordinated Note Indenture, as in effect
on the Initial Borrowing Date and as the same may be supplemented, amended or
modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.
"Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean and include (i) any
corporation more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the
terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of
such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class
or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason
of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person
directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership,
association, joint venture or other entity
<PAGE>
73
in which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, has more than
a 50% equity interest at the time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all
references herein to "Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary of Holdings, including
the Borrower.
"Subsidiary Guarantor" shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings
providing a Subsidiary Guaranty to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders.
"Subsidiary Guaranty" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(l).
"Swingline Commitment" shall mean $10,000,000
"Swingline Expiry Date" shall mean the date which is one Business
Day prior to the Revolving Facility Final Maturity Date.
"Swingline Facility" shall mean the Facility evidenced by the
Swingline Commitment.
"Swingline Loan" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.1(d).
"Swingline Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.5(a).
"Tax Sharing Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(d).
"Taxes" shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.4.
"Term Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
collective reference to its Tranche A Term Commitment and Tranche B Term
Commitment.
"Term Facilities" shall be the collective reference to the Initial
Tranche A Term Facility, the Additional Tranche A Term Facility, the Initial
Tranche B Term Facility and the Additional Tranche B Term Facility.
"Term Loan" shall mean the collective reference to the Tranche A
Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans.
"Term Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.5(a).
"Test Period" shall mean for any determination the four consecutive
fiscal quarters of Holdings (taken as one accounting period) then last ended,
provided, however, that for purposes of Sections 8.12 and 8.13
- -------- -------
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense and Consolidated Debt Service Expense as of
the last day of each of the fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 1996, June 30,
1996, September 30, 1996 and December 31, 1996 shall be determined by
multiplying such amount (a) for the period commencing October 1, 1995, and
ending as of the end of such fiscal period by 2, in the case of the fiscal
quarter ending March 31, 1996 and (b) for the period commencing April 1, 1996,
and ending as of the end of such fiscal period by (i) 4, in the case of the
fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1996, (ii) 2, in the case of the fiscal quarter
ending September 30, 1996 and (iii) 4/3, in the case of the fiscal quarter
ending December 31, 1996, provided, further, that interest accrued on
-------- -------
the Subordinated Notes during such Test Period shall be included in the
calculation of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense in lieu of actual cash
interest expense payments made in respect of the Subordinated Notes during such
Test Period.
"Total Additional Tranche A Term Commitment" shall mean the sum of
the Additional Tranche A Term Commitments of each of the Lenders.
"Total Additional Tranche B Term Commitment" shall mean the sum of
the Additional Tranche B Term Commitments of each of the Lenders.
<PAGE>
74
"Total Availability" shall mean the sum of (a) the Borrowing Base
and (b) from and including the date of consummation of a Permitted Business
Acquisition funded by the Revolving Facility and completion of an examination
of the acquired assets performed by or for the Agent to the satisfaction of the
Agent, and unless and until such assets are sold or otherwise disposed of in
accordance with Section 8.2, 50% of the net book value of property, plant and
equipment (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of such Person or division or
line of business of such Person acquired pursuant to a Permitted Business
Acquisition to the extent the aggregate amount so calculated for all such
Permitted Business Acquisitions does not exceed $5,000,000 at any time and to
the extent the assets so acquired are subject to a valid and perfected first
priority Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders,
subject to no other Liens other than the Liens (if any) permitted by the Credit
Documents; provided that, if the Borrower fails to deliver any Total
--------
Availability Certificate in the form and at the times required by Section
7.1(g), Total Availability shall, at the close of business on the fifth Business
Day following the date on which such Total Availability Certificate was required
to be delivered, be reduced to $0 and shall remain $0 until such time as a Total
Availability Certificate in proper form is delivered, at which time Total
Availability shall be calculated as set forth herein. For the purposes of a
Borrowing to fund a Permitted Business Acquisition, Total Availability shall be
adjusted (subject to completion of a collateral examination of the applicable
receivables and inventory performed by or for the Agent to the satisfaction of
the Agent and an independent appraisal of the property, plant and equipment to
be acquired to the satisfaction of the Agent) to give effect to such Permitted
Business Acquisition.
"Total Availability Certificate" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 7.1(g).
"Total Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Total Term Commitment
and the Total Revolving Commitment.
"Total Initial Tranche A Term Commitment" shall mean the sum of the
Initial Tranche A Term Commitments of each of the Lenders.
"Total Initial Tranche B Term Commitment" shall mean the sum of the
Initial Tranche B Term Commitments of each of the Lenders.
"Total Revolving Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Revolving
Commitments of each of the Lenders.
"Total Term Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Total Tranche A
Term Commitment and the Total Tranche B Term Commitment.
"Total Tranche A Term Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Total
Initial Tranche A Term Commitment and the Total Additional Tranche A Term
Commitment.
"Total Tranche B Term Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Total
Initial Tranche B Term Commitment and the Total Additional Tranche B Term
Commitment.
"Total Unutilized Revolving Commitment" shall mean, at any time,
(i) the Total Revolving Commitment at such time less (ii) the sum of the
aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans at such time plus the Letter
of Credit Outstandings at such time.
"Tranche" shall mean the Initial Tranche A Term Facility, the
Additional Tranche A Term Facility, the Initial Tranche B Term Facility or the
Additional Tranche B Term Facility, as the context requires.
"Tranche A Term Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each
Lender, the sum of such Lender's Initial Tranche A Term Commitment and
Additional Tranche A Term Commitment.
"Tranche A Term Facility" shall mean the sum of the Initial Tranche
A Term Facility and the Additional Tranche A Term Facility.
<PAGE>
75
"Tranche A Term Facility Final Maturity Date" shall mean September
28, 2002.
"Tranche A Term Loan" shall mean an Initial Tranche A Term Loan or
an Additional Tranche A Term Loan, as the context requires.
"Tranche A Term Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section
1.5(a).
"Tranche B Term Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each
Lender, the sum of such Lender's Initial Tranche B Term Commitment and
Additional Tranche B Term Facility.
"Tranche B Term Facility" shall mean the sum of the Initial Tranche
B Term Facility and the Additional Tranche B Term Facility.
"Tranche B Term Facility Final Maturity Date" shall mean September
28, 2003.
"Tranche B Term Loan" shall mean an Initial Tranche B Term Loan or
Additional Tranche B Term Loan, as the context requires.
"Tranche B Term Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section
1.5(a).
"Transaction" shall mean, collectively, (a) the issuance on or
prior to the Initial Borrowing Date of Holdings Common Stock as required by
Section 5.1(j), (b) the consummation of the Merger, (c) the termination of the
commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement and the repayment of all loans
outstanding thereunder, (d) the incurrence of the Loans hereunder on the
Initial Borrowing Date and (e) the issuance of the Subordinated Notes on the
Initial Borrowing Date.
"Tronomed" shall mean the collective reference to Tronomed, Inc.
and Tronomed Express, Inc., each a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the
Borrower.
"Type" shall mean any type of Loan determined with respect to the
interest option applicable thereto, i.e., a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar
----
Loan.
"UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code.
"Unfunded Current Liability" of any Plan shall mean the amount, if
any, by which the actuarial present value of the accumulated plan benefits
under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year exceeds the fair
market value of the assets allocable thereto, each determined in accordance
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 35, based upon the
actuarial assumptions used by the Plan's actuary in the most recent annual
valuation of the Plan.
"Unpaid Drawing" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.4(a).
"Unutilized Commitment" for any Lender at any time shall mean the
excess of (i) the Commitment of such Lender over (ii) the sum of (x) the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans made by such Lender plus (y) an
amount equal to such Lender's Revolving Percentage, if any, of the Letter of
Credit Outstandings at such time provided that solely for purposes of
--------
calculating the Commitment Fee pursuant to Section 3.1(a) Swingline Loans shall
be deemed not to be outstanding and the Swingline Commitment shall not
constitute a "Commitment".
"Voting Stock" shall mean with respect to any Person, outstanding
capital stock of such Person ordinarily (and apart from rights exercisable upon
the occurrence of any contingency) having the power to vote in the election of
directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though
the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such contingency.
<PAGE>
76
"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any Subsidiary
of such Person to the extent all of the capital stock or other ownership
interests in such Subsidiary, other than directors' qualifying shares, is owned
directly or indirectly by such Person.
"Written" or "in writing" shall mean any form of written
communication or a communication by means of telex, facsimile transmission,
telegraph or cable.
SECTION 11. The Agent and Co-Agents.
-----------------------
11.1 Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates
-----------
and appoints Chemical as Agent of such Lender (such term to include for
purposes of this Section 11, Chemical acting as Collateral Agent) and The First
National Bank of Chicago, as successor to NBD Bank and Fleet Bank
Massachusetts, N.A. as Co-Agents to act as specified herein and in the other
Credit Documents, and each such Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Chemical
as the Agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise
such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by
the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such
other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent and each Co-Agent
agrees to act as such upon the express conditions contained in this Section 11.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement,
neither the Agent nor any Co-Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities,
except those expressly set forth herein or in the other Credit Documents, or
any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants,
functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read
into this Agreement or otherwise exist against the Agent or any Co-Agent. The
provisions of this Section 11 are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the
Co-Agents and the Lenders, and, except as provided in Section 11.9, no Credit
Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the
provisions hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this
Agreement, the Agent and each Co-Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders
and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or
relationship of agency or trust with or for any Credit Party. Neither of the
Co-Agents, in such capacity, shall have any duties, responsibilities,
obligations, liabilities or functions under this Agreement or the other Credit
Documents.
11.2 Delegation of Duties. The Agent may execute any of its
--------------------
duties under this Agreement or any other Credit Document by or through agents
or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties. Without limiting the foregoing, Chemical as
Agent may appoint CABSC as its agent to perform the functions of the Agent
hereunder relating to the advancing of funds to the Borrower and distribution
of funds to the Lenders and to perform such other related functions of the
Agent hereunder as are reasonably incidental to such functions. The Agent
shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or
attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care except to the extent
otherwise required by Section 11.3.
11.3 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither the Agent, any Co-Agent
----------------------
nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
affiliates (including, without limitation, CABSC) shall be (i) liable for any
action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in
connection with this Agreement (except for its or such Person's own gross
negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of
the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by
Holdings or any Subsidiary or any of their respective officers contained in
this Agreement, any other Document or in any certificate, report, statement or
other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agent or any
Co-Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Document or
for any failure of Holdings or any Subsidiary or any of their respective
officers to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. Neither the Agent
nor any Co-Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to
inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained
in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or
records of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Neither the Agent nor any
Co-Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the effectiveness, genuineness,
validity, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement or
any Credit Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or
statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statement or
in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports, certificates or any
other documents in connection herewith or therewith furnished or made by the
Agent or any Co-Agent to the Lenders or by or on behalf of the Borrower to the
Agent or any Co-Agent or any Lender or be required to ascertain or inquire as
to the
<PAGE>
77
performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants
or agreements contained herein or therein or as to the use of the proceeds of
the Loans or of the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of
Default.
11.4 Reliance by Agent and Co-Agents. Each of the Agent, the
-------------------------------
Co-Agents and CABSC shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,
affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, facsimile transmission, telex or
teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed
by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the
proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel
(including, without limitation, counsel to the Credit Parties), independent
accountants and other experts selected by the Agent or any of the Co-Agents.
Each of the Agent, the Co-Agents and CABSC shall be fully justified in failing
or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit
Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the
Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to
its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which
may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such
action. Each of the Agent, the Co-Agents and CABSC shall in all cases be fully
protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the
other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders,
and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall
be binding upon all the Lenders.
11.5 Notice of Default. Neither the Agent nor any Co-Agent
-----------------
shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or
Event of Default hereunder unless the Agent or any Co-Agent has received notice
from a Lender or the Borrower or any other Credit Party referring to this
Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such
notice is a "notice of default". In the event that the Agent or any Co-Agent
receives such a notice, the Agent or any such Co-Agent shall give prompt notice
thereof to the Lenders. The Agent or any such Co-Agent shall take such action
with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably
directed by the Required Lenders, provided that unless and until the Agent
--------
or any such Co-Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent or any such
Co-Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from
taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it
shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
11.6 Non-Reliance on Agent, Co-Agents and Other Lenders. Each
--------------------------------------------------
Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agent, any Co-Agent nor any of
its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates
have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent
or any Co-Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of
Holdings or any Subsidiary, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or
warranty by the Agent or any Co-Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to
the Agent and each Co-Agent that it has, independently and without reliance
upon the Agent, any Co-Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, assets, operations, property, financial and
other conditions, prospects and creditworthiness of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter
into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently
and without reliance upon the Agent or any Co-Agent or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make such
investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and
creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries. Neither the Agent nor any
Co-Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any
credit or other information concerning the business, operations, assets,
property, financial and other conditions, prospects or creditworthiness of
Holdings or any Subsidiary which may come into the possession of the Agent, any
Co-Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.
11.7 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the
---------------
Agent in its capacity as such ratably according to their respective
"percentages" as used in determining Required Lenders at such time (with such
"percentages" to be determined as if there are no Defaulting Lenders), from and
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, reasonable expenses or disbursements of any
kind whatsoever which may at any time (including without limitation at any time
following the payment of the Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against the Agent in its capacity as such in any way relating to
<PAGE>
78
or arising out of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or any documents
contemplated by or referred to herein or the transactions contemplated hereby or
any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Agent under or in connection
with any of the foregoing, but only to the extent that any of the foregoing is
not paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that no Lender
--------
shall be liable to the Agent for the payment of any portion of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 11.7 shall
survive the payment of all Obligations.
11.8 The Agent and Co-Agents in their Individual Capacity.
----------------------------------------------------
The Agent, its affiliates and each Co-Agent may make loans to, accept deposits
from and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings and its
Subsidiaries as though the Agent and each Co-Agent were not the Agent and
Co-Agent hereunder. With respect to the Loans made by it and all Obligations
owing to it, the Agent and each Co-Agent shall have the same rights and powers
under this Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were
not the Agent and Co-Agents, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include
the Agent and each Co-Agent in their individual capacity.
11.9 Successor Agent. The Agent or any Co-Agent may resign as
---------------
the Agent upon 20 days' notice to Holdings and the Lenders. The Required
Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor Agent or Co-Agent for
the Lenders subject to prior approval by Holdings (such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the
rights, powers and duties of the Agent and/or such Co-Agent, and the term
"Agent" shall include such successor agent effective upon its appointment, and
the resigning Agent's rights, powers and duties as the Agent shall be
terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former
Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement. After the retiring Agent's
resignation hereunder as the Agent, the provisions of this Section 11 shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while
it was Agent under this Agreement.
SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.
-------------
12.1 Payment of Expenses, etc. The Borrower agrees to: (i)
-------------------------
whether or not the transactions herein contemplated are consummated, pay all
reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the
syndication of the Facilities, the negotiation, preparation, execution and
delivery of the Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred to
therein and any amendment, waiver or consent relating thereto (including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Simpson Thacher &
Bartlett, counsel to the Agent) and the creation and perfection of the Liens
created under the Security Documents and of the Agent and each of the Lenders
in connection with the enforcement (including pursuant to the administration of
any bankruptcy proceeding relating to Holdings or the Borrower) of the Credit
Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein (including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and for each of the Lenders); (ii) pay and
hold each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all present and
future stamp and other similar taxes with respect to the foregoing matters and
save each of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer harmless from and
against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or
omission (other than to the extent attributable to such Lender or such Letter
of Credit Issuer) to pay such taxes; and (iii) indemnify each Lender and the
Letter of Credit Issuer, its officers, directors, employees, representatives
and agents (collectively, the "Indemnities") from and hold each of them
harmless against any and all losses, costs, liabilities, claims, damages or
expenses incurred by any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or in any
way related to, or by reason of, any investigation, litigation or other
proceeding (whether or not any Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer is a party
thereto) related to the entering into and/or performance of any Document or the
use of the proceeds of any Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder or the
Transaction or the Devon Transaction or the consummation of any transactions
contemplated in any Credit Document, including, without limitation, the
reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection
with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding (but excluding any
such losses, costs, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses to the extent
incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Person
to be indemnified or of any other Indemnitee who is such Person or an affiliate
of such Person).
<PAGE>
79
12.2 Right of Setoff. In addition to any rights now or
---------------
hereafter granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of
limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each
Lender is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to any Credit Party or
to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off
and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any
other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender (including without
limitation by branches and agencies of such Lender wherever located) to or for
the credit or the account of any Credit Party against and on account of the
Obligations and liabilities of such Credit Party to such Lender under this
Agreement or under any of the other Credit Documents, including, without
limitation, all interests in Obligations of such Credit Party purchased by such
Lender pursuant to Section 12.6(b), and all other claims of any nature or
description arising out of or connected with this Agreement or any other Credit
Document, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand
hereunder and although said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them,
shall be contingent or unmatured.
12.3 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein,
-------
all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing
(including telegraphic, telex, telecopier or cable communication) and mailed,
telegraphed, telexed, telecopied, cabled or delivered, if to a Credit Party, at
the address specified opposite its signature below or in the other relevant
Credit Documents, as the case may be; if to any Lender, at its address
specified for such Lender on Annex 1.1 hereto; or, at such other address as
shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other parties
hereto. All such notices and communications shall be mailed, telegraphed,
telexed, telecopied, or cabled or sent by overnight courier, and shall be
effective when received.
12.4 Benefit of Agreement. (a) This Agreement shall be binding
--------------------
upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective
successors and assigns of the parties hereto, provided that no Credit Party
--------
may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the
prior written consent of all the Lenders. Each Lender may at any time grant
participations in any of its rights hereunder or under any of the Notes to
another financial institution, provided that in the case of any such
--------
participation, the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement
or any of the other Credit Documents (the participant's rights against such
Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement
executed by such Lender in favor of the participant relating thereto) and all
amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender
had not sold such participation, except that the participant shall be entitled
to the benefits of Sections 1.10, 1.11, 2.6 and 4.4 of this Agreement to the
extent that such Lender would be entitled to such benefits if the participation
had not been entered into or sold, and, provided, further, that no
-------- -------
Lender shall transfer, grant or assign any participation under which the
participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this
Agreement or any other Credit Document except to the extent such amendment or
waiver would (i) waive any Scheduled Repayment or extend the final scheduled
maturity of any Loan or Note in which such participant is participating (it
being understood that any waiver of the application of any prepayment or the
method of any application of any prepayment to, the amortization of the Term
Loans shall not constitute a waiver of any Scheduled Repayment or an extension
of the final maturity date), or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment
of interest or Fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of the
applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or reduce the
principal amount thereof, or increase such participant's participating interest
in any Commitment over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood
that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in
the Total Commitment, or a mandatory prepayment, shall not constitute a change
in the terms of any Commitment), (ii) release any Guarantor from its
obligations under its Guaranty except in accordance with the terms thereof,
(iii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or (iv) consent to the
assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the consent of the Agent
and the Borrower (each of which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld),
(x) any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Loans and/or Commitments and
its rights and obligations hereunder to another Lender, and (y) any Lender may
assign all or a portion of its Loans and/or Commitments and its rights and
obligations hereunder to one or more Eligible Transferees (including one or
more Lenders). Any assignment pursuant to this Section 12.4(b) need not be
ratable as among the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans and the
Revolving Commitments of the assigning Lender except as provided in the next
sentence. No assignment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence (i)
shall to the extent such assignment represents an assignment to an institution
other than one or more Lenders hereunder, be in
<PAGE>
80
an aggregate amount less than $5,000,000 unless the entire Commitment and Loans
of the assigning Lender are so assigned or (ii) shall be effective if the result
thereof is that any Lender has a different percentage interest in the Initial
Tranche A Term Facility than it has in the Revolving Facility. If any Lender so
sells or assigns all or a part of its rights hereunder or under the Notes, any
reference in this Agreement or the Notes to such assigning Lender shall
thereafter refer to such Lender and to the respective assignee to the extent of
their respective interests and the respective assignee shall have, to the extent
of such assignment (unless otherwise provided therein), the same rights and
benefits as it would if it were such assigning Lender. Each assignment pursuant
to this Section 12.4(b) shall be effected by the assigning Lender and the
assignee Lender executing an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of
Exhibit D (appropriately completed). In the event of any such assignment to a
Person not previously a Lender hereunder, either the assigning or the assignee
Lender shall pay to the Agent a nonrefundable assignment fee of $3,500, and at
the time of any assignment pursuant to this Section 12.4(b), (i) Annex 1.1 shall
be deemed to be amended to reflect the Commitment of the respective assignee
(which shall result in a direct reduction to the Commitment of the assigning
Lender) and of the other Lenders, and (ii) if any such assignment occurs after
the Initial Borrowing Date, the Borrower will issue new Notes to the respective
assignee and to the assigning Lender in conformity with the requirements of
Section 1.5. Each Lender and the Borrower agree to execute such documents
(including without limitation amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents) as shall be necessary to effect the foregoing. Nothing in this clause
(b) shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from pledging its Notes or Loans to a
Federal Reserve Bank in support of borrowings made by such Lender from such
Federal Reserve Bank.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.4, no
transfer or assignment of the interests or obligations of any Lender hereunder
or any grant of participation therein shall be permitted if such transfer,
assignment or grant would require the Borrower or Holdings to file a
registration statement with the SEC or to qualify the Loans under the "Blue
Sky" laws of any State.
(d) Each Lender initially party to this Agreement hereby
represents, and each Person that became a Lender pursuant to an assignment
permitted by this Section 12 will, upon its becoming party to this Agreement,
represent that it is a commercial lender, other financial institution or other
"accredited" investor (as defined in SEC Regulation D) which makes or acquires
loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it will make or acquire
Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of such business, provided
--------
that subject to the preceding clauses (a) and (b), the disposition of any
promissory notes or other evidences of or interests in Indebtedness held by
such Lender shall at all times be within its exclusive control.
(e) The Agent acting on behalf of and as agent for the Borrower
shall maintain at its Payment Office a copy of each Assignment Agreement
delivered to it (as required hereby) and a register (the "Register") for
--------
the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the registered
owners of the Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes (including Qualified Non-U.S.
Lender Noteholders) and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans, the Initial Tranche A Term Loans, the Initial Tranche B
Term Loans, the Additional Tranche A Term Loans and the Additional Tranche B
Term Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries in the
Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the
Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is
recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan or Qualified Non-U.S. Lender
Note recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any
notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the
Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice.
(f) Any Non-U.S. Lender that could become completely exempt from
withholding of any United States federal income taxes in respect of payment of
any interest due to such Non-U.S. Lender under this Agreement or the Notes if
the Note(s) held by such Non-U.S. Lender were in registered form for United
States federal income tax purposes may request the Borrower (through the
Agent), and the Borrower agrees thereupon, to exchange any Note(s) held by such
Non-U.S. Lender, or to issue to such Non-U.S. Lender on the date it becomes a
Lender, Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes. Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Notes may
not be exchanged for promissory notes that are not Qualified Non-U.S. Lender
Notes.
(g) A Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note may be assigned or otherwise
transferred in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or
transfer of such Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note on the Register
<PAGE>
81
(each Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note shall expressly so provide). Any assignment
or transfer of all or part of such Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note shall be
registered on the Register only upon surrender for registration of the
assignment or transfer of the Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note(s), duly endorsed
by (or accompanied by a written instrument of assignment or transfer duly
executed by) the holder thereof (a "Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Noteholder"); and
thereupon one or more new Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note(s) in the same
aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated assignee(s) and the
old Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note(s) shall be returned to the Borrower marked
"canceled." No assignment of a Qualified Non-U.S. Lender Note shall be effective
until it is recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (g) of
Section 12.4.
(h) In the event any Lender's long-term credit rating is
downgraded to BBB+ or lower by S&P or Baa1 or lower by Moody's, the Letter of
Credit Issuer may replace such Lender with an Eligible Transferee. Such
assignment shall be effected in accordance with the terms of Section 12.4(b).
12.5 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on
------------------------------
the part of the Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege
hereunder or under any other Credit Document and no course of dealing between
any Credit Party and the Agent or any Lender shall operate as a waiver thereof;
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege
hereunder or under any other Credit Document preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege
hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the Agent or any
Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any
case shall entitle any Credit Party to any other or further notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the
Agent or the Lenders to any other or further action in any circumstances
without notice or demand.
12.6 Payments Pro Rata. (a) The Agent agrees that promptly
-----------------
after its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of any Credit Party in
respect of any Obligations of such Credit Party hereunder, it shall distribute
such payment to the Lenders (other than any Lender that has expressly waived
its right to receive its pro rata share thereof) pro rata based upon
--- ----
their respective shares, if any, of the Obligations with respect to which such
payment was received.
(b) Each of the Lenders agrees that, if it should receive any
amount hereunder (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security,
by the exercise of the right of setoff or banker's lien, by counterclaim or
cross action, by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents, or
otherwise) which is applicable to the payment of the principal of, or interest
on, the Loans, Fees or reimbursement obligations in respect of the Letters of
Credit, of a sum which with respect to the related sum or sums received by
other Lenders is in a greater proportion than the total of such Obligation then
owed and due to such Lender bears to the total of such Obligation then owed and
due to all of the Lenders immediately prior to such receipt (or, after
acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 9, with respect to any
Obligation), then such Lender receiving such excess payment shall purchase for
cash without recourse or warranty from the other Lenders an interest in the
Obligations of the respective Credit Party to such Lenders in such amount as
shall result in a proportional participation by all of the Lenders in such
amount, provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is
--------
thereafter recovered from such Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded and the
purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
12.7 Calculations; Computations. (a) The financial statements
--------------------------
to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved
(except as set forth in the notes thereto or as otherwise disclosed in writing
by Holdings to the Lenders), provided that except as otherwise specifically
--------
provided herein, all computations determining compliance with Section 8,
including definitions used therein, shall utilize accounting principles and
policies in effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with
those used to prepare, (x) in respect of Holdings, the Borrower and their
Subsidiaries other than Devon, the December 31, 1994 historical financial
statements of Holdings delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.10 and
(y) in respect of Devon, the December 31, 1995 historical financial statements
of Devon delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.10, but shall not give
effect to (i) adjustments in component amounts required or permitted by APB 16
or 17 as a result of the Merger, provided that in determining gains and
--------
losses from the sale or disposition of assets such adjustment shall be given
effect, (ii) amortization of goodwill and intangible assets resulting from the
Merger and (iii) the amortization or write-off of any expenses incurred in
<PAGE>
82
connection with the Merger or the financing thereof, or in connection with the
issuance of the Subordinated Notes, provided that the computations under
--------
Section 8 may utilize FAS 96, but shall not give effect to any cumulative
effect adjustment relating to the adoption thereof, and, provided,
--------
further, that if at any time the computations determining compliance with
- -------
Section 8 utilize accounting principles different from those utilized in the
financial statements furnished to the Lenders, such financial statements shall
be accompanied by reconciliation work-sheets.
(b) All computations of (x) interest on Eurodollar Loans, Base Rate
Loans not based on the Prime Lending Rate and Fees hereunder shall be made on
the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days and (y) interest on
Base Rate Loans based on the Prime Lending Rate shall be made on the actual
number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.
12.8 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of
------------------------------------------------------------
Jury Trial. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND THE
- ----------
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any
other Credit Documents may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or
of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and, by execution
and delivery of this Agreement, each Credit Party hereby irrevocably accepts
for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each Credit Party further irrevocably
consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in
any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, to each Credit Party located outside New York
City and by hand delivery to each Credit Party located within New York City, at
its address for notices pursuant to Section 12.3, such service to become
effective 30 days after such mailing. Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably
appoints Holdings as its agent for service of process in respect of any such
action or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Agent or
any Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence
legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any Credit Party in any other
jurisdiction.
(b) Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably waives any objection
which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the
aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Credit Document brought in the courts referred to in
clause (a) above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead
or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any
such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
(c) EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.
12.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
------------
number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an
original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same
instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be
lodged with Holdings and the Agent.
12.10 Effectiveness. (a) The Original Credit Agreement became
-------------
effective on September 29, 1995 (the "Effective Date").
(b) This Agreement shall become effective on the date (the
"Amendment and Restatement Effective Date") on which (i) each of Holdings and
the Borrower and each of the Lenders required under Section 5.2(q) shall have
signed a copy of this Agreement (whether the same or different copies) and
shall have delivered the same to the Agent at the Payment Office of the Agent
or, in the case of the Lenders, shall have given to the Agent telephonic
(confirmed in writing), written telex or facsimile transmission notice
(actually received) at such office that the same has been signed and mailed to
it and (ii) the conditions set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3(a) shall have been
satisfied.
<PAGE>
83
12.11 Headings Descriptive. The headings of the several
--------------------
sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only
and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of
this Agreement.
12.12 Amendment or Waiver. Neither this Agreement nor any
-------------------
other Credit Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may be changed, waived,
discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination
is in writing signed by Holdings, the Borrower and the Required Lenders,
provided that no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall (i)
- --------
waive any Scheduled Repayment or extend the Final Maturity Date (it being
understood that any waiver of the application of any prepayment of or the method
of application of any prepayment to the amortization of the Loans shall not
constitute a waiver of any such Scheduled Repayment or any such extension), or
reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest (other than as a
result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest
rates) or Fees thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the
Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect (it being
understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory
reduction in the Total Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of
any Commitment of any Lender), without the consent of each Lender (other than a
Defaulting Lender) directly affected thereby, (ii) defer any Scheduled Repayment
without the consent of (A) in the case of an Initial Tranche A Scheduled
Repayment, Lenders holding Initial Tranche A Term Loans representing at least 66
2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Initial Tranche A
Term Loans, (B) in the case of an Initial Tranche B Scheduled Repayment, Lenders
holding Initial Tranche B Term Loans representing at least 66 2/3% of the
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Initial Tranche B Term Loans,
(C) in the case of an Additional Tranche A Scheduled Repayment, Lenders holding
Additional Tranche A Term Loans representing at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Additional Tranche A Term Loans and (D)
in the case of an Additional Tranche B Scheduled Repayment, Lenders holding
Additional Tranche B Term Loans representing at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Additional Tranche B Term Loans, (iii)
release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release any Guarantor from
its Guaranty (in each case except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents)
without the consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) directly
affected thereby, (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section
without the consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) directly
affected thereby, (v) reduce the percentage specified in, or otherwise modify,
the definition of Required Lenders without the consent of each Lender (other
than a Defaulting Lender) directly affected thereby, (vi) consent to the
assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement without the consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting
Lender) directly affected thereby, (vii) effect any waiver, amendment or
modification that by its terms subordinates (including, without limitation, by
altering priority of distribution of payments or proceeds of Collateral)
directly or indirectly the rights in respect of payments or Collateral of
Lenders participating in any Tranche differently from those of Lenders
participating in other Tranches, without the consent of each Lender whose rights
would be subordinated by such waiver, amendment or modification, or change the
relative rights in respect of payments or Collateral of the Lenders
participating in different Tranches without the consent of each Lender
participating in each affected Tranche or (viii) alter any allocation of
mandatory prepayments under Section 4.2 among either Tranche or the Revolving
Facility without the consent of a majority in interest of the Lenders of each
Tranche or the Revolving Facility, as the case may be, adversely affected
thereby. No provision of Section 2 or 11 may be amended without the consent of
the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Agent, respectively.
12.13 Survival. All indemnities set forth herein including,
--------
without limitation, in Section 1.10, 1.11, 2.6, 4.4, 11.7 or 12.1 shall survive
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making and repayment of
the Loans.
12.14 Domicile of Loans. Each Lender may transfer and carry
-----------------
its Loans at, to or for the account of any branch office, subsidiary or
affiliate of such Lender, provided that the Borrower shall not be
--------
responsible for costs arising under Section 1.10, 2.6 or 4.4 resulting from any
such transfer (other than a transfer pursuant to Section 1.12) to the extent
not otherwise applicable to such Lender prior to such transfer.
12.15 Confidentiality. Subject to Section 12.4, the Lenders
---------------
shall hold all non-public information obtained pursuant to the requirements of
this Agreement which has been identified as such by Holdings or the Borrower in
accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information
of this nature and in
<PAGE>
84
accordance with safe and sound banking and/or investment practices and in any
event may make disclosure reasonably required by any bona fide transferee or
---- ----
participant in connection with the contemplated transfer of any Loans or
participation therein (provided, that each such prospective transferee and/or
--------
participant shall execute an agreement for the benefit of the Holdings and
Borrower with such prospective transferor Lender containing provisions
substantially identical to those contained in this Section 12.15) or as required
or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to
legal process, provided that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law
--------
or court order, each Lender shall notify Holdings of any request by any
governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in
connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such
governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to
disclosure of such information, and provided further that in no event
-------- -------
shall any Lender be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by
Holdings or any Subsidiary.
12.16 Release of Liens and Guarantees. In the event that
-------------------------------
Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary conveys, sells, leases, assigns,
transfers or otherwise disposes of all or any portion of any of the capital
stock, assets or property of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries
in a transaction not prohibited by this Agreement or any other Credit Document,
the Agent and the Collateral Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby
authorize the Agent and the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute
any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower and at the
Borrower's expense to release any Liens created by any Credit Document in
respect of such capital stock, assets, property, including the release and
satisfaction of record of any mortgage or deed or trust granted in connection
herewith, and, in the case of a disposition of all or substantially all the
capital stock or assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, terminate such Subsidiary
Guarantor's obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee and release all Liens on
the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor. In addition, the Agent and the
Collateral Agent agree to take such actions as are reasonably requested by the
Borrower and at the Borrower's expense to terminate the Liens and security
interests created by the Credit Documents when all the Obligations are paid in
full and all Letters of Credit and Commitments are terminated. Any
representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Credit Document relating
to any such capital stock, assets, property or Subsidiary shall no longer be
deemed to be made once such Capital Stock, assets or property is conveyed,
sold, leased, assigned, transferred or disposed of.
12.17 Pre-Closing Funding Arrangements. (a) The Lenders
--------------------------------
hereby agree to fund the Initial Tranche A Term Facility, the Initial Tranche B
Term Facility and the Revolving Facility in accordance with the pre-closing
escrow letter between the Agent and GH dated September 27, 1995.
(b) The Lenders with an Additional Tranche A Term Commitment or an
Additional Tranche B Term Commitment, as the case may be, hereby agree to fund
the Additional Tranche A Term Facility and/or the Additional Tranche B Term
Facility, as the case may be, in accordance with the pre-closing escrow letter
between the Agent and the Borrower dated February 28, 1996.
SECTION 13. Guaranty.
--------
13.1 The Guaranty. In order to induce the Lenders to enter
------------
into this Agreement and to extend credit hereunder and in recognition of the
direct benefits to be received by Holdings from the proceeds of the Loans,
Holdings hereby agrees with the Lenders as follows: Holdings hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees as primary obligor and not merely
as surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, of any and all indebtedness of the Borrower to the
Lenders. If any or all of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders
becomes due and payable hereunder, Holdings unconditionally promises to pay
such indebtedness to the Lenders, or order, on demand, together with any and
all expenses which may be incurred by the Agent or the Lenders in collecting
any of the indebtedness. The word "indebtedness" is used in this Section 13 in
its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts,
obligations and liabilities of the Borrower arising in connection with this
Agreement or under any Interest Rate Agreement with a Lender, in each case,
heretofore, now, or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined
or undetermined, whether or not such indebtedness is from time to time reduced,
or extinguished and thereafter increased or incurred, whether the Borrower may
be liable individually or jointly with others, whether or not recovery upon
such indebtedness may be or hereafter become
<PAGE>
85
barred by any statute of limitations, and whether or not such indebtedness may
be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.
13.2 Bankruptcy. Additionally, Holdings unconditionally and
----------
irrevocably guarantees the payment of any and all indebtedness of the Borrower
to the Lenders whether or not due or payable by the Borrower upon the
occurrence in respect of the Borrower of any of the events specified in Section
9.5, and unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Lenders, or
order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States.
13.3 Nature of Liability. The liability of Holdings hereunder
-------------------
is exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the
indebtedness of the Borrower whether executed by Holdings, any other guarantor
or by any other party, and the liability of Holdings hereunder shall not be
affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by the
Borrower or by any other party, or (b) any other continuing or other guaranty,
undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the
indebtedness of the Borrower, or (c) any payment on or in reduction of any such
other guaranty or undertaking, or (d) any dissolution, termination or increase,
decrease or change in personnel by the Borrower, or (e) any payment made to the
Agent or the Lenders on the indebtedness which the Agent or such Lenders repay
the Borrower pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and Holdings waives
any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by
reason of any such proceeding.
13.4 Independent Obligation. The obligations of Holdings
----------------------
hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other guarantor or the
Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted
against Holdings whether or not action is brought against any other guarantor
or the Borrower and whether or not any other guarantor or the Borrower be
joined in any such action or actions. Holdings waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its
liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof. Any payment by the Borrower or
other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to the
Borrower shall operate to toll the statute of limitations as to Holdings.
13.5 Authorization. Holdings authorizes the Agent and the
-------------
Lenders without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable
statute and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability
hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, compromise, extend, increase,
accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the
terms of the indebtedness or any part thereof in accordance with this
Agreement, including any increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon,
(b) take and hold security from any guarantor or any other party for the
payment of this guaranty or the indebtedness and exchange, enforce, waive and
release any such security, (c) apply such security and direct the order or
manner of sale thereof as the Agent and the Lenders in their discretion may
determine and (d) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors,
the Borrower or other obligors.
13.6 Reliance. It is not necessary for the Agent or the
--------
Lenders to inquire into the capacity or powers of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries or the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or
purporting to act on its behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in
reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed
hereunder.
13.7 Subordination. Any indebtedness of the Borrower now or
-------------
hereafter held by Holdings is hereby subordinated to the indebtedness of the
Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders; and such indebtedness of the Borrower to
Holdings, if Agent, after an Event of Default has occurred, so requests, shall
be collected, enforced and received by Holdings as trustee for the Lenders and
be paid over to the Lenders on account of the indebtedness of the Borrower to
the Lenders, but without affecting or impairing in any manner the liability of
Holdings under the other provisions of this Guaranty. Prior to the transfer by
Holdings of any note or negotiable instrument evidencing any indebtedness of
the Borrower to Holdings, Holdings shall mark such note or negotiable
instrument with a legend that the same is subject to this subordination.
13.8 Waiver. (a) Holdings waives any right (except as shall
------
be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require the Agent or
the Lenders to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any
other
<PAGE>
86
party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower, any
other guarantor or any other party or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the
Agent's or the Lenders' power whatsoever. Holdings waives any defense based on
or arising out of any defense of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other
party other than payment in full of the indebtedness, including without
limitation any defense based on or arising out of the disability of the
Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the
indebtedness or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause
of the liability of the Borrower other than payment in full of the indebtedness.
The Agent and the Lenders may, at their election, foreclose on any security held
by the Agent or the Lenders by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales,
whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable (to the
extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or
remedy the Agent and the Lenders may have against the Borrower or any other
party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability
of Holdings hereunder except to the extent the indebtedness has been paid.
Holdings waives any defense arising out of any such election by the Agent and
the Lenders, even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any
right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of Holdings
against the Borrower or any other party or any security.
(b) Holdings waives all presentments, demands for performance,
protests and notices, including without limitation notices of nonperformance,
notice of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty,
and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional
indebtedness. Holdings assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself
informed of the Borrower's financial condition and assets, and of all other
circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the indebtedness and the
nature, scope and extent of the risks which Holdings assumes and incurs
hereunder, and agrees that the Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to
advise Holdings of information known to them regarding such circumstances or
risks.
(c) Holdings hereby waives all rights of subrogation which it may
at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual,
under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of the
Lenders against the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Obligations
(collectively, the "Other Parties") and all contractual, statutory or common
law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Other Party
which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty. Holdings
hereby further waives any right to enforce any other remedy which the Lenders
now have or may hereafter have against any Other Party, any endorser or any
other guarantor of all or any part of the indebtedness of the Borrower and any
benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given
to or for the benefit of the Lenders to secure payment of the indebtedness of
the Borrower.
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding clause (c),
Holdings shall have and be entitled to (i) all rights of subrogation otherwise
provided by law in respect of any payment it may make or be obligated to make
under this Guaranty and (ii) all claims (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code) it
would have against any Other Party in the absence of the preceding clause (c),
and to assert and enforce same, in each case on and after, but at no time prior
to, the date (the "Subrogation Trigger Date") on which all indebtedness of the
Borrower owing to all of the Lenders has been paid in full if and only if
--------------
the Obligations have been paid and performed in full, the Commitments have
terminated and the Letters of Credit have expired or been returned to the
Letter of Credit Issuer, the Collateral shall be released by the Collateral
Agent, and this Agreement shall have terminated.
13.9 Limitation on Enforcement. The Lenders agree that this
-------------------------
Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the Agent or the Collateral
Agent, in each case acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders and
that no Lender shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to
enforce this Guaranty or to realize upon the security to be granted by any
Security Document, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies
may be exercised by the Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Lenders upon the terms of this Agreement and any Security Document. The
Lenders further agree that the Guaranty may not be enforced against any
director, officer, employee or stockholder of Holdings.
<PAGE>
87
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a
counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date
first above written.
Address: GRAPHIC HOLDINGS, INC.
c/o Bessemer Holdings, L.P.
630 Fifth Avenue By: /s/ Duane B. Hopper
-------------------
New York, New York 10111 Title: President
Attention: General Partner
189 Van Renssalaer Street GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION
Buffalo, NY 14210
Attention: Anthony Borowicz
With a copy to: By: /s/ Anthony Borowicz
--------------------
Graphic Holdings, Inc. Title: Vice President-Finance
c/o Bessemer Holdings, L.P.
630 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10111 CHEMICAL BANK, as Agent, as Letter
Attention: General Partner of Credit Issuer and as a Lender
By: /s/ Robert K. Gaynor
--------------------
Title: Vice President
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as
Co-Agent and as a Lender
By: /s/ Juan J. Duarte
------------------
Title: Assistant Vice President
FLEET BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, N.A.,
as Co-Agent and as a Lender
By: /s/ Patrick A. Godfrey
----------------------
Title: Vice President
MERRILL LYNCH PRIME RATE PORTFOLIO
By: Merrill Lynch Asset Management, L.P.,
as Investment Advisor
By: /s/ Anthony R. Clemente
-----------------------
Title: Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
88
RESTRUCTURED OBLIGATIONS BACKED
BY SENIOR ASSETS B.V.
By: its Managing Director
ABN TRUSTCOMPANY (NEDERLAND) B.V.
By: /s/ P.J. Schmitz
-----------------
Title: Proxyholder
By: /s/ R.G.M. Verhoef
------------------
Title: Proxyholder
SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO
By: Boston Management and Research,
as Investment Advisor
By: /s/ Jeffrey S. Garner
---------------------
Title: Vice President
VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL PRIME RATE
INCOME TRUST
By: /s/ Jeffrey W. Maillet
----------------------
Title: Vice President-Portfolio Manager
CAISSE NATIONALE DE CREDIT AGRICOLE
By: /s/ Dean Balice
---------------
Title: Senior Vice President-Branch
Manager
COMERICA BANK
By: /s/ Chris Georvassilis
----------------------
Title: Vice President
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON
By: /s/ C. Andrew Piculell
----------------------
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
89
MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST
COMPANY
By: /s/ Sean McHale
---------------
Title: Vice President
SOCIETE GENERALE, NEW YORK BRANCH
By: /s/ John J. Wagner
------------------
Title: Vice President
PILGRIM PRIME RATE TRUST
By: /s/ Howard Tiffen
-----------------
Title: Senior Vice President
NATIONAL CITY BANK
By: /s/ Robert C. Rowe
------------------
Title: Vice President
MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING RATE FUND,
INC.
By: /s/ Anthony R. Clemente
-----------------------
Title: Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.7
LEASE
between
ARITAL CORPORATION
and
DEVON INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Single Tenant)
<PAGE>
LEASE
-----
1. Parties. This Lease, dated, for reference purposes only, February 29, 1996
-------
(the "Effective Date"), is made by and between Arita] Corporation, a California
corporation (herein called "Lessor") and Devon Industries, Inc., a California
corporation (herein called "Lessee").
2. Premises. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor for
--------
the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, that
certain real property situated in the City of Chatsworth, County of Los Angeles,
State of California, commonly known as 9530 DeSoto Avenue, and more particularly
delineated on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and by this reference incorporated
herein, together with all right, title and interest of Lessor in any easements
and appurtenances thereto. Said real property including the land and all
improvements therein, is herein called "the Premises".
3. Term.
----
3.1 Initial Term. The term of this Lease shall be for five (5) years
------------
commencing on the Effective Date and ending on a date which is five (5) years
thereafter, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.
3.2 Option. Lessee shall have one (1) option (the "Extension Option") to
------
extend the term of this Lease for one (1) additional period of five (5) years
(the "Option Term"), on the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided for
in this Lease during the initial Lease term, except: (i) Lessor shall have no
obligations with respect to "Existing Defects" (as that term is defined in
Paragraph 6.3(a)); and (ii) the Base Rent shall be determined in accordance with
the terms of Paragraph 3.2(a) and 3.2(b); (iii) the last sentence of Paragraph
10.2 shall be inapplicable. The Extension Option may be exercised, if at all,
by written notice (an "Extension Notice") delivered by Lessee to Lessor no later
than the date (the "Notification Date") which is six (6) months prior to
expiration of the initial Lease term. The Extension Option shall not be deemed
to be properly exercised if, as of the Notification Date, Lessee is in material
default of any terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease pursuant to the terms
of Paragraph 13. 1. Provided Lessee has properly and timely exercised the
Extension Option, the initial Lease term shall be extended by the Option Term.
(a) Option Rent. During the Option Term, Base Rent shall be equal
-----------
to the "Fair Market Base Rental Rate" for the Premises as of the date of
commencement of the Option Term. The Fair Market Base Rental Rate shall mean the
amount per square foot, projected during the Option Term, with appropriate
increases in Base Rent during the Option Term, that a willing, comparable, non-
equity tenant (excluding sublease and assignment transactions), would pay, and a
willing, comparable landlord of a comparable quality industrial building located
within a two and one-half mile radius of the Premises measured on a straight
line basis ("Comparison Market Area") would accept, at arm's length, for
buildings of comparable size, quality, ceiling height, loading capabilities,
power capacities, and parking ratios as the Premises, taking into account the
age, quality, and layout of the Premises, the fact that Lessor shall have no
obligations with respect to "Existing Defects, " and also taking into account
items that professional real estate brokers customarily consider, such as rental
rates, responsibility for maintenance, insurance and taxes, availability, tenant
size and other factors typically considered by the lessors of such similar
facilities. The Fair Market Base Rental Rate determination shall account for
economic concessions then being offered in the relevant market place in order to
accurately create an effective rental figure.
(b) Determination of Fair Market Base Rental Rate. The Fair Market
-----------------------------------------------
Base Rental Rate for the Premises shall be determined as follows: (I) Lessor
and Lessee shall each submit to the other their determinations of the Fair
Market Base Rental Rate within fifteen (15) days after Lessee's exercise of the
Extension Option and if Lessor and Lessee are able to agree on the fair market
base rental rate, the Base Rent will be adjusted accordingly; (ii) if Lessor and
Lessee cannot agree on the fair market base rental rate within fifteen (15) days
following their mutual submissions, Lessor and Lessee shall each have fifteen
(15) additional days to appoint one (1) MAI appraiser currently practicing the
profession and who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending
on the date of such appointment in the appraisal of industrial properties in the
area in which the Premises are located and with whom neither party nor their
affiliates have had any relationship during the previous three (3) years; (iii)
the determination of the appraisers shall be limited solely to the issue of
determining whether Lessor or Lessee submitted the fair market base rental rate
which is the closest to the actual Fair Market Base Rental Rate, as determined
by such appraisers, taking into account the requirements of this paragraph in
determining the fair market base rental rate; (iv) the two appraisers so
appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment
<PAGE>
of the last appointed appraiser agree upon an appointment of a third appraiser
who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for
qualification of the initial two (2) appraisers; (v) if the two appraisers fail
to agree upon a third appraiser within such ten (10) day period, or if both
parties fail to appoint an appraiser, the Lessor and Lessee shall, at their
joint expense, petition the Superior Court of Los Angeles to designate the third
appraiser; (vi) the three (3) appraisers shall within ten (10) days of the
appointment of the third appraiser reach a decision as to whether the parties
shall use Lessor's or Lessee's submitted fair market base rental rate and shall
notify Lessor and Lessee thereof and the Base Rental will thereupon be adjusted
as provided hereinabove; (vii) the decision of the majority of the three (3)
appraisers shall be binding upon Lessor and Lessee; (viii) if either Lessor or
Lessee fails to timely appoint an appraiser, then the matter shall be decided
solely by the appraiser so appointed; and (ix) until the new rental has been
determined Lessee shall continue to pay the rental previously in effect, subject
to reconciliation when the new rental has been determined. Cost of the
appraisers shall be borne equally by Lessor and Lessee.
4. Rent.
----
4.1 Base Rent. Subject to adjustment per Paragraph 4.2, Lessee shall pay
---------
to Lessor as base rent for the Premises, monthly payments of $45,234.00 ("Base
Rent"), in advance, on the first day of each month of the term hereof. Lessee
shall pay Lessor upon the execution hereof $45,234.00 as Base Rent for the first
full calendar month of the term of this Lease. Base Rent for any period during
the term hereof which is for less than one month shall be a pro rata portion of
the monthly installment. Base Rent shall be payable in LAWFUL money of the
United States to Lessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or
at such other places as Lessor may designate in writing, without any offset or
deduction, except as expressly provided in this Lease.
4.2 Adjustments to Base Rent.
------------------------
On the first day of the thirty-first (31st) month of the term of this Lease, the
monthly Base Rent payable under Paragraph 4.1 of the Lease shall be adjusted to
an amount which is one hundred five percent (I 05 %) of the monthly Base, Rent
payable under Paragraph 4.1.
5. Security Deposit
----------------
The parties herein acknowledge that Lessee was the tenant of the Premises
pursuant to a Standard Industrial Lease-Net dated January 6, 1995 (the "Former
Lease") between Lessee and the Dan S. Sandel] 1989 Trust (the "Prior Landlord")
dated February 8, 1989 which has been terminated and superseded by this Lease.
Pursuant to the terms of the Former Lease, Lessee deposited with the Prior
Landlord a security deposit, for which Lessee has received a cash payment in
full satisfaction of the Prior Landlord's obligation with respect thereto.
Prior Landlord has delivered to Lessor funds in the amount of $45,234 (the
"Security Deposit") for the account and benefit of Lessee, which Lessor shall
hold as security for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's obligations
hereunder. If Lessee fails to pay rent or other charges due hereunder, or
otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease after the
expiration of the applicable cure period provided in this Lease, Lessor may use,
apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit for the payment of
any rent or other charge in default or for the payment of any other sum to which
Lessor may become obligated by reason of Lessee's default, or to compensate
Lessor for any loss or damage which Lessor may suffer thereby. If Lessor so
uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within
ten (10) days after written demand therefore and deposit cash with Lessor in an
amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount hereinabove
stated and Lessee's failure to do so shall be material breach of this Lease.
Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its
general accounts. If Lessee performs all of Lessee's obligations hereunder, the
Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by
Lessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for
its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option, to the last assignee, if any, of
Lessee's interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after
Lessee has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein
between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the Security Deposit.
6. Use.
---
6.1 Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the
---
manufacture, assembly and sales of medical products and products incidental or
related thereto and related office and warehouse usage and for no other purpose
without Lessor's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
<PAGE>
6.2 Compliance with Law.
-------------------
(a) Lessee's Obligations. Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, comply
--------------------
promptly with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders,
covenants and restrictions of record, and requirements in effect during the term
or any part of the term hereof (collectively, "Laws"), regulating: (a) the use
of the Premises by Lessee or its assignees, sublessees, agents, employees,
contractors, licensees or invitees and (b) the conduct and operation of Lessee's
business at the Premises, including, without limitation, compliance with
Hazardous Materials Laws, the Americans With Disabilities Act ("ADA") and
similar handicap or " path-of-travel " laws or ordinances, without regard to
whether the costs to comply with same are capital or noncapital or are
customarily paid by or imposed upon owners or lessees. Lessee shall not use nor
permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create waste or a
nuisance or, if there shall be more than one lessee in the building containing
the Premises, shall tend to disturb such other lessees. Lessee's obligation to
comply with Laws as provided in this Paragraph 6.2 shall not impose upon Lessee
the obligation to (i) perform obligations which are expressly made the
obligations of Lessor under this Lease; (ii) comply with Laws requiring changes
to the structural elements of the Premises not required by Lessee's specific
manner of use of the Premises; or (iii) comply with Hazardous Materials Laws
(except to the extent that such compliance is required under Paragraph 40).
(b) Lessor's Obligations. Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, comply
--------------------
promptly with all applicable Laws which require changes to the structural
elements or roof of the improvements located on the Premises, excluding changes
required due to (a) the specific manner of use of the Premises by Lessee, or (b)
the acts of Lessee or its assignees, sublessees, agents, employees, contractors,
licensees or invitees.
6.3 Condition of Premises.
---------------------
(a) Lessor shall be responsible, at Lessor's expense, for correcting
any Existing Defects in the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 6.3(a), an
"Existing Defect" shall mean (i) a structural element of the improvements
located on the Premises (including, without limitation, the exterior shell, roof
and slab) which is not in sound and good condition as of the Effective Date;
(ii) a roof(s) of the improvements on the Premises, if the same is not water-
tight as of the Effective Date; (iii) an electrical or plumbing system on the
Premises which system is not in good working order as of the Effective Date; or
(iv) any element of the Premises which is not in compliance with Laws as of the
same are enforced as of the Effective Date. An "Existing Defect" shall not
include (x) damage or destruction of the Premises due to a casualty occurring
after the Effective Date or due to the conduct of Lessee or its agents,
employees, contractors, licensees or invitees; or (y) any matter of which Lessee
does not give Lessor written notice within one hundred eighty (I 80) days
following Lessee's discovery thereof.
(b) Subject to the terms of Paragraphs 6.2(b), 6.3(a) and 40, Lessee
hereby accepts the Premises in their "AS-IS" condition existing as of the
Effective Date, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state
laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use of the
Premises (including, without limitation, the ADA and Hazardous Materials Laws),
and any covenants or restrictions or easements of record, and accepts this Lease
subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and in the preliminary
title report of First American Title Company of Los Angeles dated February 20,
1996, order no. 9601441-8 (the "Preliminary Title Report"). Except as expressly
set forth in this Lease, Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has not made any
representation or warranty as to the condition of the Premises, the compliance
of the Premises with applicable law, or the present or future suitability )f the
Premises for the conduct of Lessee's business. Lessee acknowledges that Lessee
has had ample opportunity to fully investigate the Premises, and is not relying
on any representation or warranty of Lessor, express or implied, with respect
thereto except as expressly set forth in this Lease.
6.4 Title to the Premises.
---------------------
Lessor represents and warrants that there are no mortgages or deeds of trust
encumbering the Premises as of the Effective Date.
<PAGE>
7. Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations.
------------------------------------
7.1 Lessee's Obligations.
--------------------
(a) Subject to Lessor's obligations under Paragraphs 6.2(b), 6.3(a),
7.3, 9 and 40, Lessee shall keep in good order, condition and repair the non-
structural elements of the Premises and every part thereof, (whether or not the
need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the
elements or the age of such portion of the Premises) including, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, all exposed plumbing, heating and air
conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities and equipment within
the Premises, fixtures, walls (interior and nonstructural elements of exterior),
ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass and skylights located within the
Premises, and all driveways, parking lots and striping thereon, landscaping,
exterior lighting, fences and signs located on the Premises and sidewalks and
parkways adjacent to the Premises. If the cost of repairing an element of the
Premises is covered by a warranty obtained by Lessor from a third party
contractor, subcontractor, consultant or material supplier in connection with
construction work performed on the Premises prior to the Effective Date, Lessor
shall make available such warranty to Lessee and shall assign to Lessee Lessor's
rights thereunder, provided that Lessee shall not take any action which shall
invalidate any such warranty or derogate from Lessor's remedies or recourse
thereunder.
(b) Lessee shall maintain the Premises as provided in Paragraph 7. I
(a) and in accordance with the requirements of all Laws and any covenants or
restrictions as may from time to time be applicable to Lessee's specific manner
of use of the Premises and the conduct and operation of Lessee's business.
Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall
exercise and perform good maintenance practices and any damage or deterioration
shall not be deemed "ordinary wear and tear" if the same could have been
prevented by good maintenance practice. Lessee's obligations shall include
restorations, replacements or renewals when determined not to be due to ordinary
wear and tear or when made necessary due to failure to perform proper
maintenance.
(c) If the term of this Lease, as the same may be extended or renewed,
exceeds five (5) years, Lessor shall have the right to require Lessee to repaint
the exterior of THE improvements. but not more often than once every five (5)
years, as reasonably necessary.
(d) Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 7.1 shall not apply to
replacement, repair or restoration of items which are Lessor's obligation to
replace, repair or restore pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 6.3(a) (relating
to Existing Defects) Paragraph 7.3(a) relating to structural repairs and certain
replacements) Paragraph 9 (relating to destruction of the Premises) or Paragraph
14 (relating to condemnation of the Premises).
7.2 Surrender. On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner
-----------
termination, Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition
as when received, except for ordinary wear and tear and except as provided in
Paragraph 7. l(d), reasonably clean and free of debris. Lessee shall repair any
damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of Lessee's
trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary otherwise stated in this Lease, upon termination of this Lease, Lessee
shall leave the air lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems,
mechanical systems, lighting fixtures, plumbing and fencing on the Premises in
the same condition as when received (on the later of the Effective Date or
Lessor's completion of any corrective work required under Paragraph 6.3(a)), and
Lessee shall upon demand pay to Lessor that portion of the cost to restore such
items to such condition.
7.3 Lessor's Obligations.
--------------------
(a) Subject to Paragraphs 9 and 40: (i) Lessor shall maintain the
structural roof, foundation, and the structural elements of the exterior walls
of the improvements on the Premises in good repair and condition; and (ii)
Lessor shall also be responsible for replacement and major refurbishments of the
building systems (excluding heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment
and related ductwork), unexposed plumbing lines, exterior lighting systems,
parking lot asphalt, landscaping and hardscaping (exclusive of signs identifying
Lessee or items installed by Lessee following the Effective Date) on the
Premises (unless such replacement or refurbishment is necessary due to Lessee's
failure to perform proper maintenance of such items). Provided, however, to the
extent repairs, replacement or refurbishment to such items are required as a
result of damage (except for an "Insured Loss, " as that term is defined in
Paragraph 9. I (c)) caused by the acts of Lessee or its employees, agents,
contractors, invitees or sublessees, such repairs, plus an administration fee of
ten percent (10%) shall be made by Lessor at the
<PAGE>
sole cost and expense of Lessee.
(b) Except for the obligations of Lessor under Paragraph 6.3(a)
(relating to Existing Defects) Paragraph 7.3(a) (relating to structural repairs
and certain replacements), Paragraph 9 (relating to destruction of the Premises)
and Paragraph 14 (relating to condemnation of the Premises), it is intended by
the parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to
repair and maintain the Premises nor the building located thereon nor the
equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the
Lessee under Paragraph 7. 1 hereof. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any
statute now or hereinafter in effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the
right to make repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate this Lease because of
Lessor's failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.
(c) If Lessor fails to perform an obligation under Paragraph 7.3(a)
and is in default of such obligation after notice as provided in Paragraph 13.3,
then Lessee may proceed to perform Lessor's obligation upon delivery of an
additional ten (10) business days notice to Lessor specifying that Lessee is
performing Lessor's obligation, and if such action was required to be performed
by Lessor, then Lessee shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Lessor of
Lessee's reasonable costs and expenses in taking such action plus interest at
the Interest Rate. In the event Lessee performs such obligations, and such work
will affect the systems or structural integrity or exterior appearance of the
improvements on the Premises, Lessee shall use only those contractors used by
Lessor for such work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform
such work, in which event Lessee may utilize the services of any other qualified
contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work at comparable
properties. Further, if Lessor does not deliver a detailed written objection to
Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice by Lessee of its
costs of taking action which Lessee claims should have been taken by Lessor, and
if such invoice from Lessee sets forth a reasonably particularized breakdown of
its costs and expenses in connection with taking such action on behalf of
Lessor, then Lessee shall be entitled to deduct from rent payable by Lessee
under this Lease the amount set forth in such invoice together with interest at
the Interest Rate. If, however, Lessor delivers to Lessee within thirty (30)
days after receipt of Lessee's invoice a written objection to the payment of
such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Lessor's reasons for
its claim that such obligations did not have to be performed by Lessor pursuant
to the terms of this Lease or that the charges are excessive (in which case
Lessor shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), then
Lessee shall not be entitled to such deduction from rent, but as Lessee's sole
remedy (except as set forth in Paragraph (k)), Lessee may proceed to institute
legal proceedings against Lessor to collect the amount set forth in the subject
invoice. In the event Lessee prevails in such legal proceedings and receives
judgment against Lessor, then Lessor shall pay such judgment to Lessee within
thirty (30)days of such judgment being entered. If such judgment is not so paid,
then Lessee shall be entitled ,o deduct from rent payable by Lessee under this
Lease the amount of such judgment together ,with interest thereon at the
Interest Rate from the date Lessee advanced the funds until the date )f such
deduction.
7.4 Alterations and Additions.
-------------------------
(a) Lessee shall not, without Lessor's prior written consent make any
alterations, improvements, additions, or Utility Installations in, on or about
the Premises, except for interior nonstructural alterations not exceeding
$500,000 in cumulative costs or $100,000 with respect to any alteration or
related alterations during the term of this Lease. In any event, whether or not
in excess of $500,000 in cumulative costs, Lessee shall make no change or
alteration to the exterior of the building(s) on the Premises without Lessor's
prior written consent except as provided in Paragraph 30. As used in Paragraph
7.5, the term "Utility Installation" shall mean carpeting, window coverings, air
lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, space
heaters, air conditioning and plumbing. Lessor may require that Lessee remove
any or all of said alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations
at the expiration of the term, and restore the Premises to their prior condition
provided that, prior to making an alteration, improvement, addition or Utility
Installation, Lessee may request that Lessor identify which such items Lessor
will require Lessee to remove at the expiration or earlier termination of the
Lease; if Lessee makes such a request, Lessor shall provide such identification
prior to Lessee's commencement of the installation of the applicable item (and
if in response to Lessee's written request, Lessor fails provide such
identification with respect to any item, Lessee shall have no obligation to
remove such item). In no event shall Lessee be obligated to remove any of the
improvements existing in the Premises as of the Effective Date. In the event
that Devon Industries, Inc. or a corporation controlling or under common control
therewith is no longer the Lessee hereunder due to an assignment of the Lease,
Lessor may require the then Lessee to provide Lessor, at such Lessee's sole cost
and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half
times the estimated cost of such improvements, to insure Lessor against any
liability for mechanic's and materialmen's liens and to insure completion of the
work.
<PAGE>
(b) Any alterations, improvements, additions, or Utility Installations
made by Lessee during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and
workmanlike manner and of good and sufficient materials, and Lessee shall,
within thirty (30) days after completion of such alteration, improvements,
additions or Utility Installation, provide Lessor with as-built plans and
specifications for same. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the
contrary, Paragraph 7.5(d) (1) (iii) shall apply to nonstructural alterations,
improvements, additions or Utility Installations (other than racking, shelving
and temporary partitions).
(c) Any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations
in, or about the Premises that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the
consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form, with
proposed detailed plans. If Lessor shall give its consent, the consent shall be
conditioned upon satisfaction of all of the requirements set forth in Paragraph
7.5(d), below.
(d) For any additions, alterations, improvements, or Utility
Installations requiring Lessor's prior written consent:
(1) Lessee shall:
(I) Request Lessor's approval in writing at least fifteen
(15) days prior to proposed construction.
(ii) Employ a licensed architect, contractor and (if
required under applicable law or reasonably necessary in view of the nature of
the work being performed) a structural engineer in connection with the proposed
construction.
(iii) Be fully responsible for the acts of Lessee's
consultants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, invitees and agents, and
cause them to fully comply with any applicable terms of this Lease and documents
referred to in this Lease and all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
(iv) Enter into written agreements with an architect and
general contractor on standard American Institute of Architects (AIA) form or
reasonable equivalent for the contract itself as well as payment schedules,
change order, etc. Copies of executed agreements will be forwarded to Lessor
within FIVE (5) days of execution.
(v) Cause to be obtained an applicable building permit for
any and construction and modifications, and construct the additions and
alterations and perform the construction work in accordance with all applicable
laws, including without limitation the ADA and Hazardous Materials Laws.
(2) Lessee's architect shall:
(I) Be licensed by the State of California (unless
Lessee's plans have been signed by a structural engineer licensed by the State
of California).
(ii) Secure Lessor's written approval before submitting
plans to the general contractor for bidding or to governmental agencies for
approval.
(iii) Secure Lessor's written approval of any changes or
alternates to the plans recommended by the general contractor or required
bygovernmental agencies.
(iv) Submit a copy of the final application for permit and
issued permit to Lessor.
(v) Submit final plans for Lessor's written approval prior
to construction.
(vi) Be available for final inspection with Lessor at job
completion.
(vii) Secure Lessor's written approval of details of any
material changes in
<PAGE>
specifications or finishes during construction.
(viii) Provide specifications as required by Lessor.
(ix) Sign off on the as-built drawings as the Architect's
certification that the improvements have, in fact, been built as per the
Architect's design.
(3) Lessee's general contractor and/or subcontractors shall:
(I) Be licensed by the State of California.
(ii) Have substantial experience providing similar quality
and quantity of improvements. Work history shall be provided to Lessor prior to
being awarded contract.
(iii) Have a bonding capacity equal to or exceeding the
valuation of the job. Lessor may require the job to be bonded, if the job
involves a substantial alteration to the structural elements or building systems
of the improvements on the Premises or if there is another reasonable basis for
the requirement under the circumstances.
(iv) Maintain a full force and effect, throughout the
duration of its performance under the contract with Lessee, a Worker's
Compensation insurance policy and a Commercial General Liability insurance
policy issued by an insurer satisfactory to Lessor with liability coverage of
not less than $1,000,000.00 for personal injury and $500,000.00 to cover
property damage. The Commercial General Liability insurance policy shall include
assumption of contractual liability. Certificates of insurance containing a
thirty (30) day cancellation clause shall be furnished to Lessor prior to
commencement of performance under the construction of contract naming Lessor and
its property manager, if applicable, as additional insureds.
(v) Provide a construction schedule to Lessor prior to
commencement of work and weekly written progress reports.
(vi) Warrant the Contractor's work and that of the
Contractor's subcontractors, for a minimum of one (1) year.
(vii) Provide Lessor with as-built drawings of all
improvements.
(e) All requests to be submitted to Lessor shall be submitted through
Lessor's managing agent. If Lessor shall give its consent, the consent shall be
deemed conditioned upon the compliance by Lessee in a prompt and expeditious
manner of all conditions of all permits obtained pursuant to Paragraph 7.5(d),
above.
(f) Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials
furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use in
the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanics' or
materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-
responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If Lessee shall, in
good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee
shall, at its sole expense defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall
pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before
the enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises, upon the condition
that Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an
amount equal to such contested lien claim or demand indemnifying Lessor against
liability for the same and holding the Premises free from the effect of such
lien or claim. If Lessee does not provide a bond satisfactory to Lessor, Lessee
shall pay Lessor's reasonable attorneys fees and costs in participating in such
action if Lessor shall decide it is in its best interest to do so.
(g) If Lessor imposed such requirement pursuant to the terms of
Paragraph 7.5(a), Lessee shall remove any or all alterations, improvements,
additions or Utility Installations by the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease, notwithstanding their installation may have been consented to by
Lessor. Should Lessee make any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility
Installations without the prior approval of Lessor, Lessor may require that
Lessee remove any or all of the same.
<PAGE>
(h) Unless Lessor requires their removal, as set forth in Paragraph
7.5(a), all alterations, improvements, additions and Utility Installations
(except as provided in this Paragraph 7.5(h) below), which may be made on the
Premises, shall become the property of Lessor and remain upon and be surrendered
with the Premises at the expiration of the term. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Paragraph 7.5(h), Lessee's machinery, equipment and other personal
property shall remain the property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee
subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.2.
8. Insurance, Indemnity.
--------------------
(a) Lessee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Lessor, its successors, assigns, subsidiaries, directors, officers, agents and
employees ("Lessor Parties") from and against any and all damage, loss,
liability or expense including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and legal
costs suffered by same directly or by reason of any claim, suit or judgment
brought by or in favor of any person or persons for damage, loss or expense due
to, but not limited to, bodily injury, including death resulting anytime
therefrom, and property damage sustained by such person or persons which arises
out of, is occasioned by or attributable to the use or occupancy of the Premises
by Lessee or any Lessee Parties or other areas in any larger or adjacent
property owned by Lessor, the acts or omission of the Lessee or any Lessee
Parties (as that term is defined below) brought onto the Premises by Lessee, or
any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Lessee's part to
be performed under the terms of this lease, except to the extent caused by the
negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or any Lessor Parties or the breach
by Lessor of any of its obligations under this Lease, except to the extent that
Lessee has assumed obligations under this Lease. If any action or proceeding is
brought against Lessor or any Lessor Parties by reason of any such claim,
Lessee, upon notice from Lessor, shall defend same at Lessee's expense by
counsel satisfactory to Lessor. The foregoing indemnity shall not apply to
matters for which Lessor indemnifies Lessee pursuant to The terms of this
Lease, or to matters covered by the waiver of subrogation set forth in Paragraph
8(g).
Except to the extent required to be insured pursuant to insurance required to be
maintained by Lessee under the Lease (in which case Lessee shall assume full
responsibility therefor) and subject to the last sentence of Paragraph 13.3 of
this Lease, Lessor shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Lessee and its
successors, assigns, subsidiaries, directors, officers, agents and employees,
licensees, invitees or permitees ("Lessee Parties") harmless from any liability,
damages, costs, expenses, causes of action, claims or judgments, including
reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs, arising from any act or omission of
Lessor (or any Lessor Parties) (but only to the extent of such act or omission),
in the performance of its obligations under the Lease when not the result of the
act, omission or willful misconduct of Lessee or any Lessee Parties or the
breach by Lessee of any of its obligations under this Lease, except to the
extent that Lessor has assumed obligations under this Lease. The foregoing
indemnity shall not apply to matters for which Lessee indemnities Lessor
pursuant to the terms of this Lease or to matters covered by the waiver of
subrogation set forth in Paragraph 8(g).
(b) Lessee hereby agrees to maintain in full force and effect at all
times during the TERM of this Lease, at Lessee's own expense, for the protection
of Lessee, Lessor and Lessor's property manager, as their interest may appear,
policies of insurance issued by a responsible carrier or carriers approved by
Lessor which afford the coverages described in Paragraphs 8(b) (i) - 8(b) (iii).
(i) Worker's Compensation Statutory
Employer's Liability Not less than
$100,000.00
Commercial General Not less than
Liability (Occurrence $2,000,000.00 per
Form) occurrence,
$4,000,000
product and
completed
operations
aggregate, and
$4,000,000
general aggregate
Lessee's liability insurance policy shall expressly cover the obligation of
Lessee to indemnify Lessor pursuant to the
<PAGE>
terms of this Lease. The limits of insurance in this Paragraph 8(b)(i) shall not
however, limit the liability of Lessee hereunder.
(ii) All risk property insurance to cover personal
property, fixtures and equipment in, on or about the Premises in an amount of at
least one hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement value. The proceeds
from any such policy shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal
property unless Lessee is obligated to surrender such items under Paragraph
7.5(h) and this Lease is terminated as a result of damage or destruction of the
buildings on the Premises, in which event Lessee shall deliver the proceeds to
Lessor upon the termination of this Lease. Lessee may elect to self insure
Lessee's personal property, fixtures and equipment provided that the waiver set
forth in Paragraph 8(g) shall apply with respect to such items to the same
extent it would apply if Lessee had maintained insurance with full waiver of
subrogation.
(c) Lessee may elect to have reasonable deductibles in connection with
the insurance specified in Paragraph 8(b), and Lessee shall be liable for such
deductible amount. Lessee may, at its option, bring its obligations to maintain
insurance under Paragraph 8(b) within the coverage of any so-called blanket
policy or policies of insurance which it may now or hereafter carry, by
appropriate amendment, rider, endorsement or otherwise, provided that the
interests of Lessor shall thereby be as fully protected as they would otherwise
be (and provided further that the amount of insurance proceeds available shall
not be reduced from the amount otherwise available) if blanket coverage were not
permitted.
(d) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor prior to the Effective Date, and
thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of such policy,
certificates of insurance evidencing the above coverage with limits not less
than those specified above. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
holding a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least A-VIII as set forth in the
most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide". Such Certificates with respect
to Lessee's liability insurance policy, shall name Lessor, its property manager
and such of the Lessor Parties as Lessor shall require as additional insureds
and shall expressly provide that the interest of same herein shall not be
affected by a breach by Lessee of any insurance policy provision for which such
Certificates evidence coverage. Further, all Certificates shall expressly
provide that no less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice (if available,
and no less than ten (10) days' prior written notice in any event) shall be
given to Lessor in the event of material alteration to or cancellation of the
coverage evidenced by such Certificates.
(e) Upon demand, Lessee shall provide Lessor, at Lessee's expense,
with such increased amount of existing insurance and such other insurance
coverage in such limits as Lessor may require consistent with properties
comparable to the Premises to afford Lessor adequate protection.
(f) Lessor makes no representation that the limits of liability
specified to be carried by Lessee under the term of this Lease are adequate to
protect Lessee against Lessee's undertaking under this Paragraph 8 and in the
event Lessee believes that any such insurance coverage called for under this
Lease is insufficient, Lessee shall provide, at its own expense, such additional
insurance as Lessee deems adequate.
(g) Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor and
Lessee hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all rights of
recovery, claims, action or cause of action, against each other, their agents,
officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises,
improvements to the building of which the Premises are a part, personal property
(building contents) within the building on the Premises, any furniture,
equipment, machinery, goods or supplies not covered by this Lease which Lessee
may bring or obtain upon the Premises or any additional improvements which
Lessee may construct on the Premises, by reason of fire, the elements or any
other cause to the extent insured against under the terms of all risk property
insurance policies obtained by Lessor or Lessee under this Lease (or which would
have been insured against had Lessor or Lessee obtained such insurance as
required under this Lease), regardless of cause or origin, including negligence
of Lessor or Lessee and their agents, officers and employees. Because this
Paragraph will preclude the assignment of any claim mentioned in it by way of
subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or any other person) each
party to this Lease agrees to promptly give to each insurance company, written
notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this Paragraph, and to
have the insurance policies properly endorsed if necessary to prevent the
invalidation of the insurance coverage's by reason of the mutual waivers
contained in this Paragraph.
(h) Lessor hereby agrees to maintain in full force and effect at all
times during the term of this Lease, policies of insurance issued by a
responsible carrier or carriers which afford the coverage's described in
Paragraphs 8(h)(I)-(iii). Lessor may, at its option, bring its obligations to
maintain insurance under Paragraph 8(h) within the coverage of any so-called
blanket policy or policies of insurance which it may now or hereafter carry, by
appropriate amendment, rider, endorsement or otherwise, provided that the
interests of Lessee shall thereby be as fully protected as they would otherwise
be (and provided further that the amount of
<PAGE>
insurance available shall not be reduced from the amount otherwise available) if
blanket coverage were not permitted.
(I) All risk property insurance, with earthquake (at
Lessor's option), flood, and agreed amount endorsements, in an amount of at
least one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value of all
improvements on the Premises. If Lessee shall make any alterations, Utility
Installations or improvements after the Effective date, upon request of Lessee,
Lessor shall arrange for coverage of such items under Lessor's "all-risk" policy
with respect to al perils except earthquake. The proceeds from any such policy
shall be used by Lessor for the restoration of any such improvements in the
event of damage thereto. Lessor may elect to have reasonable deductibles in
connection with such insurance, and Lessor shall be liable for such deductible
amount.
(ii) Rent insurance covering those risks referred to in
Paragraph 8(h)(i) in an amount equal to all rent that is payable under Paragraph
4 of this Lease (Base Rent and any additional rents payable under this Lease
including tax and insurance costs) for a period of at least twelve (12) months
commencing with the date of loss.
(iii) commercial general liability insurance in an amount
equal to $2,000,000 per occurrence and $4,000,000 general aggregate, and such
other insurance as may be required by Lessor's lender. Lessor's liability
insurance policy shall expressly cover the obligation of Lessor to indemnify
Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
(iv) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee prior to the Effective
Date, and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of such
policy, certificates of insurance evidencing the above coverage with limits not
less than those specified above. Insurance required hereunder shall be in
companies holding a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least A-VIII as set
forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide". Such Certificates
with respect to Lessor's liability insurance policy shall name Lessee and such
of the Lessee Parties as Lessee shall require as additional insureds and shall
expressly provide that the interest of same herein shall not be affected by a
breach by Lessor of any insurance policy provision for which such Certificates
evidence coverage. Further, all Certificates shall expressly provide that no
less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice (if available, and no less than
ten (10) days' prior written notice in any event) shall be given to Lessee in
the event of material alteration to or cancellation of the coverage evidenced by
such Certificates.
(I) Reimbursement for Lessor's insurance shall be as provided in this
Paragraph 8(I).
(i) Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof,
additional rent in the amount of any premiums for the insurance required under
Paragraphs 8(h)(i)-(ii). If Lessor elects to obtain earthquake insurance or
hazardous materials insurance, the cost of the endorsement therefor (or the
portion, if any, of the premium for Lessor's all-risk policy which is
attributable to the addition of coverage against earthquake as a named peril or
hazardous materials contamination) shall be borne by Lessor and shall not be
reimbursed by Lessee. If Lessor elects to otherwise increase the coverage of its
insurance required under Paragraphs 8(h)(i)-(ii) beyond the requirements of such
Paragraph, Lessee shall only be obligated to reimburse Lessor for the cost
attributable to such increased cost which is customarily reimbursed by lessees
of comparable properties to the Premises in the market area in which the
Premises are located.
(ii) Lessee shall pay such premiums to Lessor within
thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessee of a copy of the premiums statement or
other satisfactory evidence of the amount due. If the insurance policies
maintained hereunder cover other improvements in addition to the Premises,
Lessor shall also deliver to Lessee a statement of the amount of such premiums
attributable to the Premises and showing in reasonable detail the manner in
which such amount was computed. If the term of this Lease shall not expire
concurrently with the expiration of the period covered by such insurance,
Lessee's liability for premiums shall be prorated on an annual basis.
(iii) All insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be
primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor,
whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only
(j) Except as provided in Paragraph 8(a) above and 8(1) below, (I)
Lessor shall not be liable
<PAGE>
for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other
property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any
other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused
by or results from FIRE, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the
breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, FIRE sprinklers,
wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any
other cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon
the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part, from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of such
damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not, and
(ii) Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect
of any other lessee or the failure by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any
other lease of any larger or adjacent property owned by Lessor. Notwithstanding
Lessor's negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances
be liable for injury to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit
therefrom.
(k) In addition to any other remedies expressly provided in this
Lease, in the event that Lessee's use or enjoyment of the Premises or the
accessibility of the Premises or the parking areas (collectively "Lessee's Lease
Rights") is materially impaired for five (5) consecutive days or FIFTEEN (15)
collective days in any calendar year (the "Eligibility Period") as a result of
(i) any of Lessor's actions or failure to act where obligated under this Lease
to do so, (ii) unavailability or interruption of utilities, (iii) a taking
(whether permanent or temporary) of the Premises, (iv) an Existing Defect of
which Lessee has given Lessor written notice and which Lessor has failed to
correct, or (v) the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises not
introduced by Lessee, then Lessee's rent and all other payments shall be abated
or reduced as the case may be, from the commencement of the Eligibility Period
to the extent of the impairment. If Lessee's Lease Rights are materially
impaired, and Lessee does not use the Premises, for one hundred eighty (180)
consecutive days as a result of any abatement event described in (i) - (v)
above, Lessee may elect to terminate this Lease and in the event of such
election Lessee shall be limited exclusively to its remedies under this
Paragraph 8(k) (this termination right shall be unavailable to Lessee if a
reputable financial institution which encumbers the Premises following the
Effective Date requires its elimination as a condition to making a loan to
Lessor encumbered by the Premises).
9. Damage or Destruction.
---------------------
9.1 Definitions.
-----------
(a) "Premises Partial Damage" shall herein mean damage or destruction
to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is less than 75 % of the
then replacement cost of the Premises. "Premises Partial Damage" shall herein
mean damage or destruction to the building of which the Premises are a part
(inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such building) to the extent
that the cost of repair is less than 75 % of the then replacement cost of such
building as a whole inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such
building.
(b) "Premises Total Destruction" shall herein mean damage or
destruction to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is 75 % or
more of the then replacement cost of the Premises. "Premises Total Destruction"
shall herein mean damage or destruction to the building of which the Premises
are a part (inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such building) to
the extent that the cost of repair is 75 % or more of the then replacement cost
of such building (inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such
building) as a whole.
(c) "Insured Loss" shall herein mean damage or destruction which was
caused by an event required to be covered (exclusive of deductible amounts) by
the insurance described in Paragraph 8(h)(i).
9.2 Partial Damage -- Insured Loss. Subject to the provisions of
-------------------------------
Paragraphs 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if any time during the term of this Lease there is
damage which is an Insured Loss and which falls into the classification of
Premises Partial Damage, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such
damage (but not Lessee's personal property or equipment unless Lessee is
obligated to surrender such items pursuant to Paragraph 7.5(h) hereof and not
Lessee's improvements, alternations or Utility Installations unless Lessee has
notified Lessor to insure such items and Lessee provides Lessor with plans and
specifications pursuant to which Lessor shall perform the repair) as soon as
reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.
Notwithstanding the above, if the insurance proceeds received by Lessor are not
sufficient to effect such repair (exclusive of deductible amounts or
insufficiency of proceeds resulting from Lessor's failure to maintain the
insurance required under Paragraph 8(h)(i), for which Lessor shall be
responsible), Lessor shall give notice to Lessee of the amount required n
addition to the insurance proceeds to effect such repair. Lessee may, at its
option, elect to contribute the required amount to Lessor within days after
Lessee has received notice from Lessor of the shortage in the insurance. When
Lessee
<PAGE>
shall contribute such amount to Lessor, Lessor shall make such repairs as
soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect. Lessee shall in no event have any right to reimbursement for any such
amounts so contributed. If Lessee shall not elect to contribute the required
amount, Lessor may IT Lessor's option either (i) repair such damage at Lessor's
expense or (ii) give written notice to Lessee of Lessor's election to cancel and
terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence )f the damage. Lessor's
failure to exercise make such election within thirty (30) days following the
expiration of Lessee's thirty (30) day period to contribute the required amount
shall be deemed an election by Lessor of option (ii).
9.3 Partial Damage -- Uninsured Loss. Subject to the provisions of
--------------------------------
Paragraphs 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if at any time during the term of this Lease there
is damage which is not an Insured Loss and which falls within the classification
of Premises Partial Damage, Lessor may at Lessor's option either (i) repair such
damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense as provided in
Paragraph 9.2, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the
date of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's intention to cancel and
terminate this Lease, as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. In the
event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to cancel and
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the
receipt of such notice to provide the shortfall in insurance proceeds to Lessor
as provided in Paragraph 9.2 (with Lessor providing the deductible amount and
any insufficiency of proceeds resulting from Lessor's failure to maintain the
insurance required under Paragraph 8(h)(i)), in which event this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs
as soon as reasonably possible. If Lessee does not provide the shortfall in
insurance proceeds within such 10-day period this Lease shall be cancelled and
terminated as of the date of the occurrence of such damage.
9.4 Total Destruction. If at any time during the term of this Lease
-----------------
there is damage, whether or not an Insured Loss, (including destruction required
by any authorized public authority), which falls into the classification of
Premises Total Destruction or Premises Building Total Destruction, this Lease
shall terminate at the election of either party given by written notice within
sixty (60) days following the date of such total destruction, which termination
shall be effective as of the date of such total destruction. If neither party
elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 9.4, the
repair of the Premises, responsibility for the cost of repair, and additional
termination of the Lease shall be governed by the terms of Paragraph 9.2 or 9.3
above, as applicable.
9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last six months
-----------------------
of the term of this Lease there is damage, whether or not an Insured Loss, which
falls within the classification of the Premises Partial Damage, either Lessor or
Lessee may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of
occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to the other party of its
election to do so within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage.
9.6 Abatement of Rent. In the event of damage described in Paragraphs
-----------------
9.2, 9.3, 9.4 or 9.5, the rent payable hereunder for the period during which
such damage, repair or RESTORATION CONTINUES SHALL be abated. Except for
abatement of rent, if any, Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any
damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or
restoration.
9.7 Termination -- Advance Payments. In the event Lessor is obligated to
-------------------------------
repair the Premises following damage or destruction but has not substantially
completed the repairs within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of
the damage (subject to extension for delays caused by Lessee or any Lessee
Parties), then at any time after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180)
day period Lessee may deliver written notice to Lessor and its lender of record
of its intent to terminate, and should Lessor fail to substantially complete
such repair work within sixty (60) days after receipt of such written intent
notice (subject to extension for delays caused by Lessee or any Lessee Parties
and subject to further extension (the "Certified Completion Period") for not
more than @ (30) days if Lessor delivers, within FIVE (5) business days after
Lessor's receipt of Lessee's termination notice, a certificate of Lessor's
contractor responsible for repair of the damage certifying that it is such
contractor's good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially
completed within the Certified Completion Period.), Lessee shall have the right,
as its sole and exclusive remedy for such delay, to terminate the Lease upon the
delivery of written notice to Lessor and its lender of record. Upon termination
of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made
concerning advance rent and any advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor.
Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's security deposit
as has not theretofore been applied by Lessor. The time periods for Lessor's
performance under this Paragraph 9.7 shall not be subject to extension pursuant
to Paragraph 43.
<PAGE>
9.8 Waiver. Lessor and Lessee waive the provisions of any statutes which
------
relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.
9.9 Lessee to Vacate Upon Termination. In the event the Lease shall be
---------------------------------
terminated pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 9:
(a) Lessee shall have ninety (90) days following the date of the
damage to vacate the Premises, subject to applicable Laws; and
(b) the Lease shall remain in effect and Lessor and Lessee shall each
perform all of their respective obligations under the Lease during Lessee's
period of occupancy, subject to Paragraph 9.6 and except to the extent made
impracticable due to the damage or destruction.
10. Real Property Taxes.
-------------------
10.1 Payment of Taxes. Lessee shall pay the real property tax, as defined
----------------
in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Premises during the term of this Lease. All
such payments shall be made prior to the delinquency date of such payment or the
date which is ten (10) days after Lessee receives the tax bills, whichever is
later. Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such
taxes have been paid. Lessor shall promptly provide Lessee with tax bills
following Lessor's receipt thereof. If any such taxes paid by Lessee shall cover
any period of time prior to or after the expiration of the term hereof, Lessee's
share of such taxes shall be equitably prorated to cover only the period of time
within the tax fiscal year during the term of this Lease, and Lessor shall be
responsible for all such taxes applicable to any period prior to or after the
term of this Lease and shall reimburse Lessee to the extent required. If Lessee
shall fail to pay any such taxes within the time period provided herein, Lessor
shall have the right to pay the same, in which case Lessee shall repay such
amount to Lessor with Lessee's next rent installment following notice thereof
from Lessor together with interest at the Interest Rate.
10.2 Definition of "Real Property Tax". As used herein, the term "real
--------------------------------
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income,
documentary transfer, franchise, gift, capital stock or estate taxes) imposed on
the Premises by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax,
including any city, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural,
sanitary, FIRE, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as
against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or in the real
property of which the Premises are a part, as against Lessor's right to rent or
other income therefrom, and as against Lessor's business of leasing the
Premises. The term "real property tax" shall also include any tax, fee, levy,
assessment or charge (a) in substitution of, partially or totally, any tax, fee,
levy, assessment or charge hereinablve included within the definition of "real
property tax," or (b) the nature of which was hereinabove included within the
definition of "real property tax," or (c) which is imposed for a service or
right not charged prior to June 1, 1978, or, if previously charged, has been
increased since June 1, 1978, or (d) which is imposed as a result of a transfer,
either partial or total, of Lessor's interest in the Premises or which is added
to a tax or charge hereinbefore imposed by reason of this transaction, any
modifications or changes hereto, or any transfers hereof. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 10.2, during the initial five (5)
year term of this Lease only, Lessee shall not be obligated to pay that portion
of an increase, if any, in the "real property tax" resulting from a reassessment
of the Premises occurring due to a transfer of Lessor's interest in the
Premises, or any portion thereof, or a financing, refinancing or other change of
ownership in the Premises during the initial five (5) year term of this Lease
(provided that Lessee shall remain responsible for the remainder of the "real
property tax" including, without limitation, the "real property tax" based on
the assessed value of the Premises prior to the transfer, and that portion of
the new assessed value following the transfer which is allocable to normal
annual increases in the assessed value and/or assessments pending prior to the
implementation of the new assessed value).
10.3 Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed,
----------------
Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the real property taxes
for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed,
such proportion to be reasonably determined by Lessor from the respective
valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as
may be reasonably available.
10.4 Additional Provisions Regarding Real Property Taxes. Lessor shall
---------------------------------------------------
have the option to pay the real property taxes, and in such case, Lessee shall,
as additional rent for the Premises, pay for cost of all real property taxes
paid hereunder. If Lessor pays the real property taxes, Lessee shall, within
the later of ten (10) days following demand by Lessor or ten (10) days prior to
delinquency, reimburse Lessor for the cost of the real property taxes so
<PAGE>
paid (if an assessment is payable in installments, Lessor shall pay it in the
maximum number of installments permitted by the applicable taxing authority, and
Lessee shall not be required to reimburse Lessor for any earlier payment of an
assessment by Lessor until the date such payment would have been made if Lessor
had paid in the maximum number of installments). Lessor shall have the right to
contest or appeal any real property taxes or assessments applicable to the
Premises and to seek a reduction in the assessed valuation of the Premises
(collectively, "Tax Contests"). Any refund of real property taxes resulting from
any such Tax Contest shall be applied first to reimburse Lessor for its costs
and expenses in connection with the Tax Contest (including, without limitation
attorneys' fees and the costs of consultants) and then, out of and to the extent
of the balance of such refund, Lessor shall reimburse to Lessee the portion of
such reduction attributable to the Premises and the term of this Lease, if
previously paid by Lessee. Lessee shall have the right, at any time and at its
sole cost and expense, to seek a reduction in the assessed valuation of the
Premises or to contest the real property taxes or assessments applicable to the
Premises. To prevent delinquency, Lessee shall pay in full to the taxing
authority, under protest in the manner provided, however, that (a) if the
contesting of the same may be made without the payment thereof and (b) the
collection of the same and the sale or forfeiture of the Premises or any part
thereof or interest therein, is prevented by such contest, Lessee shall have the
right, at its sole cost and expense and upon given written notice to Lessor of
its intent, to contest the taxes or assessments without payment of the taxes in
full. Lessor shall not be required to join in any proceeding or contest brought
by Lessee unless such proceeding or contest must be brought in the name of
Lessor or an owner of the Premises. In any proceeding or contest to which Lessor
is required to join, Lessee shall bear all actual, documented, reasonable costs
of Lessor incurred in connection with such proceeding or contest, including,
without limitation, all actual, documented, reasonable attorneys' fees and
accountants' fees. Lessee, on final resolution of the proceeding or contest,
shall immediately pay or discharge any decision or judgment rendered, together
with all taxes, costs, charges, interest and penalties incident to the decision
or judgment.
10.5 Personal Property Taxes.
-----------------------
(a) Lessee shall pay to delinquency all taxes assessed against and
levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible,
Lessee shall cause said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other
personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of
Lessor.
(b) If any Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with
Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee
within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 10. I or Paragraph 10.4, as
applicable, after Lessee's receipt of a written statement setting forth the
taxes applicable to Lessee's property.
11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power,
---------
telephone and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together
with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to
Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of
all charges jointly metered with other premises.
12. Assignment and Subletting.
-------------------------
12.1 Lessor's Consent Required. Lessee shall not voluntarily or by
-------------------------
operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or
encumber (collectively, a "Transfer") all or any part of Lessee's interest in
this Lease or in the Premises, without Lessor's prior written consent, which
Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold. Lessor shall respond to Lessee's request
for consent hereunder in a timely manner and any attempted Transfer without such
consent shall be void, and shall constitute a breach of this Lease. No consent
shall be required, but Lessee shall give Lessor thirty (30) days advance written
notice of, any Transfer to an entity controlling, controlled by, under common
control with, or the product of a merger with, or a consolidation,
reorganization or sale of substantially all of the assets of Lessee (an
"Affiliate of Lessee").
12.2 Procedure. If at any time or from time to time during the term of
---------
this Lease, Lessee desires to assign or sublet all or any part of Lessee's
interest in this Lease or in the Premises other than to an Affiliate of Lessee,
Lessee shall give prior written notice to Lessor setting forth the terms of the
proposed assignment or subletting and the space so proposed to be assigned or
sublet. Such assignment or sublease shall be subject to, without limitation, all
the conditions in Paragraph 12 and the following conditions:
(a) The assignment or sublease shall be on the terms set forth in the
notice given to Lessor. Any subsequent changes or modifications will require
Lessor's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
<PAGE>
(b) Lessee acknowledges that Lessor's agreement to lease these
Premises to Lessee at the rent and terms stated herein is made in material
reliance upon Lessor's evaluation of this particular Lessee's background,
experience and ability, as well as the nature of the use of the Premises by this
Lessee as set forth in Paragraph 6. In the event that Lessee shall request
Lessor's written consent to assign or sublease the Premises as required in
Paragraphs 12.1 and 12.2 hereof, then each such request for consent shall be
accompanied by the following:
(i) Financial statements of the proposed assignee or
sublessee;
(ii) A statement of the specific uses for which the
Premises will be utilized by the proposed assignee or sublessee; and
(iii) Preliminary plans prepared by an architect or civil
engineer for all alterations to the Premises that are contemplated to be
made by Lessee, the proposed assignee or sublessee.
(c) No assignment or sublease shall be valid and no assignee or
sublessee shall take possession of the Premises assigned or subleased until an
executed counterpart of such assignment or sublease has been delivered to
Lessor.
(d) Fifty percent (50%) (after deduction of actual, documented,
reasonable real estate brokerage commissions, advertising costs, attorneys'
fees, concessions and tenant improvement costs paid by Lessee) of any sums or
other economic consideration received by Lessee as a result of such assignment
or subletting (excluding sums paid for Lessee's assets pursuant to bona fide
---- ----
allocation not structured to circumvent this Paragraph 12.2(d) whether
denominated rentals under the assignment or sublease or otherwise, which exceed,
in the aggregate, the total sums which Lessee is obligated to pay Lessor under
this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the
Premises subject to such assignment or sublease) shall be payable to Lessor as
additional rental under this Lease without affecting or reducing any other
obligation of Lessee hereunder. In the event of subletting of only a portion of
the Premises, in calculating whether the rent received by Lessee exceeds the
rent payable under this Lease, the rent payable under the Lease shall be
prorated according to the square .footage involved in order to reflect the rent
applicable to the space sublet. This Paragraph 12.2 'd) shall not apply to a
Transfer by Lessee to an Affiliate of Lessee.
12.3 Lessees Other Than Individuals.
------------------------------
(a) If Lessee is a partnership, a transfer of any interest of a
general partner,
a withdrawal of any general partner from the partnership, or the dissolution of
the partnership, ;such that effective control or fifty-one percent (51 %) of the
constituent ownership interest is Transferred to other than an Affiliate of
Lessee, shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease.
(b) If Lessee is a corporation, unless Lessee is a public
corporation whose stock is regularly traded on a national stock exchange, or is
regularly traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted on NASDAQ, any sale
or other transfer to other than an Affiliate of Lessee of a percentage of
capital stock of Lessee which results in a change of controlling persons, shall
be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease.
12.4 No Release of Lessee. Regardless of Lessor's consent, any
--------------------
subletting or assignment shall not (a) (i) in the case of an assignment, be
effective without the express written assumption by such assignee of the
obligations of Lessee under this Lease arising from and after the effective date
of the assignment, (ii) in the case of a sublease, be effective unless the
sublease is expressly subject to the terms of this Lease, (b) release Lessee of
any of Lessee's obligations hereunder or (c) alter the primary liability of
Lessee to pay the rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by
Lessee hereunder. The acceptance of rent by Lessor from any other person shall
not be deemed to be a waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof or any default by
Lessee. Consent to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to
any subsequent assignment or subletting. In the event of default by any assignee
of Lessee or any successor of Lessee, in the performance of any of the terms
hereof, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee without the necessity of
exhausting remedies against said assignee. Lessor may consent to subsequent
assignments or subletting of this Lease or amendments or modifications to this
Lease with assignees of Lessee, without notifying Lessee, or any successor of
Lessee, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and such action shall
not relieve Lessee of liability under this Lease.
<PAGE>
12.5 Assignment to Lessor. Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor
--------------------
all of Lessee's interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease
heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect such rent and
income and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided
however, that until a default shall occur in the performance of Lessee's
obligations under this Lease and such default remains uncured after the
expiration of the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease,
(subject to Lessee being entitled to fifty percent (50%) of any excess
consideration after Lessor collects all of its attorneys fees and other costs of
collection and enforcement and all amounts then due under this Lease), Lessee
may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor
shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such sublease to Lessor
nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable
to the sublessee for any failure ' lure of Lessee to perform and comply with any
of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee under such sublease. Lessee hereby
irrevocably authorizes and. directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a
written notice from Lessor stating that an uncured default exists in the
performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the rents
due and to become due under the sublease. Lessee agrees that such sublessee
shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor,
and that such sublessee shall pay such rents to Lessor without any obligation or
right to inquire as to whether such default exists and notwithstanding any
notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary. Lessee shall have no right or
claim against such sublessee or Lessor for any such rents so paid by said
sublessee to Lessor.
12.6 Attorney's Fees. In the event Lessee shall request the consent of
----------------
Lessor to any Transfer then Lessee shall pay Lessor's reasonable attorneys' fees
incurred in connection therewith, not to exceed $1,500.00 with respect to each
requested Transfer.
13. Defaults: Remedies.
------------------
13.1 Defaults. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee:
(a) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other
payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such
failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days (for Base Rent, or 30 days
for any other payment) after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee. In
the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a Notice to Pay Rent or Quit pursuant
to applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes, such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall
also constitute the notice required by this subparagraph.
(b) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee,
other than described in paragraph (b) above, where such failure shall continue
for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee;
provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's default is such that more than
30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee shall not be deemed to
be in default if Lessee commenced such cure within said 30-day period and
thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion. To the extent
permitted by law, said thirty (30) day notice shall constitute the sole and
exclusive notice required to be given to Lessee under applicable unlawful
detainer statutes,
(c) The making by Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for
the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee becomes a " debtor " as defined in 1 1 U.
S. C. I 0 1 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition
filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the
appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of
Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,
where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the
attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's
assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such
seizure is not discharged within 30 days. Provided, however, in the event that
any provision of this Paragraph 13. I (d) is contrary to any applicable law,
such provision shall be of no force or effect.
13.2 Remedies. In the event of a breach of this Lease by Lessee (as
defined in Section 13.1 above), Lessor may at its option (but without obligation
to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf including but not
limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or
governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such
performance by Lessor plus interest at the Interest Rate shall be due and
payable by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following Lessee's receipt of
an invoice therefor. In the event of a breach of this Lease by Lessee, as
defined in Paragraph 13.1, with or without further notice or demand, and without
limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by
reason of such breach, Lessor may:
<PAGE>
(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and
Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time
of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of
termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have
been reasonably avoided, (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award
exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be
reasonably avoided,; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor
for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its
obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering
possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises and reasonable attorneys' fees. The
worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provisions (I) and (ii)
of the prior sentence shall be calculated based on the Interest Rate. The worth
at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (III) of the prior
sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of
the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of Award plus one percent.
Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's breach of this Lease
shall not waive Lessor's right to recover damages under this Paragraph. If
termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful
detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid
rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve therein the
right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or
damages.
(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession in effect (in
California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's breach and
abandonment and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Lessee has the
right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Lessee and
Lessor agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting which are
contained in this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation,
efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the
Lessor's interest under the Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the
Lessee's right to possession.
(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor
under the laws or judicial decisions of the State of California.
(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the
termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from
liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring
or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the
Premises.
13.3 Default by Lessor. Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor
-----------------
fails to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time, but in
no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Lessee to Lessor
and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the
Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Lessee
in writing, specifying wherein Lessor has failed to perform such obligation;
provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more
than thirty (30) days are required for performance then Lessor shall not be in
default if Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter
diligently prosecutes the same to completion. Lessee shall have all remedies
available at law and equity for Lessor's default except as provided in this
Lease; however, any damages or judgments arising out of Lessor's default of its
obligations under this Lease shall be satisfied only out of Lessor's interest
and estate in the Premises (including all sales, insurance and condemnation
proceeds, net of any costs incurred in obtaining such proceeds and subject to
the rights of any lender with a security interest in Lessor's interest and
estate in the Premises), and Lessor shall have no personal liability beyond such
interest and estate with respect to such damages or judgments.
13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by
------------
Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur
costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be
extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to,
processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on
Lessor by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Premises.
Accordingly, if any installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall
not be received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due and such late payment occurs more than once in a calendar
year, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor a late charge equal to 2% of such overdue amount not so timely paid in
each such calendar year. The parties hereby agree that such late charge
represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by
reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall
in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's default with respect to such overdue
amount, not prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies
granted
<PAGE>
hereunder.
14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken
------------
under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of
said power (all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall
terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes
title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area
of the building on the premises, or more than 25% of the land area of the
premises which is not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation, or if
so much of the parking areas on the Premises is taken that Lessee's parking is
insufficient to comply with applicable law, or if Lessee does not have
reasonable access to the Premises as a result of the taking, Lessee may, at
Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing only within sixty (60) days after
Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence
of such notice, within sixty (60) days after the condemning authority shall have
taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority
takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance
with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the
portion of the Premises remaining, except that the rent shall be reduced in the
proportion that the floor area of the building taken bears to the total floor
area of the building situated on the Premises. No reduction of rent shall occur
if the only area taken is that which does not have a building located thereon
except to the extent Lessee's use of or access to the Premises is materially
impaired as a result of the taking. Any award for the taking of all or any part
of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under
threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor, whether
such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the
leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided,
however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any award for loss of or damage to
Lessee's trade fixtures, removable personal property, goodwill and relocation
expenses. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such
condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of net severance damages received by
Lessor in connection with such condemnation, over and above the legal and other
expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the
Premises caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Lessee has been
reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. Lessee shall pay to Lessor any
amount received by Lessee from the condemning authority for Lessee's use in
completing such repair.
15. Broker's Commissions. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the
--------------------
other that neither has had any dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder
in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the
transaction contemplated hereby, and no other broker or other person, firm or
entity is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection with said
transaction and Lessee and Lessor do each hereby indemnify and hold the other
harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees or liability for
compensation, commission or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed
broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of
the indemnifying party.
16. Estoppel Certificate, Financial Statements.
------------------------------------------
(a) Lessee shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days' prior
written notice from Lessor execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor a
statement in writing (I) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full
force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and
certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the
date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii)
acknowledging that there are not, to Lessee's knowledge, any uncured defaults on
the part of Lessor hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed.
Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser
or encumbrancer of the Premises.
(b) At Lessor's option, Lessee's failure to deliver such statement
within such time shall be conclusive upon Lessee (i) that this Lease is in full
force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Lessor,
(ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Lessor's performance, and (iii) that
not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance. Any such statement may
be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of
Lessor's interest in the Premises.
(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or
any part thereof, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any lender or purchaser
designated by Lessor such annual audited financial statements of Lessee as have
been prepared by Lessee in the ordinary course of business and s may be
reasonably required by such lender or purchaser. Such statements shall include
the past three years' financial statements of Lessee. All such financial
statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in
confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.
<PAGE>
(d) Upon request of Lessee, Lessor shall provide to Lessee an
estoppel certificate signed by Lessor, containing the same types of information,
and within the same periods of time, as set forth in Paragraph 16(a) above, with
such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect that the estoppel
certificate is being granted and signed by Lessor to Lessee, rather than from
Lessee to Lessor. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by a
prospective assignee, subtenant or other transferee of Lessee's interest in the
Premises.
17. Lessor's Liability. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
------------------
owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title or a lessee's interest
in a ground lease of the Premises, and in the event of any transfer of such
title or interest, Lessor herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers
then the grantor) shall be relieved from and after the date of such transfer of
all liability as respects Lessor's obligations thereafter to be performed,
provided that (i) the grantee assumes such obligations and (ii) any funds in the
hands of Lessor or the then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which
Lessee has an interest, shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations
contained in this Lease to be performed by Lessor shall, subject as aforesaid,
be binding on Lessor's successors and assigns, only during their respective
periods of ownership.
18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined
------------
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.
19. Interest on Past-due Obligations. Except as expressly herein provided, any
--------------------------------
amount due to Lessor and not paid within ten (10) days after written notice to
Lessee that such amount is past due shall bear interest at the Interest Rate
from the date due. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any
default by Lessee under this Lease, provided, however, that interest shall not
be payable on late charges incurred by Lessee nor on any amounts upon which late
charges are paid by Lessee.
20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence.
---------------
21. Additional Rent. Any monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the
---------------
terms of this Lease shall be deemed to be rent.
22. Incorporation of Prior Agreements Amendments. This Lease contains all
--------------------------------------------
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein. No prior
agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective.
This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at
the time of the modification. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease and in
the Share Purchase Agreement dated December 23, 1995 by and among Graphic
Controls Corporation, Dan S. Sandel and certain selling shareholders enumerated
therein, Lessee hereby acknowledges that neither Lessor nor any of the Lessor
Parties has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Lessee
relative to the condition or use by Lessee of said Premises.
23. Notices. Any notice given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing,
shall be personally delivered, delivered by Federal Express or comparable
overnight courier, providing written evidence of delivery, or delivered by U.S.
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and sent
to Lessor and Lessee at the following addresses:
LESSOR:
Arital Corporation
5007 Van Alden Avenue
Tarzana, California 91356
Attn: Dan S. Sandel
With a copy by the same method to:
Troop Meisinger Steuber & Pasich, LLP
10940 Wilshire Boulevard, Sixth Floor
Los Angeles, California 90024-3902
Attn: Robert J. Plotkowski, Esq.
LESSEE: At the Premises.
With a copy by the same method to:
<PAGE>
Cravath, Swaine & Moore
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019-7475
Attn: Martin R. Levine, Esq.
or such other address as either party may from time to time designate as its
notice address by notifying the other party thereof. Notice so sent shall be
deemed given (a) when personally delivered, or (b) on the first business day
following deposit with Federal Express or a comparable overnight courier service
providing written evidence of delivery, or (c) five business days following
deposit in the United States mail, if notice is sent by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. A copy of all notices required
or permitted to be given hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to a party
or parties at such addresses as such party may from time to time hereafter
designate by notice to the other party.
24. Waivers. No waiver by either Lessor or Lessee of any provision hereof
-------
shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent
breach by the other party of the same or any other provision. Lessor's or
Lessee's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render
unnecessary the obtaining of such party's consent to or approval of any
subsequent act by the other party. The acceptance of rent hereunder by Lessor
shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any provision hereof,
other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted,
regardless of Lessor's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of
acceptance of such rent.
25. No Recording. Lessee shall not record this Lease. If Lessee desires to
------------
record a memorandum or short form of this Lease, Lessor shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver such instrument to Lessee, provided that: (i) the form
of such instrument shall be subject to Lessor's consent; (ii) Lessee shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor, concurrently with Lessee's submittal
of instrument to Lessor for execution and acknowledgment, a quitclaim deed or
memorandum of Lease expiration, which Lessor may record following the expiration
of the term of this Lease; and (iii) the costs of recording such memorandum or
short form shall be borne by Lessee.
26. Holding Over. If Lessee remains in possession of the Premises or any part
------------
thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, such occupancy shall be a
tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this Lease pertaining to
the obligations of Lessee, except that the monthly Base Rent shall be 125 % of
the Base Rent payable in the last month of the Lease term, and all other
additional rent and other payments provided for in this Lease shall be payable
by Lessee for the period of such occupancy, but all options and rights of first
refusal, if any, granted under the terms of this Lease shall be deemed
terminated and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy. If
Lessee fails to surrender the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration
of the term thereof, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Lessor
harmless from all loss of liability, including without limitation any claim made
by any succeeding lessee, resulting from such failure to surrender.
27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
----------
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.
28. Binding Effect, Choice of Law. Subject to any provisions hereof
-------------------------
restricting assignment or subletting by Lessee and subject to the provisions of
Paragraph 17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives,
successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
wherein the Premises are located.
29. Subordination
--------------
(a) This lease, at Lessor's option, shall be subordinate to any ground
lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation or security now or
hereafter placed upon the real property of which the Premises are a part and to
any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof
(collectively, an "Instrument"), provided that, as a condition precedent to such
subordination to any Instrument executed after the Effective Date, the ground
lessee, mortgagee or beneficiary thereunder agrees in a writing delivered to
Lessee that Lessee's right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be
disturbed so long as Lessee is not in default continuing uncured beyond the
expiration of any applicable grace period, unless this Lease is otherwise
terminated pursuant to its terms. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor
shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust
or ground lease, and shall give notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease shall be
deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, whether this
Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of such mortgage, deed of trust
or ground lease or the date of recording thereof.
<PAGE>
(b) Lessee agrees to execute any documents reasonably required to
effectuate an attornment, a subordination or to make this Lessee prior to the
lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be.
Lessee's failure to execute such documents within 10 business days after written
demand shall constitute a material default by Lessee hereunder.
30. Signs. Lessee shall not place or alter any sign upon the Premises without
Lessor's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld,
subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.5 of this Lease. No consent shall be
required, but Lessee shall give Lessor written notice of, any alteration of a
sign located upon the Premises which alteration consists solely of a change of
name wherein the new entity named is an Affiliate of Lessee.
31. Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a
------
mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Lessor, shall not work a
merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor but subject to Paragraph 12,
terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor,
operate as an assignment to Lessor of any or all of such subtenancies.
32. Ouiet Possession. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and
----------------
observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on
Lessee's part to be observed and performed hereunder, Lessee shall have quiet
possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease, and all easements, covenants, conditions and
restrictions of record other than any mortgages of record as of the Effective
Date.
33. Entry by Lessor. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter
---------------
the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at
reasonable times upon prior reasonable notice for the purpose of showing the
same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such
alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the
building of which they are a part, as required under this Lease or applicable
Laws. Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises or building any
ordinary "For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred
twenty (120) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary
"For Lease" signs.
34. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to
-----------------
Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security
measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of Lessee, its agents and
invitees from acts of third parties.
35. Easements. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to
---------
grant such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or
desirable, and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restrictions, so long
as such easements, rights, dedications, Maps and restrictions do not
unreasonably interfere with the use of or access to the Premises or the parking
areas by Lessee, increase the amounts payable by Lessee under this Lease, or
unreasonably increase Lessee's obligations or unreasonably impair Lessee's
rights under this Lease. Lessee shall sign any of the aforementioned documents
within thirty (30) days following request of Lessor.
36. Performance Under Protest. If at any time of dispute shall arise as to any
--------------------------
amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part
of said party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be
adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said party to pay
such sum or any part
<PAGE>
thereof, said party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as
it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.
37. Cashiers Checks. In the event that any check given to Lessor by Lessee
---------------
shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn on two or more
occasions, then Lessor, at its option may require all future payments to be made
by Lessee under this Lease to be made by cashier's checks.
38. Amendments to Lease. Lessee agrees to make any non-monetary modifications
-------------------
to this Lease that may be required by an institutional mortgagee of Lessor
provided that such changes do not unreasonably increase Lessee's obligations or
unreasonably impair Lessee's rights under this Lease.
39. Storage Tanks
-------------
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 7.5 hereof,
Lessee shall not after the Effective Date install underground storage tanks of
any size or shape in the Premises, without the consent of the Lessor. If Lessor
elects to grant its consent, Lessor shall have the right to condition its
consent upon Lessee agreeing to give to Lessor such assurances that Lessor
reasonably deems necessary to protect itself against potential problems
concerning the installation, use, removal and contamination of the Premises as a
result of the installation and/or use of such tank. Lessee shall comply at its
expense with all applicable permit and/or registration requirements and repair
any damage caused by the installation, maintenance or removal of such tank. Upon
termination of the Lease, Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove any
tank from the Premises, remove and replace any soil or materials contaminated
due to Lessee's use of such tank installed by Lessee after the Effective Date
(and compact or treat the same as then required by law), repair any damage or
change to the Premises caused by said installation and/or removal, and obtain a
closure permit or release from any regulatory authorities with respect to the
removal of such tank. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to diminish or
reduce Lessee's or Lessor's obligations under Paragraph 40.
(b) Lessor shall have the right to employ experts and/or
consultants, at Lessee's expense, to advise Lessor with respect to the
installation, operation, monitoring, maintenance and removal and restoration of
any tank installed or operated by Lessee following the Effective Date.
40. Lessee's Covenants Regarding Hazardous Materials.
------------------------------------------------
40.1 Lessor's Prior Consent. Notwithstanding anything contained in this
----------------------
Lease to the contrary, Lessee shall not cause or permit any "Hazardous
Materials" (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept, stored, discharged,
released or used in, under or about the Premises by Lessee, its agents,
employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees after the
Effective Date, unless (a) such Hazardous Materials are reasonably necessary to
Lessee's business and will be handled, used ', kept, stored and disposed of in a
manner which complies with all "Hazardous Materials Laws" (as defined below);
(b) Lessee complies with such other reasonable rules or requirements as Lessor
may from time to time impose, including without limitation that such materials
are handled and disposed of in accordance with the highest accepted industry
standards for safety, storage, use and disposal, (c) notice of and a copy of the
current material safety data sheet is provided to Lessor for each such Hazardous
Material except for ordinary office supplies in reasonable amounts.
40.2 Compliance with Hazardous Materials Laws. As used herein, the term
----------------------------------------
"Hazardous Materials" means any (a) oil, petroleum, petroleum products,
flammable substances, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or
substances, toxic wastes or substances or any other wastes, materials or
pollutants which (I) pose a health or safety hazard to the Premises or to
persons on or about the Premises or (ii) cause the Premises to be in violation
of any Hazardous Materials Laws (as hereinafter defined); (b) asbestos in any
form, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment which
contain dielectric fluid containing levels polychlorinated biphenyls, or radon
gas; (c) chemical, material or substance defined as or included in the
definition of "hazardous substances," hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials,"
"extremely hazardous waste," "restricted hazardous waste," or "toxic substances"
or words of similar import under any applicable local, state or federal law or
under the regulations adopted or promulgated pursuant thereto, including, but
not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S. C. 9601, et @.; the Resources
--
Conservation Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901, et M.; the Hazardous Materials
--
Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S. C. 180 1, et 1Q.; the Federal Water
--
Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S. C. 125 1, et M.; Sections 25115,
--
25117, 25122.7, 25140, 25249.8, 25281, 25316 and 25501 of the California Health
and Safety Code; and Article 9 or Article II of Title 22 of the California Code
of
<PAGE>
Regulations, Division 4, Chapter 20; (d) other chemical, material or substance,
exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental
authority or may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the
occupants of the Premises or the owners and/or occupants of property adjacent to
or surrounding the Premises, or any other Person coming upon the Premises or
adjacent property; and (e) other chemical, materials or substance which may or
could pose a hazard to the environment. As used herein the term "Hazardous
Materials Laws " means any applicable federal, state or local laws, ordinances,
regulations or policies relating to the environment, health and safety, and
Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the use, handling,
transportation, production, disposal, discharge or storage thereof) or to
industrial hygiene or the environmental conditions on, under or about the
Premises, including, without limitation, soil, groundwater and indoor and
ambient air conditions. Lessee shall at all times and in all respects comply
with all Hazardous Materials Laws, excluding (x) remediation, treatment or
removal of Hazardous Materials present on the Premises prior to the Effective
Date in violation of Hazardous Materials Laws; and (y) remediation, treatment or
removal of Hazardous Materials used, handled, produced, disposed, discharged or
stored by Lessor or any Lessor Parties on the Premises following the Effective
Date.
40.3 Hazardous Materials Removal. Upon expiration or within a reasonable
---------------------------
time after earlier termination of this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole
cost and expense, cause all Hazardous Materials, except such as are of generic
usefulness (i.e., propane tanks) and do not pose an immediate health hazard,
brought on the Premises by Lessee or any Lessee Parties to be removed from the
Premises in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. If Lessee
or its employees, agents, or contractors violates the provisions of the
foregoing two paragraphs, or if Lessee's or any Lessee Parties' acts,
negligence, or business operations contaminate the Premises, then Lessee shall
promptly, at Lessee's expense, take all investigatory and/or remedial action
(collectively, the "Remediation") that is necessary in order to clean up, remove
and dispose of such Hazardous Materials causing the violation on the Premises or
the underlying groundwater or the properties adjacent to the Premises to the
extent such contamination was caused by Lessee or any Lessee Parties, in
compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Lessee shall further
repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Hazardous Materials
contamination. Lessee shall provide prior written notice to Lessor of such
Remediation, and Lessee shall commence such Remediation no later than thirty
(30) days after such notice to Lessor and diligently and continuously complete
such Remediation. Such written notice shall also include Lessee's method, time
and procedure for such Remediation and Lessor shall have the right to require
reasonable changes in such method, time or procedure of the Remediation
consistent with Hazardous Materials Laws and the requirements of any
governmental authority. Lessee shall not take any Remediation in response to
the presence of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises or enter into
any settlement agreement, consent decree or other compromise in respect to any
claims relating to any Hazardous Materials in any way connected with the
Premises, without FIRST notifying Lessor of Lessee's intention to do so and
affording Lessor ample opportunity to appear, intervene or otherwise
appropriately assert and protect Lessor's interests with respect thereto.
40.4 Notices. Lessee and Lessor shall each notify the other in writing
within seventy two (72) hours of actual notice of: (a) any enforcement, cleanup,
removal or other governmental or regulatory action threatened, instituted, or
completed pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws with respect to the Premises;
(b) any claim, demand, or complaint made or threatened by any person against
Lessee or the Premises relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery
compensation, loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials; and (c) any
reports made to any governmental authority arising out of any Hazardous
Materials on or removed from the Premises. Lessor shall have the right (but not
the obligation) to join and participate, as a party, in any legal proceedings or
actions affecting the Premises initiated in connection with any Hazardous
Materials Laws.
40.5 Indemnification and Survival. Lessee shall indemnify, protect,
----------------------------
defend and forever hold Lessor and the Lessor Parties harmless from any and all
damages, losses, expenses, liabilities, obligations and costs (excluding lost
profits but including diminution in the value of the Premises) arising out of
(a) any failure of Lessee to observe the foregoing covenants in the Paragraphs
relating to storage tanks and Hazardous Materials as set forth above; and (b)
any use, handling, production, disposal, discharge or storage of Hazardous
Materials by Lessee or any Lessee Parties on the Premises or in connection with
Lessee's use thereof following the Effective Date. Subject to the terms of
Paragraph 13.3 of this Lease, Lessor shall indemnify, protect, defend and
forever hold Lessee and the Lessee Parties harmless from any and all damages,
losses, expenses, liabilities, obligations and costs (excluding consequential
damages or lost profits) arising out of (x) Hazardous Materials present on the
Premises prior to the Effective Date in violation of Hazardous Materials Laws;
and (y) Hazardous Materials used, handled, produced, disposed, discharged or
stored by Lessor on the Premises following the Effective Date. The terms of
this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
<PAGE>
40.6 Hazardous Materials Caused by Third Parties. In the event that
-------------------------------------------
Hazardous Materials shall be deposited or shall migrate onto the Premises during
the term of this Lease and the same shall not be the result of any acts or
omissions of Lessee or any Lessee Parties or Lessor or any Lessor Parties
("Third Party Contamination"), and either Lessor or Lessee shall be notified by
a government authority (a "Governmental Notice") that the Hazardous Materials
are required under applicable Environmental Laws to be removed, remediated,
encapsulated, treated or disposed of prior to the expiration of the term of this
Lease, Lessor shall be responsible for complying with such requirements and
nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose any such
requirements upon Lessee. In order to comply with such requirements, Lessor may
enter upon the Premises and may take such actions and make such modifications to
the Premises as Lessor shall deem necessary or appropriate under the
circumstances or shall be required under applicable Laws, subject to Lessee's
right to rent abatement and/or termination of this Lease pursuant to the terms
of Paragraph 8(k). Unless Lessor terminates this Lease as provided in the last
sentence of this Paragraph 40.6, Lessor shall indemnify Lessee and the Lessee
Parties for any and all costs, expenses and obligations (excluding consequential
damages, loss profits, attorneys' fees and costs of defense) of removing,
remediating, encapsulating, treating or disposing of the Third Party
Contamination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 40.6
if (a) the cost to Lessor of removing, remediating, encapsulating, treating or
disposing of Third Party Contamination would, in Lessor's reasonable judgment,
exceed twelve (12) months' Base Rent at the rate in effect as of the date of the
Governmental Notice (unless Lessee delivers to Lessor the excess funds, to be
used for the work), or (b) Lessor reasonably determines that the time required
to comply with the Governmental Notice (including, without limitation,
restoration of any damage to improvements on the Premises and resumption of full
payment of rental by Lessee) would exceed 12 months following the date of the
Govermnental Notice, Lessor may terminate this Lease and in the event of such
termination Lessor's duty to indemnify Lessee for Third Party Contamination
shall not apply and Lessee's duty to vacate the Premises shall be as provided in
Paragraph 9.9.
41. Interest Rate. As used in this Lease, the term "Interest Rate" means the
-------------
Lesser of (a) the "Prime Rate" or "Reference Rate" announced from time to time
by Bank of America NT&SA, (or in the event Bank of America NT&SA shall cease to
publish a "Prime Rate" or "Reference Rate, " such comparable national banking
institution as Lessor shall select), plus two percent (2 %) or (b) the maximum
rate permitted by law.
42. Consents. Unless a provision of this Lease specifically provides for a
--------
contrary standard, whenever in this Lease the consent or approval of Lessor or
Lessee is required, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
If Lessor does not respond to a request for its consent within fifteen (15) days
following Lessor's receipt of the request any items Lessee is obligated under
this Lease to furnish in connection with such consent, Lessee may, at its
option, elect to give Lessor an additional notice that Lessor's consent is
deemed granted, and if Lessor does not expressly withhold its consent within
five (5) days following such additional notice, Lessor's consent shall be deemed
granted. Unless a contrary standard or right is set forth in this Lease,
whenever Lessor or Lessee is granted a right to take action, exercise
discretion, or make an allocation, judgment or other determination, Lessor or
Lessee shall act reasonably and in good faith and take no action which might
result in the frustration of the reasonable expectations of a sophisticated
lessee and a sophisticated lessor concerning the benefits to be enjoyed under
this Lease. The restrictions on Lessor contained in this Paragraph 42 shall not
apply with respect to matters which could possibly have a material adverse
effect on the structural integrity 3f a building on the Premises, the plumbing,
heating, mechanical, life-safety, ventilating, air-conditioning or electrical
systems, or which involve a penetration of the roof of a building on .-he
Premises, use of Hazardous Materials, or which could adversely affect the
exterior appearance of a building on the Premises; with respect to such matters
Lessor's duty shall be ,o act IN good faith and in compliance with the terms of
this Lease.
43. Force Majeure. In the event a party to this Lease is unable to fulfill any
-------------
of its Obligations under this Lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying
any service expressly or impliedly to be furnished, or is unable to make, or is
delayed in making, any improvements, repairs, additions, alterations or
decoration, or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any -equipment or
fixtures, if such party is so prevented or delayed only by reason of strike,
lockout or labor dispute, lack or failure of sources of supply of fuel and
materials, due to reasons beyond the reasonable control of such party, including
without limitation, national emergency, any law or governmental rule, order or
regulation, war, civil commotion, riot, interference by civil or military
authorities, fire or other casualty, or act of God (all of the foregoing causes
being hereinafter individually and collectively referred to as events of "Force
Majeure") then such party's failure to perform shall not constitute a default
unless and until the event(s) of Force Majeure preventing such party's
performance shall be abated. Any cure period provided for in this Lease shall
be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during which the
event of Force Majeure shall continue, except as otherwise specifically set
forth herein. The provisions of this Paragraph 43 shall not apply to any
monetary obligations of Lessee under the Lease and shall not limit Lessor's
rights or remedies in the event that Lessee shall fail to perform such
obligations. Time is of the essence with respect to Lessee's monetary
obligations under this Lease.
<PAGE>
"LESSOR":
ARITAL CORPORATION
a California corporation
By:
Its: President and secretary
------------------------
By:
-------------------------------------
Its:
--------------------
"LESSEE":
DEVON INDUSTRIES, INC.
a California corporation
By:
-------------------------------------
Its:
--------------------
By:
-------------------------------------
Its:
--------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
PARCEL 1:
THE WESTERLY 400 FEET OF THE NORTHERLY 150 FEET OF LOT 1 OF TRACT 25887, IN THE
CITY OF LOS ANGELES, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 664 PAGE 73 OF MAPS, IN THE
OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.
9530 Desoto
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.8
LEASE
between
ARITAL CORPORATION
and
DEVON INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Single Tenant)
<PAGE>
LEASE
-----
1. Parties. This Lease, dated, for reference purposes only, February 29, 1996
-------
(the "Effective Date"), is made by and between Arita] Corporation, a California
corporation (herein called "Lessor") and Devon Industries, Inc., a California
corporation (herein called "Lessee").
2. Premises. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor for
--------
the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, that
certain real property situated in the City of Chatsworth, County of Los Angeles,
State of California, commonly known as 9540 DeSoto Avenue, and more particularly
delineated on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and by this reference incorporated
herein, together with all right, title and interest of Lessor in any easements
and appurtenances thereto. Said real property including the land and all
improvements therein, is herein called "the Premises".
3. Term.
----
3.1 Initial Term. The term of this Lease shall be for five (5) years
commencing on the Effective Date and ending on a date which is five (5) years
thereafter, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.
3.2 Option. Lessee shall have one (1) option (the "Extension Option
------
") to extend the term of this Lease for one (1) additional period of five (5)
years (the "Option Term"), on the same terms, covenants and conditions as
provided for in this Lease during the initial Lease term, except: (i) Lessor
shall have no obligations with respect to "Existing Defects" (as that term is
defined in Paragraph 6.3(a)); and (ii) the Base Rent shall be determined in
accordance with the terms of Paragraph 3.2(a) and 3.2(b); (iii) the last
sentence of Paragraph 10.2 shall be inapplicable. The Extension Option may be
exercised, if at all, by written notice (an "Extension Notice") delivered by
Lessee to Lessor no later than the date (the "Notification Date") which is six
(6) months prior to expiration of the initial Lease term. The Extension Option
shall not be deemed to be properly exercised if, as of the Notification Date,
Lessee is in material default of any terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease
pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 13. 1. Provided Lessee has properly and
timely exercised the Extension Option, the initial Lease term shall be extended
by the Option Term.
(a) Option Rent. During the Option Term, Base Rent shall be equal to
-----------
the "Fair Market Base Rental Rate" for the Premises as of the date of
commencement of the Option Term. The Fair Market Base Rental Rate shall mean the
amount per square foot, projected during the Option Term, with appropriate
increases in Base Rent during the Option Term, that a willing, comparable, non-
equity tenant (excluding sublease and assignment transactions), would pay, and a
willing, comparable landlord of a comparable quality industrial building located
within a two and one-half mile radius of the Premises measured on a straight
line basis ("Comparison Market Area") would accept, at arm's length, for
buildings of comparable size, quality, ceiling height, loading capabilities,
power capacities, and parking ratios as the Premises, taking into account the
age, quality, and layout of the Premises, the fact that Lessor shall have no
obligations with respect to "Existing Defects, " and also taking into account
items that professional real estate brokers customarily consider, such as rental
rates, responsibility for maintenance, insurance and taxes, availability, tenant
size and other factors typically considered by the lessors of such similar
facilities. The Fair Market Base Rental Rate determination shall account for
economic concessions then being offered in the relevant market place in order to
accurately create an effective rental figure.
(b) Determination of Fair Market Base Rental Rate. The Fair Market Base
-----------------------------------------------
Rental Rate for the Premises shall be determined as follows: (I) Lessor and
Lessee shall each submit to the other their determinations of the Fair Market
Base Rental Rate within fifteen (15) days after Lessee's exercise of the
Extension Option and if Lessor and Lessee are able to agree on the fair market
base rental rate, the Base Rent will be adjusted accordingly; (ii) if Lessor and
Lessee cannot agree on the fair market base rental rate within fifteen (15) days
following their mutual submissions, Lessor and Lessee shall each have fifteen
(15) additional days to appoint one (1) MAI appraiser currently practicing the
profession and who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending
on the date of such appointment in the appraisal of industrial properties in the
area in which the Premises are located and with whom neither party nor their
affiliates have had any relationship during the previous three (3) years; (iii)
the determination of the appraisers shall be limited solely to the issue of
determining whether Lessor or Lessee submitted the fair market base rental rate
which is the closest to the actual Fair Market Base Rental Rate, as determined
by such appraisers, taking into account the requirements of this paragraph in
determining the fair market base rental rate; (iv) the two appraisers so
appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last
appointed appraiser agree upon an appointment of a third appraiser who shall be
qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the
initial two (2) appraisers; (v) if the two appraisers fail to agree upon a third
appraiser within such ten (10) day period, or if both parties fail to appoint an
appraiser, the Lessor and Lessee shall, at their joint expense, petition the
Superior Court of Los Angeles to designate the third appraiser; (vi) the three
(3) appraisers shall within ten (10) days of the appointment of the third
appraiser reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Lessor's or
Lessee's submitted fair market base rental rate and shall notify Lessor and
Lessee thereof and the Base Rental will thereupon be adjusted as provided
hereinabove; (vii) the decision of the majority of the three (3) appraisers
shall be binding upon Lessor and Lessee; (viii) if either Lessor or Lessee fails
to timely appoint an appraiser, then the matter shall be decided solely by the
appraiser so appointed; and (ix) until the new rental has been determined Lessee
shall continue to pay the rental previously in effect, subject to reconciliation
when the new rental has been determined. Cost of the appraisers shall be borne
equally by Lessor and Lessee.
4. Rent.
----
<PAGE>
4.1 Base Rent. Subject to adjustment per Paragraph 4.2, Lessee shall pay
to Lessor as base rent for the Premises, monthly payments of $45,234.00 ("Base
Rent"), in advance, on the first day of each month of the term hereof. Lessee
shall pay Lessor upon the execution hereof $45,234.00 as Base Rent for the first
full calendar month of the term of this Lease. Base Rent for any period during
the term hereof which is for less than one month shall be a pro rata portion of
the monthly installment. Base Rent shall be payable in LAWFUL money of the
United States to Lessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or
at such other places as Lessor may designate in writing, without any offset or
deduction, except as expressly provided in this Lease.
4.2 Adjustments to Base Rent.
------------------------
On the first day of the thirty-first (31st) month of the term of this Lease,
the monthly Base Rent payable under Paragraph 4.1 of the Lease shall be adjusted
to an amount which is one hundred five percent (I 05 %) of the monthly Base,
Rent payable under Paragraph 4.1.
5. Security Deposit
----------------
The parties herein acknowledge that Lessee was the tenant of the Premises
pursuant to a Standard Industrial Lease-Net dated January 6, 1995 (the "Former
Lease") between Lessee and the Dan S. Sandel] 1989 Trust (the "Prior Landlord")
dated February 8, 1989 which has been terminated and superseded by this Lease.
Pursuant to the terms of the Former Lease, Lessee deposited with the Prior
Landlord a security deposit, for which Lessee has received a cash payment in
full satisfaction of the Prior Landlord's obligation with respect thereto.
Prior Landlord has delivered to Lessor funds in the amount of $45,234 (the
"Security Deposit") for the account and benefit of Lessee, which Lessor shall
hold as security for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's obligations
hereunder. If Lessee fails to pay rent or other charges due hereunder, or
otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease after the
expiration of the applicable cure period provided in this Lease, Lessor may use,
apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit for the payment of
any rent or other charge in default or for the payment of any other sum to which
Lessor may become obligated by reason of Lessee's default, or to compensate
Lessor for any loss or damage which Lessor may suffer thereby. If Lessor so
uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within
ten (10) days after written demand therefore and deposit cash with Lessor in an
amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount hereinabove
stated and Lessee's failure to do so shall be material breach of this Lease.
Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its
general accounts. If Lessee performs all of Lessee's obligations hereunder, the
Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by
Lessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for
its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option, to the last assignee, if any, of
Lessee's interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after
Lessee has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein
between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the Security Deposit.
6. Use.
---
6.1 Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the manufacture,
---
assembly and sales of medical products and products incidental or related
thereto and related office and warehouse usage and for no other purpose without
Lessor's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
6.2 Compliance with Law.
-------------------
(a) Lessee's Obligations. Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense,
--------------------
comply promptly with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations,
orders, covenants and restrictions of record, and requirements in effect during
the term or any part of the term hereof (collectively, "Laws"), regulating: (a)
the use of the Premises by Lessee or its assignees, sublessees, agents,
employees, contractors, licensees or invitees and (b) the conduct and operation
of Lessee's business at the Premises, including, without limitation, compliance
with Hazardous Materials Laws, the Americans With Disabilities Act ("ADA") and
similar handicap or " path-of-travel " laws or ordinances, without regard to
whether the costs to comply with same are capital or noncapital or are
customarily paid by or imposed upon owners or lessees. Lessee shall not use nor
permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create waste or a
nuisance or, if there shall be more than one lessee in the building containing
the Premises, shall tend to disturb such other lessees. Lessee's obligation to
comply with Laws as provided in this Paragraph 6.2 shall not impose upon Lessee
the obligation to (i) perform obligations which are expressly made the
obligations of Lessor under this Lease; (ii) comply with Laws requiring changes
to the structural elements of the Premises not required by Lessee's specific
manner of use of the Premises; or (iii) comply with Hazardous Materials Laws
(except to the extent that such compliance is required under Paragraph 40).
(b) Lessor's Obligations. Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,
--------------------
comply promptly with all applicable Laws which require changes to the structural
elements or roof of the improvements located on the Premises, excluding changes
required due to (a) the specific manner of use of the Premises by Lessee, or (b)
the acts of Lessee or its assignees, sublessees, agents, employees, contractors,
licensees or invitees.
6.3 Condition of Premises.
---------------------
<PAGE>
(a) Lessor shall be responsible, at Lessor's expense, for correcting any
Existing Defects in the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 6.3(a), an
"Existing Defect" shall mean (i) a structural element of the improvements
located on the Premises (including, without limitation, the exterior shell, roof
and slab) which is not in sound and good condition as of the Effective Date;
(ii) a roof(s) of the improvements on the Premises, if the same is not water-
tight as of the Effective Date; (iii) an electrical or plumbing system on the
Premises which system is not in good working order as of the Effective Date; or
(iv) any element of the Premises which is not in compliance with Laws as of the
same are enforced as of the Effective Date. An "Existing Defect" shall not
include (x) damage or destruction of the Premises due to a casualty occurring
after the Effective Date or due to the conduct of Lessee or its agents,
employees, contractors, licensees or invitees; or (y) any matter of which Lessee
does not give Lessor written notice within one hundred eighty (I 80) days
following Lessee's discovery thereof.
(b) Subject to the terms of Paragraphs 6.2(b), 6.3(a) and 40, Lessee
hereby accepts the Premises in their "AS-IS" condition existing as of the
Effective Date, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state
laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use of the
Premises (including, without limitation, the ADA and Hazardous Materials Laws),
and any covenants or restrictions or easements of record, and accepts this Lease
subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and in the preliminary
title report of First American Title Company of Los Angeles dated February 20,
1996, order no. 9601441-8 (the "Preliminary Title Report"). Except as expressly
set forth in this Lease, Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has not made any
representation or warranty as to the condition of the Premises, the compliance
of the Premises with applicable law, or the present or future suitability )f the
Premises for the conduct of Lessee's business. Lessee acknowledges that Lessee
has had ample opportunity to fully investigate the Premises, and is not relying
on any representation or warranty of Lessor, express or implied, with respect
thereto except as expressly set forth in this Lease.
6.4 Title to the Premises.
---------------------
Lessor represents and warrants that there are no mortgages or deeds of trust
encumbering the Premises as of the Effective Date.
7. Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations.
------------------------------------
7.1 Lessee's Obligations.
--------------------
(a) Subject to Lessor's obligations under Paragraphs 6.2(b), 6.3(a),
7.3, 9 and 40, Lessee shall keep in good order, condition and repair the non-
structural elements of the Premises and every part thereof, (whether or not the
need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the
elements or the age of such portion of the Premises) including, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, all exposed plumbing, heating and air
conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities and equipment within
the Premises, fixtures, walls (interior and nonstructural elements of exterior),
ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass and skylights located within the
Premises, and all driveways, parking lots and striping thereon, landscaping,
exterior lighting, fences and signs located on the Premises and sidewalks and
parkways adjacent to the Premises. If the cost of repairing an element of the
Premises is covered by a warranty obtained by Lessor from a third party
contractor, subcontractor, consultant or material supplier in connection with
construction work performed on the Premises prior to the Effective Date, Lessor
shall make available such warranty to Lessee and shall assign to Lessee Lessor's
rights thereunder, provided that Lessee shall not take any action which shall
invalidate any such warranty or derogate from Lessor's remedies or recourse
thereunder.
(b) Lessee shall maintain the Premises as provided in Paragraph 7. I
(a) and in accordance with the requirements of all Laws and any covenants or
restrictions as may from time to time be applicable to Lessee's specific manner
of use of the Premises and the conduct and operation of Lessee's business.
Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall
exercise and perform good maintenance practices and any damage or deterioration
shall not be deemed "ordinary wear and tear" if the same could have been
prevented by good maintenance practice. Lessee's obligations shall include
restorations, replacements or renewals when determined not to be due to ordinary
wear and tear or when made necessary due to failure to perform proper
maintenance.
(c) If the term of this Lease, as the same may be extended or renewed,
exceeds five (5) years, Lessor shall have the right to require Lessee to repaint
the exterior of THE improvements. but not more often than once every five (5)
years, as reasonably necessary.
(d) Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 7.1 shall not apply to
replacement, repair or restoration of items which are Lessor's obligation to
replace, repair or restore pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 6.3(a) (relating
to Existing Defects) Paragraph 7.3(a) relating to structural repairs and certain
replacements) Paragraph 9 (relating to destruction of the Premises) or Paragraph
14 (relating to condemnation of the Premises).
<PAGE>
7.2 Surrender. On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner
-----------
termination, Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition
as when received, except for ordinary wear and tear and except as provided in
Paragraph 7. l(d), reasonably clean and free of debris. Lessee shall repair any
damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of Lessee's
trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary otherwise stated in this Lease, upon termination of this Lease, Lessee
shall leave the air lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems,
mechanical systems, lighting fixtures, plumbing and fencing on the Premises in
the same condition as when received (on the later of the Effective Date or
Lessor's completion of any corrective work required under Paragraph 6.3(a)), and
Lessee shall upon demand pay to Lessor that portion of the cost to restore such
items to such condition.
7.3 Lessor's Obligations.
--------------------
(a) Subject to Paragraphs 9 and 40: (i) Lessor shall maintain the structural
roof, foundation, and the structural elements of the exterior walls of the
improvements on the Premises in good repair and condition; and (ii) Lessor shall
also be responsible for replacement and major refurbishments of the building
systems (excluding heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment and
related ductwork), unexposed plumbing lines, exterior lighting systems, parking
lot asphalt, landscaping and hardscaping (exclusive of signs identifying Lessee
or items installed by Lessee following the Effective Date) on the Premises
(unless such replacement or refurbishment is necessary due to Lessee's failure
to perform proper maintenance of such items). Provided, however, to the extent
repairs, replacement or refurbishment to such items are required as a result of
damage (except for an "Insured Loss, " as that term is defined in Paragraph 9. I
(c)) caused by the acts of Lessee or its employees, agents, contractors,
invitees or sublessees, such repairs, plus an administration fee of ten percent
(10%) shall be made by Lessor at the sole cost and expense of Lessee.
(b) Except for the obligations of Lessor under Paragraph 6.3(a)
(relating to Existing Defects) Paragraph 7.3(a) (relating to structural repairs
and certain replacements), Paragraph 9 (relating to destruction of the Premises)
and Paragraph 14 (relating to condemnation of the Premises), it is intended by
the parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to
repair and maintain the Premises nor the building located thereon nor the
equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the
Lessee under Paragraph 7. 1 hereof. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any
statute now or hereinafter in effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the
right to make repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate this Lease because of
Lessor's failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.
(c) If Lessor fails to perform an obligation under Paragraph 7.3(a) and
is in default of such obligation after notice as provided in Paragraph 13.3,
then Lessee may proceed to perform Lessor's obligation upon delivery of an
additional ten (10) business days notice to Lessor specifying that Lessee is
performing Lessor's obligation, and if such action was required to be performed
by Lessor, then Lessee shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Lessor of
Lessee's reasonable costs and expenses in taking such action plus interest at
the Interest Rate. In the event Lessee performs such obligations, and such work
will affect the systems or structural integrity or exterior appearance of the
improvements on the Premises, Lessee shall use only those contractors used by
Lessor for such work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform
such work, in which event Lessee may utilize the services of any other qualified
contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work at comparable
properties. Further, if Lessor does not deliver a detailed written objection to
Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice by Lessee of its
costs of taking action which Lessee claims should have been taken by Lessor, and
if such invoice from Lessee sets forth a reasonably particularized breakdown of
its costs and expenses in connection with taking such action on behalf of
Lessor, then Lessee shall be entitled to deduct from rent payable by Lessee
under this Lease the amount set forth in such invoice together with interest at
the Interest Rate. If, however, Lessor delivers to Lessee within thirty (30)
days after receipt of Lessee's invoice a written objection to the payment of
such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Lessor's reasons for
its claim that such obligations did not have to be performed by Lessor pursuant
to the terms of this Lease or that the charges are excessive (in which case
Lessor shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), then
Lessee shall not be entitled to such deduction from rent, but as Lessee's sole
remedy (except as set forth in Paragraph (k)), Lessee may proceed to institute
legal proceedings against Lessor to collect the amount set forth in the subject
invoice. In the event Lessee prevails in such legal proceedings and receives
judgment against Lessor, then Lessor shall pay such judgment to Lessee within
thirty (30)days of such judgment being entered. If such judgment is not so paid,
then Lessee shall be entitled ,o deduct from rent payable by Lessee under this
Lease the amount of such judgment together ,with interest thereon at the
Interest Rate from the date Lessee advanced the funds until the date )f such
deduction.
7.4 Alterations and Additions.
-------------------------
(a) Lessee shall not, without Lessor's prior written consent make any
alterations, improvements, additions, or Utility Installations in, on or about
the Premises, except for interior nonstructural alterations not exceeding
$500,000 in cumulative costs or $100,000 with respect to any alteration or
related alterations during the term of this Lease. In any event, whether or not
in excess of $500,000 in cumulative costs, Lessee shall make no change or
alteration to the exterior of the building(s) on the Premises without Lessor's
prior written consent except as provided in Paragraph 30. As used in Paragraph
7.5, the term "Utility Installation" shall mean carpeting, window coverings, air
lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, space
heaters, air conditioning and plumbing. Lessor may require that Lessee remove
any or all of said alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations
at the expiration of the term, and restore the Premises to their prior condition
provided that, prior to making an alteration, improvement, addition or Utility
Installation, Lessee may request that Lessor identify which such items Lessor
will require Lessee to remove at the
<PAGE>
expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; if Lessee makes such a request,
Lessor shall provide such identification prior to Lessee's commencement of the
installation of the applicable item (and if in response to Lessee's written
request, Lessor fails provide such identification with respect to any item,
Lessee shall have no obligation to remove such item). In no event shall Lessee
be obligated to remove any of the improvements existing in the Premises as of
the Effective Date. In the event that Devon Industries, Inc. or a corporation
controlling or under common control therewith is no longer the Lessee hereunder
due to an assignment of the Lease, Lessor may require the then Lessee to provide
Lessor, at such Lessee's sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an
amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such improvements,
to insure Lessor against any liability for mechanic's and materialmen's liens
and to insure completion of the work.
(b) Any alterations, improvements, additions, or Utility Installations
made by Lessee during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and
workmanlike manner and of good and sufficient materials, and Lessee shall,
within thirty (30) days after completion of such alteration, improvements,
additions or Utility Installation, provide Lessor with as-built plans and
specifications for same. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the
contrary, Paragraph 7.5(d) (1) (iii) shall apply to nonstructural alterations,
improvements, additions or Utility Installations (other than racking, shelving
and temporary partitions).
(c) Any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations
in, or about the Premises that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the
consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form, with
proposed detailed plans. If Lessor shall give its consent, the consent shall be
conditioned upon satisfaction of all of the requirements set forth in Paragraph
7.5(d), below.
(d) For any additions, alterations, improvements, or Utility
Installations requiring Lessor's prior written consent:
(1) Lessee shall:
(I) Request Lessor's approval in writing at least fifteen
(15) days prior to proposed construction.
(ii) Employ a licensed architect, contractor and (if required under
applicable law or reasonably necessary in view of the nature of the work being
performed) a structural engineer in connection with the proposed construction.
(iii) Be fully responsible for the acts of Lessee's consultants,
employees, contractors, subcontractors, invitees and agents, and cause them to
fully comply with any applicable terms of this Lease and documents referred to
in this Lease and all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
(iv) Enter into written agreements with an architect and general
contractor on standard American Institute of Architects (AIA) form or reasonable
equivalent for the contract itself as well as payment schedules, change order,
etc. Copies of executed agreements will be forwarded to Lessor within FIVE (5)
days of execution.
(v) Cause to be obtained an applicable building permit for any and
construction and modifications, and construct the additions and alterations and
perform the construction work in accordance with all applicable laws, including
without limitation the ADA and Hazardous Materials Laws.
(2) Lessee's architect shall:
(I) Be licensed by the State of California (unless Lessee's plans
have been signed by a structural engineer licensed by the State of California).
(ii) Secure Lessor's written approval before submitting plans to the
general contractor for bidding or to governmental agencies for approval.
(iii) Secure Lessor's written approval of any changes or alternates to
the plans recommended by the general contractor or required bygovernmental
agencies.
(iv) Submit a copy of the final application for permit and issued
permit to Lessor.
(v) Submit final plans for Lessor's written approval prior to
construction.
(vi) Be available for final inspection with Lessor at job
completion.
(vii) Secure Lessor's written approval of details of any material
changes in specifications or finishes during construction.
(viii) Provide specifications as required by Lessor.
(ix) Sign off on the as-built drawings as the Architect's
certification that the improvements have, in
<PAGE>
fact, been built as per the Architect's design.
(3) Lessee's general contractor and/or subcontractors shall:
(I) Be licensed by the State of California.
(ii) Have substantial experience providing similar quality
and quantity of improvements. Work history shall be provided to Lessor prior to
being awarded contract.
(iii) Have a bonding capacity equal to or exceeding the
valuation of the job. Lessor may require the job to be bonded, if the job
involves a substantial alteration to the structural elements or building systems
of the improvements on the Premises or if there is another reasonable basis for
the requirement under the circumstances.
(iv) Maintain a full force and effect, throughout the
duration of its performance under the contract with Lessee, a Worker's
Compensation insurance policy and a Commercial General Liability insurance
policy issued by an insurer satisfactory to Lessor with liability coverage of
not less than $1,000,000.00 for personal injury and $500,000.00 to cover
property damage. The Commercial General Liability insurance policy shall include
assumption of contractual liability. Certificates of insurance containing a
thirty (30) day cancellation clause shall be furnished to Lessor prior to
commencement of performance under the construction of contract naming Lessor and
its property manager, if applicable, as additional insureds.
(v) Provide a construction schedule to Lessor prior to
commencement of work and weekly written progress reports.
(vi) Warrant the Contractor's work and that of the
Contractor's subcontractors, for a minimum of one (1) year.
(vii) Provide Lessor with as-built drawings of all
improvements.
(e) All requests to be submitted to Lessor shall be submitted through
Lessor's managing agent. If Lessor shall give its consent, the consent shall be
deemed conditioned upon the compliance by Lessee in a prompt and expeditious
manner of all conditions of all permits obtained pursuant to Paragraph 7.5(d),
above.
(f) Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished
or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use in the
Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanics' or materialmen's
lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not
less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any work in the
Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility
in or on the Premises as provided by law. If Lessee shall, in good faith,
contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at
its sole expense defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall pay and
satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the
enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises, upon the condition that
Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount
equal to such contested lien claim or demand indemnifying Lessor against
liability for the same and holding the Premises free from the effect of such
lien or claim. If Lessee does not provide a bond satisfactory to Lessor, Lessee
shall pay Lessor's reasonable attorneys fees and costs in participating in such
action if Lessor shall decide it is in its best interest to do so.
(g) If Lessor imposed such requirement pursuant to the terms of
Paragraph 7.5(a), Lessee shall remove any or all alterations, improvements,
additions or Utility Installations by the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease, notwithstanding their installation may have been consented to by
Lessor. Should Lessee make any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility
Installations without the prior approval of Lessor, Lessor may require that
Lessee remove any or all of the same.
(h) Unless Lessor requires their removal, as set forth in Paragraph
7.5(a), all alterations, improvements, additions and Utility Installations
(except as provided in this Paragraph 7.5(h) below), which may be made on the
Premises, shall become the property of Lessor and remain upon and be surrendered
with the Premises at the expiration of the term. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Paragraph 7.5(h), Lessee's machinery, equipment and other personal
property shall remain the property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee
subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.2.
8. Insurance, Indemnity.
--------------------
(a) Lessee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Lessor, its successors, assigns, subsidiaries, directors, officers, agents and
employees ("Lessor Parties") from and against any and all damage, loss,
liability or expense including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and legal
costs suffered by same directly or by reason of any claim, suit or judgment
brought by or in favor of any person or persons for damage, loss or expense due
to, but not limited to, bodily injury, including death resulting anytime
therefrom, and property damage sustained by such person or persons which arises
out of, is occasioned by or attributable to the use or occupancy of the Premises
by Lessee or any Lessee Parties or other areas in any larger or adjacent
property owned by Lessor, the acts or omission of the Lessee or any Lessee
Parties (as that term is defined below) brought onto the Premises by Lessee, or
any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Lessee's part to
be performed under the terms of this lease, except to the extent caused by the
negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or any Lessor Parties or the breach
by Lessor of any of its
<PAGE>
obligations under this Lease, except to the extent that Lessee has assumed
obligations under this Lease. If any action or proceeding is brought against
Lessor or any Lessor Parties by reason of any such claim, Lessee, upon notice
from Lessor, shall defend same at Lessee's expense by counsel satisfactory to
Lessor. The foregoing indemnity shall not apply to matters for which Lessor
indemnifies Lessee pursuant to The terms of this Lease, or to matters covered by
the waiver of subrogation set forth in Paragraph 8(g).
Except to the extent required to be insured pursuant to insurance required to be
maintained by Lessee under the Lease (in which case Lessee shall assume full
responsibility therefor) and subject to the last sentence of Paragraph 13.3 of
this Lease, Lessor shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Lessee and its
successors, assigns, subsidiaries, directors, officers, agents and employees,
licensees, invitees or permitees ("Lessee Parties") harmless from any liability,
damages, costs, expenses, causes of action, claims or judgments, including
reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs, arising from any act or omission of
Lessor (or any Lessor Parties) (but only to the extent of such act or omission),
in the performance of its obligations under the Lease when not the result of the
act, omission or willful misconduct of Lessee or any Lessee Parties or the
breach by Lessee of any of its obligations under this Lease, except to the
extent that Lessor has assumed obligations under this Lease. The foregoing
indemnity shall not apply to matters for which Lessee indemnities Lessor
pursuant to the terms of this Lease or to matters covered by the waiver of
subrogation set forth in Paragraph 8(g).
(b) Lessee hereby agrees to maintain in full force and effect at all
times during the TERM of this Lease, at Lessee's own expense, for the protection
of Lessee, Lessor and Lessor's property manager, as their interest may appear,
policies of insurance issued by a responsible carrier or carriers approved by
Lessor which afford the coverages described in Paragraphs 8(b) (i) - 8(b) (iii).
(i) Worker's Compensation Statutory
Employer's Liability Not less than
$100,000.00
Commercial General Not less than
Liability (Occurrence $2,000,000.00 per
Form) occurrence,
$4,000,000
product and
completed
operations
aggregate, and
$4,000,000
general aggregate
Lessee's liability insurance policy shall expressly cover the obligation of
Lessee to indemnify Lessor pursuant to the terms of this Lease. The limits of
insurance in this Paragraph 8(b)(i) shall not however, limit the liability of
Lessee hereunder.
(ii) All risk property insurance to cover personal property,
fixtures and equipment in, on or about the Premises in an amount of at least one
hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement value. The proceeds from any
such policy shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property
unless Lessee is obligated to surrender such items under Paragraph 7.5(h) and
this Lease is terminated as a result of damage or destruction of the buildings
on the Premises, in which event Lessee shall deliver the proceeds to Lessor upon
the termination of this Lease. Lessee may elect to self insure Lessee's personal
property, fixtures and equipment provided that the waiver set forth in Paragraph
8(g) shall apply with respect to such items to the same extent it would apply if
Lessee had maintained insurance with full waiver of subrogation.
(c) Lessee may elect to have reasonable deductibles in connection with
the insurance specified in Paragraph 8(b), and Lessee shall be liable for such
deductible amount. Lessee may, at its option, bring its obligations to maintain
insurance under Paragraph 8(b) within the coverage of any so-called blanket
policy or policies of insurance which it may now or hereafter carry, by
appropriate amendment, rider, endorsement or otherwise, provided that the
interests of Lessor shall thereby be as fully protected as they would otherwise
be (and provided further that the amount of insurance proceeds available shall
not be reduced from the amount otherwise available) if blanket coverage were not
permitted.
(d) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor prior to the Effective Date, and
thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of such policy,
certificates of insurance evidencing the above coverage with limits not less
than those specified above. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
holding a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least A-VIII as set forth in the
most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide". Such Certificates with respect
to Lessee's liability insurance policy, shall name Lessor, its property manager
and such of the Lessor Parties as Lessor shall require as additional insureds
and shall expressly provide that the interest of same herein shall not be
affected by a breach by Lessee of any insurance policy provision for which such
Certificates evidence coverage. Further, all Certificates shall expressly
provide that no less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice (if available,
and no less than ten (10) days' prior written notice in any event) shall be
given to Lessor in the event of material alteration to or cancellation of the
coverage evidenced by such Certificates.
(e) Upon demand, Lessee shall provide Lessor, at Lessee's expense, with
such increased amount of
<PAGE>
existing insurance and such other insurance coverage in such limits as Lessor
may require consistent with properties comparable to the Premises to afford
Lessor adequate protection.
(f) Lessor makes no representation that the limits of liability
specified to be carried by Lessee under the term of this Lease are adequate to
protect Lessee against Lessee's undertaking under this Paragraph 8 and in the
event Lessee believes that any such insurance coverage called for under this
Lease is insufficient, Lessee shall provide, at its own expense, such additional
insurance as Lessee deems adequate.
(g) Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor and
Lessee hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all rights of
recovery, claims, action or cause of action, against each other, their agents,
officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises,
improvements to the building of which the Premises are a part, personal property
(building contents) within the building on the Premises, any furniture,
equipment, machinery, goods or supplies not covered by this Lease which Lessee
may bring or obtain upon the Premises or any additional improvements which
Lessee may construct on the Premises, by reason of fire, the elements or any
other cause to the extent insured against under the terms of all risk property
insurance policies obtained by Lessor or Lessee under this Lease (or which would
have been insured against had Lessor or Lessee obtained such insurance as
required under this Lease), regardless of cause or origin, including negligence
of Lessor or Lessee and their agents, officers and employees. Because this
Paragraph will preclude the assignment of any claim mentioned in it by way of
subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or any other person) each
party to this Lease agrees to promptly give to each insurance company, written
notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this Paragraph, and to
have the insurance policies properly endorsed if necessary to prevent the
invalidation of the insurance coverage's by reason of the mutual waivers
contained in this Paragraph.
(h) Lessor hereby agrees to maintain in full force and effect at all times
during the term of this Lease, policies of insurance issued by a responsible
carrier or carriers which afford the coverage's described in Paragraphs 8(h)(I)-
(iii). Lessor may, at its option, bring its obligations to maintain insurance
under Paragraph 8(h) within the coverage of any so-called blanket policy or
policies of insurance which it may now or hereafter carry, by appropriate
amendment, rider, endorsement or otherwise, provided that the interests of
Lessee shall thereby be as fully protected as they would otherwise be (and
provided further that the amount of insurance available shall not be reduced
from the amount otherwise available) if blanket coverage were not permitted.
(i) All risk property insurance, with earthquake (at Lessor's
option), flood, and agreed amount endorsements, in an amount of at least one
hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value of all improvements on the
Premises. If Lessee shall make any alterations, Utility Installations or
improvements after the Effective date, upon request of Lessee, Lessor shall
arrange for coverage of such items under Lessor's "all-risk" policy with respect
to al perils except earthquake. The proceeds from any such policy shall be used
by Lessor for the restoration of any such improvements in the event of damage
thereto. Lessor may elect to have reasonable deductibles in connection with such
insurance, and Lessor shall be liable for such deductible amount.
(ii) Rent insurance covering those risks referred to in
Paragraph 8(h)(i) in an amount equal to all rent that is payable under Paragraph
4 of this Lease (Base Rent and any additional rents payable under this Lease
including tax and insurance costs) for a period of at least twelve (12) months
commencing with the date of loss.
(iii) commercial general liability insurance in an amount equal
to $2,000,000 per occurrence and $4,000,000 general aggregate, and such other
insurance as may be required by Lessor's lender. Lessor's liability insurance
policy shall expressly cover the obligation of Lessor to indemnify Lessee
pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
(iv) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee prior to the Effective Date,
and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of such policy,
certificates of insurance evidencing the above coverage with limits not less
than those specified above. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
holding a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least A-VIII as set forth in the
most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide". Such Certificates with respect
to Lessor's liability insurance policy shall name Lessee and such of the Lessee
Parties as Lessee shall require as additional insureds and shall expressly
provide that the interest of same herein shall not be affected by a breach by
Lessor of any insurance policy provision for which such Certificates evidence
coverage. Further, all Certificates shall expressly provide that no less than
thirty (30) days' prior written notice (if available, and no less than ten (10)
days' prior written notice in any event) shall be given to Lessee in the event
of material alteration to or cancellation of the coverage evidenced by such
Certificates.
(I) Reimbursement for Lessor's insurance shall be as provided in this
Paragraph 8(I).
(i) Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof,
additional rent in the amount of any premiums for the insurance required under
Paragraphs 8(h)(i)-(ii). If Lessor elects to obtain earthquake insurance or
hazardous materials insurance, the cost of the endorsement therefor (or the
portion, if any, of the premium for Lessor's all-risk policy which is
attributable to the addition of coverage against earthquake as a named peril or
hazardous materials contamination) shall be borne by Lessor and shall not be
reimbursed by Lessee. If Lessor elects to otherwise increase the coverage of its
insurance required under Paragraphs 8(h)(i)-(ii) beyond the requirements of such
Paragraph, Lessee shall only be obligated to reimburse
<PAGE>
Lessor for the cost attributable to such increased cost which is customarily
reimbursed by lessees of comparable properties to the Premises in the market
area in which the Premises are located.
(ii) Lessee shall pay such premiums to Lessor within thirty (30) days
after receipt by Lessee of a copy of the premiums statement or other
satisfactory evidence of the amount due. If the insurance policies maintained
hereunder cover other improvements in addition to the Premises, Lessor shall
also deliver to Lessee a statement of the amount of such premiums attributable
to the Premises and showing in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount
was computed. If the term of this Lease shall not expire concurrently with the
expiration of the period covered by such insurance, Lessee's liability for
premiums shall be prorated on an annual basis.
(iii) All insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be primary to and
not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance
shall be considered excess insurance only
(j) Except as provided in Paragraph 8(a) above and 8(1) below, (I)
Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares,
merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors,
invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such
damage or injury is caused by or results from FIRE, steam, electricity, gas,
water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of
pipes, FIRE sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or
lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said injury or damage
results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the
building of which the Premises are a part, from other sources or places, and
regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of
repairing the same is accessible or not, and (ii) Lessor shall not be liable for
any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other lessee or the failure
by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease of any larger or adjacent
property owned by Lessor. Notwithstanding Lessor's negligence or breach of this
Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's
business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.
(k) In addition to any other remedies expressly provided in this
Lease, in the event that Lessee's use or enjoyment of the Premises or the
accessibility of the Premises or the parking areas (collectively "Lessee's Lease
Rights") is materially impaired for five (5) consecutive days or FIFTEEN (15)
collective days in any calendar year (the "Eligibility Period") as a result of
(i) any of Lessor's actions or failure to act where obligated under this Lease
to do so, (ii) unavailability or interruption of utilities, (iii) a taking
(whether permanent or temporary) of the Premises, (iv) an Existing Defect of
which Lessee has given Lessor written notice and which Lessor has failed to
correct, or (v) the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises not
introduced by Lessee, then Lessee's rent and all other payments shall be abated
or reduced as the case may be, from the commencement of the Eligibility Period
to the extent of the impairment. If Lessee's Lease Rights are materially
impaired, and Lessee does not use the Premises, for one hundred eighty (180)
consecutive days as a result of any abatement event described in (i) - (v)
above, Lessee may elect to terminate this Lease and in the event of such
election Lessee shall be limited exclusively to its remedies under this
Paragraph 8(k) (this termination right shall be unavailable to Lessee if a
reputable financial institution which encumbers the Premises following the
Effective Date requires its elimination as a condition to making a loan to
Lessor encumbered by the Premises).
9. Damage or Destruction.
---------------------
9.1 Definitions.
-----------
(a) "Premises Partial Damage" shall herein mean damage or destruction
to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is less than 75 % of the
then replacement cost of the Premises. "Premises Partial Damage" shall herein
mean damage or destruction to the building of which the Premises are a part
(inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such building) to the extent
that the cost of repair is less than 75 % of the then replacement cost of such
building as a whole inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such
building.
(b) "Premises Total Destruction" shall herein mean damage or
destruction to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is 75 % or
more of the then replacement cost of the Premises. "Premises Total Destruction"
shall herein mean damage or destruction to the building of which the Premises
are a part (inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such building) to
the extent that the cost of repair is 75 % or more of the then replacement cost
of such building (inclusive of all improvements comprising a part of such
building) as a whole.
(c) "Insured Loss" shall herein mean damage or destruction which was
caused by an event required to be covered (exclusive of deductible amounts) by
the insurance described in Paragraph 8(h)(i).
9.2 Partial Damage -- Insured Loss. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs
-------------------------------
9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if any time during the term of this Lease there is damage
which is an Insured Loss and which falls into the classification of Premises
Partial Damage, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage (but
not Lessee's personal property or equipment unless Lessee is obligated to
surrender such items pursuant to Paragraph 7.5(h) hereof and not Lessee's
improvements, alternations or Utility Installations unless Lessee has notified
Lessor to insure such items and Lessee provides Lessor with plans and
specifications pursuant to which Lessor shall perform the repair) as soon as
reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.
Notwithstanding the above, if the insurance proceeds received by Lessor are not
sufficient to effect such repair (exclusive of deductible amounts or
insufficiency of proceeds resulting from Lessor's failure to maintain the
insurance required under Paragraph 8(h)(i), for which Lessor shall be
responsible), Lessor shall give notice to Lessee of the amount required n
addition to the insurance proceeds to effect such
<PAGE>
repair. Lessee may, at its option, elect to contribute the required amount to
Lessor within days after Lessee has received notice from Lessor of the shortage
in the insurance. When Lessee shall contribute such amount to Lessor, Lessor
shall make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect. Lessee shall in no event have any right to
reimbursement for any such amounts so contributed. If Lessee shall not elect to
contribute the required amount, Lessor may IT Lessor's option either (i) repair
such damage at Lessor's expense or (ii) give written notice to Lessee of
Lessor's election to cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the
occurrence )f the damage. Lessor's failure to exercise make such election within
thirty (30) days following the expiration of Lessee's thirty (30) day period to
contribute the required amount shall be deemed an election by Lessor of option
(ii).
9.3 Partial Damage -- Uninsured Loss. Subject to the provisions of
---------------------------
Paragraphs 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if at any time during the term of this Lease there
is damage which is not an Insured Loss and which falls within the classification
of Premises Partial Damage, Lessor may at Lessor's option either (i) repair such
damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense as provided in
Paragraph 9.2, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the
date of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's intention to cancel and
terminate this Lease, as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. In the
event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to cancel and
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the
receipt of such notice to provide the shortfall in insurance proceeds to Lessor
as provided in Paragraph 9.2 (with Lessor providing the deductible amount and
any insufficiency of proceeds resulting from Lessor's failure to maintain the
insurance required under Paragraph 8(h)(i)), in which event this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs
as soon as reasonably possible. If Lessee does not provide the shortfall in
insurance proceeds within such 10-day period this Lease shall be cancelled and
terminated as of the date of the occurrence of such damage.
9.4 Total Destruction. If at any time during the term of this Lease
-----------
there is damage, whether or not an Insured Loss, (including destruction required
by any authorized public authority), which falls into the classification of
Premises Total Destruction or Premises Building Total Destruction, this Lease
shall terminate at the election of either party given by written notice within
sixty (60) days following the date of such total destruction, which termination
shall be effective as of the date of such total destruction. If neither party
elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 9.4, the
repair of the Premises, responsibility for the cost of repair, and additional
termination of the Lease shall be governed by the terms of Paragraph 9.2 or 9.3
above, as applicable.
9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last six months
-----------------------
of the of the term of this Lease there is damage, whether or not an Insured
Loss, which falls within the classification of the Premises Partial Damage,
either Lessor or Lessee may at its election to do so within 30 days after the
date of occurrence of such damage.
9.6 Abatement of Rent. In the event of damage described in Paragraphs
-----------------
9.2, 9.3, 9.4 or 9.5, the rent payable hereunder for the period during which
such damage, repair or RESTORATION CONTINUES SHALL be abated. Except for
abatement of rent, if any, Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any
damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or
restoration.
9.7 Termination -- Advance Payments. In the event Lessor is obligated to
-------------------------------
repair the Premises following damage or destruction but has not substantially
completed the repairs within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of
the damage (subject to extension for delays caused by Lessee or any Lessee
Parties), then at any time after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180)
day period Lessee may deliver written notice to Lessor and its lender of record
of its intent to terminate, and should Lessor fail to substantially complete
such repair work within sixty (60) days after receipt of such written intent
notice (subject to extension for delays caused by Lessee or any Lessee Parties
and subject to further extension (the "Certified Completion Period") for not
more than @ (30) days if Lessor delivers, within FIVE (5) business days after
Lessor's receipt of Lessee's termination notice, a certificate of Lessor's
contractor responsible for repair of the damage certifying that it is such
contractor's good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially
completed within the Certified Completion Period.), Lessee shall have the right,
as its sole and exclusive remedy for such delay, to terminate the Lease upon the
delivery of written notice to Lessor and its lender of record. Upon termination
of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made
concerning advance rent and any advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor.
Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's security deposit
as has not theretofore been applied by Lessor. The time periods for Lessor's
performance under this Paragraph 9.7 shall not be subject to extension pursuant
to Paragraph 43.
9.8 Waiver. Lessor and Lessee waive the provisions of any statutes which
relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.
9.9 Lessee to Vacate Upon Termination. In the event the Lease shall be
---------------------------------
terminated pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 9:
(a) Lessee shall have ninety (90) days following the date of the damage to
vacate the Premises, subject to applicable Laws; and
(b) the Lease shall remain in effect and Lessor and Lessee shall each
perform all of their respective obligations under the Lease during Lessee's
period of occupancy, subject to Paragraph 9.6 and except to the extent made
impracticable due to the
<PAGE>
damage or destruction.
10. Real Property Taxes.
-------------------
10.1 Payment of Taxes. Lessee shall pay the real property tax, as
----------------
defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Premises during the term of this
Lease. All such payments shall be made prior to the delinquency date of such
payment or the date which is ten (10) days after Lessee receives the tax bills,
whichever is later. Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory
evidence that such taxes have been paid. Lessor shall promptly provide Lessee
with tax bills following Lessor's receipt thereof. If any such taxes paid by
Lessee shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration of the
term hereof, Lessee's share of such taxes shall be equitably prorated to cover
only the period of time within the tax fiscal year during the term of this
Lease, and Lessor shall be responsible for all such taxes applicable to any
period prior to or after the term of this Lease and shall reimburse Lessee to
the extent required. If Lessee shall fail to pay any such taxes within the time
period provided herein, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, in which
case Lessee shall repay such amount to Lessor with Lessee's next rent
installment following notice thereof from Lessor together with interest at the
Interest Rate.
10.2 Definition of "Real Property Tax". As used herein, the term "real
---------------------------------
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income,
documentary transfer, franchise, gift, capital stock or estate taxes) imposed on
the Premises by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax,
including any city, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural,
sanitary, FIRE, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as
against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or in the real
property of which the Premises are a part, as against Lessor's right to rent or
other income therefrom, and as against Lessor's business of leasing the
Premises. The term "real property tax" shall also include any tax, fee, levy,
assessment or charge (a) in substitution of, partially or totally, any tax, fee,
levy, assessment or charge hereinablve included within the definition of "real
property tax," or (b) the nature of which was hereinabove included within the
definition of "real property tax," or (c) which is imposed for a service or
right not charged prior to June 1, 1978, or, if previously charged, has been
increased since June 1, 1978, or (d) which is imposed as a result of a transfer,
either partial or total, of Lessor's interest in the Premises or which is added
to a tax or charge hereinbefore imposed by reason of this transaction, any
modifications or changes hereto, or any transfers hereof. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 10.2, during the initial five (5)
year term of this Lease only, Lessee shall not be obligated to pay that portion
of an increase, if any, in the "real property tax" resulting from a reassessment
of the Premises occurring due to a transfer of Lessor's interest in the
Premises, or any portion thereof, or a financing, refinancing or other change of
ownership in the Premises during the initial five (5) year term of this Lease
(provided that Lessee shall remain responsible for the remainder of the "real
property tax" including, without limitation, the "real property tax" based on
the assessed value of the Premises prior to the transfer, and that portion of
the new assessed value following the transfer which is allocable to normal
annual increases in the assessed value and/or assessments pending prior to the
implementation of the new assessed value).
10.3 Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed,
----------------
Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the real property taxes
for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed,
such proportion to be reasonably determined by Lessor from the respective
valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as
may be reasonably available.
10.4 Additional Provisions Regarding Real Property Taxes. Lessor
---------------------------------------------------
shall have the option to pay the real property taxes, and in such case, Lessee
shall, as additional rent for the Premises, pay for cost of all real property
taxes paid hereunder. If Lessor pays the real property taxes, Lessee shall,
within the later of ten (10) days following demand by Lessor or ten (10) days
prior to delinquency, reimburse Lessor for the cost of the real property taxes
so paid (if an assessment is payable in installments, Lessor shall pay it in the
maximum number of installments permitted by the applicable taxing authority, and
Lessee shall not be required to reimburse Lessor for any earlier payment of an
assessment by Lessor until the date such payment would have been made if Lessor
had paid in the maximum number of installments). Lessor shall have the right to
contest or appeal any real property taxes or assessments applicable to the
Premises and to seek a reduction in the assessed valuation of the Premises
(collectively, "Tax Contests"). Any refund of real property taxes resulting from
any such Tax Contest shall be applied first to reimburse Lessor for its costs
and expenses in connection with the Tax Contest (including, without limitation
attorneys' fees and the costs of consultants) and then, out of and to the extent
of the balance of such refund, Lessor shall reimburse to Lessee the portion of
such reduction attributable to the Premises and the term of this Lease, if
previously paid by Lessee. Lessee shall have the right, at any time and at its
sole cost and expense, to seek a reduction in the assessed valuation of the
Premises or to contest the real property taxes or assessments applicable to the
Premises. To prevent delinquency, Lessee shall pay in full to the taxing
authority, under protest in the manner provided, however, that (a) if the
contesting of the same may be made without the payment thereof and (b) the
collection of the same and the sale or forfeiture of the Premises or any part
thereof or interest therein, is prevented by such contest, Lessee shall have the
right, at its sole cost and expense and upon given written notice to Lessor of
its intent, to contest the taxes or assessments without payment of the taxes in
full. Lessor shall not be required to join in any proceeding or contest brought
by Lessee unless such proceeding or contest must be brought in the name of
Lessor or an owner of the Premises. In any proceeding or contest to which Lessor
is required to join, Lessee shall bear all actual, documented, reasonable costs
of Lessor incurred in connection with such proceeding or contest, including,
without limitation, all actual, documented, reasonable attorneys' fees and
accountants' fees. Lessee, on final resolution of the proceeding or contest,
shall immediately pay or discharge any decision or judgment rendered, together
with all taxes, costs, charges, interest and penalties incident to the decision
or judgment.
10.5 Personal Property Taxes.
-----------------------
<PAGE>
(a) Lessee shall pay to delinquency all taxes assessed against and
levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible,
Lessee shall cause said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other
personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of
Lessor.
(b) If any Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with
Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee
within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 10. I or Paragraph 10.4, as
applicable, after Lessee's receipt of a written statement setting forth the
taxes applicable to Lessee's property.
11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power,
---------
telephone and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together
with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to
Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of
all charges jointly metered with other premises.
12. Assignment and Subletting.
-------------------------
12.1 Lessor's Consent Required. Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation
-------------------------
of law assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber
(collectively, a "Transfer") all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease
or in the Premises, without Lessor's prior written consent, which Lessor shall
not unreasonably withhold. Lessor shall respond to Lessee's request for consent
hereunder in a timely manner and any attempted Transfer without such consent
shall be void, and shall constitute a breach of this Lease. No consent shall be
required, but Lessee shall give Lessor thirty (30) days advance written notice
of, any Transfer to an entity controlling, controlled by, under common control
with, or the product of a merger with, or a consolidation, reorganization or
sale of substantially all of the assets of Lessee (an "Affiliate of Lessee").
12.2 Procedure. If at any time or from time to time during the term of this
Lease, Lessee desires to assign or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest
in this Lease or in the Premises other than to an Affiliate of Lessee, Lessee
shall give prior written notice to Lessor setting forth the terms of the
proposed assignment or subletting and the space so proposed to be assigned or
sublet. Such assignment or sublease shall be subject to, without limitation,
all the conditions in Paragraph 12 and the following conditions:
(a) The assignment or sublease shall be on the terms set forth in the
notice given to Lessor. Any subsequent changes or modifications will require
Lessor's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(b) Lessee acknowledges that Lessor's agreement to lease these
Premises to Lessee at the rent and terms stated herein is made in material
reliance upon Lessor's evaluation of this particular Lessee's background,
experience and ability, as well as the nature of the use of the Premises by this
Lessee as set forth in Paragraph 6. In the event that Lessee shall request
Lessor's written consent to assign or sublease the Premises as required in
Paragraphs 12.1 and 12.2 hereof, then each such request for consent shall be
accompanied by the following:
(i) Financial statements of the proposed assignee or
sublessee;
(ii) A statement of the specific uses for which the Premises
will be utilized by the proposed assignee or sublessee; and
(iii) Preliminary plans prepared by an architect or civil
engineer for all alterations to the Premises that are contemplated to be made by
Lessee, the proposed assignee or sublessee.
(c) No assignment or sublease shall be valid and no assignee or sublessee
shall take possession of the Premises assigned or subleased until an executed
counterpart of such assignment or sublease has been delivered to Lessor.
(d) Fifty percent (50%) (after deduction of actual, documented, reasonable
real estate brokerage commissions, advertising costs, attorneys' fees,
concessions and tenant improvement costs paid by Lessee) of any sums or other
economic consideration received by Lessee as a result of such assignment or
subletting (excluding sums paid for Lessee's assets pursuant to bona fide
---- ----
allocation not structured to circumvent this Paragraph 12.2(d) whether
denominated rentals under the assignment or sublease or otherwise, which exceed,
in the aggregate, the total sums which Lessee is obligated to pay Lessor under
this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the
Premises subject to such assignment or sublease) shall be payable to Lessor as
additional rental under this Lease without affecting or reducing any other
obligation of Lessee hereunder. In the event of subletting of only a portion of
the Premises, in calculating whether the rent received by Lessee exceeds the
rent payable under this Lease, the rent payable under the Lease shall be
prorated according to the square .footage involved in order to reflect the rent
applicable to the space sublet. This Paragraph 12.2 'd) shall not apply to a
Transfer by Lessee to an Affiliate of Lessee.
12.3 Lessees Other Than Individuals.
------------------------------
(a) If Lessee is a partnership, a transfer of any interest of a
general partner, a withdrawal of any general partner from the partnership, or
the dissolution of the partnership, ;such that effective control or fifty-one
percent (51 %) of the constituent ownership interest is Transferred to other
than an Affiliate of Lessee, shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease.
<PAGE>
(b) If Lessee is a corporation, unless Lessee is a public corporation
whose stock is regularly traded on a national stock exchange, or is regularly
traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted on NASDAQ, any sale or other
transfer to other than an Affiliate of Lessee of a percentage of capital stock
of Lessee which results in a change of controlling persons, shall be deemed to
be an assignment of this Lease.
12.4 No Release of Lessee. Regardless of Lessor's consent, any subletting or
----------
assignment shall not (a) (i) in the case of an assignment, be effective without
the express written assumption by such assignee of the obligations of Lessee
under this Lease arising from and after the effective date of the assignment,
(ii) in the case of a sublease, be effective unless the sublease is expressly
subject to the terms of this Lease, (b) release Lessee of any of Lessee's
obligations hereunder or (c) alter the primary liability of Lessee to pay the
rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Lessee hereunder.
The acceptance of rent by Lessor from any other person shall not be deemed to be
a waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof or any default by Lessee. Consent to
one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent
assignment or subletting. In the event of default by any assignee of Lessee or
any successor of Lessee, in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Lessor
may proceed directly against Lessee without the necessity of exhausting remedies
against said assignee. Lessor may consent to subsequent assignments or
subletting of this Lease or amendments or modifications to this Lease with
assignees of Lessee, without notifying Lessee, or any successor of Lessee, and
without obtaining its or their consent thereto and such action shall not relieve
Lessee of liability under this Lease.
12.5 Assignment to Lessor. Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all
--------------------
of Lessee's interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease
heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect such rent and
income and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided
however, that until a default shall occur in the performance of Lessee's
obligations under this Lease and such default remains uncured after the
expiration of the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease,
(subject to Lessee being entitled to fifty percent (50%) of any excess
consideration after Lessor collects all of its attorneys fees and other costs of
collection and enforcement and all amounts then due under this Lease), Lessee
may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor
shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such sublease to Lessor
nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable
to the sublessee for any failure ' lure of Lessee to perform and comply with any
of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee under such sublease. Lessee hereby
irrevocably authorizes and. directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a
written notice from Lessor stating that an uncured default exists in the
performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the rents
due and to become due under the sublease. Lessee agrees that such sublessee
shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor,
and that such sublessee shall pay such rents to Lessor without any obligation or
right to inquire as to whether such default exists and notwithstanding any
notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary. Lessee shall have no right or
claim against such sublessee or Lessor for any such rents so paid by said
sublessee to Lessor.
12.6 Attorney's Fees. In the event Lessee shall request the consent of
----------------
Lessor to any Transfer then Lessee shall pay Lessor's reasonable attorneys' fees
incurred in connection therewith, not to exceed $1,500.00 with respect to each
requested Transfer.
13. Defaults: Remedies.
------------------
13.1 Defaults. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee:
(a) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other
payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such
failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days (for Base Rent, or 30 days
for any other payment) after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee. In
the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a Notice to Pay Rent or Quit pursuant
to applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes, such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall
also constitute the notice required by this subparagraph.
(b) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee,
other than described in paragraph (b) above, where such failure shall continue
for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee;
provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's default is such that more than
30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee shall not be deemed to
be in default if Lessee commenced such cure within said 30-day period and
thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion. To the extent
permitted by law, said thirty (30) day notice shall constitute the sole and
exclusive notice required to be given to Lessee under applicable unlawful
detainer statutes,
(c) The making by Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for
the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee becomes a " debtor " as defined in 1 1 U.
S. C. I 0 1 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition
filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the
appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of
Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,
where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the
attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's
assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such
seizure is not discharged within 30 days. Provided, however, in the event that
any provision of this Paragraph 13. I (d) is contrary to any applicable law,
such provision shall be of no force or effect.
13.2 Remedies. In the event of a breach of this Lease by Lessee (as defined
in Section 13.1 above), Lessor may at its option (but without obligation to do
so), perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf including but not
limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or
governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any
<PAGE>
such performance by Lessor plus interest at the Interest Rate shall be due and
payable by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following Lessee's receipt of
an invoice therefor. In the event of a breach of this Lease by Lessee, as
defined in Paragraph 13.1, with or without further notice or demand, and without
limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by
reason of such breach, Lessor may:
(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful
means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Lessee
shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such event
Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time of
the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination;
(ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which
would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the
amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably
avoided, (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid
rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of
such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided,; and (iv)
any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment
proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its obligations under this
Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result
therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the
Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration
of the Premises and reasonable attorneys' fees. The worth at the time of award
of the amount referred to in provisions (I) and (ii) of the prior sentence shall
be calculated based on the Interest Rate. The worth at the time of award of the
amount referred to in provision (III) of the prior sentence shall be computed by
discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San
Francisco at the time of Award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate
damages caused by Lessee's breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right
to recover damages under this Paragraph. If termination of this Lease is
obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have
the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are
recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve therein the right to recover all or
any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages.
(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession in effect (in
California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's breach and
abandonment and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Lessee has the
right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Lessee and
Lessor agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting which are
contained in this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation,
efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the
Lessor's interest under the Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the
Lessee's right to possession.
(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under the
laws or judicial decisions of the State of California.
(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of
Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any
indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during
the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.
13.3 Default by Lessor. Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor
-----------------
fails to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time, but in
no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Lessee to Lessor
and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the
Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Lessee
in writing, specifying wherein Lessor has failed to perform such obligation;
provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more
than thirty (30) days are required for performance then Lessor shall not be in
default if Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter
diligently prosecutes the same to completion. Lessee shall have all remedies
available at law and equity for Lessor's default except as provided in this
Lease; however, any damages or judgments arising out of Lessor's default of its
obligations under this Lease shall be satisfied only out of Lessor's interest
and estate in the Premises (including all sales, insurance and condemnation
proceeds, net of any costs incurred in obtaining such proceeds and subject to
the rights of any lender with a security interest in Lessor's interest and
estate in the Premises), and Lessor shall have no personal liability beyond such
interest and estate with respect to such damages or judgments.
13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by
------------
Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur
costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be
extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to,
processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on
Lessor by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Premises.
Accordingly, if any installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall
not be received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due and such late payment occurs more than once in a calendar
year, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor a late charge equal to 2% of such overdue amount not so timely paid in
each such calendar year. The parties hereby agree that such late charge
represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by
reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall
in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's default with respect to such overdue
amount, not prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies
granted hereunder.
14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken
-------------
under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of
said power (all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall
terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes
title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area
of the building on the premises, or more than 25% of the land area of the
premises which is not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation, or if
so much of the parking areas on the Premises is taken that Lessee's parking is
insufficient to comply with applicable law, or if Lessee does not have
reasonable access to the Premises as a result of the taking, Lessee may, at
Lessee's
<PAGE>
option, to be exercised in writing only within sixty (60) days after Lessor
shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such
notice, within sixty (60) days after the condemning authority shall have taken
possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes
such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the
foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of
the Premises remaining, except that the rent shall be reduced in the proportion
that the floor area of the building taken bears to the total floor area of the
building situated on the Premises. No reduction of rent shall occur if the only
area taken is that which does not have a building located thereon except to the
extent Lessee's use of or access to the Premises is materially impaired as a
result of the taking. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the
Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of
the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award
shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for
the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee
shall be entitled to any award for loss of or damage to Lessee's trade fixtures,
removable personal property, goodwill and relocation expenses. In the event that
this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the
extent of net severance damages received by Lessor in connection with such
condemnation, over and above the legal and other expenses incurred by Lessor in
the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such
condemnation except to the extent that Lessee has been reimbursed therefor by
the condemning authority. Lessee shall pay to Lessor any amount received by
Lessee from the condemning authority for Lessee's use in completing such repair.
15. Broker's Commissions. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the
--------------------
other that neither has had any dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder
in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the
transaction contemplated hereby, and no other broker or other person, firm or
entity is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection with said
transaction and Lessee and Lessor do each hereby indemnify and hold the other
harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees or liability for
compensation, commission or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed
broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of
the indemnifying party.
16. Estoppel Certificate, Financial Statements.
------------------------------------------
(a) Lessee shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days' prior
written notice from Lessor execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor a
statement in writing (I) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full
force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and
certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the
date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii)
acknowledging that there are not, to Lessee's knowledge, any uncured defaults on
the part of Lessor hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed.
Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser
or encumbrancer of the Premises.
(b) At Lessor's option, Lessee's failure to deliver such statement
within such time shall be conclusive upon Lessee (i) that this Lease is in full
force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Lessor,
(ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Lessor's performance, and (iii) that
not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance. Any such statement may
be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of
Lessor's interest in the Premises.
(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or
any part thereof, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any lender or purchaser
designated by Lessor such annual audited financial statements of Lessee as have
been prepared by Lessee in the ordinary course of business and s may be
reasonably required by such lender or purchaser. Such statements shall include
the past three years' financial statements of Lessee. All such financial
statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in
confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.
(d) Upon request of Lessee, Lessor shall provide to Lessee an estoppel
certificate signed by Lessor, containing the same types of information, and
within the same periods of time, as set forth in Paragraph 16(a) above, with
such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect that the estoppel
certificate is being granted and signed by Lessor to Lessee, rather than from
Lessee to Lessor. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by a
prospective assignee, subtenant or other transferee of Lessee's interest in the
Premises.
17. Lessor's Liability . The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
------------------
owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title or a lessee's interest
in a ground lease of the Premises, and in the event of any transfer of such
title or interest, Lessor herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers
then the grantor) shall be relieved from and after the date of such transfer of
all liability as respects Lessor's obligations thereafter to be performed,
provided that (i) the grantee assumes such obligations and (ii) any funds in the
hands of Lessor or the then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which
Lessee has an interest, shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations
contained in this Lease to be performed by Lessor shall, subject as aforesaid,
be binding on Lessor's successors and assigns, only during their respective
periods of ownership.
18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined
------------
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.
19. Interest on Past-due Obligations. Except as expressly herein provided, any
--------------------------------
amount due to Lessor and not paid within ten (10) days after written notice to
Lessee that such amount is past due shall bear interest at the Interest Rate
from the date due. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any
default by Lessee under this Lease, provided, however, that interest shall not
be payable on late charges incurred by Lessee nor on any amounts upon which late
charges are paid by Lessee.
<PAGE>
20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence.
---------------
21. Additional Rent. Any monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the
---------------
terms of this Lease shall be deemed to be rent.
22. Incorporation of Prior Agreements Amendments. This Lease contains all
--------------------------------------------
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein. No prior
agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective.
This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at
the time of the modification. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease and in
the Share Purchase Agreement dated December 23, 1995 by and among Graphic
Controls Corporation, Dan S. Sandel and certain selling shareholders enumerated
therein, Lessee hereby acknowledges that neither Lessor nor any of the Lessor
Parties has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Lessee
relative to the condition or use by Lessee of said Premises.
23. Notices. Any notice given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing,
shall be personally delivered, delivered by Federal Express or comparable
overnight courier, providing written evidence of delivery, or delivered by U.S.
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and sent
to Lessor and Lessee at the following addresses:
LESSOR:
Arital Corporation
5007 Van Alden Avenue
Tarzana, California 91356
Attn: Dan S. Sandel
With a copy by the same method to:
Troop Meisinger Steuber & Pasich, LLP
10940 Wilshire Boulevard, Sixth Floor
Los Angeles, California 90024-3902
Attn: Robert J. Plotkowski, Esq.
LESSEE: At the Premises.
With a copy by the same method to:
Cravath, Swaine & Moore
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019-7475
Attn: Martin R. Levine, Esq.
or such other address as either party may from time to time designate as its
notice address by notifying the other party thereof. Notice so sent shall be
deemed given (a) when personally delivered, or (b) on the first business day
following deposit with Federal Express or a comparable overnight courier service
providing written evidence of delivery, or (c) five business days following
deposit in the United States mail, if notice is sent by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. A copy of all notices required
or permitted to be given hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to a party
or parties at such addresses as such party may from time to time hereafter
designate by notice to the other party.
24. Waivers. No waiver by either Lessor or Lessee of any provision
-------
hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any
subsequent breach by the other party of the same or any other provision.
Lessor's or Lessee's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to
render unnecessary the obtaining of such party's consent to or approval of any
subsequent act by the other party. The acceptance of rent hereunder by Lessor
shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any provision hereof,
other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted,
regardless of Lessor's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of
acceptance of such rent.
25. No Recording. Lessee shall not record this Lease. If Lessee
------------
desires to record a memorandum or short form of this Lease, Lessor shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver such instrument to Lessee, provided that: (i)
the form of such instrument shall be subject to Lessor's consent; (ii) Lessee
shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor, concurrently with Lessee's
submittal of instrument to Lessor for execution and acknowledgment, a quitclaim
deed or memorandum of Lease expiration, which Lessor may record following the
expiration of the term of this Lease; and (iii) the costs of recording such
memorandum or short form shall be borne by Lessee.
26. Holding Over. If Lessee remains in possession of the Premises or any part
------------
thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, such occupancy shall be a
tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this Lease pertaining to
the obligations of Lessee, except that the monthly Base Rent shall be 125 % of
the Base Rent payable in the last month of the Lease term, and all other
additional rent and other payments provided for in this Lease shall be payable
by Lessee for the period of such occupancy, but all options and rights of first
refusal, if any, granted under the terms of this Lease shall be deemed
terminated and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy. If
Lessee fails to surrender the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration
of the term thereof, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Lessor
harmless from all loss of liability, including without limitation any claim made
by any succeeding lessee, resulting from such failure to surrender.
<PAGE>
27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
----------
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other
remedies at law or in equity.
28. Binding Effect, Choice of Law. Subject to any provisions hereof
-------------------------
restricting assignment or subletting by Lessee and subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal
representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the
laws of the State wherein the Premises are located.
29. Subordination
--------------
(a) This lease, at Lessor's option, shall be subordinate to any ground
lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation or security now or
hereafter placed upon the real property of which the Premises are a part and to
any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof
(collectively, an "Instrument"), provided that, as a condition precedent to such
subordination to any Instrument executed after the Effective Date, the ground
lessee, mortgagee or beneficiary thereunder agrees in a writing delivered to
Lessee that Lessee's right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be
disturbed so long as Lessee is not in default continuing uncured beyond the
expiration of any applicable grace period, unless this Lease is otherwise
terminated pursuant to its terms. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor
shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust
or ground lease, and shall give notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease shall be
deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, whether this
Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of such mortgage, deed of trust
or ground lease or the date of recording thereof.
(b) Lessee agrees to execute any documents reasonably required to
effectuate an attornment, a subordination or to make this Lessee prior to the
lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be.
Lessee's failure to execute such documents within 10 business days after written
demand shall constitute a material default by Lessee hereunder.
30. Signs. Lessee shall not place or alter any sign upon the Premises without
Lessor's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld,
subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.5 of this Lease. No consent shall be
required, but Lessee shall give Lessor written notice of, any alteration of a
sign located upon the Premises which alteration consists solely of a change of
name wherein the new entity named is an Affiliate of Lessee.
31. Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a
------
mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Lessor, shall not work a
merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor but subject to Paragraph 12,
terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor,
operate as an assignment to Lessor of any or all of such subtenancies.
32. Ouiet Possession. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and
----------------
observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on
Lessee's part to be observed and performed hereunder, Lessee shall have quiet
possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease, and all easements, covenants, conditions and
restrictions of record other than any mortgages of record as of the Effective
Date.
33. Entry by Lessor. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter
---------------
the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at
reasonable times upon prior reasonable notice for the purpose of showing the
same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such
alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the
building of which they are a part, as required under this Lease or applicable
Laws. Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises or building any
ordinary "For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred
twenty (120) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary
"For Lease" signs.
34. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to
-----------------
Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security
measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of Lessee, its agents and
invitees from acts of third parties.
Easements. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant
- ---------
such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or
desirable, and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restrictions,
so long as such easements, rights, dedications, Maps and restrictions do
not unreasonably interfere with the use of or access to the Premises or
the parking areas by Lessee, increase the amounts payable by Lessee
under this Lease, or unreasonably increase Lessee's obligations or
unreasonably impair Lessee's rights under this Lease. Lessee shall sign
any of the aforementioned documents within thirty (30) days following
request of Lessor.
36. Performance Under Protest. If at any time of dispute shall arise as to
-------------------------
any amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under
the provisions hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the
money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest"
and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there
shall survive the right on the part of said party to institute suit for
recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal
obligation on the part of said party to pay such sum or any part
thereof, said party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much
thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of
this Lease.
37. Cashiers Checks. In the event that any check given to Lessor by Lessee
--------
shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn on two or more
occasions, then Lessor, at its option may require all future payments to be made
by Lessee under this Lease to be made by cashier's checks.
<PAGE>
38. Amendments to Lease. Lessee agrees to make any non-monetary modifications
-------------------
to this Lease that may be required by an institutional mortgagee of Lessor
provided that such changes do not unreasonably increase Lessee's obligations or
unreasonably impair Lessee's rights under this Lease.
39. Storage Tanks
-------------
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 7.5 hereof,
Lessee shall not after the Effective Date install underground storage tanks of
any size or shape in the Premises, without the consent of the Lessor. If Lessor
elects to grant its consent, Lessor shall have the right to condition its
consent upon Lessee agreeing to give to Lessor such assurances that Lessor
reasonably deems necessary to protect itself against potential problems
concerning the installation, use, removal and contamination of the Premises as a
result of the installation and/or use of such tank. Lessee shall comply at its
expense with all applicable permit and/or registration requirements and repair
any damage caused by the installation, maintenance or removal of such tank. Upon
termination of the Lease, Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove any
tank from the Premises, remove and replace any soil or materials contaminated
due to Lessee's use of such tank installed by Lessee after the Effective Date
(and compact or treat the same as then required by law), repair any damage or
change to the Premises caused by said installation and/or removal, and obtain a
closure permit or release from any regulatory authorities with respect to the
removal of such tank. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to diminish or
reduce Lessee's or Lessor's obligations under Paragraph 40.
(b) Lessor shall have the right to employ experts and/or consultants, at
Lessee's expense, to advise Lessor with respect to the installation, operation,
monitoring, maintenance and removal and restoration of any tank installed or
operated by Lessee following the Effective Date.
40. Lessee's Covenants Regarding Hazardous Materials.
------------------------------------------------
40.1 Lessor's Prior Consent. Notwithstanding anything contained in this
----------------------
Lease to the contrary, Lessee shall not cause or permit any "Hazardous
Materials" (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept, stored, discharged,
released or used in, under or about the Premises by Lessee, its agents,
employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees after the
Effective Date, unless (a) such Hazardous Materials are reasonably necessary to
Lessee's business and will be handled, used ', kept, stored and disposed of in a
manner which complies with all "Hazardous Materials Laws" (as defined below);
(b) Lessee complies with such other reasonable rules or requirements as Lessor
may from time to time impose, including without limitation that such materials
are handled and disposed of in accordance with the highest accepted industry
standards for safety, storage, use and disposal, (c) notice of and a copy of the
current material safety data sheet is provided to Lessor for each such Hazardous
Material except for ordinary office supplies in reasonable amounts.
40.2 Compliance with Hazardous Materials Laws. As used herein, the term
----------------------------------------
"Hazardous Materials" means any (a) oil, petroleum, petroleum products,
flammable substances, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or
substances, toxic wastes or substances or any other wastes, materials or
pollutants which (I) pose a health or safety hazard to the Premises or to
persons on or about the Premises or (ii) cause the Premises to be in violation
of any Hazardous Materials Laws (as hereinafter defined); (b) asbestos in any
form, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment which
contain dielectric fluid containing levels polychlorinated biphenyls, or radon
gas; (c) chemical, material or substance defined as or included in the
definition of "hazardous substances," hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials,"
"extremely hazardous waste," "restricted hazardous waste," or "toxic substances"
or words of similar import under any applicable local, state or federal law or
under the regulations adopted or promulgated pursuant thereto, including, but
not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S. C. 9601, et @.; the Resources
--
Conservation Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901, et M.; the Hazardous Materials
--
Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S. C. 180 1, et 1Q.; the Federal Water
--
Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S. C. 125 1, et M.; Sections 25115,
--
25117, 25122.7, 25140, 25249.8, 25281, 25316 and 25501 of the California Health
and Safety Code; and Article 9 or Article II of Title 22 of the California Code
of Regulations, Division 4, Chapter 20; (d) other chemical, material or
substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any
governmental authority or may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of
the occupants of the Premises or the owners and/or occupants of property
adjacent to or surrounding the Premises, or any other Person coming upon the
Premises or adjacent property; and (e) other chemical, materials or substance
which may or could pose a hazard to the environment. As used herein the term
"Hazardous Materials Laws " means any applicable federal, state or local laws,
ordinances, regulations or policies relating to the environment, health and
safety, and Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the use,
handling, transportation, production, disposal, discharge or storage thereof) or
to industrial hygiene or the environmental conditions on, under or about the
Premises, including, without limitation, soil, groundwater and indoor and
ambient air conditions. Lessee shall at all times and in all respects comply
with all Hazardous Materials Laws, excluding (x) remediation, treatment or
removal of Hazardous Materials present on the Premises prior to the Effective
Date in violation of Hazardous Materials Laws; and (y) remediation, treatment or
removal of Hazardous Materials used, handled, produced, disposed, discharged or
stored by Lessor or any Lessor Parties on the Premises following the Effective
Date.
40.3 Hazardous Materials Removal. Upon expiration or within a
---------------------------
reasonable time after earlier termination of this Lease, Lessee shall, at
Lessee's sole cost and expense, cause all Hazardous Materials, except such as
are of generic usefulness (i.e., propane tanks) and do not pose an immediate
health hazard, brought on the Premises by Lessee or any Lessee Parties to be
removed from the Premises in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials
Laws. If Lessee or its employees, agents, or contractors violates the provisions
of the foregoing two paragraphs, or if Lessee's or any Lessee Parties' acts,
negligence, or business operations
<PAGE>
contaminate the Premises, then Lessee shall promptly, at Lessee's expense, take
all investigatory and/or remedial action (collectively, the "Remediation") that
is necessary in order to clean up, remove and dispose of such Hazardous
Materials causing the violation on the Premises or the underlying groundwater or
the properties adjacent to the Premises to the extent such contamination was
caused by Lessee or any Lessee Parties, in compliance with all applicable
Hazardous Materials Laws. Lessee shall further repair any damage to the Premises
caused by such Hazardous Materials contamination. Lessee shall provide prior
written notice to Lessor of such Remediation, and Lessee shall commence such
Remediation no later than thirty (30) days after such notice to Lessor and
diligently and continuously complete such Remediation. Such written notice shall
also include Lessee's method, time and procedure for such Remediation and Lessor
shall have the right to require reasonable changes in such method, time or
procedure of the Remediation consistent with Hazardous Materials Laws and the
requirements of any governmental authority. Lessee shall not take any
Remediation in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials in or about
the Premises or enter into any settlement agreement, consent decree or other
compromise in respect to any claims relating to any Hazardous Materials in any
way connected with the Premises, without FIRST notifying Lessor of Lessee's
intention to do so and affording Lessor ample opportunity to appear, intervene
or otherwise appropriately assert and protect Lessor's interests with respect
thereto.
40.4 Notices. Lessee and Lessor shall each notify the other in writing
within seventy two (72) hours of actual notice of: (a) any enforcement, cleanup,
removal or other governmental or regulatory action threatened, instituted, or
completed pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws with respect to the Premises;
(b) any claim, demand, or complaint made or threatened by any person against
Lessee or the Premises relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery
compensation, loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials; and (c) any
reports made to any governmental authority arising out of any Hazardous
Materials on or removed from the Premises. Lessor shall have the right (but not
the obligation) to join and participate, as a party, in any legal proceedings or
actions affecting the Premises initiated in connection with any Hazardous
Materials Laws.
40.5 Indemnification and Survival. Lessee shall indemnify, protect,
----------------------------
defend and forever hold Lessor and the Lessor Parties harmless from any and all
damages, losses, expenses, liabilities, obligations and costs (excluding lost
profits but including diminution in the value of the Premises) arising out of
(a) any failure of Lessee to observe the foregoing covenants in the Paragraphs
relating to storage tanks and Hazardous Materials as set forth above; and (b)
any use, handling, production, disposal, discharge or storage of Hazardous
Materials by Lessee or any Lessee Parties on the Premises or in connection with
Lessee's use thereof following the Effective Date. Subject to the terms of
Paragraph 13.3 of this Lease, Lessor shall indemnify, protect, defend and
forever hold Lessee and the Lessee Parties harmless from any and all damages,
losses, expenses, liabilities, obligations and costs (excluding consequential
damages or lost profits) arising out of (x) Hazardous Materials present on the
Premises prior to the Effective Date in violation of Hazardous Materials Laws;
and (y) Hazardous Materials used, handled, produced, disposed, discharged or
stored by Lessor on the Premises following the Effective Date. The terms of
this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
40.6 Hazardous Materials Caused by Third Parties. In the event that
-------------------------------------------
Hazardous Materials shall be deposited or shall migrate onto the Premises during
the term of this Lease and the same shall not be the result of any acts or
omissions of Lessee or any Lessee Parties or Lessor or any Lessor Parties
("Third Party Contamination"), and either Lessor or Lessee shall be notified by
a government authority (a "Governmental Notice") that the Hazardous Materials
are required under applicable Environmental Laws to be removed, remediated,
encapsulated, treated or disposed of prior to the expiration of the term of this
Lease, Lessor shall be responsible for complying with such requirements and
nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose any such
requirements upon Lessee. In order to comply with such requirements, Lessor may
enter upon the Premises and may take such actions and make such modifications to
the Premises as Lessor shall deem necessary or appropriate under the
circumstances or shall be required under applicable Laws, subject to Lessee's
right to rent abatement and/or termination of this Lease pursuant to the terms
of Paragraph 8(k). Unless Lessor terminates this Lease as provided in the last
sentence of this Paragraph 40.6, Lessor shall indemnify Lessee and the Lessee
Parties for any and all costs, expenses and obligations (excluding consequential
damages, loss profits, attorneys' fees and costs of defense) of removing,
remediating, encapsulating, treating or disposing of the Third Party
Contamination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 40.6
if (a) the cost to Lessor of removing, remediating, encapsulating, treating or
disposing of Third Party Contamination would, in Lessor's reasonable judgment,
exceed twelve (12) months' Base Rent at the rate in effect as of the date of the
Governmental Notice (unless Lessee delivers to Lessor the excess funds, to be
used for the work), or (b) Lessor reasonably determines that the time required
to comply with the Governmental Notice (including, without limitation,
restoration of any damage to improvements on the Premises and resumption of full
payment of rental by Lessee) would exceed 12
monthsfollowingthedateoftheGovermnentalNotice,Lessormayterminatethis Lease and
in the event of such termination Lessor's duty to indemnify Lessee for Third
Party Contamination shall not apply and Lessee's duty to vacate the Premises
shall be as provided in Paragraph 9.9.
41. Interest Rate. As used in this Lease, the term "Interest Rate" means the
-------------
Lesser of (a) the "Prime Rate" or "Reference Rate" announced from time to time
by Bank of America NT&SA, (or in the event Bank of America NT&SA shall cease to
publish a "Prime Rate" or "Reference Rate, " such comparable national banking
institution as Lessor shall select), plus two percent (2 %) or (b) the maximum
rate permitted by law.
42. Consents. Unless a provision of this Lease specifically provides for a
--------
contrary standard, whenever in this Lease the consent or approval of Lessor or
Lessee is required, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
If Lessor does not respond to a request for its consent within fifteen (15) days
following Lessor's receipt of the request any items Lessee is obligated under
this Lease to furnish in connection with such consent, Lessee may, at its
option, elect to give Lessor an additional notice that Lessor's consent is
deemed granted, and if Lessor does not expressly withhold its consent within
five (5) days following such additional notice, Lessor's consent shall be deemed
granted. Unless a contrary standard or right is set forth in this Lease,
whenever Lessor or Lessee
<PAGE>
is granted a right to take action, exercise discretion, or make an allocation,
judgment or other determination, Lessor or Lessee shall act reasonably and in
good faith and take no action which might result in the frustration of the
reasonable expectations of a sophisticated lessee and a sophisticated lessor
concerning the benefits to be enjoyed under this Lease. The restrictions on
Lessor contained in this Paragraph 42 shall not apply with respect to matters
which could possibly have a material adverse effect on the structural integrity
3f a building on the Premises, the plumbing, heating, mechanical, life-safety,
ventilating, air-conditioning or electrical systems, or which involve a
penetration of the roof of a building on .-he Premises, use of Hazardous
Materials, or which could adversely affect the exterior appearance of a building
on the Premises; with respect to such matters Lessor's duty shall be ,o act IN
good faith and in compliance with the terms of this Lease.
43. Force Majeure. In the event a party to this Lease is unable to fulfill any
-------------
of its Obligations under this Lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying
any service expressly or impliedly to be furnished, or is unable to make, or is
delayed in making, any improvements, repairs, additions, alterations or
decoration, or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any -equipment or
fixtures, if such party is so prevented or delayed only by reason of strike,
lockout or labor dispute, lack or failure of sources of supply of fuel and
materials, due to reasons beyond the reasonable control of such party, including
without limitation, national emergency, any law or governmental rule, order or
regulation, war, civil commotion, riot, interference by civil or military
authorities, fire or other casualty, or act of God (all of the foregoing causes
being hereinafter individually and collectively referred to as events of "Force
Majeure") then such party's failure to perform shall not constitute a default
unless and until the event(s) of Force Majeure preventing such party's
performance shall be abated. Any cure period provided for in this Lease shall
be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during which the
event of Force Majeure shall continue, except as otherwise specifically set
forth herein. The provisions of this Paragraph 43 shall not apply to any
monetary obligations of Lessee under the Lease and shall not limit Lessor's
rights or remedies in the event that Lessee shall fail to perform such
obligations. Time is of the essence with respect to Lessee's monetary
obligations under this Lease.
"LESSOR":
ARITAL CORPORATION
a California corporation
By:
--------------------------------------
Its: President and secretary
-----------------------
By:
--------------------------------------
Its:
---------------------
"LESSEE":
DEVON INDUSTRIES, INC.
a California corporation
By:
--------------------------------------
Its:
-------------------
By:
--------------------------------------
Its:
--------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
PARCEL 2:
THE WEST 400.00 FEET OF LOT I AND THE WEST 400.00 FEET OF THE NORTH 155.00 FEET
OF LOT 2 OF TRACT 25887, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK
664 PAGE 73 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.
EXCEPT THE NORTH 150 FEET OF SAID LOT 1.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.9
LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
PIZZUTI EQUITIES INC.
("LANDLORD")
and
DEVON INDUSTRIES INC.
("TENANT")
<PAGE>
LEASE AGREEMENT
January 5, 1994
This Lease Agreement ("Lease") is entered into as of the date first set forth
above by Pizzuti Equities Inc. ("Landlord") and Devon Industries, Inc.
("Tenant").
Background
----------
Landlord intends to acquire an existing 60.735 square foot building ("Existing
Building"), construct an expansion thereto of approximately 65.761 square feet
("Expansion") and lease the combined facility ("Building") to Tenant. The
Building will be situated on a site in Rock Hill, South Carolina, which site is
more particularly described in attached Exhibit A ("Land").
Agreement
---------
Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Lease of Property. Landlord hereby leases the Land, the Building and
------------------
all related site Improvements (collectively the "Property") to Tenant upon the
terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.
Section 2. Construction of Improvements. Landlord and Tenant have approved
-----------------------------
preliminary specifications for the Expansion and all related site Improvements
(collectively the "Improvements"), which preliminary specifications are attached
hereto as Exhibit B (preliminary Specifications"). Tenant has authorized
Landlord to proceed with the preparation of final architectural and engineering
drawings, plans and specifications for the improvements. Once those drawings,
plans and specifications are completed, Landlord will deliver a full set thereof
to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant will notify Landlord within 15
days after its receipt of such drawings, plans and specifications of its
approval thereof or its objections to anything contained therein, which
objections, if any, will be premised solely upon the fact that such drawings,
plans and specifications are inconsistent with the approved Preliminary
Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit B. If Landlord does not modify the
drawings, plans and specifications to meet Tenant's reasonable objections within
15 days after its receipt of Tenant's objection notice, then Tenant will have
the right to terminate this Lease with no obligation whatsoever to Landlord. If
Landlord satisfies Tenant's reasonable objections or if Tenant has no such
objections, then the drawings, plans and specifications as approved by Tenant
will constitute the "Final Plans and Specifications" and will be deemed
Incorporated herein by this reference.
If Tenant desires to make any revisions to the Final Plans and Specifications
(which, for this purpose, will include any desired repairs or improvements to
the Existing Building), Tenant will so notify Landlord and Landlord will then
cause its general contractor to prepare a cost estimate for the making of such
changes. Landlord will promptly notify Tenant of any increased costs or savings
resulting from such changes and Tenant will then have the right to require
Landlord to cause such changes to be made to the Final Plans and Specifications.
If the aggregate of all such changes (net of any savings) results in a net
increase in the cost of the construction of the Improvements, then Tenant will
pay Landlord such net increase within ten days after Landlord's written demand
for the payment thereof. At Tenant's election, any net increase in the cost of
the construction of the improvements resulting from any of the aforementioned
changes may be funded by a per square foot increase in the Base Rent in an
amount equal to $.01 per square foot for every $9.730 of such net increase in
construction costs. If any change requested by Tenant will, in the judgment of
Landlord's contractor cause a delay in the anticipated date for the substantial
1
<PAGE>
completion of construction of the improvements, then Landlord will so notify
Tenant and the contemplated substantial completion date will be deferred
accordingly. For the purposes of this Lease, the term "Final Plans and
Specifications" will include all change orders which are submitted and approved
in the manner set forth in this Section 2. Landlord hereby acknowledges and
agrees that if Tenant adds a mezzanine within the Building at its sole cost and
expense, then such addition will not in any event change the square footage of
the Building or increase the Base Rent payable by Tenant hereunder.
Landlord will cause the improvements to be constructed in accordance with the
Final Plans and Specifications. Landlord will use its best efforts to
substantially complete construction of the improvements on or before May 31,
1994, subject to delays caused by the occurrence of events beyond its reasonable
control ("Delay Events"), including, without limitation, labor troubles,
inability to procure materials, restrictive governmental laws and
pronouncements, acts of God, unseasonable weather, Tenant's failure to respond
to the drawings, plans and specifications submitted to it for its review and
approval within the 15-day period mandated in this Section 2 and Tenant's
requested change orders. Upon the occurrence of any Delay Event, the targeted
date for the substantial completion of the construction of the improvements will
be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days of the delay caused
by the occurrence of such Delay Event. For the purposes of this Lease, the
improvements will be deemed "substantially completed" on the earlier of: (a)
the date on which Tenant occupies the Building for the conduct of its business
operations (including, without limitation, the testing of the sorter to be used
by Tenant in the Building); or (b) the date on which Landlord completes
construction of the improvements in accordance with the Final Plans and
Specifications (subject to such punchlist construction items as are mutually
agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant) and a certificate of occupancy for the
improvements is issued by the appropriate governmental authority, which
certificate of occupancy will permit Tenant to operate its business in the
normal course. If Landlord fails to substantially complete construction of the
improvements on or before October 31, 1994, for any reason other than the
occurrence of a Delay Event (as that term is earlier defined in this Section 2),
then Tenant will have the right to terminate its obligation under this Lease by
delivering written notice of termination to Landlord on or before 30 days after
such outside date for substantial completion.
It is possible that the Building may be expanded in the future by the addition
of a second phase of the construction ("Future Phase"). Once the plans and
specifications for such Future Phase are agreed to by Landlord and Tenant,
Landlord agrees to take the following actions: (y) bid the construction of the
Future Phase to a list of contractors mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant;
and (z) price the resulting increase in Base Rent based upon then prevailing
financing conditions and the duration of the lease term.
Section 3. Lease Term. The initial term of this Lease will be for a
-----------
period of 15 years ("Lease Term"), commencing on the date of the "substantial
completion" of the improvements (as that term is defined in Section 2) and
ending on the fifteenth anniversary thereof.
Tenant will have an option to extend the Lease Term for up to two
consecutive renewal terms of five years each. Tenant's right to exercise its
option to extend the Lease Term for any such renewal term will be expressly
conditioned upon both of the following conditions being satisfied with respect
to such renewal term: (a) Tenant must give written notice to Landlord of its
election to extend the Lease Term for such renewal term at least twelve months
prior to the scheduled commencement date of such renewal term: and (b) on the
date of the exercise of such option and on the scheduled date for the
commencement of such renewal term, the Lease must be in full force and effect
without any material default by Tenant thereunder. Tenant's occupancy of the
Property during any such renewal term will be upon the same terms and conditions
which govern its occupancy of the Property during the Lease Term, except that
the Base Rent payable during each such renewal term will be adjusted in the
manner hereinafter described in Section 4 to reflect increases in the Consumer
Price Index. All references in this Lease to the "Lease Term" will include any
renewal term exercised by the Tenant pursuant to this Section 3.
2
<PAGE>
Section 4. Rent. The Base Rent payable by Tenant is set forth below:
-----
PSF Monthty Annual
Lease Period Base Rent Base Rent Base Rent
------------- --------- --------- ---------
Years 1 - 5 $2.81 $29,621 $355,452
Years 6 - 1 0 3.08 32,467 389,604
years 11 - 15 3.38 35,630 427,560
The annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during any renewal term exercised by
Tenant will be adjusted in the manner hereinafter described to take into
consideration increases in the Consumer Price Index. The annual Base Rent
payable by Tenant in any renewal term will be an amount equal to the product of
the Bass Rent payable by Tenant during the immediately preceding five-year
period, multiplied by a fraction having as its numerator the New Index and
having as its denominator the Base Index. For the purposes of this Lease, the
term "Consumer Price Index" refers to the Consumer Price Index . All items,
U.S. City Average for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, as promulgated by
the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor or if such index
is discontinued, then a comparable successor index. For the purposes of this
Lease, the "New Index" refers to the most recently published Consumer Price
Index as of the first day of the year for which Base Rent is then being
computed. For the purposes of this Lease, the "Base Index" refers to the
Consumer Price Index published for the month which is 60 months prior to the
month of the New Index. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Lease, the Base Rent payable by Tenant during any renewal term exercised by
Tenant will in no event be less the Base Rent payable by Tenant during the
immediately preceding five-year period. For the purposes of this Lease, a
"year" refers to each consecutive 12-month period during the Lease Term, with
the first such year beginning on the commencement date of the Lease Term and
terminating 12 months thereafter.
Each monthly installment of Base Rent will be due and payable in advance on or
before the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term. Each such
installment will be paid to Landlord at its address set forth in Section 30 (or
such other address as Landlord may designate from time to time). If the Lease
Term commences on a day other than the first day at the month or terminates on a
day other than the last day of the month, then the installment(s) of Base Rent
for such month(s) will be adjusted accordingly. If any Installment of Base
Rent is not received within ten days after Landlord by its due date, then a late
payment charge of 5% of such past due amount will be assessed and will be
immediately due and payable from Tenant. In addition, Base Rent which is more
than ten days past-due will thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate equal
to 2% over Citibank's published prime lending rate ("Delinquent Rate"). All
Installments of Base Rent will be paid by Tenant without demand and without any
rights of reduction, counterclaim or offset. Tenant hereby agrees to pay as
additional rent any sales, use or other tax (other than income taxes) now or
hereafter imposed by any governmental authority upon the rent and other sums
payable by Tenant hereunder.
Section 5. Net Lease. It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that,
---------
except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Lease is a net lease; that
is, this Lease shall yield, absolutely net to Landlord, the Base Rent specified
in Section 4 hereof in each month during the Lease Term. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, all costs, expenses and obligations of every kind and
nature whatsoever relating to the Property which may arise or become due during
the Lease Term in connection with the ownership, use, operation, management,
maintenance and repair at the Property will be paid by Tenant and Landlord will
indemnified and held harmless by Tenant from and against the same.
Section 6. Taxes and Expenses. Tenant will at all times throughout the Lease
------------------
Term pay the following expenses (Property Expenses"): (a) all real and personal
property taxes, assessments and other governmental impositions and charges of
every kind and nature whatsoever, provided, however, that to the extent the real
estate taxes on the Property are increased in any one year by more than 10%
over the then existing year's taxes solely as a result of Landlord's sale of the
Property to a third party, then Tenant will not be liable for the payment of the
excess of any such increase over the aforementioned 10% base number; (b) all
rents and charges for water, sewer, gas,
3
<PAGE>
electricity and other utility services furnished to the Property; (c) all
licenses, permit fees and other charges imposed by any governmental or quasi-
governmental authority solely with respect to Tenant's use of the Property or
Tenants business operations; (d) any assessments or other charges imposed by any
landowner's association having jurisdiction over the Property; e) the cost of an
annual property management inspection of the Property in an amount up to but not
exceeding $ 1,000 per year (Tenant will not, however, be responsible for the
payment of any other property management fees); (f) all premiums and other
charges related to any insurance related to the Property or Tenant's use thereof
which is required to be maintained hereunder; and (g) except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, all other costs and expenses of any kind or nature
whatsoever. whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, related to ownership, use,
operation. management, maintenance, repair of the Property. Tenant will pay all
such Property Expenses punctually as and when the some become due and payable so
as to avoid the imposition of late charges, penalties or interest thereon.
Tenant will have the right at its sole expense to contest the amount of any such
Property Expense by legal or administrative proceeding, so long as Tenant takes
all appropriate action to insure that no lien is placed on the Property to
secure payment of the same. Tenant will also have the right to seek tax
abatements, reduction, exemptions and other similar tax relief with respect to
the Property and Tenant's business operations. Landlord agrees to permit any
applications in connection therewith be filed in its name: provided, however,
that Landlord will in no event be obligated to incur any out-of-pocket expenses
in connection with any such applications.
Tenant will provide Landlord with evidence of the payment of any Property
Expense within ten days after Landlords written request therefor. The
determination of whether any particular Property Expense is attributable to the
Lease Term and, hence, is the obligation of Tenant hereunder, will be mode based
upon the accrual method of accounting. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Lease, Tenant will not be obligated to pay any inheritance,
estate, succession, gift, franchise, income or profit taxes that may be imposed
on Landlord.
Section 7. Maintenance and Repair. Tenant will at its sole expense
-----------------------
maintain the Property in a good condition and order of repair. Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenants maintenance obligation will extend
to and include the repair and replacement, if necessary, of all interior,
exterior, structural, non-structural and mechanical elements and systems of the
Building and all parking areas, sidewalks, landscaping and other improvements
associated with the Property. Any repairs or replacements made to the Property
by Tenant pursuant to this Section 7 will be made in a good and workmanlike
manner with materials at least equal in quality and grade to those originally
contained in the Property. Tenant will also be responsible and pay for all
landscaping, cleaning, janitorial, snow and ice removal services required to
maintain and operate the Property in a reasonable good manner. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord (and not Tenant) will be
responsible for any required replacement of the root of the Building (although
the repair of the roof will continue to be the obligation of Tenant hereunder).
Except as otherwise expressly provided above, Landlord will not at any time
during the Lease Term be required to furnish any services or facilities or make
any improvements, repairs, replacements or alterations to the Property.
Section 8. Use of Premises. Tenant may use the Property for any lawful
------------------
purpose. Tenant will not cause or permit any waste or damage to the Property
and will not occupy or use the Property for any business or purpose which is
unlawful, hazardous, unsanitary, noxious or offensive.
Section 9. Governmental Requirements. Tenant will at its sole expense
----------------------------
comply with all laws and other governmental requirements which are not or
hereafter in force pertaining to the Property, including, without limitation,
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the
Clean Air Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, the Water Pollution Control Act and any other
federal, state or local law or requirement pertaining to environmental matters.
Tenant's obligation under this Section 9 will not extend to: (a) its remedying
of any noncompliance which existed as of the commencement of the Lease Term: or
(b) its compliance with any law or other governmental requirement which applies
to the ownership of real estate generally and not specifically to Tenant's
occupancy or use of the Property.
4
<PAGE>
Section 10. Signs. Tenant may place any sign of advertising material on
-----
the Property,. which compiles with the requirements of the industrial park in
which the Property is located, as well as those of all applicable governmental
authorities.
Section 11. Leasehold Improvements. Tenant may make alterations to the
-----------------------
Property without first obtaining Landlord's consent thereto, so long as all of
the following conditions are satisfied with respect to each contemplated
alteration:
(a) The alteration will not affect the structural integrity of the Building or
otherwise diminish the value or marketability of the Property:
(b) The alteration is constructed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense and in
a good and workmanlike manner in strict compliance with the requirements
of all applicable governmental authorities; and
(c) With respect to any alteration which costs more than $10,000, Tenant shall
have first provided Landlord with a complete set of all construction and
engineering drawings, plans and specifications for the subject alteration.
Section 12. Mechanics Liens. Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord
----------------
harmless from any liability or expense associated with its construction of any
alteration, addition or improvement to the Property. Tenant will immediately
discharge any mechanics lien filed against the Property in connection with any
work performed by or at the request of Tenant.
Section 13. Assignment and Subletting. Tenant may not assign the Lease or
--------------------------
any part of the Property, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant
may sublet all or any part of the Property to any third party, without first
obtaining the consent thereto of Landlord, so long as Tenant first notifies
Landlord in writing of the identity and proposed use of the subtenant, and
Tenant remains fully liable to Landlord under this Lease.
Section 14. Subordination. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all
-------------
mortgages now or hereafter affecting or covering the Property or any part
thereof and to all renewals, modifications, replacements or extensions thereof.
Tenant agrees to attorn to and recognize the mortgagee or the purchaser at
foreclosure sale as Tenant's landlord for the balance of the Lease term. Tenant
hereby agrees, however, that such mortgagee or purchaser at foreclosure sale
will not be (v) liable for any act or omission of Landlord, (w) subject to any
monetary offsets which Tenant might have against Landlord, (x) bound by any rent
or additional rent which Tenant may have paid to Landlord for more than the
current month, (y) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made
without its consent, provided Tenant is notified in advance of the existence of
the mortgagee and the requirement that the mortgagee must consent to any such
amendment or modification, or (z) liable for the return of any security deposit,
except to the extent that the security deposit has been transferred to any
mortgagee or subsequent purchaser. The aforesaid subordination, nondisturbance
and attornment provisions will be self-operative; however, Tenant agrees to
promptly execute any other reasonable agreement submitted by Landlord in
confirmation or acknowledgment of the same. Tenant's subordination and
attornment obligation under the Section 14 will be expressly conditioned upon
the mortgagee agreeing to recognize this Lease in its entirety, including,
without limitation, all of Tenant's purchase and renewal options hereunder.
Section 15. Limitation of Landlord's Personal Liability. Tenant will look
--------------------------------------------
solely to Landlord's interest in the Property for the remediation of any alleged
breach of this Lease by or the recovery of any judgment against Landlord; it
being the express intent of the parties hereto that neither Landlord, nor any of
its shareholders, employees or agents will ever be personally liable for any
such remediation or judgment.
5
<PAGE>
Section 16. Indemnification and Insurance. Landlord will not be liable for
------------------------------
and Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any liability or
expense associated with any damage or injury to any person or property
(including, without limitation, any person or property of Tenant or anyone
claiming under Tenant) which arises directly or indirectly in connection with
the Property or Tenant's use or occupancy thereof; provided, however, that
Tenant will not be obligated to indemnify Landlord as to any liability or
expense occasioned by the fault or negligence of Landlord. All property stored
or placed by Tenant in or about the Property will be so stored or placed at the
sole risk of Tenant.
Tenant will at its sole expense maintain in full force and effect at all
times during the Lease Term: (a) comprehensive public liability insurance for
personal injury and property damage with liability limits of not less than
$1,000,000 for injury to one person, $2,000,000 for injury from one occurrence
and $ an umbrella liability coverage of $4,000,000; (b) fire and extended
coverage insurance on the improvements in an amount equal to the full
replacement value thereof; and (c) rent loss insurance in an amount equal to six
months Base Rent under this Lease. Each insurance policy required to be
maintained by Tenant hereunder will name Landlord and such other persons as
Landlord may designate as additional insureds and will specifically provide that
such insurance policy cannot be terminated without giving at least ten days
prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant may maintain the required insurance
coverages under a blanket or umbrella policy.
Landlord will indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any liability or
expense associated with any liabilities, losses, damages, suites, actions,
fines, penalties, claims or demands of any kind and asserted by or on behalf of
any person, entity, independent contractor or governmental authority arising
solely out of the construction activities undertaken by landlord to accomplish
the work set forth in the Final Plans and Specifications or the making of any
repairs or maintenance by landlord which are required to be performed by its
pursuant to Section 2 of this Lease.
Section 17. Hazardous Substances. Tenant will not use, store, generate,
---------------------
manufacture, transport, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance (as that
term is hereinafter defined) in or about the Property, except for immaterial
amounts that are exempt from or do not give rise to any violation of applicable
law. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any liability
or expense incurred by or claimed against Landlord as a result of Tenant's
breach of the covenant contained in this paragraph (including, without
limitation, the fees of Landlord's attorneys and consultants and the cost of any
required remediation or clean-up). The foregoing covenant will survive the
termination of this Lease. For the purposes of this Section 17, the term
"Hazardous Substance" means any "hazardous substance", "Toxic substance" (as
those terms are defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
compensation and Liability Act), "hazardous waste" (as that term is defined in
the Resource conservation Recovery Act), polychlorinated biphenyis, asbestos,
radioactive material or any other pollutant, contaminant or hazardous, dangerous
or toxic chemical, material or substance which is regulated by any federal,
state or local law, regulation, ordinance or requirement. To the extent any
remediation of any Hazardous Substance is required at the Property as a result
of any occurrence which is beyond the reasonable control of either Landlord or
Tenant, then the costs of any such remediation will be shared equally by
Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant will not have any liability
for the presence of any Hazardous Substance disclosed in any Phase I
environmental assessment report obtained by Landlord prior to its acquisition of
the Property, nor will Tenant have any liability for the presence of any
Hazardous Substance which was present on or about the Property prior to the date
of Tenant's occupancy thereof (unless caused by Tenant's intentional or
negligent acts).
Section 18. Surrender of Premises. Upon the termination of Tenant's right
----------------------
of possession under this lease, Tenant will immediately surrender possession of
the Property to Landlord in good repair and "broom clean" condition, reasonable
wear and tear excepted. Tenant will at the same time remove all of its trade
fixtures from the Property. Tenant will promptly repair any damage caused to
the Property by the removal of any of such trade fixtures.
6
<PAGE>
Section 19. Casualty. If the Property or the Building is damaged by
---------
fire, explosion, the elements or other causality during the Lease Term so as to
render the property untenantable or unfit for the normal operation of Tenant's
business and if the Property cannot be repaired within 180 days from the date of
the occurrence of such casualty, then the Lease Term will, at the option of
Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other within 30 days from the date
of such casualty, cease and become null and void from the date of such damage,
and Tenant will immediately surrender the Property and all Tenant's interests
therein to Landlord and will pay rent only through the time of such casualty, in
which event, Landlord may reenter and repossess the Property thus discharged
from this lease and may remove all parties therefrom. Should the Property be
rendered untenantable or unfit for the normal operation of Tenant's business,
but be repairable within 180 days from the date of the occurrence of said
damage, then Tenant will enter and repair the same with reasonable speed and the
rent will not accrue after said casualty or while repairs are being made, but
will recommence immediately once the said repairs are substantially completed.
If the Property is so lightly injured as not to be rendered untenantable and
unfit for the normal operation of Tenant's business, Tenant agrees to repair the
same with reasonable promptness and in that case the rent accrued and accruing
will not cease or terminate. In the event of partial damage to the Property,
such that portion of the Property remains tenantable and usable in the normal
operation of Tenant's business, the rent will abate proportionately until
repairs are substantially completed. Tenant will immediately notify Landlord in
the case of fire or other damage to the Property.
Anything herein to the contrary, Tenant will not be liable for the cost of
any repairs in excess of the available casualty insurance proceeds, plus the
amount of any deductible, provided that Tenant has fully insured the Property as
required by the terms of this Lease. If the amount of the insurance proceeds
exceeds the cost of repairs, then any excess will belong to Tenant. If Landlord
or Tenant elect to terminate the Lease as provided herein, Landlord will be
entitled to receive all of the insurance proceeds. Landlord will make all
insurance proceeds payable with respect to the occurrence of such casualty
available to Tenant for the purpose of paying the costs (when and as incurred by
Tenant) of the reconstruction and repair of the Property.
Section 20. Condemnation. If all or any substantial part of the Property
-------------
is taken by or under threat of condemnation so as to render the Property wholly
untenantable, then this Lease will automatically terminate as of the date of the
vesting of title to such property in the condemning authority. If a taking does
not render the Property wholly untenantable, then this Lease will not terminate
but will continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, except
that the Base Rent will be proportionately reduced to reflect the number of
square feet, if any, in the Building which was so taken. If any taking does not
result in the termination of this Lease, then Tenant will at its sole expense
make all repairs to the Property which are necessary to constitute the Property
as a complete architectural unit. The proceeds of any condemnation award
received by Landlord will be made available by Landlord to reimburse Tenant for
the cost of undertaking such work. For the purposes of this Section 20, the
Property will be deemed "wholly untenantable" if more than 60,000 square feet of
space in the Building is taken by or under threat of condemnation.
Landlord's and Tenant's respective rights to any award made by any
condemning authority will be determined in accordance with applicable law;
provided, however, that Landlord's mortgagee will be entitled to be paid in full
prior to Tenant receiving any portion of any such award. Except as otherwise
expressly provided in Section 20, the occurrence of a taking of any part of the
Property will in no event abate or otherwise relieve Tenant from its obligation
to pay Base Rent and additional rent and perform its other obligations under
this Lease. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for any inconvenience or
interruption to Tenant's business occasioned by any such taking.
Section 21. Holding Over. Tenant will not hold over in its occupancy of
-------------
the Property after the expiration of the Leas Term without the prior written
consent of Landlord. If Tenant holds over without the prior written consent of
Landlord, then Tenant will pay of the Base Rent then in effect for each month
during the entire holdover term, in an amount equal to the product of the Base
Rent payable by Tenant during the immediately preceding five-
7
<PAGE>
year period, multiplied by a fraction having as its nominator the New Index and
having as its denominator the Base Index (as those terms are defined in Section
4 of this Lease). Any holding over with the prior written consent of Landlord
may thereafter be terminated at any time by either Landlord's or Tenant's
delivery to the other party of a 60-day prior written notice of the termination
of such holdover. Tenant will be entitled to the peaceful and quiet enjoyment
of the Property at all time during the Lease Term (and any renewal or extension
thereof), so long as Tenant is not in default in the performance of its
obligations thereunder.
Section 22. Default. If Tenant fails to pay any installment of Base Rent
--------
or any other sum payable by it hereunder within ten days after the date when
due, or if Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its other obligations
under this Lease and such default continues for 30 days after written notice
thereof is given to Tenant, the, in addition to any other legal rights and
remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord may; (a) terminate
this Lease and declare immediately due and payable the present value of all Base
Rent and other sums payable over the remainder of the Lease Term, discounted at
a rate equal to the Delinquent Rate; or (b) reenter and attempt to relet the
Leased Premises without terminating this Lease, in which event Tenant will
remain obligated to pay to Landlord any deficiency between all sums payable by
Tenant pursuant to this Lease and any sums collected by Landlord from any
reletting of the Property (net of any sums paid by landlord in connection with
such reletting, including, without limitation, leasing commissions, attorneys'
fees and the cost of any improvements made to the Property). Landlord will also
have the right to take any action which it deems necessary or appropriate to
remedy Tenant's nonperformance, without any such action by Landlord being
construed as a curing or waiver by Landlord of Tenant's nonperformance. Any
expenses incurred by Landlord in taking any such action will be immediately due
and payable by Tenant to Landlord, together with interest thereon until paid at
the Delinquent Rate. In the event of a default by Tenant hereunder which leads
to Tenant's eviction from or vacation of the Property, Landlord agrees to use
its best efforts to re-lease the Property.
Section 23. Prevailing Party's Fees. If any legal action is commenced by
------------------------
either Landlord or Tenant, to enforce its rights hereunder, then all attorneys'
fees and other expenses incurred by the prevailing party in such action will be
promptly paid by the non-prevailing party. The prevailing party will be the
party that is awarded 1005 of its demands.
Section 24. Successors and Assigns. This Lease will be binding upon and
-----------------------
inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Landlord and the
successors and permitted assigns of Tenant.
Section 25. No Waiver. No waiver of any covenant or condition of this
----------
Lease by either party will be deemed to constitute a future waiver of the same
or any other covenant or condition of this Lease. In order to be effective,
any such waiver must be in writing and must be delivered to the other party to
this Lease.
Section 26. Brokerage Commissions. Each of Landlord and Tenant hereby
----------------------
represents and warrants that it has not dealt or consulted with any real estate
broker or agent in connection with this Leas other than those real estate
brokers and agents specifically identified in the Agency Disclosure Statement
attached hereto as Exhibit C. Each of Landlord and Tenant agrees to indemnify
and hold the other harmless from and against any liability or expense occasioned
by its breach of the foregoing representation and warranty. Landlord will pay
those real estate brokers and agents specifically identified in the Agency
Disclosure Statement attached hereto as Exhibit C.
Section 27. Reasonableness of Consent. Landlord will not unreasonable
--------------------------
withhold or delay any consent or approval which is required to be given by it
pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
Section 28. Amendment. This Lease may not be amended except by a written
----------
instrument signed by both Landlord and Tenant.
Section 29. Governing Law. This Lease will be governed by and construed
--------------
in accordance with the laws of the State of South Carolina.
8
<PAGE>
Section 30. Notices. All notices required or permitted to be given under
--------
this Lease must be in writing and must be delivered to Landlord and Tenant at
their addresses set forth below (or such other address as may hereafter be
designated by such party):
If to Landlord: Pizzuti Equities Inc.
Suite 1900
250 East Brood Street
Columbus, Ohio 43215
Attention: Richard C. Daley
If to Tenant: Devon Industries Inc.
9230 Desoto Avenue
Chatsworth, CA 91311
Any such notice must be personally delivered or sent by either registered or
certified mail or overnight courier.
Section 31. Option to Purchase. Tenant will have the option to purchase
-------------------
the Property at the following times for the following cash purchase prices:
Date of Purchase Per Square Foot Price
---------------- ---------------------
Upon substantial completion $28.15
of Improvements
At end of Year 1 28.66
At end of Year 2 29.58
At end of Year 5 30.65
The purchase price set forth above with respect to Tenant's purchase of the
Property presumes that Tenant will assume all existing obligations or options
with respect to any mortgage financing on the Property. Tenant will exercise
such option, if at all, by delivering written notice of exercise to Landlord no
later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of purchase noted above.
Tenant's purchase of the Property will be closed on the date noted above by
Tenant's payment to Landlord of the purchase price in cash and Landlord's
execution and delivery to Tenant of a warranty deed for the Property. Tenant's
purchase of the Property will otherwise be governed by the terms and conditions
set forth in the standard form of purchase agreement which is attached hereto as
Exhibit C.
Tenant will also have a right of first refusal to purchase the Property. If
Landlord receives a bona fide offer ("Competing Offer") to purchase the Property
at any time during the Lease Term, then Landlord will give Tenant written notice
of the existence and terms and conditions of such Competing Offer. Tenant will
than have ten days in which to exercise its right of first refusal to purchase
the Property by delivering written notice of exercise to Landlord. If Tenant so
exercises its right to purchase the Property , then Tenant's purchase of the
Property will be upon all of the same terms and conditions as are contained in
the Competing Offer. If Tenant fails to properly exercise its right of first
refusal within the aforementioned ten-day period, then Tenant will be deemed to
have elected not to purchase the Property and Landlord will be free to sell the
Property to the person making the competing Offer. Tenant's right of first
refusal hereunder will be further conditioned upon this Lease Agreement being in
full force and effect without any default on the part of Tenant on the date of
Tenant's exercise of such right of first refusal.
9
<PAGE>
Section 32. Financial Covenant. Tenant agrees that it will at all times
------------------
during the Lease Term maintain a net worth (calculated in accordance with the
generally accepted accounting principles) of not less than $3,000,000. If
Tenant's net worth ever falls below $3,000 000, then Tenant will promptly notify
Landlord of such state of affairs and, within ten days, after the date on which
Tenant's net worth falls below such amount, Tenant's controlling shareholder,
Dan Sandel, will be required to make the necessary equity contributions to bring
Tenant's net worth back to not less than $3,000,000. Dan Sandel is joining in
the execution of this Lease Agreement for the sole purpose of acknowledging and
confirming the equity contribution commitment owed by him to Landlord under this
Section 32.
In addition, Tenant will provide Landlord with Tenant's true, accurate and
complete financial statements (including a balance sheet and income and loss
statement) on an annual basis. Such financial statements will be provided to
Landlord within 60 days after the end of each of Tenant's fiscal year during the
Lease Term. Tenant will also provide Landlord with Prompt written notice of the
existence of any material change in any of the terms governing the provision of
deft financing to Tenant.
Section 33. Exhibits. All exhibits referred to in this Lease are
---------
incorporated herein by such reference.
10
<PAGE>
Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date specified in the
first page of this Lease.
Signed and acknowledged in the presence of:
LANDLORD:
Pizzuti Equities Inc.
_________________________
_________________________ By ___________________________
(Name) (Title)
TENANT:
Devon Industries Inc.
_________________________
_________________________ By ____________________________
(Name) (Title)
Dan Sandel, the controlling shareholder of Tenant, is executing this Lease for
the sole purpose of acknowledging and confirming his equity contribution
commitment pursuant to Section 32 of this Lease.
_________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Dan Sandel
State of __________
County of __________
Before me, a notary public in and for said state and county, personally
appeared __________, the __________ of Pizzuti Equities Inc., the Landlord in
the foregoing Lease, who acknowledged the signing of the Lease to be his or her
free act and deed on behalf of the Landlord.
Date: __________ ___________________
Notary Public
11
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
---------
LAND
All that certain piece, parcel or tract of land lying, being and situate in
TechPark Area II, in the City of Rock Hill, York County, S.C., and being more
particularly described as follows: Beginning at an iron on the Southern edge of
100 foot right of way for TechPark Boulevard (at a point 650 feet Southwest from
the center line of S.C. Highway #21 By-Pass) at its intersection with the
Western edge of variable width right of way for Lakeshore Parkway, and running
thence with the Western edge of Lakeshore Parkway (R/W is 11 feet off back of
curve) as follows: S. 05 11 28 E. 59.81 feet to a point; S. 03 37 42 E. 61.17
feet to a point; S. 05 19 09 E. 65.05 feet to a point; S. 08 08 55 E. 76.55 feet
to a point; S. 10 52 30 E. 70.32 feet to a point; S. 13 00 53 E. 59.31 feet to a
point; S. 15 06 05 E. 6.01 feet to an iron; S. 15 06 05 E. 59.80 feet to a
point; S. 17 42 39 E. 72.04 feet to a point; S. 19 54 55 E. 78.74 feet to a
point; S. 20 53 31 E. 57.98 feet to a point; S. 21 02 10 E. 98.04 feet to a
point; and continuing with the line of Lakeshore Parkway S. 20 28 52 E. 138.05
feet to an iron, (for a total distance along Lakeshore Parkway of 903.17 feet);
thence with the new division lines through property of the City of Rock Hill as
follows: S. 66 44 32 W. 583.78 feet to an iron; thence N. 61 48 28 W. 31.22
feet to an iron; thence N. 04 20 00 W. 165.82 feet to an iron; thence N. 26 17
41 W. 207.26 feet to an iron; thence N. 02 22 23 W. 212.34 feet to an iron;
thence N. 10 35 04 W. 165.24 feet to an iron; thence N. 67 59 04 E. 181.98 feet
to an iron; thence continuing with the new division line through property of the
City of Rock Hill N. 07 53 11 W. 185.40 feet to an iron rear corner of property
now or formerly of Tuttle; thence with the line of said property N. 56 15 15 E.
243.52 feet to an iron on the Northern side of the end or Western terminus of
TechPark Boulevard; thence with the end or terminus of said street S. 33 44 45
E. 100 feet to an iron on the Southern edge of TechPark Boulevard; thence with
the Southern edge of said street N. 56 15 15 E. 100 feet to the beginning;
containing 11.09 acres, more or less, the fore going description being in
accordance with two plats, showing a 3.95 acre, more or less, tract, and a 7.14
acre, more or less, tract, both entitled "Plat of Property of L'Arome (USA)
Inc., TechPark, Portion of Tract C, Area II," by Williams Engineering, Inc.
dated October 31, 1989.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS
--------------------------
12
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS
Job Personnel........................................... 100.00
Project Mobilization.................................... 130.00
Project Clean-up........................................ 140.00
Permits, Fees, Taxes.................................... 153.00
Insurance............................................... 154.00
Architecture & Engineering.............................. 155.00
Site Clearing & Grading................................. 200.00
Structural Excavation................................... 220.00
Site Drainage & Underground Utilities................... 250.00
Site Improvements....................................... 260.00
Landscaping............................................. 280.00
Precast Concrete Exterior Wall/Foundation Wall Systems.. 300.00
Foundations............................................. 310.00
Interior Concrete Slabs................................. 320.00
Building System......................................... 500.00
Miscellaneous & Ornamental Metals....................... 550.00
Building Insulation..................................... 730.00
Thermal & Moisture Protections.......................... 780.00
Exterior Doors, Frames & Hardware....................... 800.00
Specialty Doors......................................... 830.00
Office Finishes......................................... 900.00
Loading Dock Equipment (Levelers)....................... 1185.00
Plumbing................................................ 1500.00
Fire Protection......................................... 1550.00
Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning................. 1560.00
Electrical.............................................. 1600.00
Qualifications & Exclusions............................. 1700.00
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21. 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 100.00-1
JOB PERSONNEL
Contract Manager
- ----------------
A full time Contract Manager will be assigned to your project. He will be
responsible for your total
project execution, including but not limited to the followings
1. Reviews construction documents in preconstruction phase.
2. Assists in preparation of project bid packages
3. Develops subcontractor/supplier schedule of values and breakdown of work
4. Assists in analysis of bids received
5. Assists in preparation of subcontractor/supplier contracts
6. Supervises all project construction activities and has responsibilities for
quality of work and meeting job schedule.
7. Schedules and expedites subcontractors, suppliers, equipment and materials.
8. Creates master project schedule.
9. Inspects accuracy of project cost coding as required.
10. Monitors project costs - spot labor, subcontractors and suppliers.
11. Responsible to jobsite record drawings, development and maintenance.
12. Updates project construction schedules.
13. Maintains daily project log with all project detail.
14. Schedules inspections with building authorities.
15. Leads prejob, scheduling and project progress meetings with subcontractors.
16. Inspects subcontractors'work for compliance with contract documents and
quality
17. Controls and coordinates subcontractor/supplier change orders.
18. Responsible to insure daily cleanings by subcontractors to create and
maintain project site in a clean and safe condition.
19. Expedites material and deliveries after purchase orders have been issued.
20. Purchases material required in the field for miscellaneous and general
condition activities.
21. Responsible for checking material quantities delivered to project.
22. Maintains good customer and tenant relationships during construction.
23. Coordinates client prime change orders and work charges that are done on a
time and material basis.
24. Advises client of project progress at weekly Owner meetings.
25. Assists in updating estimating unit costs and man-hours when required.
26. Reviews and analyzes job costs during construction, on a cost to complete
basis.
27. Reviews overall project financial status reports.
28. Makes field studies to improve construction procedures, reduce costs and
increase quality.
29. Responsible for overall jobsite safety compliance.
30. Reviews and insures corrective action is taken on accident reports.
31. Periodically tests electrical cords and power tools for electrical ground
fault interruption (GFI).
32. Reviews monthly subcontractor billings and approves same for inclusion in
monthly draw requests.
33. Responsible for "as built' record drawings when project is completed.
34. Responsible for preparation of project 'Operations and Maintenance" manuals
for delivery to Owner at project substantial completion and turnover to
Owner.
35. Responsible to self-inspect and create detailed project punch lists for
completion prior to project walk through with Owner.
36. Responsible for on-time, at budget and at the desired quality completion of
the project.
37. Performs other duties as directed.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
Page 100.00-2
Project Executive
- -----------------
The Contract Manager will report directly to the Project Executive. The Project
Executive, who is an executive officer of EXXCEL Contract Management, Inc., will
have total project control, and act as liaison between field, office, Architect
and Owner and perform the following:
1. Coordinate and be responsible for all construction activities.
2. Review construction documents for completeness in preconstruction phase
3. Review project cost estimates in preconstruction phase.
4. Communicate most efficient construction techniques to project Contract
Manager.
5. Review project construction schedules, and assist in expediting project
productivity to make up any schedule problems.
6. Control change order procedures and prime change orders.
7. Coordinate suppliers and subcontractors with Contract Manager.
8. Review job start-up package with Contract Manager.
9. Set up and implement company safety program. Inspect compliance at site.
10. Receive, review and approve paperwork from field as required.
11. Continually inspects for problems of safety, cost, schedule and quality,
and implement solutions to same.
12. Resolve any project disputes with subcontractors and suppliers.
13. Schedule and complete final punch lists and obtain customer signature on
completion forms.
14. Review ail approved invoices for payment.
15. Review monthly project draw requests.
16. Approve disbursing schedules to release funds.
17. Conduct prejob conference.
18. Attend weekly project and Owner meetings.
19. Perform other duties as directed.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December,16, 1993
Page 130.00-1
PROJECT MOBILIZATION
A temporary construction office will be set up on the site as soon as conditions
permit. Arrangements shall be made to maintain office and safety supplies.
Construction progress photos will be taken through construction duration.
Temporary electric service, water service, telephone service and sanitary
facilities will be provided as appropriate.
Other facilities, such as storage trailer and site protection, will be provided
in order to facilitate construction activities.
It is our intent to erect a project sign identifying our participation on the
project and Owner or occupants of the Building. Any additional signs required
by the Owner or the financial institution providing financing will be an
additional cost to the Owner.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 140.00-1
PROJECT CLEAN-UP
The project will be monitored to insure daily cleanup by subcontractors working
on the site.
Streets will be periodically machine cleaned as needed.
Paved parking areas will be machine cleaned or power washed clean as required
upon project completion.
Concrete floors will be machine power buffed in two (2) directions at completion
and vacuumed clean.
At the completion of the work, all systems will be cleaned and tested for proper
operation. During the work, various segments of the systems will be tested for
proper workmanship as required by building codes and good construction practice.
At the completion of the work, the premises will be swept broom-clean.
All construction rubbish, packing and similar materials resulting from
construction efforts YAII be remo ved from the site on a weekly basis.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill. South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 153.00-1
PERMITS, FEES & TAXES
The plans will be reviewed by all governing agencies to ensure acceptance and
code compliance, and to obtain the required building permits. In the event a
governing agency requests changes in the specifications and design which result
in increased construction costs, the Owner may, at its option, issue a prime
change order to cover such additional costs or revise construction documents to
reduce costs to offset the increases.
We will obtain all other necessary permits and licenses required for
construction of this project such as building and utility permits. The costs of
such permits and licenses are included in our proposal. Obtaining an occupancy
permit will be our responsibility.
Sales and/or use taxes are included in our proposal.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 154.00-1
SUMMARY OF INSURANCE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
- -----------------------------------------
Terms: $1,000,000 General Aggregate
$1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
Umbrella Insurance
- ------------------
Terms: $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
$2,000,000 Aggregate
Commercial Auto
- ---------------
Terms: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit
- Bodily Injury
- Property Damage Liability
Worker's Compensation and Employee's Liability
- ----------------------------------------------
Terms: $500,000 Each Accident
$500,000 Disease Policy Limit
$500,000 Disease-Each Employee
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 155.00-1
ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING
The architectural design of the building shall be provided by a licensed
architectural firm.
Each area of this project including, but not limited to, soils, structure,
mechanical and electrical design, will be engineered by professionals registered
in the State of South Carolina, who will make checks on the design-and
construction as needed.
Drawings will be adequate for the purposes of obtaining building peffnits and
properly defining the work to the various crafts employed on the project.
During the preparation of drawings and specifications and during the progress of
the work, we may also employ the services of other consultants whom we consider
appropriate, such as land surveyors, geotechnical experts, concrete testing
laboratories.
At the conclusion of the project, a set of "As-Built" record drawings will be
fumished to the Owner. The original tracings will be retained by the architect.
A reproducible set of sepia mylars will be retained by the architect, and in our
files. The Owner may purchase a reproducible sepia mylar set.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 200.00-1
SITE CLEARING & GRADING
The finished floor elevation has been determined to minimize grading and to
provide for a balancing of earthwork cut and fill. Fine grading will be limited
to areas under slabs and roadways. The final finish floor elevation may be
adjusted up or down to facilitate a balanced site.
Any excess topsoil will be wasted in mounded areas on site. The Owner shall
make available an area on an adjacent site for stockpiling of excess topsoil.
It is assumed that grading can be accomplished by normal machine methods. If
rock is encountered, the cost of its removal will be billed as an extra to our
base proposal. Initial soils test indicated that no rock is present.
Site work for utilities is included on-site for the building and parking areas
only.
Trees and on-site vegetation will be removed when required. Trees and stumps
will be burned as soon as possible. Stumps will be buried in borrow pits on
site under mounds and berms.
Erosion control will be provided. Cut, fill and compaction work to construct
the building pad, parking areas and landscape areas is included.
Machine work to dry high moisture content soils or lime stabilization is not a
part of the work and is excluded.
All remaining disturbed areas of the site will be covered with 6" of topsoil and
fine graded.
Soil poisoning is not included.
It is assumed that clearing and grubbing will be limited to a three (3) acre
area.
The existing asphalt access drive, concrete truck maneuvering lane, and asphalt
upper parking area affected by the building addition and dock area limits wiii
be demolished.
Grading will be performed to relocate a portion of the south spoils pile
affected by the buiiding expansion. T77e existing spoils pile shall remain.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill. South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 220.00-1
STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION
Excavation for foundations, pits and utility trenches will be made as necessary.
The removal of surface storm water from excavations is included in our proposal.
Backfill on the inside of foundation walls and at utility lines beneath exterior
paving will be suitably compacted with granular material to minimize settlement.
Excavation spoils will be wasted on-site in berrns.
An independent testing laboratory will be employed during earthwork operations
at the owners expense to monitor compaction of fill materials.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 250.00-1
SITE DRAINAGE & UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
The existing fire hydrant loop will be extended and three (3) additional fire
hydrants will be added.
The existing water service line to the building will be extended a maximum of
100'.
Tie into existing gas service piping is included.
The existing on-site sanitary sewers will not be affected.
A complete underground storm water control and removal system will be revised to
accommodate the new construction. The existing storm sewer system in the
affected construction area will be demolished.
Storm water detention will be provided by ponding designed within paved areas.
Telephone service conduit will be provided.
Primary electrical service will be tied into and extended from the existing
services.
It is assumed that all utilities which are being tied into are sized adequately
for the new building addition.
All roof drainage will be performed via building perimeter scuppers/downspouts.
All downspouts will empty onto splash blocks.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 260.00-1
SITE IMPROVEMENTS
Concrete Paving
- ---------------
Concrete paving for dock area will be 6" thick with 4" gravel base and extend
50' from dock face for a width of 195'.
The slabs will be placed over property compacted subgrade and brought to fine
grade with clean granular material.
Concrete used will have 4,000 psi compressive strength in 28 days.
Concrete finish will be a broom finish pitched for drainage to storm drainage
basins at a minimum 1 % slope.
9, 750 sqft. (50'x 195') of 4,000 psi concrete truck paving with 6" x 6" x 1 0/1
0 wire mesh reinforcing on compacted subgrade is included. Refer to Page
1800.00-1 for further definition of the concrete paving work.
Concrete Sidewalks
- ------------------
Sidewalks will be generally 6' wide, 4" thick, broom finished concrete, placed
over suitably compacted subgrade, fine graded with clean granular material.
Expansion joints will be suitably placed to minimize cracking at approximately
10'-0" +/- on center as construction requires.
Concrete Curbs
- --------------
18" concrete curbs and gutter will be provided at the perimeter of all paved
areas. Refer to Page 1800. 00-1 for further definition of the curbing work.
Bituminous Paving
- -----------------
2,008 sq. yds of heavy duty bituminous paving for truck court area shall be
placed over property compacted subgrade. 6" aggregate base with a 2" binder and
1" of type "F" topping. Refer to Page 1800. 00-1 for further definition of
paving work.
Miscellaneous Site Concrete
- ---------------------------
Stoops will be provided at all exit doors not otherwise served by sidewalks or
paving.
Down spout water flow energy dissipation pads 3'-0"' x 3'-0" x 4" thick will be
provided at any downspouts not draining into underground stoffn system.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 280.00-1
LANDSCAPING - LAWNS, PLANTINGS AND IRRIGATION
Landscaping and an irrigation system will be provided on a design/build basis.
An allowance of $15,000.00 has been included for landscaping, plantings, seeding
and irrigation. This includes the cost to remove and relocate the planting areas
affected by the building expansion. Refer to Page 1700.00-1 for further
definition.
All areas disturbed by construction operations will be prepared and re-seeded
with turf grass.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill. South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 300.00-1
PRECAST CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALL/FOUNDATION WALL SYSTEM
The exterior wall system for the facility will be precast cored slab concrete
panels, installed vertically. Panels will be one piece, full height.
The concrete strength used to fabricate the panels will be as required by the
final panel structural design. Panels will be 8 nominal thickness.
The exterior panel surface will be a light raked finish with horizontal reveals
to be similar to the existing facility.
Provide reveals on new walls on the east and west elevations. The south wall
shall be a standard flush precast panel similar to the existing south wall with
intention of future expansion.
The precast on the east and west building elevations shall be stained to match
the existing brick surfaces.
All panel joints on the exterior wall surface will be sealed with backer rod and
the joint caulked for appearance and weather tightness.
Precast panel finish will be smooth at dock shelter areas and below dock shelter
to grade to allow easy installation of shelters and future dock locks.
Panel bases will be aligned and positioned straight, and held in position by
non-structural alignment dowels and structural grout.
Panels will have embed weld plates at vertical side joints, welded together to
provide structural connection to resist lateral loads.
Interior panel finish will be a smooth steel formed finish.
The advantage of this approach is two fold. First, since the panels are
manufactured inside a building and shipped to the site, the quality of the
panels is greater than site cast. The most important advantage of this approach
is that the interior floors need not be poured until after the roof and walls of
building are constructed. When the site cast approach is utilized the floor
slabs are placed first to provide a casting bed for wall panels. Placing the
floor slabs without the protection of roof and walls greatly reduces the quality
of the floor.
Precast panels below dock pits shall be grouted solid. Precast cores at dock
shelter bumper guards will be grouted solid.
The cored construction of the precast wall panels also are foam insulation
filled in the precast subcontractor's storage yard, prior to delivery to the
site, resulting in a wall panel with an R=8.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill. South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 300.00-2
A parapet will extend along the east and west elevations.
Refer to Page 1800.00-1 for further definition of precast upgrade on the east
and west building
elevations.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 310.00-1
FOUNDATIONS
Exterior wall reinforced concrete trench foundations shall extend below the
frost line. We assumed 3,000 psf soil bearing can be obtained at that level.
Foundations will be properly engineered with suitable steel reinforcing for the
loads imposed by the structure and its attendant live, wind, dead and other
loads.
Concrete used in foundations will attain 3,000 psi compressive strength in 28
days.
Interior.building columns shall be supported by steel reinforced concrete pad
footings.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 320.00-1
INTERIOR CONCRETE SLABS
Interior concrete slabs will be 6" thick, unreinforced concrete. Concrete
compressive strength will be 4,000 psi in 28 days. Construction joints will be
placed to optimize flatness and levelness.
A floor flatness rating of FF25 will be achieved as measured by the Face Floor
Flatness Profile Number System. This system provides analytical guidelines for
floor surface definition and control. The system evaluates the floor curvature
(waviness, flatness) and inclination (tilt or levelness).
(NOTE:, An FF of 25 is similar to 1/4" In 10'-0" and an FF of 50 is similar to
1/8" in 10'-0"')
INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB FINISH
Slab finish will be a hard troweled finish. A water soluble Sonosil cure and
seal will be applied to newly placed concrete.
The first 24'-0" of dock area slab will be reinforced with sheet mesh along the
full face of the dock area.
Floor slabs will be maintained in as clean a condition as possible during
construction.
All machines used for construction activities will be diapered to prevent oil
dripping on to the slab and staining the slab.
All rubber tires on equipment on the slab will be wrapped in burtap or taped to
prevent marking of the slab.
Slabs will be sawcut at all grid lines and at approximately 15'-0" +/- on center
in both directions, 1-1/2" deep in center bay, 3/4" deep elsewhere.
Column diamonds will be utilized to minimize cracking of slab at columns due to
differential movement.
Construction joints at non-dock areas will always be at column lines, where
minimal traffic will occur.
Interior floor slabs will be power machine cleaned and then treated with a
Lapidolith hardener/antidusting product or equal.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 500.00-1
BUILDING SYSTEM - CONVENTIONAL STEEL BUILDING SYSTEM
Building System Components
- --------------------------
This system will be designed by a structural steel engineer to provide optimum
value.
The roof covering shall be single ballasted EPDM over 20 gauge roof deck.
This building is equipped with all necessary scuppers, expansion joints,
transition flashings and downspouts.
Structural Systems
- ------------------
General
- -------
The building's framework shall consist of structural steel plate beam and column
interior main frames.
Components and fasteners of systems shall be marked and installed as indicated
on erection drawings and/or applicable Specifications.
Erection drawings shall carry the stamp of a Registered Professional Engineer.
Dimensions
- ----------
Bar Joist lengths as required to match bay spacing.
Roof slope shall be 1/8 : 12.
Building height shall be approximately 33'-8" with a clear height of
approximately 30' at the lowest interior structural point.
Bar joists vertical depth will be approximately 25.25".
Structural Design
- -----------------
Vertical loads shall be supported by roof deck on bar joists which shall be
supported by steel interior frames and load bearing walls.
Lateral wind load resistance shall be provided by the roof deck diaphragm to
transfer the loads to the foundations. The loads will be transfer to walls in
shear and will be removed at the truss locations. Note this is only the
transfer of longitudinal shear to the wail panels. The wind forces against side
wall known as transverse forces will be resistal by the rigid frames.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 500.00-2
All structural mill steel sections or welded-up plate sections shall be designed
in accordance with AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrications, and
Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". All cold-formed steel structural
members shall be designed in accordance with AISI "Specifications for the Design
of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members".
The following loads applied to the building system will be in accordance with
the latest edition of the Southern Building Code.
Roof Loads
- ----------
The primary structure shall sustain within the stress limitations of the SBCC1
all "dead loads" including built-up roof plus a ground snow load less allowable
reductions.
Collateral Loads
- ----------------
The structural shall sustain all dead and live loads plus a three (3) pound per
square foot collateral load applied to all structural members with no tributary
area reductions.
Wind Loads
- ----------
The building shall sustain wind loads in accordance with the SBCC1 criteria
using a basic wind speed of 80 mph and an exposure factor of B.
Primary Framing
- ---------------
Interior steel frames shall consist of not rolled or welded-up plate sections.
Columns shall be constant depth sections. Members shall have necessary plates
and stiffeners factory welded and punched for primary and secondary structural
bolted connections. Connection bolts shall be high strength without washers and
shall be tightened by turn-of-the-nut method.
Load bearing concrete endwalls shall be designed with embed plates to support
endwall rafter beams.
Structurals
- -----------
Components shall be factory welded, open web, plane trusses. Top and bottom
chord shall be hotrolled steel angle. The web diagonals shall be continuous
round bar, tube steel or angles. All connection holes shall be factory punched.
Deflection due to design live load shall not exceed 1:240.
All concentrated loads shall be reviewed by the manufacturer.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 500.00-3
Welding
- -------
Factory welding procedure, operator qualifications and welding standards shall
be in accordance with American Welding Society structural welding code.
Field welded connections shall be performed by certified welders in accordance
with AWS.
Structural Painting
- -------------------
Prior to painting the fabricator shall clean the steel of loose rust, loose mill
scale, dirt and other foreign material. Unless otherwise specified, the
fabricator shall not sandblast, flame clean, or pickle prior to painting. The
fabricator shall then factory coat all steel with one coat of gray primer paint
formulated to equal or exceed the performance requirements of Federal
Specification TT-P-636.
Metal Decking
- -------------
Roof decking shall be 20 gauge factory painted gray. All exposed welding bums,
at both the top and bottom sides of the metal deck will be touched up to match
the shop coat following erection. Roof decking materials will be provided and
installed as required by Industrial Risk Insurers, Underwriters Laboratories and
Factory Mutual.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 550.00-1
MISCELLANEOUS & ORNAMENTAL METALS
Door Guard Posts
- ----------------
All dock doors and man doors vail be protected with steel guard posts on each
side to minimize damage to door jambs. They will be 6" in diameter extending
42" above grade and 42" below the grade and will be filled with concrete. These
guard posts will be painted with Federal Safety Yellow paint as approved by
OSHA.
Dock Pit Edge Angles
- --------------------
Dock pit steel edge angles will be provided.
Dock bumper embed attachment plates will be provided.
Hand and Guard Rails
- --------------------
Hand and guard rails will be provided at all exit stairs.
Protective Guards
- -----------------
Guards will be provided at all sprinkler system test drains occurring at dock
side wall.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
RoCk Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 730.00-1
BUILDING INSULATION
System Building's Insulation
- ----------------------------
Roof Areas 1-1/2" isocyanurate rigid insulation
Precast Panels 2" rigid insulation
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 780.00-1
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Insulation
- ----------
Insulation of the entire facility will be as required to conform with energy
conservation outlined in ASHRAE 90A and/or 90B and local or state requirements.
Roofing
- -------
The roof vail be insulated with a minimum 1.6" of Manville R-11.1 poly-
isocyanurate insulation board (or equal). The roof shall have ten (10) lbs per
sq.ft. of stone ballast.
Roofing shall be EPDM single ply membrane .045 inches in thickness by Carlisle
Manufacturing or equal, installed as recommended by the manufacturer. Roofing
will be covered by the manufacturers standard ten (1 0) year guarantee.
The roofing system will consist of components manufactured by the same
manufacturer. The roofing system is designed to be free of leaks at all times
and designed and installed to prohibit standing water at any.location on the
roof.
The entire roof system shall consist of the following:
a. That which is described above.
b. Expansion joint curbs and nailers.
c. All necessary cant strips.
d. Drain lead and lead flashings at soil pipes.
e. Pitch pockets at small pipe penetrations.
The roofing installation will conform to the following conditions:
a. The current edition of the "National Roofing Contractors Association"
(NRCA) publications.
Gutters/Downspouts/Flasings
- ---------------------------
Provide gutters and downspouts at east/west building elevations.
Provide aluminum downspouts as required by code for positive drainage.
Install gutters with metal strap hangers at 2'-0" on center maximum.
All aluminum components shall be fumished with baked on acrylic enamel finish.
Sheet metal coping to be .032 aluminum with factory Kynar finish.
Skylights
- ---------
Provide (10) 4 x 8, double dome, white acrylic skylights.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 800.00-1
EXTERIOR DOORS, FRAMES &, HARDWARE
Hollow metal frames will be used throughout this project. These frames will be
consistent in manufacturer and design to provide a continuous appearance.
FAerior wall frames shall be of welded construction. Exterior frames shall be
grouted in place in addition to mechanical fasteners.
Insulated metal doors will be used as exterior exit doors and will be provided
with ail hardware, closers and rain caps. Quantity includes seven (7) total.
INTERIOR DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE
Interior door frames shall be knock-down type painted hollow metal. Doors at
high impact warehouse or manufacturing areas shall be painted hollow metal.
Hardware shall be standard commercial grade, brushed stainless steel, ADA lever
handles, 1-1 /2 pair hinges per door, closers by LCN or equal on rated doors and
doors with push pulls. Kick plates, stops, astragies and mutes will be
provided, where appropriate.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 830.00-1
SPECIALTY DOORS
Overhead Dock Doors
- -------------------
Twelve (12) overhead dock doors will be provided 9'-0"xl0'-0" vertical rising
type with 10,000 cycle tension springs. Overhead doors will be manually
operated, sectional type, insulated and fabricated from 24 gauge steel with
steel back, and include center lift handle, both side rail security latches,
knotted pull down ropes, weather seals, 2" tracks and rollers and continuous
aluminum angle step ledge to assist closing.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 900.00-1
OFFICE FINISHES
A $20,000 upfit allowance for warehouse restrooms and office is included
utilizing the attached specifications as a basis - 800 sq.tt. at $25.00 per
sq.tt. Refer to Page 1700.00-1 for further definition.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13,1993
December, 16, 1993
Page 1185.00-1
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT (LEVELERS)
Twelve (12) truck dock doors with dock pit edge angle, frames, levelers,
shelters, bumpers, dock service outlets and dock lights will be provided.
Dock levelers are 6'x 8' by Rite-Hite or equal, as follows:
25,000 lb. standard capacity
Below dock operation, hydraulic controls
Full operating range toe guard protection
Conform to all ANSI and CS202 specifications
Dock shelters will be Fairborn Series 2000, rigid frame with Dynalon curtains,
custom bumpers and custom fit draft pads.
Dock lights by Phoenix or equal.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 1500.00-1
PLUMBING
Plumbing Fixtures
- -----------------
The quantity of plumbing fixtures will be determined within the $20,000
allowance for warehouse
restrooms and offices.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 1550.00-1
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
The fire protection system for the building will be designed to meet all local
and state building codes. NFPA 13 and NFPA 231-C, 1991 Edition will be utilized
for design guidelines.
We have based our costs on the assumption that water pressure and volume of flow
is adequate for the proposed use and needs.
No less than one (1) riser per 40.000 sq.ft. will be provided. Hose connections
and hose stations will not be. provided. Main sprinkler header lines, drop
piping and pendant heads will be provided.
Column protection heads will not be provided, but will be required where racking
exceeds 15' height and encloses columns as a component of in-rack sprinklers.
In-rack sprinklers are excluded from this proposal.
System final design will be based on the latest applicable NFPA standards for
maximum 20' rack storage, for designated commodity storage class on double row
racks with minimum 8'-0" aisles. A wet sprinkler system will be used.
This proposal is based on a density of 0.390 gallons per minute at the most
remote 2,000 square feet.
No smoke vents or smoke curtains are included.
The system will include a 500 gpm capacity for in-rack sprinklers.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 1560.00-1
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING
Energy Supply
- -------------
Gas pipimg will be supplied to all gas-fired equipment. Piping shall be
schedule 40 black steel with malleable fittings.
Heating and Systems - Warehouse
- -------------------------------
For the warehouse area, gas fired unit heaters hold the space temperature at or
above 60 degrees Fahrenheit in accordance with ASHRAE handbook recommendations
for this area.
Provide four (4), 54" roof vents and relocate three (3) existing louvers.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 1600.00-1
ELECTRICAL
A complete electrical service in full compliance with all applicable codes shall
be provided as follows-
Meter Center and Main Switch Gear
- ---------------------------------
One (1) 225 AMP, 277/480 volt, 3-phase service panel to be extended from the
existing service location approximately 250 in.ft. Power will be metered through
the existing transformer located on the outside of the building.
All feeders shall use copper conductors.
All panel boards to be commercial quality and have copper buss bars, bott-type
circuit breakers, ground bars and full size neutral bar.
All disconnect switches to be heavy duty grade.
Tie in fire and security alarms into existing units.
Licjhtino Ecuipment
- -------------------
400 watt metal halide high bay fixtures for warehouse area, two (2) per bay
provided - total 70 approximately 30 foot candles (average) - 30" above floor.
All high-bay lights will be switched from circuit breakers.
Exit lights per code.
Emergency lights per code.
Excludes telephone or computer wire, special intercom, fire siaffn, security or
other systems.
Site lighting includes three (3), 250 watt high pressure sodium wall packs, and
relocation of five (5) existing pole lights.
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Carolina
September 21, 1993
October 1 3, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 1700.oo-i
QUALIFICATIONS & EXCLUSIONS
1. The following budgetary allowances have been established:
Building permits and utility fees $ 4,086
Landscaping, irrigation, seeding $15,000
Upfit - warehouse and offlce restrooms $20,000
<PAGE>
Devon Industries
Rock Hill, South Camiina
September 21, 1993
October 13, 1993
December 16, 1993
Page 1800.00-1
OPTIONS
The following options are provided on an "add option" basis, and not included
within the proposal.
1. Site concrete, asphalt paving, concrete curbing and storm sewer (with site
limits). $48,850
It is assumed that this work would be included within the $200,000 mad
lmpmvement fund available for the pmject, based on the most recent
conversation between Ms. Haidee Clark Smith - State Fund Administrator
and Mr. Clay Andrews -Rock Hill Economic Development Corp. (reference
letter dated 12/14/93 and section entitled "Detail of Road Improvement
Funds").
2. Upgrade precast on east and west building elevation
$15,170
On the east and west building elevations, the current design is based on
a lightly raked, stained precast panel to match the color of the
existing brick. Reveals will be cast into the panel at the same location
of the existing facility's reveals to continue the horizontal accent
lines.
The south elevation precast is based on a standard finish, flush natural
gray panel, similar to existing.
If the Arch Review Board for Tech Park requires additional brick accent
on the east and west elevation, an allowance of $0.75/sq. ft. of panel
surface area is included.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT c
AGENCY DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
---------------------------
Initialed and Approved by Tenant
13
<PAGE>
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
APRIL 29, 1994
This First Amendment to Lease Amendment to Lease Agreement ("First Amendment")
is entered into as of the date first set forth above by Pizzuti Equities Inc.
("Landlord") and Devon Industries Inc. ("Tenant").
BACKGROUND
----------
Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement on January 5, 1994,
("Original Lease") pursuant to which Tenant agreed to lease an existing 60,735
square foot building and an attached 65,761 square foot expansion located on
approximately 11.09 acres in Rock Hill, South Carolina. Since the date of the
parties' execution of the Original Lease. Tenant has requested that Landlord
purchase some additional acreage (approximately 4.82 acres) located adjacent to
the existing site for the purpose, of future facility expansion. The Original
Lease provides that, at Tenant's request,. any net increase in the cost of the
project may be funded by a per square foot increase in the Base Rent in an
amount equal to $.01 dollars per square foot for every $9,730 of such net
increase. Landlord and Tenantt have now decided to enter into this First
Amendment to properly reflect the new Base Rent which flows from the increased
costs associated with the acquisition of the expansion land.
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT
---------
Landlord and Tenant hereby as follows:
1. Expansion Land. The "Land" defined in the Original Lease is hereby
--------------
increased to include the 4.82 acre tract described in attached Exhibit A,
which Exhibit A is incorporated herein by this reference.
2. Modifications to Lease Economics. In view of the increased costs
---------------------------------
associated with the acquisition of the expansion land, the following
modifications to the Lease Economics are hereby agreed to by Landlord and
Tenant.
A. Base Rent
---------
Lease Period PSF Monthly Annual
------------ --- ------- ------
Period Base Rent Base Rent Base Rent
------ --------- --------- --------
Years 1 -5 $2.9191 $30,771.50 $369,258
Years 6-10 $3.1891 $33,617.50 $403,410
Years 11-15 $3.4891 $36,780.50 $441,366
Tenant acknowledges that the foregoing Base Rent adjustments are based solely
upon the "cash at closing" being expended by Landlord in connection with the
acquisition of the expansion land, and that a portion of the purchase price for
the expansion land is being carried by the seller in the form of a nonrecourse
promissory note. If and when Landlord is required to expend additional cash in
connection with the pay-off of such nonrecourse promissory note, then the Base
Rent will be further adjusted at that time in accordance with the formula for
increased costs set forth in the Original Lease.
B. Purchase Option Price:
----------------------
Date of Purchase Per Square Foot Price
---- ---------------------
Upon Substantial Completion $ 29.64
of Improvements
At End of Year One $ 30.15
At End of Year Two $ 31.07
At End of Year Five $ 32. 14
<PAGE>
3. Future Change to Plans and Specifications. Any future changes to the final
-----------------------------------------
plans and specifications will be treated as a Change Order and will be
handled in the manner set forth in Section 2 of the Original Lease.
4. Miscellaneous. Except as other wise expressly provided in this First
--------------
Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Original Lease will
remain in full force and effect.
Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment as of the date first set
forth at the beginning hereof.
Signed and acknowledged
in the presence of
PIZZUTI EQUITIES INC.
BY: _____________________
Richard C. Daley, Vice President
<PAGE>
DEVON INDUSTRIES INC.
By: __________________________
Name Title
STATE OF OHIO
COUNTY OF FRANKLIN:
Before me a notary public in and for said state and county personally
appeared Richard C. Daley, the Vice President of Pizzuti Equities Inc., who
acknowledged the signing of the foregoing instrument to be his free act and deed
for the uses and purposes set forth therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed my name and affixed rny official seal
April ___ 1994.
Notary Public
<PAGE>
STATE OF California
COUNTY OF Los Angeles SS:
Before me a notary public in and for said state and county, personally appeared
Joe Kletzel, the President of Devon Industries, Inc., who acknowledged the
signing of the foregoing instrument to be his free act and deed for the uses and
purposes set forth therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed my name and affixed my official seal on April
28, 1994.
SANDRA E. COX
-------------
Notary Public
<PAGE>
All that certain piece parcel or tract of land lying, being and situate in
TechPark Area II, in the City of Rock Hill, York County, South Carolina, and
being more particularly shown and described and described on plat entitled
"Boundary and Physical Survey for Pizzuti Equities, Inc., Devon Industries,
Inc., First Union National Bank of North Carolina" drawn by James Jetter
Pittman, PLS, dated February 17, 1994, recorded in the office of the Clerk of
Court for York County, South Carolina, in Plat Book _____at Page ____ , as
follows: BEGINNING at an iron pin set on the Northern edge of right of way of
Lakeshore Parkway, corner of Tract C, property of Rock Hill Economic Development
(PB 103, PG 88) and running thence with the edge of Lakeshore Parkway as
follows: N- 68-22-02 E.
49.78 feet to an iron pin set, N. 60-25-17 E. 49.84 feet to an iron pin set, N.
53-18-41 E. 49.96 feet to an iron pin set, N. 49-35-51 E 49.80 feet to an iron
pin set, N. 44-36-10 E. 49-69 feet to an iron pin set, N. 37-10-00 E. 49.82
feet to an iron pin set, N. 31-15-30 E. 49.82 feet to an iron pin set, N. 24-
48-16 E. 49.76 feet to an iron pin set, N. 17-33-43 E. 49-90 feet to an iron pin
set, N. 12-04-26 E. 49.91 feet to an iron pin set, N. 06-09-22 E. 49.92 feet to
an iron pin set, N. 00-13-43 W. 49.99 feet to an iron pin set, N. 06-18-01 W.
49.80 feet to an iron pin set, N. 12-21-06 W. 49.67 feet to an iron pin set, N.
18-01-43 W. 50.00 feet to an iron pin set, and N. 20-22-35 W. 50 - 27 feet to an
iron pin found on line of propperty of NationsBank (DB 861, PG 330): thence with
the line of property of NationsBank S. 66-45-41. W. 583.79 feet to an iron pin
found; thence with the line of property of the City of Rock Hill S. 61-50-15 E.
82.25 feet to an iron pin found and S. 34-37-01 E. 128-51 feet to a point;
thence running with line of property of Rock Hill Economic Development (PB 103,
PG 88) S. 24-46-27 E. 310.24 feet to the point of beginning; containing 4.819
acres, according to said plat.
<PAGE>
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
January 13, 1995
This Second Amendment to Lease Agreement ("Second Amendment") is entered into as
of the date first set forth above by Pizzuti Equities Inc. ("Landlord") and
Devon Industries Inc. ("Tenant").
BACKGROUND
----------
Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement on January 5, 1994,
("Original Lease") pursuant to which Tenant agreed to lease from Landlord an
existing 60,735 square foot building and an attached 67,878 square toot
expansion (increased from an originally contemplated 65,761 square foot
expansion) located on approximately on 15.9 acres in Rock Hill, South Carolina.
The Original Lease was amended by the parties' execution on April 29, 1994 of a
First Amendment to Lease Agreement. ALL capitalized terms which are used but
not defined herein will have the meanings attributed to such terms in the
Original Lease.
The Original Lease contained certain provisions addressing the economic
consequences of Tenant's requests for changes to the Final Plans and
Specifications referred to in the Original Lease. Since the date of the
parties' execution of the Original Lease and the aforementioned First Amendment
to Lease Agreement, Tenant has requested, and Landlord has made, a number of
changes to the Final Plan and Specifications. These changes have resulted in a
net increase in the cost of the construction of the Improvements. As a result,
Landlord and Tenant now desire to enter into this Second Amendment to property
reflect the new lease economics which flow from these increased construction
costs.
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT
---------
Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1. CHANGES TO FINAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Landlord and Tenant hereby
-----------------------------------------
acknowledge that the Final Plans and Specifications have been changed to
reflect the various items set forth In Lease Amendment #1'S and 2, which
documents are attached hereto as Exhibit A ("Change Orders").
2. MODIFICATIONS TO LEASE ECONOMICS. In view of the increased costs
--------------------------------
associated with the Change Orders, the following modifications to the lease
economics are hereby agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. All of such modified
lease economics are based upon the assumption that Landlord will pay for
and amortize through Base Rent increase costs from Change Orders of
$536,608.
A. BASE RENT
---------
LEASE PERIOD PSF MONTHLY ANNUAL
PERIOD BASE RENT BASE RENT BASE RENT
------------ --------- --------- ---------
Years 1-5 $3.4163 $36,615.25 $439,383
Years 6-1 0 $3.6819 $39,461.25 $473,535
Years 11-1 5 $3.9770 $42,624.25 $511,491
<PAGE>
B. PURCHASE OPTION PRICE:
---------------------
Date of Purchase Per Square Foot Price
---------------- ---------------------
Upon Substantial Completion
of Improvements $4,349,239
At End of Year One $4,441,253
At End of Year Two $4,570,131
At End of Year Five $4,730,484
C. Additional Improvement Costs. To the extent the increased costs
----------------------------
associated with the Change Orders exceed $536,608, Tenant hereby
acknowledges and agrees that it will be solely responsible for the
payment of all such Tenant Approved excess costs. All such Tenant
Approved excess costs will be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten days
after Landford's written demand for the payment thereof.
3. Future Change to Plans and Specifications. Any Tenant agreed upon future
changes to the Final Plans and Specifications (in addition to the Change
Orders referred to in Exhibit A) which result in any net increase in the
cost of constructing the improvements will be paid by Tenant within ten
days after Landford's written demand for the payment thereof.
4. MISCELLANEOUS. Except as other wise expressly provided in this First
--------------
Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Original Lease will remain in
full force and effect.
<PAGE>
Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment as of the date first set
forth at the beginning hereof.
Signed and acknowledged
in the presence of:
PIZZUTI EQUITIES INC.
BY:
--------------------------
Richard C. Daley, Vice President
LISA J. DINGER
THOMAS R. STARTON
<PAGE>
DEVON INDUSTRIES INC.
By: ______________________
Michael D. Griffin Vice President - 0perations
Name Title
STATE OF OHIO
COUNTY OF FRANKLIN SS:
Before me, a notary public in and for said state and county, personally
appeared Richard C. Daley, the Vice President of Pizzuti Equities Inc., who
acknowledged the signing of the foregoing instrument to be his free act and deed
for the uses and purposes set forth therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed my name and affixed my official seal on
January 13, 1995.
Lisa J. Dinger
Notary Public
STATE OF California
<PAGE>
COUNTY OF Los Angeles SS:
Before me, a notary public in and for said state and county, personally
appeared Michael Griffin, the Vice President of Devon Industries, Inc., who
acknowledged the signing of the foregoing instrument to be his free act and deed
for the uses and purposes set forth therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed my name and affixed my official seal on
January 18, 1995.
Leticia C. Valenton
Notary Public
<PAGE>
LEASE AMENDMENT #1
------------------
Landlord:
Pizzuti Equities Inc.
250 E. Broad Street, Suite 1900
Columbus, Ohio 43215
Tenant:
Devon Industries, Inc.
TechPark
456 Lakeshore Parkway
Rock Hill, SC 29730
The purpose of this Lease Amendment is to document the "Additonal Improvements"
which have been incorporated into the plans and specifications based upon verbal
authorization by the Tenant.
Original "Additional Improvements" Allowance $500,000
Specific item Negotiated:
1. Add brick pattern to precast wall panels $ 31,150
2. Substitute roof drains with overflow scuffers in lieu of external gutters
$ 10,049
3. Provide sanitary lateral into the new addition $4,263
4. Additional architectural and engineering services required due to
adding land panels $8,640
5. Additional architectural and engineering services required for the
entry road By Others
6. Add cost for inspection of the existing building By Pizzuti
7. Add three (3) overhead doors at the south wall of the existing
building adjacent to the new addition $ 6,415
8. Wet cure floor slabs in lieu of liquid
membrane curing compound. $ 5,143
--------
Total Cost of Items Incorporated $ 65,660
========
Uncommitted "Additional Improvements" Allowance $434,340
<PAGE>
LEASE AMENDMENT #2
------------------
Landlord:
Pizzuti Equities Inc.
250 E. Broad Street, Suite 1900
Columbus, Ohio 43215
Tenant:
Devon Industries, Inc.
TechPark
456 Lakeshore Parkway
Rock Hill, SC 29730
The purpose of this Lease Amendment is to document the "Additonal Improvements"
which have been incorporated into the plans and specifications based upon
previous verbal or written authorization by the Tenant with Exxcel Contract
Management.
Original "Additional Improvements" Allowance 500,000
Increase in Allowance per above
Less: 36,608
Lease Amendments Approved to Date (#1)
(65,660)
Current Uncommitted "Additional Improvements" Allowance 470,948
"Additional Improvements" per this Agreement:
- ------------------------------------------------
1. Foundations for silos at east side of
existing building (Option # 11) 22,359
2. New site access drive including curbs,
paving, and related grading (Option #12) $38,720
3. Architectural and engineering design fees
for site foundations and
access drive (Option #13) 9,570
4. Add two story Chiller Room addition per Exxcel's letter dated
October 20, 1994 (Option # 18) 59,000
5. Construct a Mezzanine at the east wall of the Warehouse above compressor
area and adjacent to the Chiller Room complete with concrete slab, perimeter
protection to meet code and stairs from Warehouse to Mezzanine and from
Mezzanine to Chiller Room roof (Option #1 9)
36,608
6. Construct Shipping and Receiving Offices and per Exxcel's proposal
of October 20, 1994 (Option #20)
$ 7,153
<PAGE>
THIRD AMENDMENT OF LEASE AGREEMENT, made as of the 29th
day of February, 1996, between PIZZUTI/ROCK HILL DRIVE
DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, a Florida general partnership, and
the successor by assignment to Pizzuti Equities Inc.,
having an office at 250 East Broad Street, Columbus,
Ohio 43215 (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and
DEVON INDUSTRIES, INC., a California corporation, having
an office at 9530 DeSoto Avenue, Chatsworth, CA 91311,
(hereinafter referred to as "Tenant") .
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into a Lease
Agreement dated January 5, 1994 (the "Original Lease") (as previously amended by
amendments respectively dated April 29, 1994 (the "First Amendment") and January
13, 1995 (the "Second Amendment") is hereinafter referred to as the "Lease"),
pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant certain property located in Rock
Hill, South Carolina (said property consisting of the "Building", the "Land" and
"all related site improvements" as such terms are defined in the Lease and
therein and hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Property";
WHEREAS Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease as
hereinafter provided;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Section 14 of the Lease, bearing the caption Subordination, is
hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
"Section 14. Subordination. This Lease is subject and subordinate to
-------------
all mortgages now or hereafter affecting or covering the Property or any part
thereof (but no real property other than the Property) and to all renewals,
modifications, replacements or extensions thereof. Tenant agrees to attorn to
and recognize the mortgagee or the purchaser at a foreclosure (of such a
mortgage) sale as Tenant's landlord for the balance of the Lease Term. Tenant
<PAGE>
hereby agrees, however, that such mortgagee or purchaser at a foreclosure sale,
will not be then:
a) liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord under the Lease
(including Landlord); or
(b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against
any prior landlord under the Lease (including Landlord); or
(c) bound by Tenant's payment of any rent or additional rent more than 30
days in advance of the due date to any prior landlord under the Lease (including
Landlord); or
(d) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without such
mortgagee's prior written consent, provided Tenant is notified in advance of the
existence of the mortgage and the requirements that the mortgagee must consent
to in such amendment or modification; or
(e) liable for the return of any security deposit, except to the extent
that the security deposit has been actually transferred to such mortgagee or
subsequent purchaser.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination of this Lease is and
shall remain subject to the express condition that for so long as no default on
the part of Tenant shall exist and continue uncured beyond the expiration of any
applicable grace period, as would entitle Landlord to terminate this Lease or
would entitle Landlord to dispossess Tenant (hereinafter in this section called
(an "Event of Default"), (i) Tenant shall not be joined as a party defendant in
any foreclosure action or procedure which may be instituted by the mortgagee
under any mortgage to which this Lease is or shall be subject and subordinate;
and (ii) Tenant shall not be evicted from the Property or its leasehold asset
herein be terminated or disturbed nor shall any of Tenant's rights under this
Lease be affected in any way.
The aforesaid subordination, nondisturbance and attornment provisions will be
self-operative; however, Tenant agrees to promptly execute any other reasonable
agreement submitted by Landlord in confirmation or acknowledgement of the same.
Tenant's subordination and attornment obligation under this section are
expressly further conditioned upon (i) the mortgagee agreeing to recognize this
Lease in its entirety, including, without limitation, Tenant's purchase and
renewal options hereunder."
2. Section 19 of the Lease, bearing the caption "Casualty", is
hereinafter amended by inserting, after the word "unfit", appearing in the
second line thereof, the words "in Tenant's reasonable judgment"; and by
changing the words "180 days" twice appearing therein to "270 days".
3. Section 22 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting the words,
"after the date when due", appearing in the second line, and substituting in
lieu thereof, the words "after the date when written notice thereof is given to
Tenant".
4. Section 31 of the original Lease, bearing the caption "Option to
Purchase" is hereby amended as follows:
by adding as a new second sentence in the first paragraph below the table, the
following sentence: "Alternatively, the Tenant may prepay the mortgage
(including any prepayment penalty as provided in the mortgage)"; and
by inserting, in the second line below the table appearing in said section,
after the word "Property", the words "The intent of the parties is that the
total purchase price to be paid for the Property is the "Per Square Foot Price"
as specified in the above table, and that the unpaid principal balance of any
existing mortgages covering the Property (and any accrued and unpaid interest
thereon but not any prepayment penalty, the payment of which will be the
separate and additional obligation of Tenant if the mortgages) are paid off at
closing) shall be allowed to Tenant as an offset against the purchase price."
<PAGE>
5. Section 32 of the Lease is hereby deleted.
6. The parties acknowledge that the "Per Square Foot Price" set
forth in Section 2B of the Second Amendment is actually the total purchase price
to be paid for the Property.
7. The parties are hereby confirm and ratify the Lease as modified
hereby. No further amendments to the Lease may be made except by written
instrument signed by the parties (or the party to be charged). No changes may
be made orally to this Agreement.
9. The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereof and their respective legal representatives and
assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amendment of
Lease Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
PIZZUTI/ROCK HILL DRIVE
DEVELOPMENT COMPANY,
By PIZZUTI EQUITIES, INC.,
General Partner,
by s/s Richard C. Daley
---------------------------
Name
Title Executive Vice President
DEVON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
By s/s Duane Hopper
----------------------
Name
Title: President
Graphic Controls Corporation, by signing below where indicated, hereby
guarantees the payment and performance of the obligations of Devon Industries
Inc., as Tenant, under the above Lease.
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION,
By
Name: Duane Hopper
Title: President
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.10
GRAPHIC HOLDINGS, INC.
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. Adoption and Purpose. The Company hereby
adopts this Plan providing for the granting of stock options
to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The
general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of
the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing to their
employees incentives to continue and increase their efforts
with respect to, and remain in the employ of, the Company
and its Subsidiaries. Options granted under the Plan will
be "nonqualified stock options".
2. Administration. The Plan will be administered
by the Committee which shall be comprised of three or more
persons. To the extent that any securities of the Company
become publicly traded, each member of the Committee shall
qualify as (a) an "outside director" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code and (b) a "non-employee director"
within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated under
the Exchange Act.
Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the
Committee shall have plenary authority, in its discretion,
to administer the Plan and to exercise all powers and
authority either specifically granted to it under the Plan
or necessary and advisable in the administration of the
Plan, including without limitation the authority to
interpret the Plan; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules
and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms
of all options granted under the Plan (which need not be
identical), the purchase price of the shares covered by each
option, the individuals to whom and the time or times at
which options shall be granted, when an option can be
exercised and whether in whole or in installments, and the
number of shares covered by each option; and to make all
other necessary or advisable determinations with respect to
the Plan.
3. Participants. The Committee shall from time
to time select the officers and key employees of the Company
and its Subsidiaries to whom options are to be granted, and
who will, upon such grant, become participants in the Plan.
4. Shares Subject to Plan. The Committee may not
grant options under the Plan for more than 200,000 shares of
Common Stock and 60,000 shares of Preferred Stock, subject
<PAGE>
2
to any adjustment as provided in Section 15 hereof. Shares
to be optioned and sold may be made available from either
authorized but unissued Common Stock or Preferred Stock or
Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by the Company in its
treasury. Shares that by reason of the expiration of an
option or otherwise are no longer subject to purchase
pursuant to an option granted under the Plan may be
reoffered under the Plan.
5. Limitation on Number of Options. No person
may be granted options under the Plan representing an
aggregate of more than 80,000 shares of Common Stock and an
aggregate of more than 25,000 shares of Preferred Stock.
The limitation established by the preceding sentence shall
be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15 hereof.
6. Grant of Options. All options under the Plan
shall be granted by the Committee. The Committee shall
determine the number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred
Stock to be offered from time to time by grant of options to
employees who are participants of the Plan (it being
understood that more than one option may be granted to the
same employee). The grant of an option to an employee shall
not be deemed either to entitle the employee to, or to
disqualify the employee from, participation in any other
grant of options under the Plan.
The grant of options shall be evidenced by stock
option agreements containing such terms and provisions as
are approved by the Committee, but not inconsistent with the
Plan. The Company shall execute stock option agreements
upon instructions from the Committee.
7. Option Price. The purchase price of the
Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, as applicable, under
each option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall
not be less than (i) loo@ of the fair market value per share
of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, on
the date the option is granted or (ii) with respect to an
option issued in exchange for a previously granted option in
a substitution which is not treated as a modification of
such option (or would be so treated if such option was an
incentive stock option) pursuant to Section 424 of the Code,
the appropriately adjusted exercise price determined in
accordance with Section 424 and the regulations issued
thereunder. The Committee shall determine the fair market
value of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable,
<PAGE>
on the date of grant, and shall set forth the determination
in its minutes, using any reasonable valuation method.
8. Option Period. The Option Period will begin
on the date the option is granted, which will be the date
the Committee authorizes the option unless the Committee
specifies a later date. Unless otherwise specifically
provided in the stock option agreement, no option may
terminate later than the day prior to the tenth anniversary
of the date the option is deemed granted. The Committee may
provide for the exercise of options in installments and upon
such terms, conditions and restrictions as it may determine.
The Committee may provide in a stock option agreement for
termination of an option in the case of termination of
employment or for any other reason.
9. Exercisability of Options. The Committee may
in its discretion prescribe in the stock option agreement
the installments, if any, in which an option granted under
the Plan shall become exercisable; provided that no option
shall be exercisable until the six-month anniversary of the
date of its grant, except as provided in Section 16 hereof,
as otherwise specifically provided in the stock option
agreement or as the Committee otherwise determines.
Except as otherwise provided herein or as
otherwise specifically provided in the stock option
agreement, no option may be exercised more than 30 days
following the date that a participant ceases to be an
employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.
10. Payment; Method of Exercise. Payment shall be
made in cash or the Committee may provide in the applicable
stock option agmeement that the participant may make payment
in shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock already owned
by the holder of the option or partly in cash and partly in
such shares. No shares may be issued until full payment of
the purchase price therefor has been made, and a participant
will have none of the rights of a stockholder until shares
are issued to him.
An option may be exercised by written notice to
the Company. Such notice shall state that the holder of the
option elects to exercise the option, the number of shares
in respect of which it is being exercised and the manner of
payment for such shares and shall either (i) be accompanied
by payment of the full purchase price of such shares or
(ii) fix a date (not more than 10 business days from the
<PAGE>
4
date of exercise) for the payment of the full purchase price
of such shares. Cash payments shall be made by cash or
check payable to the order of the Company. Common Stock or
Preferred Stock payments (valued at fair market value on the
date of exercise, as determined by the Committee) shall be
made by delivery of stock certificates in negotiable form.
No option may be exercised for fewer than 100 shares unless
such participant then holds exercisable options which, in
the aggregate, are exercisable for fewer than 100 shares.
ii. Withholding Taxes. If the Committee shall so
require, as a condition of exercise, each participant shall
agree that (a) no later than the date of exercise of any
option, the participant will pay to the Company or make
arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment
of any Federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by
law to be withheld upon the exercise of such option (any
such tax, a "Withholding Tax,,); and (b) the Company shall,
to the extent permitted or required by law, have the right
to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the
participant, any such Withholding Tax.
12. Rights in Event of Death or Total and
Permanent Disability. If a participant (i) dies or
(ii) terminates employment due to his or her Disability, in
either case prior to termination of his or her right to
exercise an option in accordance with the provisions of his
or her stock option agreement without having fully exercised
the option, the option may be exercised, to the extent of
the shares with respect to which the option could have been
exercised, in the case of the participant's death, by the
participant's estate or by the person or persons who
acquired the right to exercise the option by bequest or
inheritance or by reason of the death of the participant,
or, in the case of the participant's Disability, by the
participant or, if applicable, his legal representative;
provided, however, that the option must be exercised prior
to the date of its expiration or 180 days from the date of
the participant's death or cessation of employment due to
Disability, whichever first occurs, or as otherwise
specifically provided in the stock option agreement.
13. Rights in Event of Involuntary Te=ination
Without Cause. If a participant's employment is
involuntarily terminated without Cause by the Company or a
Subsidiary prior to termination of his or her right to
exercise an option in accordance with the provisions of his
or her stock option agreement without having fully exercised
<PAGE>
the option, the option may be exercised, to the extent of
the shares with respect to which the option could have been
exercised by the participant on the date of the
participant's date of termination of employment, by the
participant or his or her l.egal representative, as the case
may be, provided that the option is exercised prior to the
date of its expiration or 30 days from the date of the
participant's termination of employment, whichever first
occurs, or as otherwise specifically provided in the stock
option agreement.
14. Rights Upon Voluntary Termination of
Employment or Involuntary Termination of Emplovment for
Cause. If a participa@ voluntarily terminates employment
with the Company or a Subsidiary or if a participant's
employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company or a
Subsidiary for Cause, all options then held by the
participant, whether or not then exercisable, shall cease to
be exercisable and shall immediately terminate as of such
employment termination date.
15. Effect of Certain Chancres. If there is any
change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock
or Preferred Stock, as applicable, by reason of any stock
dividend or stock split, then the number of shares of Common
Stock and Preferred Stock available for options, the number
of such shares covered by outstanding options, and the price
per share of such options shall be proportionately adjusted
by the Committee to reflect such stock split or stock
dividend; provided, however, that no such adjustment shall
be made if the Committee otherwise determines such
adjustment to be inappropriate, and no adjustment shall be
made with respect to the payment of dividends in the form of
Preferred Stock paid in accordance with the terms of the
Preferred Stock; provided, further, that any fractional
shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated;
and -provided further, that no such adjustment shall be made
to the extent that such adjustment would prevent the Company
and another entity from utilizing the pooling of interests
method of accounting in connection with a business
combination involving such parties. To the extent that the
foregoing adjustments relate to stock or securities of the
Company, such adjustments shall be made in good faith by the
Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be
final, binding and conclusive.
16. Termination of Plan Upon Company Sale. In the
event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or
<PAGE>
outstanding voting securities of the Company by way of asset
sale, merger or otherwise (a "Company Sale"), on the
effective date of such Company Sale the Plan and, to the
extent not then exercised, all then outstanding grants
thereunder shall be terminated, shall be canceled without
further cost or liability to the Company (or any successor
thereto), and shall be null and void and of no further force
or effect whatsoever; provided, however, that in the event
the Company enters into a binding agreement with respect to
a Company Sale (a "Company Sale Agreement") all options then
outstanding shall become exercisable on such date as the
Committee determines, which determination by the Committee
shall be mandatory and such date, to the extent practicable,
shall precede the effective date (the "Effective Date") of
such Company Sale by no fewer than 30 days, and the Company
shall provide notice of such Company Sale Agreement to each
holder of options in accordance with the provisions of each
such holder's stock option agreement, which notice shall
include a description of the principal terms of such Company
Sale Agreement (including the Effective Date) and, to the
extent practicable, precede the Effective Date by no fewer
than 30 days. Nothing herein shall affect the rights of any
participant with respect to any options exercised in
accordance with the terms of the Plan and the relevant stock
option agreement prior to such Company Sale.
17. Nonexclusive Plan. Neither the adoption of
the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the
stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed
as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to
adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem
desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of
stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such
arrangements may be either generally applicable or applica-
ble only in specific cases.
18. Securities Laws. The obligation of the
Company to offer, sell and deliver shares with respect to
options granted hereunder and the exercisability of options
shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and
regulations, including all applicable Federal and state
securities laws, the availability of exemptions from the
registration requirements of such Federal and state
securities laws, and the obtaining of all approvals by
governmental authorities as may be deemed necessary or
appropriate by the Board. In no event shall the Company be
obligated to register shares under state or Federal
securities laws, to comply with the requirements of any
<PAGE>
exemption from registration requirements or to take any
other action which may be required in order to permit, or to
remove any prohibition or limitation on, the issuance of
shares pursuant to the exercise of options granted hereunder
which may be imposed by any applicable law, rule or
regulation.
19. Section 16 Persons. With respect to persons
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions
under the Plan are intended to comply with all applicable
conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the
Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or
action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be
deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and
deemed advisable by the Committee.
20. No Employment Rights. The adoption of this
Plan and the grant of options shall not confer upon any
participant any right to continued employment with the
Company or any Subsidiary.
21. Nonassignability. Except to the extent
otherwise determined by the Committee, (i) options may not
be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution, and (ii) during a participant's lifetime,
options granted to a participant may be exercised only by
the participant or by his or her guardian or legal
representative.
22. Amendment or Discontinuance. The Plan may be
amended or discontinued by the Board without the approval of
the stockholders of the Company, except that stockholder
approval shall be required for any amendment that would
(a) increase (except as provided in Section 15 hereof) the
maximum number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock
for which options may be granted under the Plan, (b) change
the class of employees eligible to participate in the Plan
or (c) adopt any other amendments to the Plan that are
considered material. No termination, modification or
amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the
participant to whom any option shall theretofore have been
granted, adversely affect the rights of such participant (or
his or her transferee) under such option.
23. Effect of Plan. Neither the adoption of the
Plan nor any action of the Board or Committee shall be
deemed to give any officer or employee any right to be
granted an option to purchase Common Stock or Preferred
<PAGE>
Stock or any other rights except as may be evidenced by a
stock option agreement, or any amendment thereto, duly
authorized by the Board or Committee and executed on behalf
of the Company, and then only to the extent and on the terms
and conditions expressly set forth therein.
24. Term. Unless sooner terminated by action of
the Board, this Plan will terminate on the date which is ten
years from the date of adoption of the Plan. The Committee
may not grant options under the Plan after that date, but
options granted before that date will continue to be
effective in accordance with their terms.
25. Effectiveness; Apiproval of Stockholders. The
Plan shall take effect upon its adoption by the Board, but
its effectiveness and the exercise of any options shall be
subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the
voting shares of the Company, which approval must occur
within twelve months after the date on which the Plan is
adopted by the Board.
26. GOVERNING LAW. THE PLAN AND ANY OPTIONS
GRANTED THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
REGARD TO ITS PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
27. Definitions. For the purpose of this Plan,
unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms
shall have the meanings indicated:
(a) "Board" means the board of directors of the
Company.
(b) "Cause,, means (i) the commission by a
participant of an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude,
gross incompetency or intentional or willful
misconduct, which act occurs in the course of a
participant's performance of his duties as an employee
of the Company or a Subsidiary, (ii) the conviction of
a participant for a felony or (iii) a deliberate,
material breach by a participant of the terms of the
Plan, any agreement issued under the Plan evidencing
the grant of an option or any other agreement between a
participant and the Company or a Subsidiary relating to
any aspect of the participant's employment by the
Company or a Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
(c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended.
(d) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee
of the Board.
(e) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par
value $0.01 per share, of the Company which the Company
is currently authorized to issue or may in the future
be authorized to issue (as long as the Common Stock
varies from that currently authorized, if at all, only
in amount of par value).
(f) "Company" means Graphic Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation.
(g) "Disability" means the total and permanent
disability of a participant, as determined by the
Committee based on an examination by a clualified
medical doctor selected in good faith by the Committee,
or it has the meaning otherwise specifically provided
in the stock option agreement.
(h) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
(i) "Option Period" means the period during which
an option may be exercised.
(i) "Plan" means this Graphic Holdings, Inc. 1996
Stock Option Plan as amended from time to time.
(k) "Preferred Stock" means the 15?6 Cumulative
Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share,
of the Company which the Company is currently
authorized to issue or may in the future be authorized
to issue (as long as the Preferred Stock varies from
that currently authorized, if at all, only in amount of
par value).
(1) "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an
unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the
Company if, at the time of the granting of the option,
each of the corporations other than the last corpora-
tion in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50?6 or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes
of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.
The term "Subsidiaries" means more than one of any such
corporations.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.11
EXECUTION VERSION
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, Duane B. Hopper (the "Employee") entered into
an amended and restated employment agreement dated as of
September 28, 1995 (the "Employment Agreement") with
GH Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, ("Acquisition
Corp."), Graphic Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("GHI"),
and Graphic Controls Corporation, a New York corporation (the
"Company"); and
WHEREAS, each of the parties to the Employment
Agreement desires to amend the Employment Agreement in certain
respects as provided hereinbelow;
NOW, THEREFORE, Acquisition Corp., GHI, the Company and
the Employee hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Amendment to the Employment Agreement. Upon
the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Employment Agreement
shall be and is hereby amended as set forth in paragraphs (a)
through (n) below.
(a) In lieu of the New Options, Additional Options and
Special Common Options, described or defined in Sections
2(c)(i)(B), 2(c)'(i)(C) and 2(c)(iii)(C)(II) of the Employment
Agreement, respectively, the Employee shall be granted (i) a Base
Option to purchase 60,541 shares of Common Stock and
18,163 shares of Preferred Stock, (ii) a Performance Option to
purchase 17,298 shares of Common Stock and 5,189 shares of
Preferred Stock and (iii) a Special Common Option to purchase
additional shares of Common Stock in certain circumstances
(collectively, the "Option") on the terms set forth in the stock
option agreement (the "Stock Option Agreement") attached hereto
as Exhibit A. All terms of the Option shall be defined in and
governed by the Stock Option Agreement in all respects. It is
understood and agreed that the number of shares of Preferred
Stock that may be purchased pursuant to the Base Option and the
Performance Option shall not be subject to any adjustment to give
effect to additional shares of Preferred Stock which have been
issued by GHI in lieu of cash dividends with respect to Preferred
Stock since the Effective Time.
<PAGE>
2
(b) Sections 2(c)(i)(13) and (C), 2(c)(ii)(B) and
2(c)(iii)(B) and (C) of the Employment Agreement are hereby
deleted in their entirety.
(c) Section 2(c)(iv)(A) of the Employment Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting the second sentence of such Section.
(d) Section 2(c)(iv) of the Employment Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting the phrase ,(or Special Common
Options, if any)" in the definition of "Trigger Event".
(e) Section 2(c)(v) of the Employment Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting the final sentence of such Section.
(f) For purposes of Sections 2(d)(v)(B) and 2(d)(vi)
of the Employment Agreement, the term "Options" shall be deemed
to include the Rollover Options, the Base Option, the Performance
Option and the Special Common Option.
(g) The first paragraph of Section 6 of.the Employment
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "if Employee
shall commit an act of dishonesty, gross incompetency or
intentional or willful misconduct which act occurs in the course
of Employee's performance of his duties as an employee," and
replacing it with the phrase "if (A) Employee shall commit an act
of dishonesty, moral turpitude, gross incompetency or intentional
or willful misconduct, which act occurs in the course of
Employee's performance of his duties as an employee of GHI or any
Subsidiary (as defined below), (B) Employee shall receive a
conviction for a felony or (C) Employee shall commit a
deliberate, material breach of the terms of this Agreement, GHI's
1996 Stock Option Plan, any agreement issued under GHI's 1996
Stock Option Plan evidencing the grant of an option or any other
agreement between the Employee and GHI or a Subsidiary relating
to any aspect of the Employee's employment by GHI or a
Subsidiary". For purposes of the definition of "Cause",
Subsidiary means any corporation in an unbroken chain of
corporations beginning with GHI if, at the time of the granting
of an option pursuant to GHI's 1996 Stock Option Plan, each of
the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken
<PAGE>
chain owns stock possessing 5096 or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in the chain.
(h) Section 6(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting clause (i) of such Section-
<PAGE>
(i) Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting clauses (i) and (ii) of such Section.
(j) Section 6(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting clauses (iii) and (v) of such Section.
(k) Section 6(d) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting clause (i) of such Section.
(1) Sections 6(e)(i) and (ii) of the Employment
Agreement are hereby amended by deleting the phrase ,(but not the
New Options or Additional Options (or Special Common options, if
any))" and replacing it with the phrase "(but not the Base Option
or Performance Option (or Special Common Option, if any))".
(m) Section 11(b) of the Employment Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting clause (y) of the proviso thereto.
(n) Section 11(c) of the Employment Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting in its entirety the proviso thereto.
(o) Section 11(d) of the Employment Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting clause (y) of the proviso thereto.
Section 2. Defined Terms. Except as expressly defined
herein, capitalized terms used herein shall-have the respective
meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement.
Section 3. Employment Agreement. Except as expressly
amended or modified herein, the Employment Agreement shall
continue in full force and effect in accordance with the
provisions hereof and thereof as in existence on the date hereof.
After the date hereof, any reference to the Employment Agreement
shall mean the Employment Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
Section 4. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be
<PAGE>
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of New York, without reference to the choice of law
principles thereof.
Section S. Counterparts. This Amendment may be
executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.
Section 6. Headings-.- The headings contained in this
Amendment are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in
any way the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.
<PAGE>
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly
executed and delivered this Amendment to the Employment Agreement
as of December 12, 1996.
GH ACQUISITION CORPORATION
by GRAPHIC HOLDINGS, INC.
(as successor by merger)
by
Name: Michael B. Rothfeld
Title: Chairman of the
Board
GRAPHIC HOLDINGS, INC.
by
Name: Michael B. Rothfeld
Title: Chairman of the
Board
GRAPHIC CONTROLS CORPORATION
by
Name: Michael B. Rothfeld
Title: Chairman of the
Board
Duane B. Hopper
<PAGE>
Exhibit 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
Subsidiary of the Company Jurisdiction of Organization
Tronomed, Inc. California
Tronomed Express, Inc. California
Graphic Controls Canada Ltd. Canada
Controle Graficos Ibericos, S.A. Spain
Graphic Controls (Barbados) Ltd. Barbados
Graphic Controls (Australia) Pty. Ltd. Australia
Devon Industries, Inc. California
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1996
<CASH> 563
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 37,990
<ALLOWANCES> (782)
<INVENTORY> 32,208
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 73,361
<PP&E> 41,846
<DEPRECIATION> (6,750)
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 365,017
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 39,363
<BONDS> 219,728
0
0
<COMMON> 0
<OTHER-SE> 81,765
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 365,017
<SALES> 238,024
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 238,062
<CGS> 129,890
<TOTAL-COSTS> 215,939
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 16
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 21,142
<INCOME-PRETAX> 981
<INCOME-TAX> 2,073
<INCOME-CONTINUING> (1,092)
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> (1,092)
<EPS-PRIMARY> (10.92)
<EPS-DILUTED> (10.92)
</TABLE>
